You are on page 1of 326

SOUL GROUP

OF THE MAGI
SERIES ONE

BY
REV. DR. DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

THIS BOOK IS A COMPILATION OF TWENTY-SEVEN LESSONS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 1 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 2 of 326
SERIES ONE
ROSE LESSONS

PREFACE
THE PURPOSE OF OUR LESSONS FROM· THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
IS TO PROVIDE INFORMATION) GUIDE SELF-DEVELOPMENT) AND
ACQUAINT THE READER .WITH FACTS REGARDING LIFE HEREAFTER.
MUCH OF THIS INFORMATION HAS BEEN UNAVAILABLE) EVEN FROM
THE FEW FOUNDATIONS PRESENTLY OPERATING IN THIS FIELD.
HOWEVER) TRUE WISDOM IS ALWAYS THE SAME) NO MATTER WHERE
ENCOUNTERED. THUS) SOME OF OUR LESSON CONTENTS WILL BE
FAMILIAR TO THE SPIRITUAL SEEKER - WHILE SOME WILL BE
STARTLING.

THIS IS A PIONEER EFFORT IN THAT THE MATERIAL CONTAINED


WITHIN IT ACTUALLY TRANSPORT THE READER AND STUDENT INTO
THE ASTRAL ELEMENTS FOR FACE-TO-FACE CONTACTS WITH HIGHER
TEACHERS AND FRIENDS. By RELATING OUR EXPERIENCES TO YOU)
YQU BECOME A PART OF THEM. THE PEOPLE MET IN THE ASTRAL
ENVIRONMENT BECOME YQUR FRIENDSj THEIR WISDOMS - IF YOU
CHOOSE TO MAKE THEM SO - CAN BECOME YOUR VALUES) AND MAKE
YOUR PRESENT LIFE MORE PROSPEROUS IN ALL AREAS.

THE LESSON CONTENTS ARE NQI SPECULATION) BUT HARD FACTS.


MANY OF OUR FIRST PRIVATE STUDENTS WHO HAVE FOLLOWED THE
SUGGESTIONS CONTAINED IN THESE LESSONS HAVE REAPED DEEP
PERSONAL REWARDS. AT THE SAME TIME) EVERY CONCEIVABLE
EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO PRESENT ALL OF THE DETAILS OF LIFE
BEYOND EARTH AS WE FIRST SAW IT - IN ALL ITS BEAUTY AND
WONDER.

THE ORIGINAL CONTACTS CAUSED US TO RE-APPRAISE OUR LIVES)


AND RE-EDUCATE OUR MENTAL HABITS IN ORDER TO· GAIN A MORE
EFFICIENT UNDERSTANDING.

«J DOROTHEA M. RAMSEYj 1979

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 3 of 326
PREFACE - PAGE 2

EVERYONE CAN HAVE THE KIND OF LIFE THAT GOD INTENDED FOR
THEM TO EXPERIENCE. AND) EVERYONE ~ FULFILL HIS NEEDS
AND BANISH THE OLD MISUNDERSTANDINGS OF THE LIFE HEREAFTER.
OUR ASTRAL MASTERS AND TEACHERS BROUGHT US TO AN UNDERSTAND-
ING OF MANY INTANGIBLE THINGS) AND THEREBY UNCOVERED OUR
GOOD) GAVE US A NEW 'ADVENTURE AND SOLVED MANY NAGGING PRO-
BLEMS. IT CHANGED OUR LIVESj IT ~ CHANGE YOURS!

THE CHANNELS - ROSE AND LILY

*********************

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

WE ARE GRATEFUL TO OUR FIRST SET OF STUDENTS AS WELL AS OUR


PRESENT COLLEAGUES) WHO) OVER THE YEARS) HAVE PROVEN THE
MANY SUGGESTIONS GIVEN IN THE LESSONS TO BE TRUE AND INVALU-
ABLE.

WE ARE ETERNALLY GRATEFUL TO THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI FOR


GUIDING DR. FRANK L. KOENIG INTO OUR LIVES. HE HAS MADE THIS
PROGRAM POSSIBLE) GIVEN US PERSONAL ENCOURAGEMENT) AND CHARTED
THE PROJECT'S PROGRESS WITH HIS WONDERFUL CYCLES OF LIFE CHARTS.
THESE FURNISHED MANY HELPFUL INSIGHTS THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF
THE PUBLISHING PREPARATIONS. WE REALIZE THAT A FORCE FAR
GREATER THAN ANY HERE ON EARTH WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR BRINGING
US ALL INTO OUR PRESENT WORKING UNIT AND IN FORMING THE MAGI
CENTER.

AND TO YOU - OUR NEW READERS AND STUDENTS - MAY THE SOUL
GROUP OF THE MAGI LESSONS HELP YOU ATTAIN A MORE PRODUCTIVE
LIFE!

THE CHANNELS - ROSE AND LILY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 4 of 326
LISTED BELOW ARE TITLES COVERING THE ENTIRE SERIES OF
27 LESSONS. FOR CONTINUITY AND UNDERSTANDING) THE
LESSONS SHOULD BE STUDIED IN SEQUENCE.
1. "A VISITOR FROM ASTRAL SPACE"
2. "SRI MORI HANDUS"
3. "MARSHA"
4. "THE SOUL GROUP MASTER"
5. "WE HEAR STARTLING NEWS"
6. "HENRY MASON"
7. "IN THE ASTRAL"
8. "A NEW GOAL TO REACH"
9. "THE MINIATURE WALLED GARDEN"
10. "WHITEBEARDS"
11. "YOU CAN DO ANYTHING"
12. "THE ACTIVATORS OF MIND"
13. "ALL GOD'S CHILDREN ARE SPECIAL"
14. "DESIRE) SUCCESS AND PROSPERITY"
15. "WHY ASTRAL RESEf~BLES EARTH"
16. "THE MAGI STAR GUIDES US; THE LESSONS CHART OUR COURSE"
17. "THE MAGI SERVANTS"
18. "GLORIANNA) KEEPER OF TIME"
19. "LAW AND THE SEVEN KINGDOMS"
20. "THE MANSTREAM IS STILL GROWING"
21. "THE CATHEDRAL"
22. "YOU ARE TOMORROW'S LEADERS"
23. "INVISIBLE INFLUENCES"
24. "ANGEL ON A" HORSE"
25. "THE MAGI CENTER REVEALED"
26. "PETHOR"
27. "THE SACRED SCROLLS"
You MAY ORDER AS MANY LESSONS AS YOU WISH. WE REQUEST
A DONATION OF S2.00 PER LESSON. PLEASE ADD 15% OF
YOUR TOTAL ORDER TO COVER POSTAGE AND HANDLING COSTS)
THE MINIMUM AMOUNT SHOULD BE SI.00.

THE MAGI CENTER) INC.


P.O. BOX 1166
PARADISE) CA. 95967-1166

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 5 of 326
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE "MAGI

SERIES ONE LESSONS

COPYRIGHT BY AUTHOR) REV. DR. DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY. ALL RIGHTS


RESERVED.

LIBRARY OF CONGRESS CATALOG NUMBER: TX 261-500


1979.

COPYRIGHT RECORDATION TO THE MAGI CENTER) INC. ALL RIGHTS


RESERVED.

LIBRARY OF CONGRESS NUMBER: VOL. 2494) PAGES 525)526


1989.

No PART OF THIS SERIES OF LESSONS MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY


FORM OR BY ANY MEANS) MECHANICAL OR ELECTRONIC) PHOTOCOPYING)
RECORDING OR ANY INFORMATION STORAGE OR RETRIEVAL SYSTEM
WITHOUT PERMISSION IN WRITING FROM THE PUBLISHER) THE MAGI
CENTER) INC.) P.O. Box 1166) PARADISE) CA. 95967.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 6 of 326
SERIES
.. - ONE .
......

ROSE LESSONS
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGi'
INTRODUCTION

"A VISITOR FROM ASTRAL SPACE"

THERE WAS NOTHING TO WARN US THAT THIS WAS NOT TO BE A


TYPICAL LAZY SUNDAY - NOR WERE WE PREPARED FOR THE MIND
BOGGLING EVENTS THAT WERE TO OVERTAKE US BEFORE THE
EVENING'S END.

IT HAD DAWNED THE PERFECT CALIFORNIA DAY - A MORNING WITH


SUNNY SKIES AND PLEASANTLY WARM TEMPERATURES. As WAS OUR
USUAL CUSTOM J MY FRIEND ANITA AND I WENT TO CHURCHJ AND
AFTERWARD JOINING SOME OF OUR SINGLE FRIENDS TO BROWSE
THROUGH THE EXOTIC STORES ON THE OCEAN PIER CALLED "PORTS
0' CALL". ENJOYING THE LOVELY AIR AS WE RAMBLED HOMEWARD
AFTER DINING AT A RESTAURANT BUILT OUT OVER THE WATERS OF
THE PACIFIC J IT WAS EASY TO APPRECIATE BEING OUT IN THE OPEN -
ESPECIALLY AFTER FIVE DAYS OF BEING IN AN OFFICE! UPON
REACHING HOME J WE PURSUED OUR POLICY OF PREPARING FOR THE
NIGHT J AND THEN RE-CONVENING IN ANITA'S LIVING ROOM FOR
EITHER TV OR RELAXING CONVERSATION BEFORE AN EARLY "TURNING
IN".

SIMPLE THOUGH IT MAY SOUND J THESE SUNDAYS WERE AN IMPORTANT


PART OF THE UNUSUAL FRIENDSHIP BETWEEN US. OURS WAS ONE OF
THOSE LASTING FRIENDSHIPS BASED UPON MUTUAL INTERESTS AND
SIMILAR PAST EXPERIENCES. FOR INSTANCE J BOTH OF US HAD KNOWN
LESS THAN PERFECT MARRIAGES J ALTHOUGH MY FIRST MARRIAGE HAD
BEEN WONDERFUL. COMPARED WITH OUR LAST PREVIOUS UNHAPPY
MARRIED STATES J WE WERE ENJOYING OUR NEW FREEDOM TO THE
FULLEST. WE WERE MEETING NEW PEOPLE J COMING AND GOING AS
WE PLEASED J AND INVESTIGATING OUR INTEREST IN "NEW THOUGHT"J
METAPHYSICS AND THE OCCULT.

CD By DOROTHEA M. RAMSEYj 1979

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 7 of 326
INTRODUCTION - PAGE 2

DESPITE A LACK OF ACTUAL"KNOWLEDGE" ABOUT OCCULT THINGS J


I DIU POSSESS THE GIFT OF SECOND SIGHT. HOWEVERJ DUE TO
THE ATTITUDES OF THE ADULT MEMBERS OF MY FAMILY J I WAS
FORCED TO KEEP MY GIFT HIDDEN DURING MOST OF MY LIFE TO
THE POINT THAT WHEN IT DID SHOW ITSELF J I PUSHED IT -
UNHEEDED - BACK INTO HIDING. THE RESULT FROM THIS PRACTICE
WAS FREQUENTLY MY OWN SORROW. ANITAJ ON THE OTHER HANDJ WAS
VERY WELL ACQUAINTED WITH OCCULT AND METAPHYSICAL SUBJECTS J
HAVING SPENT A GOOD PART OF HER LIFE DELVING INTO THEM.
BEARING THIS IN MINDJ IT WAS AMAZING TO ME THAT I WAS THE
ONE CHOSEN AS THE CATALYST THROUGH WHICH THE REMARKABLE
EVENTS OF THAT SUNDAY EVENING WERE TO BE BROUGHT FORTH.

ON THIS PARTICULAR EVENING J ANITA WAS REGALING ME WITH TALES


OF THE VARIOUS EVENTS AND PERSONS SHE HAD RUN ACROSS IN THE
COURSE OF HER STUDIES OF PSYCHIC PHENOMENA. My ONLY CONTRI-
BUTION TO THE DISCUSSION WERE SOME STORIES OF MY HIDDEN GIFT
(WHICH AT THAT TIMEJ I WAS UNAWARE COULD WORK ON COMMAND).
SHE THEN SUGGESTED THAT I SHOULD TRY TO "PICK UP" SOMETHING.
UNSURE AND NERVOUS AT FIRST J I FINALLY AGREED TO THE EXPERIMENT.

AGAINJ I MUST TELL YOU HOW AMAZED I WAS - AND STILL AM - AT


WHAT HAS TRANSPIRED FROM THIS INNOCENT CONVERSATION J AND
THAT THE FRAIL ENTITY I CALL "SELF" WAS TO BECOME THE VEHICLE
OF THESE MIRACULOUS EVENTS.

THE STORY OF WHAT DIRECTLY HAPPENED AFTER WE BEGAN OUR EXPERI-


MENT IS BASED SOLELY UPON OUR AWE-STUCK MEMORIES. HAD EITHER
OF US HAD THE SLIGHTEST INKLING AS TO WHAT WAS ABOUT TO HAPPEN J
WE WOULD HAVE BEEN PREPARED TO RECORD IT. THE SECOND STANLEY
VISIT WAS TAKEN VERBATUM USING ANITA'S SHORTHAND. THIS J THENJ
IS WHAT OCCURRED FIRST:

A FIGURE APPEARED J SITTING IN THE LOTUS POSITION AND MADE US


MANY PROMISES. HE TOLD US THAT OUR MEETING AND FRIENDSHIP
AT THIS PARTICULAR TIME WAS NOT A CHANCE ACCIDENT J BUT PART
OF A PLAN THAT WAS BEING CARRIED OUT UNDER THE DIRECTION OF

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 8 of 326
INTRODUCTION - PAGE 3
HIGHER POWERS. IT WAS PART OF A PROGRAM THAT WAS DEVISED
TO HELP THE ADVANCEMENT OF HUMANITY AT THIS POINT IN COSMIC
TIME. THE FIGURE TOLD US HIS NAME WAS NEHRA AND SAID THAT
IF WE WERE TO BE FAITHFUL AND MEET EACH WEEK) A SOUL GROUP OF
MASTERS AND TEACHERS WOULD REVEAL MANY HIDDEN WISDOMS TO EN-
HANCE OUR LIVES AND PROMOTE OUR EVOLUTI0N.

THERE WAS MORE) BUT AS WE WERE UNPREPARED TO RECORD WHAT WAS


BEING SAID) MUCH OF IT WAS LOST.

WHEN I AWOKE (FOR I HAD BEEN IN A DREAM-LIKE TRANCE DURING


NEHRA'S VISIT)) ANITA WAS EXCITED AND UPBRAIDING HERSELF FOR
NOT HAVING HAD A SHORTHAND BOOK AND PEN WITH HER. EVENTUALLY)
WE HAD TO RESORT TO BUYING A TAPE RECORDER AS THERE WAS JUST
TOO MUCH INFORMATION TO BE TAKEN DOWN IN SHORTHAND! I) TOO)
WAS EXCITED AND ELATED) BUT AT THE SAME TIME CONFUSED)
. . . . . . . . . . .. ... .
,.,
FOR
, ,'

THROUGHOUT THE STRANGEVI~ITJHAp.Sr99P .. 04rSlp~.9F.MY~LEEP­


ING PHYSICAL BODY AND WITNESSED THE EVENT AS II UNFOLDED!
NEVER AGAIN WERE WE TO BE CAUGHT UNPREPARED.

NEHRA'S APPEARANCE THAT SUNDAY NIGHT) APRIL 4) 1965) WAS ONLY


THE BEGINNING. As THE YEARS WENT BY) VERY SPECIAL PEOPLE WERE
ATTRACTED AND BROUGHT INTO OUR LESSON SESSIONS BY THE MAGI)
AND SOUL GROUP. SOON CLASSES WERE BEING HELD ON THE WEST
COAST) QUICKLY FOLLOWED BY ANOTHER BRANCH IN A LARGE MIDWEST-
ERN CITY. WE WERE SOON TO GAIN MEMBERS FROM ALL OVER THE
COUNTRY) AND TODAY OUR LESSONS GO ALL AROUND THE WORLD SO ALL
OF THE HAPPINESS THAT THIS KNOWLEDGE CAN AND DOES BRING) IS
RIGHT HERE FOR ANYONE WHO SEEKS IT.

ANITA IS NOW EXPERIENCING A WONDERFUL SECOND MARRIAGE AND


HAS BECOME A GOOD PUBLIC SPEAKER. (BEFORE SHE WOULD QUAKE
IN FRONT OF AN AUDIENCE OF TWO!) AND FOR ME - THE BENEFITS
HAVE BEEN SO NUMEROUS THAT I CANNOT EVEN START TO COUNT THEM!
My NEEDS ARE FULFILLED BEFORE I EVEN REALIZE THAT I AM NEED-
ING; AND I AM LOVED BY MY FRIENDS WITH A LOVE THAT I NEVER
KNEW EXISTED. FROM CHOICE) I HAVE REMAINED A CELIBATE AND
MY JOY AND HAPPINESS ARE OVERFLOWING BECAUSE OF RECEIVING

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 9 of 326
INTRODUCTION - PAGE 4

THIS VERY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE WHICH WE NOW SHARE WITH YOU!

THE CHANNEL ROSE

NOTE: IT WAS NOT KNOWN FOR A NUMBER OF YEARS LATERJ THAT


DOROTHEA J KNOWN AS THE CHANNEL ROSE J WAS ACTUALLY A
'WALK-IN'. THIS KNOWLEDGE WAS PURPOSELY WITHHELD UNTIL
SHE J HERSELF J WAS FURTHER DEVELOPED AND BETTER ABLE TO
PERSONALLY HANDLE ITS SITUATION J AND CAME ABOUT AFTER SHE
HAD LEFT HER HUSBAND AND BACAME A NUNJ IN HER MASTER'S
ASHRAM J AND RECEIVED CERTAIN INITIATIONS NECESSARY TO DOING
THE WORK OF WRITING AND PRODUCING THE INFORMATIONS. IN
FACTJ THE REVELATION IS·PART OF THE PROGRAM AND COMES OUT
AS THE LESSONS AND BOOKS CAME FORTH IN THEIR SPECIAL TIME
SLOTS. THESE WRITING REVELATIONS HAVE TAKEN PROGRESS OVER
TWENTY-SEVEN YEARS AS OF 1992. OUR MAGI CENTERJ INC. HAS
ONLY GONE PUBLIC SINCE JULY 10 J 1978.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 10 of 326
(

ose
Lesson
One ..
c

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 11 of 326
(

.
.
(
, :~
.

... :.-

~--~

:':'.'

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 12 of 326
\)t:.Kit:.~ UNE
LESSON ONE
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON ONE

"STANLEY"

I'VE NEVER HAD DAYS DRAG ON SO; SUNDAY SEEMED TO BE "FOREVER


COMING. IT SEEMED WE JUST COULDN'T STAND TO WAIT~ BUT IT
DAWNED AT LAST AND THIS TIME WE WERE WELL PREPARED. EAGERLY
WAITING IN OUR CHAIRS~ WE SUDDENLY NOTICED A DISTINCT CHANGE
IN THE ROOM'S ATMOSPHERE WHICH BECAME VIBRANT AND ELECTRICAL.
A COOL AIR CURRENT SEEMED TO PASS OVER US. IT WAS PLEASING.
ANITA (LILY) NOW GAVE A LOVELY SHORT PRAYER AS WE HAD BEEN
REQUESTED TO DO BEFORE ALL MEETINGS. THEN WE SIMPLY WAITED
WITH OUR EYES OPEN.

IT WAS VERY QUIET. SUDDENLY THE TRAFFIC NOISES SEEMED TO


DISAPPEAR~ AND A STRANGE SORT OF HUSH PERVADED EVERYWHERE.

SLOWLY THE ROOM STARTED TO HAZE OVER. THIS MIST-LIKE VEIL


GREW MORE INTENSE~ AND I SAW UPON THE WHITE BACKGROUND OF THE
FAR LIVING ROOM WALL A TINY FIGURE FORM. As THIS FIGURE GREW
LARGER AND BECAME MORE SOLIDIFIED~ THE ROOM SEEMED TO BECOME
MORE BRILLIANT WITH WHITE MIST WHICH NOW COMPELLED ME TO CLOSE
MY EYES AGAINST ITS GLARE. EVEN WITH CLOSED EYES~ THE SCENE
REMAINED CLEAR WITHIN MY INNER SIGHT.

THIS GROWING FIGURE SEEMED TO ADVANCE CLOSER TO US UNTIL IT


FINALLY APPEARED TO EMERGE RIGHT OUT OF TH~ MIST AND ~ THE
LIVING ROOM. IT WAS NOW THE SIZE OF AN AVERAGE MAN. HE WAS
YOUNG - ABOUT 25 YEARS OLD AND VERY STRANGELY DRESSED IN
COLORS SO DAZZLING THAT THEY WERE ALL WE COULD TAKE IN AT
FIRST. HIS TURKISH FULL FLOWING TROUSERS WERE OF SHINY PALE
YELLOW SATIN MATERIAL~ TIGHT AT THE ANKLES. HIS TUNIC BLOUSE
WAS OF THE SAME SHINY MATERIAL IN A SHIMMERING PALE GREEN~
AND RESEMBLED A CHINESE COAT WHICH CAME DOWN TO HIS HIPS.
HE WORE A LOVELY DEEP YELLOW GOLD SASH TIED ON THE LEFT SIDE.
THE COLORS OF HIS GARMENTS FAR OUTSHOWN ANYTHING I'VE EVER
SEEN ON EARTH.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 13 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON ONE PAGE 2

AT THAT TIME NEITHER OF US HAD KNOWLEDGE OF COLOR OR ITS


MEANINGS. IN FACT) WE DIDN'T THEN KNOW IT WAS A SOUL
LANGUAGE. SO ALL WE COULD DO) UPON ORDERS) WAS TO RECORD
THE COLORS. IT WAS MUCH LATER WE LEARNED ABOUT READING COLOR
AND INTERP~ETING THE MESSAGE IT WAS NOW REVEALING) WHICH IS
AS FOLLOWS: THE YELLOW GOLD OF THE SASH BESPOKE THIS PERSON'S
ASTRAL LIFE AS BEING LINKED INTO SPIRITUAL PRINCIPLES. THE
YELLOW GOLD COLOR WAS TELLING THAT HE IS A SEEKER AFTER HIGHER
WISDOMS AND ENDEAVORING TO CONNECT WITH HIS HIGHER SPIRITUAL
SELF. THE DEEP YELLOW GOLD SIGNIFIES A READINESS FOR SYNCHRO-
NIZATION WITH THE CHRIST FORCE WITHIN. THE PALE GREEN TUNIC
TOP DENOTED THIS MAN AS A KlNU AND UNDERSTANDING PERSON OF
COMPASSIONATE QUALITIES.

IN DESCRIBING THE MAN HIMSELF) THE VERY FIRST THING WE NOTICED


WAS HIS BIG SMILE AND EVEN WHITE TEETH. THEN HIS GOLD BLONDE
HAIR TOOK OUR ATTENTION) FOR IT BLENDED IN WITH HIS HEALTHY
TANNED SKIN. LAST WE LOOKED INTO TWO HAPPY DEEP BLUE EYES AND
FOUND THEY WERE LAUGHING INTO OURS. HE WAS FLOWING WITH VITAL-
ITY AND YOUTH. IN FACT) THE WHOLE ROOM PULSED WITH HIS ENER-
GIES FROM WALL TO WALL.

WE JUST SAT THERE ENTHRALLED AS HE STOOD BEFORE US. WHEN HE


SPOKE HIS VOICE WAS DEEP YET GENTLE. "I AM A FRIEND AND MY
NAME IS STANLEY. THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI SENT ME TO BE
YOUR SECOND GUEST) AND TO START AN ACTION OF ENERGIES BETWEEN
OUR TWO DIMENSIONS." WE DIDN'T DOUBT HE WAS SUCCEEDING FOR
THE ROOM WAS STILL PULSATING. HIS LAUGHING EYES WERE QUESTION-
ING AS HE ASKED) "WOULD YOU LIKE ME TO TELL YOU A LITTLE ABOUT
MYSELF SO THAT WE CAN BECOME ACQUAINTED AND YOU CAN UNDERSTAND
WHY THEY CHOSE ME TO BE YOUR FIRST CONTACT?"

WE HASTILY SAID "YEs".HE THOUGHT A MOMENT. "FIRST) I'D BETTER


EXPLAIN THAT I WAS CHOSEN BECAUSE MY VIBRATIONS COME NEARER TO
MELDING WITH YOUR TWO COMBINED VIBRATORY RATES THAN ANYONE
ELSE AVAILABLE IN OUR GROUP AT THIS TIME. BEHIND THE SCENES

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 14 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON ONE

OF MATTER MUCH WORK IS GOING ON IN THE PRODUCTION OF A FIELD


AREA FOR A COMPATIBLE MEETING GROUND WHEREBY OUR ASTRAL SIDE
AND YOUR SIDE~ MAY COMFORTABLY MEET AND MINGLE AND VISIT EACH
OTHER WITH EASE. AT FIRST~ WE WILL OF NECESSITY~ HAVE TO
COME DOWN TO YOUR ENERGY LEYEL. HOWEVER~
.......
THE PLAN IS THAT BE-
".

FORE LONG YOU WILL BE BROUGHT UP TO OURS SO THAT YOU MAY SEE
FIRST HAND FOR YOURSELVES~ HOW AND WHERE WE LIVE AND EXPERIENCE
ALL THE DELIGHTS OF OUR ASTRAL ENVIRONMENT."

WE GASPED! THIS SIMPLY COULD NOT BE POSSIBLE! IT WAS LIKE A


DREAM COME TRUE. IT BOGGLED OUR POOR LITTLE MINDS~ YET WE
CLASPED ITS PROMISE TIGHTLY.

"ABOUT MYSELF~" HE CONTINUED~ "I WAS IN THE KOREAN WAR. FIVE


OF US WERE SENT OUT WITH HAND MINE DETECTORS TO FORGE AHEAD
OF OUR BATTALION AND CLEAR THE ROAD OF ANY MINES THE ENEMY
MIGHT HAVE PLANTED." WE SHUDDERED. "IT WAS JUST A ROUTINE
JOB. IT WAS ON THIS MISSION WE ALL DREW OUR LUCKY NUMBER."

WE REALIZED WHAT HE MEANT AND SHUDDERED AGAIN. HE CAUGHT OUR


FEELING.

"No~ IT DID NOT HURT~" HE ASSURED US. "IT HAPPENED SO FAST


WE DIDN'T FEEL A THING. WE WERE JUST WALKING THE ROAD AND
THERE WAS A FLASH LIKE SUDDEN LIGHTNING AND MY NEXT AWARENESS
WAS OF SITTING UNDER A SMALL STUNTED TREE AS CALM AS COULD BE.
THEN I SAW BELOW ME A HUGE HOLE WHERE THE DIRT ROAD HAD BEEN~
AND A CLOUD OF DUST AND DEBRIS SWIRLING EVERYWHERE. I EXPER-
IENCED NO PAIN~ HEARD NO NOISE. I WAS JUST KNOWING A WONDER-
FUL FEELING OF PEACE AND CALMNESS WITHIN MYSELF."

WE SAT THERE SILENTLY FOR A MOMENT~ PONDERING OVER HIS WORDS.


How REASSURING TO KNOW THERE WAS REALLY NO PAIN IN DEATH.

STANLEY CONTINUED~ "WHEN THE DUST CLEARED AWAY~ I COULD SEE


THE DEEP CRATER BETTER BUT NO SIGN OF MY BUDDIES ANYWHERE.
THIS LED ME TO BELIEVE I WAS THE ONLY SURVIVOR. AT THAT
THOUGHT MY MIND TURNED TO MY MOTHER AND HOW WORRIED SHE WOULD

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 15 of 326
:)ERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON ONE

BE WHEN SHE HEARD ABOUT THIS HAPPENING. IMMEDIATELY FOLLOW-


ING THE THOUGHT J I DISCOVERED MYSELF IN OUR OHIO FARM KITCHEN.
MOTHER WAS WORKING THERE AND I RUSHED OVER TO HUG HER AND
FOUND I COULDN'T TOUCH HER OR EVEN ATTRACT HER ATTENTION.
SHE SIMPLY CONTINUED WITH HER CHORES. IT WAS AS THOUGH I'D
RECEIVED A BLOW J IT DAZED ME. I FINALLY CONCLUDED THAT I
MUST HAVE BEEN KILLEDJ YET I KNEW I WAS STILL ALIVE AND WELL.

THE WHOLE THING SO LET ME DOWN AND MADE ME SO DISCOURAGED I


SIMPLY SAT DOWN IN ONE OF THE CHAIRS AND BURIED MY FACE IN
MY HANDS. I WANTED TO BAWL MY HEAD OFF BUT INSTEAD I MADE
MYSELF SNAP OUT OF IT. RAISING MY HEAD UP AGAIN I PROMPTLY
RECEIVED ANOTHER SHOCK FOR I DISCOVERED MYSELF BACK IN KOREA
UNDER THAT OLD STUNTED TREE. IT REALLY SEEMED TO BE THE END.
I WAS FEELING EXASPERATED WITH THE WHOLE SITUATION WHEN I
SPOTTED FOUR GUYS APPROACHING. WAS I GLAD TO SEE THEM! I
WAS SO WEAK WITH JOY AT FINDING ANOTHER LIVING PERSON AROUND
THAT I COULDN'T EVEN GET UP FROM UNDER THAT TREE. THEY WERE
ALL SMILES AND GREETED ME WITHJ 'HI FELLER! How YOU DOIN?'

I WAS DOING JUST FINE AND TOLD THEM SO. THE BIG BLONDE CRAGGY
FACED GUY PULLED OUT A STRANGE LOOKING FLASK AND OFFERED ME A
DRINK. I NEVER ASKED WHAT IT WAS J JUST TOOK A SWALLOW. To
MY SURPRISE IT TURNED OUT TO BE SOME SORT OF FRUIT CONCOCTION
LIKE PEACH APRICOT AND PINEAPPLE) BUT WAS THE BEST TASTING
AND ACTING STUFF I'D EVER HAD. I DRANK MORE AND FELT JUST
GLORIOUS AND AS STRONG AS ATLAS.

"As THE BLONDE TOOK BACK THE FLASK HE SAID J 'GUESS YOU'VE
TUMBLED TO WHERE YOU ARE AND WHAT HAPPENED. I NODDED AND
TOLD THEM HOW SURPRISED I WAS TO DISCOVER HOW EASY AND NORMAL
DEATH SEEMED TO BEi THEY NODDED BACK REAL CASUAL. 'NOT A
BAD TRIP AT ALL)' THE DARK HAIRED ONE NOW INVITED. 'COME WITH
US AND IT GETS EVEN BETTER."

"THEY DIDN'T HAVE TO ASK ME TWICE. I WAS GETTING PRETTY FED


UP WITH THAT STUNTED TREE. I STOOD UP. THE FELLOWS GATHERED
ALL AROUND ME CLOSELY AND LO AND BEHOLD WE ALL ROSE UP AND

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 16 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON·ONE

AWAY WE WENT~ RIGHT INTO THE BRIGHT BLUE YONDER." STANLEY'S


HAPPY LAUGH RANG OUT~ "I FELT JUST LIKE SUPERMAN." WE JOINED
RIGHT INTO HIS LAUGHTER. I REALLY BELIEVE WE FELT AS RELIEVED
AS HE MUST HAVE AT HIS RESCUE FROM LONELINESS.

ANITA THEN ASKED IF HE WOULD TELL US WHERE THEY TOOK HIM ON


THAT FLIGHT. HIS ADVENTURE INTO DEATH WAS SO INTERESTING
AND INFORMATIVE THAT WE WANTED TO HEAR MORE. STANLEY'S ANSWER
LED US DIRECTLY INTO A WHOLE NEW FRONTIER OF LIFE AND TRAVEL
AND EXPLORATION WHICH HAS NOT ENDED TO THIS DAY~ FOR WE ARE
RECEIVING EVEN HIGHER AND HIGHER TRUTHS.

HIS DEATH~ BEING PREMATURE AND VIOLENT~ ALLOWED HIM TO FINISH


OUT SOME AREAS OF SCHOOLING OVER THERE~ WHICH NOT EVERYONE
GETS TO DO. WE LEARNED THAT THE FELLOWS TOOK HIM TO AN ENVI-
RONMENT THERE WHICH WAS SIMILAR TO THAT WHICH HE HAD VIBRATED
TO ON EARTH. IT WAS PEACEFUL - NOT WAR TORN - BEING LUSH IN
VEGETATION AND LOVELY TO LOOK UPON. WHILE THERE A YOUNGER
BROTHER AND GRANDMOTHER CAME TO VISIT HIM FREQUENTLY AS HE
ATTENDED A SCHOOL FOR NEWCOMERS. AT THIS SCHOOL WHERE HE ALSO
LIVED) HE LEARNED HE COULD NEITHER SELECT NOR EMBARK ON ANY
~ OR UNFAMILIAR LESSON SUBJECTS HIS MIND DID NOT NOW HOLD

AT THIS POINT~ BUT HE COULD AND WAS BROADENING MANY OF THE SUB-
JECTS IN WHICH HE HAD BEEN INTERESTED~ WHILE IN HIS LAST MATTER
LIFE. SOME OF THESE SUBJECTS AND IDEAS WERE ALREADY PLANTED
IN HIS SOUL MIND FILES FROM PREVIOUS INCARNATIONS.

FROM THIS FIRST ENCOUNTER WITH STANLEY~ WE LEARNED HE HAD BEEN


IN THE ASTRAL REALMS FOR NINE YEARS. HE HAS BEEN THERE LONGER
NOW AS WE RELEASE THESE LESSONS FOR EVERYONE TO ENJOY. STANLEY
ALSO TOLD US WE WOULD COME TO KNOW THOSE FOUR MALES WHO MET
HIM THAT DAY IN KOREA) AS THEY~ TOO~ ARE MEMBERS OF OUR SOUL
GROUP OF THE MAGI.

HE THEN PROCEEDED TO PRESENT THE FIRST MESSAGE LESSON:

tHE coNtENts OF Sr8NLEY i SMESSAGE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 17 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON ONE

"THERE IS A.. COSMIC.,


TRUTH ......
..' . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ..
.
YOUR
-
SPIRIT
........ .. .....KNOWS
~ " ~. BUT NOW MUST BE
AWAKENED . IN YOUR LOWER CONSCIOUS MIND. . ..
THIS
. "
TRUTH
.. .. ..
IS THAT
ALL PEOPLES ARE SENT TO EARTH TO. LIVE AND. EXPERIENCE FOR
. .

THE EXPRESS PURPOSE OF LEARNING. EVERYTHING THAT YOU CAN


UNDERSTAND AND LEARN WILL BE FIRST STORED .
IN THE. ..LOWER SUB-
JECTIVE MIND AREAS OF YOUR ETHERIC MIND. THE TOOL YOU USE
FOR LEARNING IS YOUR PARTICULAR GENETIC BRAIN STRUCTURE OF
, , ,

PHYSICAL BODY. IT IS THIS PRESENT INDIVIDUAL BRAIN STRUCTURE


WHICH CONNECTS ALL YOUR PHYSICAL AWARENESS INTO YOUR HIGHER
ETHERIC INVISIBLE MATTER FORM MIND CENTER.

YOUR LOWER SUBJECTIVE MIND LIES IN YOUR ETHERIC BODY AREAJ


NOT IN YOUR PHYSICAL BODY OR BRAIN APPARATUS. THINK ABOUT
THIS AND PLANT ITS IDEA FIRMLY. ,

REALIZE EVERY INDIVIDUAL WILL ACCUMULATE KNOWLEDGE ACCORDING


TO HIS OWN PRESENT UNIQUE BRAIN CAPACITY. EVERYONE WILL STORE
THEIR KNOWLEDGE IN A DIFFERENT MANNER AND TO A DIFFERENT DE-
GREE OF FIRMNESS. ALL WILLJ AT THIS POINT IN OUR LIFE STREAM
OF EVOLUTION J HAVE CONTENTS OF WISDOMS J FACTS J AND CONGLOMER-
ATES OF OPINION WITHIN THEIR ETHERIC AND SOUL MIND FILES.

GODJ OUR CREATOR J ENDOWED EACH OF US WITH 'FREE CHOICE' J BUT


WE HAVE TO ACTIVATE IT TO LEARN AND UNDERSTAND. THE RESPONSI-
BILITY IS OURS ALONE. THIS 'FREE CHOICE' IS THERE TO ASSIMI-
LATE AND ACCUMULATE ALL WE DESIRE ••• AND IT IS THERE SO WE
CAN BE ABLE TO GET VALUES DURING ANY INCARNATION OF LIFE. WE
CAN USE OUR 'FREE CHOICE' TO COAST THROUGH LIFE THOUGHTLESSLY
AND AIMLESSLY WITH AS LITTLE EFFORT AS POSSIBLE. THE CHOICE
IS~. WHEN THIS IS SEENj RIGHT NOW WILL BE THE TIME FOR
ALL TO BUSY THEMSELVES AND ACQUIRE WISDOM.

EVERY LEVEL OF LIFE FROM PHYSICAL TO SPIRITUAL WILL HAVE


THEIR OWN LAWS AND PURPOSE. EACH WILL BE DIFFERENT AND EACH
WILL . EXIST
... .. ..... ..
FOR DEVELOPING
. . . . .. .... ....
A SPECIAL PROGRESS AND 'SPECIFIC
PART OF YOUR EYOLUTION. I WISH I HAD KNOWN THIS BEFORE I

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 18 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON ONE

CAME OVER HERE. SO NOW I'M ASKING YOU J ARE YOU SATISFIED
WITH WHAT YOU ARE NOW?" HIs SECOND QUESTION J "ARE YOU COM-
PLETELY SATISFIED WITH YOUR PRESENT ENVIRONMENT?" RAISED A
LARGE SEARCHING ACTION IN OUR MINDS.

As HE WAITEDJ HIS EYES SEARCHED OURS. OUR INTELLECTUAL


CURIOSITY WAS AROUSED AND WE HAD TO ADMIT TO NOT BEING SATIS-
FIED ON EITHER COUNT. WE ALSO INFORMED HIM THAT WE DIDN'T
REALLY KNOW JUST HOW TO PROCEED TO BETTER OUR MINDS.

HE REASSURED US J "THE FUTURE CONTENTS OF THESE LESSONS WILL


BE FULL OF INFORMATION ON HOW YOU CAN GAIN BENEFITS FOR MINDJ
FOR YOUR PHYSICAL J ETHERICJASTRAL AND SOUL FORMS J AND HOW TO
PROGRESS IN MANY SPIRITUAL AREAS IN WHICH YOU MAY NOT BE AWARE
THAT PROGRESSION IS NEEDED. IF FOLLOWED J ITS CONTENTS CAN
LEAD TO COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS AND THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN."

WHAT A PROMISE THIS WAS. To SEE THE ASTRAL REALMS J TO CON-


TACT LOVED ONES GONE BEFORE US AND TO ATTAIN TO COSMIC CON-
SCIOUSNESS J IN ITS PROCESS. WE LOOKED AT ONE ANOTHER IN
SHEER AMAZEMENT. STANLEY WATCHED OUR REACTION J THEN HE SAID J
"I MUST BE GOING NOW. RETURN FOR ANOTHER VISIT NEXT SUNDAY.
WE HAVE ANOTHER VISITOR TO SEE YOU." TURNING HE CALLED J
"I'LL SEE YOU AROUND."

As HE WALKED AWAY BACK INTO THE MIST J HE BECAME SMALLER AND


SMALLER J THEN DISAPPEARED. THUS ENDED OUR SECOND CONTACT.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 19 of 326
(

.
i.

I AM A CHILD OF GOD. GOD IS IN MEJ EXPRESSING


THROUGH ME. GOD IS THE PERFECT HARMONY OF
LIFE. GOD IS MY LOVE AND RESPECT FOR MYSELF
AND MY FELLOW MAN.

GOD IS ALL THERE IS. I AM A REFLECTION OF THIS


( DIVINE INTELLIGENCE I AM A PART OF HIS
PERFECT PATTERN.

THE LOVE OF GOD IS MY LOVE; THE PEACE OF GOD


IS MY PEACE; THE JOY OF GOD IS MY JOY; THE
PERFECT HEALTH OF GOD IS MY PERFECT HEALTH!

THANK You FATHER

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 20 of 326
TWO.

(
\

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 21 of 326
)vi oR. i HA f{DtiS
(

-\
~J
( \
\

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 22 of 326
SERIES ONE
: LESSON Two
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON TWO

"SRI MORI HANDUS"

ON THE NEXT""SUNDAY EVENING; WE EAGERLY TOOK OUR CHAIRS


AND WAITED AGAIN. As BEFORE~ A THIN MIST ENFOLDED US~ ITS
AIRY WHITENESS APPEARING TO HOLD LITTLE GLINTS OF SILVER.
As THE INTENSITY OF ITS VEIL BECAME STRONGER~ THE SILVER
PREDOMINATED~ AND SWIRLS OF CORAL PINK SHOWED HERE AND

THERE.

THE SOUL MESSAGE REVEALED BY THESE COLORS IS AS FOLLOWS:


THE SILVER GLINTS OR PARTICLES WERE THERE TO ACTIVATE OUR
HEART SEED AND THE SILVER CORD WHICH CONNECTS ALL EARTH
INCARNATORS TO THEIR HIGHER FORMS OF BEING. SILVER~ WHEN
SEEN IN AN AURA~ DENOTES A HIGH EVOLUTION. IT WAS LEARNED
LATER THAT OUR HEART SEED AND SILVER CORD AREA WERE BEING
STRENGTHENED FOR FUTURE TRAVELS INTO THE ASTRAL SPACE PLANES.
THE CORAL PINK COLOR IS THE BOTTOM OR FIRST RAY IN THE AREA
FOR MATTER WISDOMS. ITS SWIRLS WERE INDICATING AN ACTION
WAS NOW BEING SET IN MOTION IN OUR AURIC AREA FOR BETTER
FUTURE INNER VISION. WHEN SEEN~ AS WE WERE NOW SEEING IT~
THIS CORAL ALSO PROMISES NEW SPIRITUAL INSIGHTS. JUST BEFORE
OUR NEXT VISITOR APPEARED~ THE COLORS TURNED INTO A BEAUTIFUL
SUNSET. PINK~ ROSE AND DEEP GOLDEN YELLOW SPREAD ACROSS OUR
VISION LIKE A GLORIOUS PAINTING. A SUNSET COMBINATION HERALDS
THE APPROACH OF A HIGHLY DEVELOPED PERSON SUCH AS A SAINT OR
MASTER OR AVATAR.

SUDDENLY~~HE STOOD THERE BEFORE US~ CLEAR AND PLAINLY VISIBLE~


DRESSED IN A SNOWY WHITE ROBE. SOFT SERIOUS BROWN EYES EXAM-
INED US; SOFT WAVY BROWN HAIR REFLECTED THE MIST'S SILVER
SHEEN. A SLIGHT GENTLE SMILE WAS UPON HIS LIPS. HE~ TOO~ WAS
YOUNG AND RADIANT WITH INVIGORATING ENERGY FORCES. EVERYTHING
ABOUT HIM PROCLAIMED A SENSITIVE MYSTIC. HIS FEATURES WERE

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 23 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON Two

EASTERN J YET THERE WERE ALSO TRACES OF CAUCASIAN THERE.


IN SPITE OF THE SENSITIVE MYSTICISMS HE EXUDED J THERE WAS
DEFINITE STRENGTH OF CHARACTER AND DECIDED FORCES OF LEADER-
SHIP. WHEN HE SPOKE TO US J HIS VOICE WAS DEEP AND RICH.

"GREETINGS J MY FRIENDS; TONIGHT I COME TO INTRODUCE YOU TO


THE WORLD OF MIND. My NAME IS MORI HANDUS. My POSITION IS
OF A MASTER. THE MAGI SENDS GOD'S CHILDREN OF EARTHJ WHEN
EACH IS READY J INTO OUR CARE. WE OVERSHADOW THEM AND LEAD
THEM INTO PATHWAYS OF WISDOM."

"THE MAGI PERFORMS HIS WORK ON EARTH AMONG MEN AND WOMEN J
BUT FEW RECOGNIZE HIM FOR A GOD SERVANT OR THE DIVINE WORK
HE PERFORMS. THE MAGI AND THE SOUL,GROUP WORK WITH AND FOR
HUMANITY. WEJ TOO J ARE HUMAN MEMBERS OF THE MANSTREAM OF LIFE.
WE ALSO HAVE KNOWN YOUR PROBLEMS J SORROWS AND SUFFERING. WE
ARE CLOSE TO YOU BECAUSE WE UNDERSTAND YOUR NEEDS FOR THEY
ARE OUR NEEDS ALSO. THE MAGI AND ALL SOUL GROUP MEMBERS ARE
EVEN CLOSER TO YOU THAN YOUR GUARDIAN ANGELS. WE ARE BROTHERS
AND SISTERS WITH A BOND OF AFFINITY ONLY LIKE SPECIES OF LIFE
CAN KNOW. "

"As GOD'S CHILDREN CREATED IN HIS IMAGE J WE ARE ALWAYS CONNEC-


TED TO HIM THROUGH OUR MINDS. WE CANNOT LOSE HIMJ OR HE US.
THE MIND OF GOD IS EVERYWHERE PRESENT IN OUR UNIVERSE; THERE-
FORE J MIND IS PRESENT IN ALL OF OUR FORMS. MIND WILL ALWAYS
BE RIGHT THERE WITH EACH CHILD OF GOD WHEREVER HE MAY EXIST.
IT BEHOOVES ALL OF US TO CONCENTRATE SOME OF OUR ATTENTION
UPON MIND'S DEVELOPMENT."

"BOTH THE EARTH PLANET UPON WHICH WE INCARNATE AND CYCLE J


AND OURSELVES AS SPECIFIC LIFE FORMS J ARE NOW APPROACHING
EVER CLOSER TO AREAS IN UNIVERSAL SPACE OF HIGHER EVOLUTIONARY
WAVELENGTHS. THE LIFE FORMS NOT OF AN ENERGY ABILITY TO

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 24 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
, LES.SON, TWO

TOLERATE OR SYNCHRONIZE INTO THESE MAGNETIC FIELDS WILLJ


OF NECESSITY J HAVE TO BE DIVERTED TO OTHER PLANETS. To ASSURE
AN ABILITY FOR AN EFFICIENT ENERGY OPERATION AS EARTH ENTERS
THESE NEW UNCHARTED WATERS OF SPACE J HUMANS AS INDIVIDUALS
MUST HAVE A CERTAIN DEGREE OF ABILITY TO OPERATE IN BOTH
SUBJECTIVE AND ABSTRACT THINKING. THE DEVELOPMENT OF BOTH
LENDS MUCH DIGNITY AND POISE AS IT ENABLES THE PERSqN TO
BECOME A SELF-THINKER.

"THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI WILL BE REVEALING IN THESE LESSONS


WISDOMS OF THE NINTH PATHWAY. IN PROGRESSING DOWN THIS NINTH
PATH J MANY ASPECTS OF YOUR PATTERN WILL DEVELOP. THE TWO
MAIN ASPECTS WILL BE PERSONALITY LIFE FORCE QUALITIES AND
MANAGEMENT FOR BETTER MIND VALUES. THESE TWO ASPECTS MUST
ALWAYS INTERTWINE TO ESTABLISH A STRONG SINGLE UNION. THIS
COMBINATION BRINGS FORTH THE CREATED PURPOSE OF EACH INDIVIDUAL.

"GOD CREATED YOU BECAUSE HE WANTED AND NEEDED YOU. You ARE A
SPECIAL UNIQUE CREATION. YOUR PURPOSE WILL BE ONE THAT NO
OTHER INDIVIDUAL CAN PERFORM OR FILL. IF EVEN ONE OF US WERE
LOST J GOD'S PLAN COULD NOT SUCCEED; WE ARE EACH INDIVIDUAL
PIECES IN THE PATTERN PLAN. WE ARE ALL VERY IMPORTANT TO GODJ
OUR CREATOR J AND HE NEEDS EACH ONE OF US JUST AS MUCH AS WE
NEED HIM. GOD WANTS US TO SUCCEED.

"WEJ YOUR BROTHERS AND SISTERS OF THE SOUL GROUP J STAND EVER
READY TO HELP YOU. WHENEVER A ,PERSON EXERTS AN APPLICATION
TO GAIN ANY NEW MIND KNOWLEDGE J WE FROM OUR POSITION ASSIST
BY AWAKENING THE SOUL OF THAT PERSON SO THAT IT MAY N'6tICt
AND RECEI'VE "iNNE'R'GUIbANCE UPON A PARTICULAR SUBJECT THE I

MAGI RECOGNIZES THOSE WHO ARE READY FOR THIS SERVICE J FOR
HE CAN READ YOUR MIND PATTERNS AND ESTIMATE THE VALUES IN
EVERY AURA. ALL ENTITIES WITHIN OUR LIFE.STREAM ARE PASSING
THROUGH EARTH'S LOWEST DIP INTO MATTER. FROM THIS TIME FOR-
WARDJ THE CYCLES SPIRAL EVER UPWARD. BECAUSE OUR PAST

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 25 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSO~ TWO

EXPERIENCES WERE THOSE OF SPIRALING DOWNWARD) PEOPLE NEEDED


WISDOMS FOR KNOWLEDGE OF THEIR MATTER STRUGGLES. FOR AGES
WE HAVE COPED TO EXIST AS PHYSICAL BEINGS AND LEARN THE
MATTER LAWS) AND THIS WAS RIGHT FOR ITS TIME. EVERYONE CON-
TRIBUTED THEIR THOUGHT IDEAS AND EDICTS INTO THE RACE MIND.
OUR PEOPLE'S BENEFITS RESTED HERE AND CAUSED US ALL TO DEVELOP
A TENDENCY TOWARD DWELLING ONLY IN THE COLLECTIVE IDEAS HELD
IN THE RACE MIND. IT WILL BE DIFFICULT AT FIRST TO BREAK THIS
HABIT) YET EACH WILL BE CALLED UPON TO DO SO FOR HIS OWN SAKE
AND PROGRESSION. IT CAN BE DONE AND WILL BE DONE WHEN IT
BECOMES CLEAR THAT ITS NEGLECT WILL ROB EACH OF HIS RIGHTFUL
GOOD. No MAN CAN STEAL FROM US WHAT LIES WITHIN OUR MINDS)
BUT WE CAN ROB OURSELVES. OF RIGHTFUL RICHES BY REFUSING THEM
TO MIND.

"PLEASE LOOK AT ILLUSTRATION #1 BELOW"

THE CIRCLE OF
INFINITE MIND

"THIS LARGE CIRCLE REPRESENTS THE ONE GOD MIND. WITHIN THE
CIRCLE'S RIM LIES A TRIANGLE REPRESENTING OUR UNIVERSE. You
CAN SEE THAT THE ONE GOD MIND GOES BEYOND THE UNIVERSE
BOUNDRIES. THUS) GOD MIND IS EVERYWHERE IN THE UNIVERSE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 26 of 326
SERIES OI~E PAGE 5
LESSON TWO "NOW f10VE TO ILLUSTRATION #2 BELOW"

THE JEWEL CIRCLE OF


MAN.
INTELLECTUAL
~- t-1IND
MIl\lD SPIRIT

\J\lVV\l\7
SOUL ASTRAL ~-t-ASTRAL
t-f.IND

---- - - - - - - -- - - - - - _.... - CONSCIOUS-


~------f- SELF r-mm
MIND

ANIMAL MIND

~----~-ANIMAL MIND.

MArx MLLS IN ALL AREAS OF THE ONE GOD MIND.

THE CONSCIOUS MIND lliELLS IN BOTH MATTER LEVEL AND THE ETHERIC LEVEL.
. . .. . ... - ... . ..... .

HERE IS THE ONE GOD MIND


.
CIRCLE. AGAIN AND THE .......
UNIVERSE
_. .
TRIANGLE.
.

WITHIN THE UNIVERSE ARE


. .
MANY TINY INVERTED TRIANGLES
.. ....
REPRESENTING
.. ....
. . .
OUR HUMAN MIND POINTS. LIKE THE UNIVERSE} EACH MIND-POINT IS WELL
INSIDE THE GREAT GOD MIND.
"THESE ILLUSTRATIONS} WHILE VERY SIMPLE} ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF
IMAGE PLANTING
. IN MEMORY. SOME PEOPLE CAN EASILY
.
CONJURE FOR ...THEM- .'

SELVES MENTAL IMAGES .BUT MANY HAVE NOT YET DEVELOPED THIS PARTICULAR
. . '

AND IMPORTANT TALENT. MEMORY NEEDS IMAGES TO PLANT . .IN SUBJECTIVE


.

MIND JUST AS SOUL MIND WILL NEED IMAGES WITHIN THE ASTRAL MIND FILES.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 27 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TWO

WE INTERRUPT MORI HANDUS HERE TO INTERPOLATE AN EXPLANATION


OF ILLUSTRATION #2 BY ROSE.

#2. OUR SMALL MIND POINT~) WHICH THE LITTLE TRIANGLES REPRE-
SENT) ARE PARTS OR PIECES OF GOD'S GREAT" MIND WHICH HE HAS
GIVEN US AS HE ORIGINALLY CREATED US. RIGHT NOW) WE ONLY
USE THIS MIND SPARK TO 'THINK' IN OUR LOWER EARTH ATMOSPHERE
BUT THESE MIND PARTS WE POSSESS) BEING PART OF GOD'S GREAT
OVERALL MIND) WE HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO ALSO USE AND IMAGE IN
A HIGHER STATE) SUCH AS IN SOUL ASTRAL MIND AREA AND EVEN
SPIRIT MIND AREA. As YOU SEE THE TINY MIND TRIANGLES OF MAN-
KIND RESTS IN ALL THESE DIFFERENT SECTIONS. ANIMAL MINDS)
HOWEVER) HAVE NOT DEVELOPED TO OPERATE BUT ON A SUB-LEVEL TO
OURS. As WE LEARN THE WISDOMS FROM OUR MASTER TEACHERS) WE
ARE EXPANDING OURSELVES TO THINK BEYOND ONLY OUR MATERIAL
AFFAIRS.

THIS LOWER EARTH WAY OF USING OUR MIND WE CALL 'CONSCIOUS


MIND'. THE ASTRAL OR SOUL EXPANSION IN PRAYER OR MEDITATION
AND SUPPLICATION) MOVES OUR 'THINKING' HIGHER INTO AN ASTRAL
SOUL CONSCIOUSNESS CAPACITY AND EVENTUALLY WE SHALL BE CAPABLE
OF USING ALL OUR MIND IN FULL CAPACITY FOR THOUGHT) IMAGE AND
MEMORY AND BECOME A SPIRITUAL 'THINKER' LIKE THE MASTER TEACH-
ERS AND LIKE CHRIST.

MORI SPOKE AGAIN.

"NOW MOVE TO ILLUSTRATION #3 ON THE FOLLOWING


PAGE SEVEN."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 28 of 326
~tKlt~ vne. ILLUSTRATION #3 PAGE 7
LESSOi~ TWO

SPIRIT CAUSE
6/9

INTELLECTUAL

SPIRIT
ASTRAL

--- - .-
2/9 SUBJECTIVE 2/9
ETHERIC
SPIRIT 2/9

MANS CONSCIOUS
MI!·m &
SPIRIT 1/9 LCMER SUBJECTIVE EFFECT 1/9

.'= '. - ~ . ,"

Man uses l/9th of his mind point in cpnscious"matter expe-riences.


All experience" and growth has its base in ma~ter .
.' • • .... , . , ..•• _ . ~-!- .. ::" J ,"

Man will use 2/9th of his mind point when he possesses matter mind
contents after transition into the astral.
The real seat of manstream's substance lies in universal soul mind.
Real seat of memory is here also.
Manstream's power of God lies in his spirit mind area. As each person's
mental capacities grow in stature, they will be operating in 6/9th of
their mind points.
The total capacity of mind for this seven periods of experience is #9.
The equation = 1/9 + 2/9 + 6/9 = ·9/9 = 1 Whole Mind.
Man is a greater mental Being than he realizes.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 29 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSOi~ TWO

"ROSE EXPLANATION"

#3. THIS ILLUSTRATION IS SHOWING THAT THE 'CAUSE' BEHIND


EVERYTHiNG COMES NOT FROM THE MATTER EARTH REGI0NS BUT ITS
RESULTS J REST IN WHAT MIND CONTENTS WE HAVE BEEN ABLE TO
PLANT IN OUR HIGHER MIND AREAS OF ~ AND SPIRIT. BUT!
THERE THOUGHT EFFECTS TAKE PLACE IN OUR MATTER EARTH AFFAIRS.
THIS YOU WILL LEARN MORE ABOUT AS THE LESSONS PROCEED J SO
DON'T WORRY ABOUT IT RIGHT NOW.

MANKIND IN AVERAGEJ IS ONLY USING THE LOWER 1/9TH OF HIS


MIND CAPACITY. As EACH GROWS TO EXERCISE AND THINK AND IMAGE J
THE MIND WILL EXPAND TO USE 2/9TH OF ITS CAPACITY AND CAN
FINALLY MOVE AND EXPAND INTO THE 6/9TH AREA AND EFFECT A
CHANGE 'CAUSE' FROM NEGATIVE POWERS INTO CONSTRUCTIVE POWERS
OF 'THOUGHT' AND THUS IMPROVE THE DAILY AFFAIRS HAPPENING
IN MAN'S EARTH ATMOSPHERE FOR GOOD AND MORE PROSPERITY. THUS J
THE MORE WE LEARN AND UNDERSTAND ABOUT SELF AND OUR MIND'S
ACTIONS AND HOW WE ARE THINKING RIGHT NOW J THE GREATER WE
SHALL BECOME. WEJ AS GOD'S CHILDREN J HAVE GREAT POTENTIALS
FOR THE FUTURE.

WE RETURN NOW TO MORI'S LECTURE.

"IDEAS FROM RACE MIND PARADE PAST OUR BRAIN RECEIVING STATION J
AND AS THEY DOJ WE SAY J 'I AM THINKING.' ACTUALLY J THIS IS
NCH SO. WE ARE ONLY VIEWING A PASSING SCENE. To THINK WE
MUST FIRST MAKE A SELECTION FROM THE PASSING PARADE OF IDEAS
AND CORRECTLY AND EFFICIENTLY STRING THEM TOGETHER FOR A
CONSTRUCTIVE END PRODUCT.

"NOH MOVE TO ILLUSTRATION #4 ON THE FOLLOWING


PAGE NINE."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 30 of 326
SERIES ONE ILLUSTRATION #4 PAGE 9
LESSON TWO

GOD MIND

MAN AS AN INVERTED
TRIANGLE.

SUBJECTIVE

THOUGHT FLUCTUATES UP AND lXMN WITHIN THE GOD MIND.

LCMER DOT INDICATES THE LOWEST POINT MAN COMES DaolN INTO MATTER.

RAY SPOKES INDICATE HCW MAN CAN RAISE CONSCIOUSNESS FROM RACE MIND INTO HIGHER
ThTTELLECTUAL MIND AREAS THROUGH LEARNINGS.

RACE MIND LIES IN THE EFFECT AREA.

MEMORY LIES IN THE SUBJECTIVE AREA WHILE MAN IS IN MATTER.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 31 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON TWO

MORI CONTINUES WITH HIS LECTURE:

"THE SPOKES CAN REPRESENT SELECTED IDEAS. THESE IDEAS MUST


NOW REACH OUT INTO ALL OF MIND SEEKING LIKE IDEAS TO FORM A
CHAIN FOR A CONSTRUCTIVE PRODUCT. INVENTIONS COME FROM AREAS
OUTSIDE OF RACE MIND BOUNDARIES; AS DO NEW CREATIVE IDEAS)
AND PSYCHIC SIGHT. THE MORE FAR REACHING YOUR MIND SPOKES)"
THE GREATER WILL BE THEIR HARVEST. THE PRACTICE OF GOING
BEYOND RACE MIND AND HABITUAL ACTIONS OF MIND FOR SELECTIONS
WILL EXPAND THE MAGNETIC FIELD OF MIND.

"IT IS VERY COMFORTABLE TO REMAIN IN ONLY KNOWN AND FAMILIAR


IDEAS AND OPINIONS) BUT WHEN WE DO) WE ARE NOT GOING ANYWHERE
MIND-WISE. THE HABIT OF DISCLAMATION HAS HELD MANY OTHERWISE·
BRILLIANT PEOPLE BACK) MORE THAN ANY OTHER MIND HABIT EXCEPT
PREJUDICE AND SET OPINIONS.

"THERE IS A GREAT NEED IN THIS PRESENT AGE TO ESTABLISH A


GUARDIAN AT THE BRAIN STATIONS THRESHOLD TO FILTER OUT
EXTRANEOUS MATERIALS AND THE PERNICIOUS MOODS WHICH OFTEN
ACCOMPANY THEM. IF YOU HAVE NEVER WONDERED WHY YOU FEEL SO
DEPRESSED OR SAID) 'I'M IN A BAD MOOD)' YOU WON'T NEED TO
CLEANSE YOUR MIND HABITS NOR CULTIVATE NEW IDEAS. MOST OF
US DO POSSESS BLOCKED UP PASSAGES WHICH HOLD US FROM TUNING
INTO THE FIELDS OF HIGHER INTELLIGENCE.

"IN THE NINTH PATHWAY WE PRESENT AN OPPORTUNITY FOR THOSE


WHO ARE DISSATISFIED WITH THEIR PRESENT CIRCUMSTANCES TO
BECOME ACQUAINTED WITH OUR WORLD) AND AT THE SAME TIME)
OFFER AN ADVANCED PREVIEW OF LIFE OVER ON OUR SIDE."

"ROSE EXPLANATION"

#4. GOD GIVES US THE GIFT TO 'THINK' AND CHOOSE FOR OURSELVES
WHAT WE SHALL DO AND HOW WE SHALL CONDUCT OURSELVES WHILE ON
PLANET EARTH.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 32 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 11
LESSOi~ TWO

THE ATTITUDES AND IDEAS WE SELECT TO ENTERTAIN CONSTANTLY


WILL MAKE US EITHER HAPPY OR MISERABLE. YET THEY DO EVEN
MORE THAN THAT BECAUSE THE NEGATIVE WRONG THINKING HABITS
NEVER CAN ADD TO OUR CONSCIOUSNESS EXPANSIONS AS THEY NEVER
REACH ABOVE OUR SELF-MADE PERSONAL ATMOSPHERES. THEREFORE J
IT'S IMPORTANT WE LEARN TO RISE UP OUT OF OURSELVES INTO A
HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS.

THERE IS BOTH GOOD AND BAD IDEAS WE CAN TAKE ON IN OUR MINDS
FROM THE HUGE CLOUD OF 'THOUGHTS' SURROUNDING EARTHJ WHICH
IS CALLED RACE MIND--WHAT WE HABITUALLY TUNE INTO) WHETHER
OF GOOD CONSTRUCTIVE IDEAS OR WRONG NEGATIVE IDEAS) WILL
EFFECT OUR EXTERNAL AFFAIRS J FOR WE ARE LIVING ON EARTH IN
THE REGIONS OF EFFECT.

SO! WE REALIZE WE SHOULD DESIRE TO POWER OUR THOUGHTS lil§H


SO THEY MAY TRAVEL OUT TO CONTACT BEYOND RACE MIND AND THE
EARTH AREA AND INTO THE GOD MIND AREA ITSELF WHERE ALL REALITY
AND TRUTH RESTS J TO GAIN FOR SELF AND OUR PERSONAL ATMOSPHERE
OF GOOD AND PROSPEROUS RESULTS.

"NOW MOVE TO ILLUSTRATION #5 ON THE FOLLOWING


PAGE TWELVE."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 33 of 326
--
SERIES ONE ILLUSTRATION #5 pAGE 12
LESSON TWO
THE GOD lUND CIRCLE
EVERYWHERE PRESENT
THE CIRCLE OF MIND
& PURE SPIRIT

SPIRIT JE"WEL ENTITIY

ASTRAL
--
-ENTITIY Intellectual
SOUL
AREA

... "'--" - ....-.--- --- La-JER


ASTRAL ENTITY ASTRAL
AREA
ETfIERIC
MIND
AREA
INCARNATING
(
RACE
MIND
AREA

RACE MIND IS THE LOWEST AND DENSE PART OF MANSTREAMS AREA OF MIND.
ETHERIC IS ITS STOREHOUSE FOR MEMORY AND EMOTIONAL RESPONSES.
LOWEST ASTRAL MIND WILL HOLD MANY MATTER OPINIONS AND UNDESIRABLE
EMOTIONAL REACTIONS BUT ALSO REALIZED TRUTHS MAN HAS COLLECTED
DURING INCARNATIONS DOWN THE AGES.
INTELLECTUAL SOUL MIND WILL BE WHERE MAN STORES ALL CONSTRUCTIVE
IDEAS AND PROVEN REALIZATIONS AND WHERE HE WILL REAP THE REWARDS
OF MENTAL LABOR PUT IN WHILE DOWN IN MATTER.
PURE SPIRIT MIND IS WHERE EACH PERSONS JEWEL NOW RESTS AWAITING TO
RECEIVE THE CONTENTS FROM INTELLECTUAL SOUL MIND AFTER EACH CYCLE
OF THE WHEEL INTO MATTER. SPIRIT IS TRUE IDEA AREA.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 34 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 13
LESSOj~ TWO

UROSE EXPLANATION u

#5. HERE YOU GET A BETTER IDEA OF THE DENSITY OF THE ATMOS-
PHERES OF THE DIFFERENT MIND PLACES WHERE YOU 'THINK' AND
WHERE YOU DRAW FROM) TO BECOME AN EFFECT IN YOUR DAILY AFFAIRS.

THE HIGHER ONE KEEPS HIS THOUGHTS) MOODS AND ATTITUDES) THE
PURER WILL BE THE CAUSED EFFECTS AROUND SELF AND THE AFFAIRS.

WE DO HAVE CONTROL HERE BUT MANY DO NOT REALIZE THEY CAN DELI-
BERATELY CHOOSE TO THINK GOOD IDEAS AND VALUED THOUGHTS) THEY
ALLOW HABIT TO CONTROL THEM AND THEIR IDEAS.

THE LESSONS TEACH US HOW TO BECOME MASTERS OVER OUR THINKING


AND THUS OVER OURSELVES AND EVENTUALLY OVER OUR AFFAIRS.

MORI CLOSED HIS TALK NOW.

UTHIS SHALL UNFOLD AS YOU PROGRESS) SO DO NOT WORRY ABOUT NOT


GRASPING EVERYTHING IN ITS FULLNESS RIGHT AT FIRST. WE ALL
ARE NOW GROWING INTO AN UNDERSTANDING AS THE LESSONS PROCEED.
YOUR MASTERS KNOW YOU AND WHAT YOU'RE NOW INTERESTED IN) AND
HAVE DRAWN YOU HERE FOR ITS PURPOSE AND PREPARATION AND ARE
STANDING BY TO HELP YOU.

USTUDY ILLUSTRATIONS 3)4 AND 5 WITH THE DESCRIPTIVE WRITINGS.


THINKING IS NOT A TALENT - IT IS A LEARNED ART. THINKING IS
NOT AN AUTOMATIC REACTION - IT IS A LEARNED ACTION.

u
UWE CARE ABOUT YOUR FUTURE) AND BLESS YOUR MINDS AND HEARTS.

YOUR SOUL GROUP MASTER


SRI MORI HANDUS
SERVANT OF THE MAGI
HE SMILED ON US AND VANISHED INTO THE MIST. WE SAT STILL
THINKING OVER ALL WHICH HAD TAKEN PLACE. THE MIST SLOWLY
DISSIPATED. WE TALKED A LITTLE AND THEN SAID GOODNIGHT. I
WONDERED AS I SETTLED IN MY BED IF I'D DREAM ABOUT THIS UN-
USUAL EVENING. BUT) IF I DID) I DON'T REMEMBER.
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 35 of 326
(

THERE IS ONE MIND AND THAT IS THE MIND OF GODJ


AND THAT IS MY MIND RIGHT NOW! As A CHILD OF
GODJ I HAVE DOMINION OVER ALL THE CONDITIONS
IN MY LIFE RIGHT NOW!

As I SPEAK WORDS OF CONFIDENCE AND POWER J THE


( INNATE INTELLIGENCE IN ME RELEASES INCREASED
J.
LIFE AND SUBSTANCE INTO MY MINDJ BODY AND
AFFAIRS. I AM UPLIFTED AND UPHELD IN THE .t

CHRIST MIND. ONLY GOOD CAN COME TO ME AS


ONLY GOOD GOES FROM ME.

AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 36 of 326
THREE.

ye:LLQI&)l'a ssame.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 37 of 326
(

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 38 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON THREE
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON THREE

"MARSHA"

IT WAS AGAIN SUNDAY EVENING AND WE WERE SETTLING DOWN


AFTER ONE OF THE MOST EXCITING WEEKS OF OUR LIVES.
EVERYTHING SEEMED TO BE COMING OUR WAY~ BOTH WORK-WISE
AND IN OUR PERSONAL AFFAIRS; AN EASE AND SMOOTHNESS OF
ATMOSPHERE ENCLOSED US WHEREVER WE WENT. (WE MENTION
THIS. BECAUSE EVERY STUDENT WHO HAS JOINED US SO FAR HAS
COMMENTED UPON EXPERIENCES OF THIS KIND IN THEIR VARIOUS
ACTIVITIES~ ESPECIALLY IN EVENTS WHICH HELD SOME CONCERN

OR TENSION.) IT IS AS THOUGH A FORCE GOES AHEAD OF ONE


TO CLEAR THE WAY FOR A SMOOTH~ SUCCESSFUL PASSAGE OR
COMMUNICATION.

LILY GAVE A SHORT PRAYER AND ALMOST IMMEDIATELY WE WERE


SURROUNDED BY A VIVID BLUE COLOR~ ITS DEEPEST BLUE APPEAR-
ING TO CENTER AROUND OUR BODIES. THESE MAGNETIC RAYS
WERE HEALING AND WERE PRESENT TO ADJUST OUR ENERGY PATTERNS.
THE BLUE COLOR WAS ALSO DRAWING TO EACH A HEAVENLY TEACHER~
AN ANGELIC BEING FROM THE HIGHER ANGEL REALMS OF LIFE.
THESE ANGELS~ WHO VIBRATE TO BLUE~ WORK WHILE THE EARTH
INDIVIDUAL IS SLEEPING. THEIR OVERSHADOWING IS FOR THE
PURPOSE OF DEVELOPING EACH PERSON'S SUBJECTIVE ETHERIC
CONSCIOUSNESS MIND AREA. THE ANGEL ASSISTS BY ADDING FORCES
TO EACH PERSON~ THUS CREATING A BETTER UNION OF ONENESS IN
THE INDIVIDUAL'S PATTERN. THE ADDED FORCE OF THE ANGEL
NOW CONNECTED TO THE SLEEPER'S OWN FORCE~ CREATES A STRONG
TIE BETWEEN THE SLEEP ETHERIC AREA AND THE ASTRAL.

THESE SAME ANGELS GIVE ALL HUMANS SPECIAL WARNING DREAMS~


DREAMS FOR GUIDANCE AND FOR ETHERIC MIND UNFOLDMENTS. WHEN-
EVER A PERSON AWAKENS TO SEEK GREATER WISDOMS~ THESE ANGELS
RE-ENFORCE THE BOND WHICH LIES BETWEEN THE WORLDS OF MATTER

«) 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 39 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON THREE

AND ETHERIC INVISIBLE) THUS STRENGTHENING THE INDIVIDUAL'S


PERSONAL ABILITIES FOR NEW INNER VISION AND ASTRAL UNION.
WE COULD NOT SEE THIS ANGEL) BUT WE DIU FEEL A DEFINITE
PRESENCE OF KINDNESS AND JOY.

THE BLUE SHADES FADED INTO A NEON WHITE MISTINESS) AND OUT
OF ITS CLOUDLIKE SWIRLS STEPPED A BEAUTIFUL WOMAN. HER
GOWN OF SILVER WHITE WAS OF A HIGH-WAISTED GRECIAN STYLE)
WITH ITS SKIRT GRACEFULLY MOLDING HER HIPS AND LONG LIMBS.
As SHE DREW CLOSER AND CENTERED IN THE ROOM) WE ADMIRED HER
BLUE-BLACK HAIR) WHICH WAS CAUGHT BACK IN A CHIGNON. HER
SKIN GLOWED AS WHITE AS HER GOWN) MAKING THE PERFECT FRAME
FOR HER LARGE BROWN EYES. As SHE STOPPED BEFORE US AND
SMILED) WE MARVELLED AT THE WARM FRIENDLINESS OF THESE ASTRAL
PEOPLE.

STANLEY THEN CAME FORTH FROM THE MIST AND JOINED US. MARSHA
TURNED TO HIM AND THEY CLASPED HANDS. TURNING TO US) STANLEY
SAID) "WHEN YOU ARE READY AND ABLE TO COME UP TO US FOR VISITS
AND SESSIONS) WE WILL BE ABLE TO TOUCH AND GREET YOU LIKE
THIS." THEN LEADING MARSHA CLOSER) STANLEY SAID) "LET ME
PRESENT TO YOU OUR BELOVED MARSHA) A VALUED MEMBER OF OUR
SOUL GROUP." HER NAME WAS PERFECTLY SUITED TO HER - SHE WAS
SO HARMONIOUS AND POISED. STANLEY AFFECTIONATELY PATTED HER
HAND. "SHE HAS BEEN A GREAT HELP TO ME AND TO ALL WHO ARE
NEWCOMERS TO THIS REALM. SHE WILL INTRODUCE YOU TO THE
LITTLE-KNOWN SUBJECTS ON 'SACRED JEWEL NAMES' AND 'SOUL MATES' •
MARSHA IS ALSO HERE NEAR YOU TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH YOUR
VIBRATIONS."

HE RELEASED HER HAND AND GAVE US HIS FULL ATTENTION. "FIRST)


HOWEVER") HE CONTINUED) "I WOULD LIKE TO COMMENT MORE UPON
SOME THINGS FROM OUR LAST MEETING." SINCERITY GAVE HIS
VOICE A NEW FIRMNESS. "THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI STRESSED
TO YOU THE POINT OF THE INDIVIDUAL'S INABILITY TO GATHER NEW

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 40 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3 .
. LESSON. THREE

SUBJECT LEARNINGS AFTER ARRIVING INTO THE ASTRAL. IT IS


VERY IMPORTANT FOR EVERYONE TO REALIZE THIS FACT. WHAT
EACH OF US CAN DO IS TO EXPAND THE SUBJECTS ALREADY LEARNED
AND FILED IN OUR SUBJECTIVE MEMORIES WHEN SUCH SUBJECTS
HAVE FIRM FOUNDATIONS UPON WHICH TO BUILD. FROM THIS) ONE
CAN SEE THE ACTION OF COLLECTING AND STARTING NEW LEARNINGS
AND TALENTS WHILE INCARNATING ON EARTH WILL BE LIKE PUTTING
MONEY IN THE MIND BANK FOR YOUR FUTURE OVER HERE. THESE
THINGS YOU CAN (AND DOJ TAKE WITH YOU WHEN YOU ARRIVE ON
THIS SIDE OF LIFE.

"EVERY MEMORY A PERSON STORES IN HIS SUBJECTIVE ETHERIC


MIND WILL ACCOMPANY HIM. THEREFORE) THE MORE THAT IS STORED
THERE DURING AN EARTH EXISTENCE) THE GREATER WILL BE THE
ASTRAL EXPANSION POTENTIAL."

WE SAID ALOUD THAT THIS SOUNDED LIKE GOOD SENSE TO US) AND
RESOLVED TO FOLLOW THROUGH WITH NEW HOBBIES AND INTERESTS
BEGINNING IMMEDIATELY. "EXCELLENT!" CRIED STANLEY. "THE
BETTER YOU BUILD WITHIN YOUR SUBJECTIVE MIND FILES) THE BETTER
YOU WILL BE ABLE TO COVER YOUR ASTRAL SCHOOLING PERIODS ON
OUR SIDE. IT IS ONLY AFTER SCHOOLING THAT YOU CAN PERFORM
THE HIGHER SERVICES) SUCH AS THOSE WE ARE PERFORMING NOW."
HE GAVE US A MISCHIEVOUS GRIN) "WE DON'T LOAF AROUND OVER
HERE AS SO MANY HAVE BEEN LED TO BELIEVE - AND I HAVE YET TO
SEE MY FIRST HARP!"

HIS MERRIMENT WAS INFECTIOUS. "SERIOUSLY") HE SAID) "WE


POSSESS SO MUCH ENERGY AND HEALTH) FEW COULD TOLERATE IDLE-
NESS. WE DO HAVE SOME LISTLESS SOULS) AND SOME WHO SEEM
DISINCLINED TO ACCEPT CHANGE. THERE ARE ALSO THOSE WHO ARE
CRIPPLED AND SICK) THEIR AILMENTS STEMMING FROM PSYCHOLOGI-
CAL DISTURBANCES AND KARMIC HOLDOVERS. THE LATTER) HOWEVER)
SOON MEND AND THEY ARE QUICKLY RELEASED FROM OUR HOSPITAL
HOLDING AREAS TO BE ASSIGNED TO THEIR PERSONAL ENERGY LEVELS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 41 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON THREE

"YouWILL BE GLAD TO HEAR THAT NO ONE NEED SPEND HIS DAYS


IN CONSTANT WORK FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF HIS DAILY NEEDS.
THIS IS ALL PROVIDED FOR US - FREE! MOST NEWCOMERS GRAVI-
TATE TOWARDS OUR SCHOOLS) ALTHOUGH SOME INITIALLY GO TO
RELAfIVES AND FRIENDS TO LOAF UNTIL THEY BECUME ACCUSTOMED
TO THE NEW LIFE STYLE. SCHOOL) HOWEVER) IS THE HIGHLIGHT
FOR IT IS FAR DIFFERENT FROM THAT WHICH THE WORD IMPLIES
ON EARTH.

"WE LIVE IN OUR SCHOOLS) HAVE SOCIAL LIVES THERE AND BELONG
TO A GROUP WHICH IS ON OUR OWN LEVEL AND ACTIVE IN AREAS
OF COMMON INTEREST. WE ALSO HAVE MALE AND FEMALE COMPANION-
SHIPS. WE WORK OUT PROBLEMS TOGETHER AND CREATE NEW ENVIRON-
MENTS. IT IS VERY FASCINATING - IN FACT) I AM HAPPIER AND
BUSIER THAN I EYER WAS ON EARTH! My CURRENT FEMALE COMPANION
IS AN OLD COSMIC FRIEND) FOR WHOM I HAVE A GREAT LOVE AND
AFFECTION. SHE IS NOT MY BELOVED SOUL MATE) WHO IS STILL ON
EARTH COPING WITH MATTER AFFAIRS. I WATCH OVER MY SOUL MATE
AND REJOICE) SUFFER AND MARVEL AT THE EXCELLENT JOB SHE IS
DOING IN IMPROVING HER PATTERN. SHE) TOO) WILL BE DRAWN TO
US." (FOR THE RECORD) SHE WAS DRAWN TO ANITA AND ME) AND
HAS SINCE BECOME A PILLAR OF OUR FOUNDATION.)

"THE MAINTENANCE OF OUR LIVES OVER HERE) SUCH AS OUR HOUSING)


CLOTHING) ALL ARTICLES AND FOOD FOR THE NEWCOMERS) IS HANDLED
BY HIGH MASTERS WHO MAINTAIN THE ENTIRE ENVIRONMENT AND
ATMOSPHERE. THEY DO THIS BY USING GROUP POWER ENERGIES)
WHICH THEY MENTALLY GENERATE AND SUSTAIN. EVERY LEVEL OF
THE ASTRAL HAS ITS GROUP OF HIGH MASTERS WHO CREATE THEIR
VARIOUS LEVELS TO CORRESPOND TO THE EARTH LEVELS WITHIN WHICH
THE INHABITANTS HAVE BEEN ACCUSTOMED TO LIVING. THUS) THE
ASTRAL OFTEN APPEARS TO THE NEWCOMER TO BE THE SAME AS EARTH.
IT'S NOT THOUGH) FOR AS EACH GOES THROUGH THE SCHOOLS) HE
MOVES UPWARD IN ENERGY AND PROGRESSES INTO GREATER AWARENESS
OF THE IMMENSE THINGS THE POWERS OF MIND AND THOUGHT CAN
ACCOMPLI SH. I~EAR THE END OF OUR LOWER SCHOOLI NGS) WE ARE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 42 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON THREE

BROUGHT INTO THE MAINTENANCE PROGRAM AND THERE TAUGHT HOW


TO CONTRIBUTE FROM OUR OWN ENERGY PORTIONS OF MIND. IT
SOUNDS DIFFICULT) BUT IT IS NOT) AS YOU WILL DISCOVER."
STANLEY AND MARSHA EXCHANGED A LOOK OF UNDERSTANDING.

"THE ATMOSPHERE OF EVERY ASTRAL LEVEL IS DIFFERENT") HE


CONTINUED. "THEREFORE) ALL .
COMING OVER TO US . ARE TAKEN TO
THE CORRECT EVOLUTIONARY LEVEL SO THAT .
EACH ALWAYS
.
FEELS VERY
COMFORTABLE AND FAMILIAR . WITH HIS SELECTED PLACEMENT.
. .
HE
REMAINS WITHIN THIS FAMILIAR ENVIRONMENT UNTIL) THROUGH
STUDY) WORK AND UNDERSTANDING) A NEW LEVEL BECOMES NECESSARY
FOR HIM. As THIS CAUSES AN IMPROVED SITUATION) NEW STATUS
AND MORE ENJOYABLE PRIVILEGES COME FORTH - AND A MOVE FORWARD
IS THUS MADE."

ANITA AND I WERE BEGINNING TO GET A BETTER GRASP OF WHAT WAS


EXPECTED OF US) AND WHAT WE COULD START DO~NG NOW TO AID IN
ITS MANIFESTATION.. "THESE SCHOOLS ARE MAN~ ....~ SAID STANLEY) :

"AND ARE WONDERFUL


..,
PLACES. THAT COVER NUMEROUS NEEDS. You
COULDN'T FEEL LONELY OR LEFT OUT IF YOU TRIED! FIRST) YOU
ARE LED TO PARTICIPATE. IN THINGS STEMMING FROM YOUR FAVORITE .

INTERESTS AND BEST TALENTS)


.
AND SOON. .....YOU ARE WEEDING OUT
EXTRANEOUS JUNK AND BUILDING YOUR REAL MIND VALUES.~

HE PAUSED DRAMATICALLY) HIS EYES SHINING.~THE ENTIRE PRO-


GRAM IS ORGANIZED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE GREAT WHITE
BROTHERHOOD. THIS AMAZING BROTHERHOOD IS UNIVERSAL AND HAS
MEMBERS FROM ALL RACES OF
. EARTH AND INHABITANTS FROM OTHER
.

PLANETS OF THE UNIVERSE. IT IS ALSO KNOWN AS 'THE ASTRAL


BROTHERHOOD'. THE EDUCATIONAL BRANCH OF THE WHITE BROTHER-
HOOD IS UNDER THE DIRECTION OF TWELVE GREAT TEACHERS) KNOWN
AS THE 'ORDER OF THE TWELVE WHITEBEARDS'. You ARE TO MEET
THEM SOON," MARSHA NODDED IN HAPPY AGREEMENT) AS WE ABSORBED
STANLEY'S WORDS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 43 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON THREE

"DUE TO THE FUTURE CORRELATING OF YOUR MANY EARTH INFORMA-


TIONS AND THOSE WE ARE ABOUT TO POUR FORTH FOR YOUR EDIFICA-
TION") CONTINUED STANLEY) "THE LENGTH OF YOUR FUTURE STAY
OVER HERE WILL BE THE LONGEST YOU HAVE KNOWN IN YOUR CYCLES
AROUND THE WHEEL," CURIOUS) I ASKED STANLEY ABOUT THE CASES
RECORDED AT DUKE UNIVERSITY AND OTHER SCIENTIFIC PROGRAMS
WHICH HAD RECEIVED AND RECORDED CONFIRMATIONS OF DIRECT
REBIRTH RETURNS INTO MATTER WITHIN THE SPAN OF A FEW SHORT
MONTHS AFTER DEATH, ADMITTED STANLEY) "CERTAIN SOUL ENTITIES
DO BY-PASS THE COMPLETE CYCLE TOUR FROM MATTER TO ASTRAL AND
ON UPWARD TO SPIRIT AND BACK FOR A NEW REBIRTH INTO MATTER,
FOR INSTANCE) A BABY OR SMALL CHILD) OR FOR THAT MATTER ANY
PERSON WHO DIES BEFORE REACHING THE AGE OF TWENTY-ONE) WILL
RETURN INTO THE SAME FAMILY LINE AND THE SAME HEREDITARY-
GENETIC PATTERNj THEIR SOULS PICK UP WHERE THEY LEFT OFF AT
THE PREVIOUS DEATH-CHANGE, DOROTHEA) HE SAID TURNING TO ME)
"WAS SUCH A ONE, SHE TRANSIGHTED AT THE AGE OF SEVENTEEN
AND CAME BACK THREE YEARS LATER,

"ON THE OTHER HAND) THERE ARE RARE CASES WHEREBY HIGHLY EVOL-
VED SOULS MAY HAVE ONLY A FEW KARMIC EXPERIENCES TO FINISH
OFF BEFORE THEY CAN LEAVE THE WHEEL OF INCARNATION FOR A
HIGHER MODE OF GOD-LIFE, You WILL MEET ONE OF THESE - HE IS
TIMOTHEUS (OF THE BIBLE)) NOW A HIGH SUN-BEING, HE CAME
AGAI~ IN THE 20TH CENTURY TO SPEND A BRIEF BABYHOOD AND THEN
ASCEND INTO THE SUN REALMS OF ASTRAL) NEVER AGAIN TO RETURN
TO EARTH IN THIS DISPENSATION, HE IS A SERVANT OF THE GREAT
CHRIST UNDER SAINT PAUL,"

"Do YOU MEAN) STANLEY" THAT DOROTHEA AND I WILL SEE THIS
TIMOTHEUS? BROKE IN ANITA EXCITEDLY, . "OF
.
COURSE")
. WAS HIS i
BLAND REPLY, "THESE GREAT ONES ARE ALL ACCESSIBLE TO OUR
MAGI SOUL GROUP," MARSHA NODDED AFFIRMATION, "SOME NEWER
SOULS") RESUMED STANLEY) "THE MORE PRIMITIVE PEOPLES AND SOUL
ENTITIES WHO WERE INCLINED TO SPEND MOST OF THEIR INCARNATIONS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 44 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON THREE

IN PLAY AND FRIVOLITY OR CRIME AND EVIL WILL HAVE GATHERED SO


LITTLE OF REAL CONSEQUENCE THAT THEY WILL BE QUICKLY RETURNED.
THE GOVERNORS OF KARMIC LAW MAKE SUCH DECISIONS) ALTHOUGH
ALWAYS TO THE BENEFIT OF THE ENTITY. THE MANSTREAM OF LIFE
IS AS YET TOO LIMITED IN MIND PATTERN TO UNDERSTAND EXACTLY
WHAT DECISION WOULD BE BEST. THEREFORE) I'M GLAD) ANITA) THAT
YOU ASKED THIS QUESTION) FOR HAD I KNOWN MUCH OF THIS WHILE I
WAS ON EARTH I WOULD NOT NOW BE REGRETTING SO MANY WASTED
MOMENTS THERE.II

SUDDENLY) HE SEEMED TO BE LISTENING. WE OURSELVES HEARD


NOTHING BUT SILENCE. IIMASTER IS CAL~ING MEII) HE SAID. "I
HAVE NOT BEEN TOLD OF ANY RE-ASSIGNMENT WITH YOU RIGHT NOW)
BUT I SHALL SEE YOU AGAIN. FOR NOW IT IS JUST 'AU REVOIR'II.
HE RAISED HIS HAND IN FAREWELL AND WAS GONE INTO THE MIST.

ANITA AND I THEN TURNED TO MARSHA.


.... ' ...
WE HEAR OUR JEWEL NAMES

A SLOW SMILE SPREAD ACROSS HER FACE AS SHE BEGAN TO SPEAK.


AGAIN WE WERE ASTOUNDED BY THE FRIENDLINESS OF THESE ASTRAL
PEOPLE.

IIDEAR ONES II) SHE BEGAN. IIEACH AND EVERY MEMBER OF OUR SOUL
GROUP FAMILY HAS A PERSONAL LINE OF WORK TO CARRY OUT UNDER
THE MASTERS. OUR HOME LEVEL
.
IN THE ASTRAL REALMS
.
IS WITHIN
THE INTELLECTUAL SOUL PLANES. WHEN A SOUL QUALIFIES TO DWELL
ON THESE LEVELS OF THE ASTRALJ IT IS CAPABLE OF CONTRIBUTING
SOME ASPECT OF ITSELF TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF EVERYONE ELSE.
UPON OUR LEVEL ALL CONTRIBUTIONS CAN BE TRANSPORTED THROUGH-
OUT THE UNIVERSE TO EVERY OPENING MIND READY.. TO RECEIVE
.
THESE
VALUES. THUS J IT IS YOU WHO CONTACTED THE SUBSTANCE.

liTHE MAGI WHO WALK AMONG A~L MANKIND NOW ON EARTHJ KNOWS WHEN
EACH SOUL IS READY AND ~EADS EACH OF US TO OUR SOU~ GROUP

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 45 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON THREE

FAMILIES. SOULS FORM A CHAIN THROUGH MUTUAL AFFINITY J AND


EACH SOUL IS A TINY LINK IN THE GLORIOUS CHAIN OF GOD." A
LOVELY GOLDEN CHAIN APPEARED IN HER HANDS J AND EACH LINK
CONTAINED A TINY JEWEL WHICH GLITTERED WITH ALL THE COLORS
IMAGINABLE.

"IN YOUR VERY FIRST CONTACT WITH THE MASTER NEHRAJ HE TOLD'
YOU J AND I QUOTE J 'A CHAIN IS ONLY AS STRONG AS ITS WEAKEST
LINK'. As NEW STUDENTS J YOU ARE NOW PRIVILEGED TO STRENGTHEN
YOUR LINKS AS YOU LEARN FROM OUR COMMUNICATIONS.

"ALL OF GOD'S HUMAN CHILDREN POSSESS A SECRET SOUL NAME BY


WHICH THEY ARE IDENTIFIED DOWN THROUGH THE AGES. You AND
YOUR SOUL MATE TOGETHER ARE A TINY JEWEL FACET WHICH GRACED
GOD'S CROWN. IN EXPLAINING THE GREAT GOD JEWEL FROM WHENCE
WE ALL CAME J WE NEED TO CALL TO MIND THE DEEPER ORIGINS OF
UNIVERSE J THE BIRTH OF STARS AND PLANETS AND THE BEGINNINGS
OF ALL LIFE FORMS."

"You ARE FAMILIAR WITH THE SCIENTIFIC FACT THAT UNIVERSE


CAME INTO BEING THROUGH THE ACTION AND MOVEMENT OF VIBRATORY
FORCES WHICH CIRCLED MATTER PARTICLES INTO NEBULOUS WHIRLS
AND CONTRACTED INWARDLY J EVENTUALLY TO COALESCE INTO STARS J
SUNS AND PLANETS. As PLANET EARTH CONTRACTED AND SLOWLY
COOLED J THE VERY FIRST INANIMATE LIFE FORMS CAME FORTH.
THESE WERE MINERAL - CRYSTAL. AGES LATERJ VARIATIONS OF
THE VEGETABLE FAMILES EVOLVED INTO THE PLANT LIFE FORMS.
THENJ ON LAND AND IN THE SEA CERTAIN OF THESE SLOWLY EMERGED
AND METAMORPHOSED INTO AN ANIMAL CELL STRUCTURE J WHICH FUR-
THER MUTATED TO BECOME THE ANIMAL SPECIES."

HOLDING UP THREE FINGERS J SHE SAID "THESE THREE BASIC LIFE


FORMS WERE THE FIRST TO POPULATE EARTH. THEY COVERED EARTH
IN THEIR MANY AND COMPLICATED FORM VEHICLES J AND WERE BASIC-
ALLY EITHER OF THE MINERALJ PLANT OR ANIMAL LIFE STREAMS OF
ENERGY. Now BEAR WITH ME ..• "

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 46 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON THREE

SHE HELD UP BOTH OF HER HANDS~ JOINING HER THUMBS AND FORE-
FINGER TOGETHER TO FORM A TRIANGLE. "THE BASIC TRIANGLE OF
LIFE ENERGIES OF ALL LIFE EVERYWHERE BEGINS FROM A SINGLE
CELL-LIKE FORMATION. THIS 'LIFE' IS SPIRIT ENERGY IN ITS
NATURE AND THUS REQUIRES TO BE HUUSED WITHIN A SUITABLE
VEHICLE EQRM BEFORE IT CAN MOVE ABOUT AND OPERATE IN ANY
ENVIRONMENT FOREIGN TO PURE SPIRIT. ASTRAL~ ETHERIC AND
MATTER SUPPORT SPIRIT~ BUT UNLESS SPIRIT HAS AN ASTRAL~
ETHERIC OR PHYSICAL BQUY VEHICLE~ IT CANNOT MOVE OR HAVE
ACTION WITHIN EACH PLANE." WE NOTED THAT THE KEY WORD WAS
"WITHIN". SPIRIT COULD MOVE UfQN WITHOUT SUCH A VEHICLE~
BUT NOT WITHIN.

"THE HIGHEST VEHICLE FORM ON EARTH IS THE HUMAN PHYSICAL


BODY~" CONTINUED MARSHA. THE MINERAL AND PLANT LIFE FORMS
AND THE ANIMAL VEHICLES AND HUMAN PHYSICAL BODIES ARE THE
FOUR MAIN VEHICLES THROUGH WHICH THE FOUR LIFE STREAMS NOW
MANIFEST IN MATTER. WE NEED NOT BREAK DOWN THE LOWER THREE
INTO THEIR COUNTLESS MUTATIONS FOR IT IS SELF-EVIDENT THAT
ALL FOUR EXACTLY SUIT EARTH'S ENVIRONMENT AND ATMOSPHERE.
NOR ARE WE INTERESTED NOW IN ANY LIFE STREAM BUT OUR OWN
HUMAN ONE. OUR REAL LIFE SPARK IS OUR INTEREST.

"DID YOU EVER WONDER WHERE GOD GOT HIS FIRST IDEA FOR OUR
LIFE STREAM?" SHE INQUIRED .• ANITA AND I SHOOK OUR HEADS.
"IT IS KNOWN"~ SAID MARSHA~ "IN THE HIGHER WISDOMS OF THE
SUN AND FLAME REALMS OF SPIRIT THAT GOD THE ABSOLUTE RECEIVED
HIS IDEAS FOR OUR LIFESTREAM AND ITS SEVEN VEHICLE FORMS
FROM A CERTAIN SECTION OF HIS CROWN CHAKRA. IN THIS PARTICU-
LAR SECTION~ OUR TINY MIND SPARKS ARE HOUSED IN JEWEL-LIKE
GEOMETRIC SHAPES~ AND ALL OF THESE SPARKLING SHAPES FORMED
A BROAD BAND OR CIRCLE BAND WITHIN THE GREAT CHAKRA OF GOD'S
MIND. OUR UNIQUE TINY IMAGES WITH OUR COUNTLESS NUMBER OF
PERSONALITIES ARE A PART OF HIS GREAT MIND.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 47 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON THREE

"EACH LITTLE JEWEL ALWAYS CONTAINS WITHIN ITSELF TWO MAGNETIC


POLES) WHICH MAKE UP A FIELD OF ENERGY - ONE POLE MALE) AND
THE OTHER FEMALE. You BOTH HAPPEN TO BE FEMALE POLES OF
YOUR JEWELS) AND NOW IN A FEMALE MATTER INCARNATION. You
HAVE KNOWN BOTH MALE AND FEMALE EXPERIENCES DOWN THE AGES
WHEN INCARNATING IN MATTER AS HAVE YOUR SOUL MATES."

MARSHA MADE A SWINGING MOTION WITH HER ARMS AND A GEOMETRIC


DESIGN OF SPARKLING COLORS BROKE FORTH. IT WAS ALIVE WITH
CONSTANT MOVEMENT AND BEAUTY) AND WE KNEW THAT SHE WAS SHOW-
ING US A JEWEL. "WITHIN THE VERY CENTER YOU CAN SEE A GLOW-
ING FIREY DESIGN") SHE EXPLAINED. "THESE CRYSTAL CENTERS
ALL WILL RESEMBLE THE PLANT FORM PATTERNS OF EARTH. THE
FEMALE JEWEL HALF TAKES THE FLOWER NAME OF HER JEWEL) WHILE
THE MALE HALF ADOPTS A NAME FROM SOME UNUSUAL EVENT WITHIN
AN EARTH INCARNATION."

MARSHA TURNED TO ANITA) AND TOLD HER SHE WAS A LILY. INDICAT-
ING ME SHE SAID) "YOUR CENTER IS A ROSE". THE MOMENT THAT
SHE SPOKE OUR NAMES WE RESPONDED AND SEEMED TO HAVE A FAMILIAR
MEMORY) RAPPORT AND LOVE PRESENT. MARSHA READ THIS QUICKLY)
AND GAVE AN EXPLANATION.

"YOUR CONSCIOUS MIND POINT OF PHYSICAL COULD NOT HAVE A MEMORY


OF YOUR SACRED NAMES WITHIN ITS SUBJECTIVE MEMORY BANKS)
BECAUSE THIS IS A SOUL MEMORY - UNTIL JUST NOW WHEN I HAVE
REVEALED IT TO YOU. FROM NOW ON) IT WILL ALSO BE HELD AS A
MEMORY IN YOUR SUBJECTIVE MIND AREAS) AS WILL ALL NEW FACTS
NOW COMING FORTH. WHEN YOU ARRIVE OVER HERE) YOU WILL PROCESS
THEM IN OUR SCHOOLS) AND ADD THEM TO YOUR SOUL MIND FILES FOR
INTUITIVE WISDOMS OF PERMANENT OWNERSHIP."

LILY ASKED IF THERE WAS A MEANING TO OUR NAMES) AND MARSHA


CLASPED HER HANDS AND SAID) NOH YES! - YOUR INDIVIDUAL JEWEL
CENTERS REVEAL A GREAT DEAL ABOUT YOUR PARTICULAR PURPOSE
WITHIN GOD'S OVERALL PLAN) AND CAN GIVE YOU CLUES AS TO WHAT

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 48 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 11
LESSON THREE

YOU CAN BECOME. LILY'S FLOWER IS LIKE THE EASTER LILY I


WHICH HAS BEEN INTUITIVELY ASSOCIATED WITH THE MEMORY OF
OUR GREAT LORD CHRIST. HE STANDS FOR RESURRECTION AND
PERFECTION. THE EASTER LILY SYMBOLIZES SERENE HIGH BEAUTY
OF SOUL AS WELL AS PEACE AND HEALING. You ALSO POSSESS AN
INDIVIDUAL MUSICAL NOTE OR CHORD TOWARD WHICH YOU VIBRATE.
YOURS I LILY I IS Ab+ .AND YOUR PREDOMINANT COLOR IS LIGHT
BLUE I NOT A PALE BLUE I BUT A STRONG SKY BLUE.

"REMEMBERI THAT THERE ARE MANY VARIETIES OF FLOWERING PLANTS


ON EARTH. MANY OF THE LILY AND ROSE FAMILIES AND EVERY
SPECIES AND VARIETY WITHIN THEM WILL HAVE UNIQUE PERSONALITY
MEANINGS."

TURNING TO ME SHE SAID I "ROSEl YOU ARE A FLOWER TO WHOM


EVERYONE RESPONDS. You ARE A HEART CENTER I AND LIKE THE
CERISE ROSEl YOU SHARE YOUR ESSENCE AND WARMTH TO GIVE PLEA-
SURE I HAPPINESS AND COMFORT. THE ROSE IS THE SYMBOL OF LOVE".
I ASKED HER IF EVERYONE WITH LILY OR ROSE
. . .
JEWEL CENTERS
WOULD BE THE SAME. RNo"1 SHE ANSWERED I "NOT REALLY I BUT
THERE WILL BE A COMMON SIMILARITY. ALL ROSES WILL POSSESS
CERTAIN TRAITS OF INDEPENDENCE AND HAVE THE INNATE ABILITY
TO SURMOUNT EARTH LIFE'S HARD KNOCKS. MOST WILL HAVE AN
INDESTRUCTABLE INNER COREl UPON WHICH THEY CAN FALL BACK
TO DEFEND THEMSELVES WHEN THE GOING BECOMES DIFFICULT. THE
ROSE HAS THE DEFENSE OF HER THORNS - AND WILL USE THEM! THE
LILY I ON THE OTHER HANDI DOES NOT POSSESS THIS INTRINSIC
HARDINESS OF SPIRIT. IT IS MORE OF A BASIC PURITY UPON WHICH
THEY RELY. THE PRACTICAL ROSE MUST KNOW AND EXPERIENCE ITS
SPIRITUALITY AND ALL MIND FACTS BEFORE PLACING ITS FAITH IN
THEIR RESULTS. THE LILY LEANS ON FAITH WITHOUT DEMANDING
FACTS. IT NEVER DOUBTS ITS INTUITIONI WHEREAS THE ROSE MUST
ALWAYS PROVE HER INTUITIONS BEFORE PLACING TRUST IN THEM.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 49 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 12
LESSON THREE
"DOROTHEA) YOUR ROSE COLOR IS CERISE) AND YOU VIBRATE TO THE
TONES OF D7."

HOLDING OUT HER ARMS TOWARD US IN A LOVING GESTURE) WE


COULD PLAINLY FEEL) SHE SAID) "ALL MANNER OF FLOWERS AND
THEIR SOUL MATES WILL BE DRAWN TO OUR REVELATIONS NOW
COMING THROUGH YOU BOTH." As SHE SPOKE) A RADIANT RAINBOW
SWIRLED WITHIN THE MISTS SURROUNDING HER FIGURE. "WE
BLESS YOU FOR YOUR OPEN HEARTS AND EAGER MINDS."

WE SENSED THAT SHE WAS ABOUT TO LEAVE US) AND ALTHOUGH WE


HOPED THAT SHE WOULD STAY LONGER) KNEW THAT WE WERE POWER-
LESS TO PROLONG HER VISIT. FINALLY) GIVING US ONE OF HER
SWEETEST SMILES) MARSHA MOVED GRACEFULLY INTO THE SWIRLING
COLORS AND DISAPPEARED. SHE LEFT US WITH A LONGING VOID
WITHIN OUR HEARTS.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 50 of 326
"

( Cf
'I •

..

! 1
~
I BELIEVE THERE IS A DIVINE PRESENCE IN THE
UNIVERSEj THAT GOD IS RIGHT WHERE I AM. I ,~ ..
.. .
j
,.
REALIZE THE LAW OF LIFE OPERATES THROUGH MY ~

WORD TO BRING ABOUT DEFINITE RESULTS IN MY


.., . ~

LIFE. I HAVE COMPLETE CONFIDENCE AND RELIANCE '.

. ;"~
'
.,
" IN THE LAW OF GOOD FOR I KNOW ALL THINGS ARE
( POSSIBLE THROUGH AN UNSHAKABLE TRUST IN GOD.

THE LOVE OF GOD IS MY LIFE NOW! DIVINE INTELLI-


GENCE GOVERNS MY AFFAIRS. THEREFORE J I AFFIRM
I At-A AL~;AYS IN MY RIGHT PLACE. I ALWAYS KNOW
WHAT TO DO AND AM IMPELLED TO ACT INTELLIGENTLY
ON EVERY RIGHT IMPRESSION THAT COME TO MY
ATTENTION.
AND So IT Is!
- -- .... ..
~ ~-- .,

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 51 of 326
(
\

FOUR.

LESSON.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 52 of 326
(

, .- ..:. ...

~\\"R~~~?6.·
<: .
\;, -

. ''\lo . '

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 53 of 326
SERIES ONE
. LESSON FOUR
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON FOUR

uTHE SOUL GROUP MASTER u

SEVERAL FRIENDS HAD JOINED US AND WE WERE ALL EXCITED AND


EXPECTANT. THERE WAS MUCH EXCLAIMING ABOUT THE CONTENTS
OF THE LESSONS RECEIVED SO FAR AND OUR MINDS WERE WHIRLS
OF SPECULATION AND CONCLUSIONS. WE MUST HAVE SOUNDED LIKE
HAPPYMAGPIES AS THE CONTACT HOUR APPROACHED. AT LAST} OBEY-
ING THE INJUNCTIONS OF OUR NEW ASTRAL FRIENDS} WE SETTLED
IN OUR SEATS AND A BLANKET OF PEACE DESCENDED ABOUT US AND
ALL QUIETLY CALMED.

PRAYER WAS GIVEN AND SOON AFTER A LOVELY VIOLET LIGHT GREW
IN THE ROOM} AND AS ITS STRENGTH AND COLOR INCREASED} CLEAR
NEON-LIKE WORDS PARADED ACROSS MY SIGHT. THEY WERE AS FOLLOWS:
uTHIS IS THE ROYAL LIGHT OF THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI. IT
HEALS. IT GIVES WISDOM. IT CONTAINS LOVE AND CONSTRUCTIVE
POWERS. u I READ THESE WORDS ALOUD AS THEY APPEARED. A TING-
LING SIMILAR TO GENTLE ELECTRICAL CURRENTS PASSED THROUGH
OUR PHYSICAL BODIES; THE VIOLET COLOR THEN GATHERED INTO A
COLUMN OF DENSITY AND OUR MASTER} MORI HANDUS} CAME FORTH.

OVER HIS LEFT SHOULDER A GOLDEN STAR SHONE DOWN AND BATHED
US IN SILVER LIGHT. A SILVER LAMP APPEARED AT HIS RIGHT}
ITS SOFT FLAME A GOLDEN RED PETAL OF WARMTH. AN ANCIENT OPEN
BOOK MATERIALIZED. ITS PAGES YELLOW WITH AGE AND TATTERED
FROM USE. THE SILVER} VIOLET AND GOLD COLORS} WITH THE FLAME
RED AND THE BLUE SHADOWS OF HIS ROBE WAS BEAUTIFUL.

HIS LECTURE TO US WAS AS FOLLOWS:

® 1979 DOROTHEA ~1. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 54 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON FOUR

"THIS MYSTERIOUS THING CALLED MIND"

"WHAT IS CONSCIOUS MIND?" WERE HIS FIRST WORDS. "CONSCIOUS


MIND IS NOT CONTAINED IN YOUR HEAD OR BRAIN, AS HAS BEEN
BELIEVED BY MANY. CONSCIOUS MIND IS EXPERIENCED THROUGHOUT
THE ENTIRE PHYSICAL BODY, AND IT ACTIVATES THERE. IF THIS
WERE NOT SO, YOU COULD NOT FEEL PLEASURE OR PAIN.

"BRAIN IS MIND'S CONDUCTOR AND TRANSMITTER, WHICH LIES BETWEEN


THE MIND AND BODY. BRAIN IS VERY IMPORTANT, BUT IF DAMAGED,
IT WILL BUT EFFECT THE CONNECTION. THE MIND WILL STILL REMAIN
INTACT AND OPERABLE IN ITS OWN SPHERE, AND ONLY BE CUT OFF
FROM CONTACT WITH THE PHYSICAL AREAS OF THE INCARNATING ENTITY.

"LET ME EXPLAIN IN MORE DETAIL. WE DESIGNATE THE ETHERIC MEM-


ORY FILES OF THE MATTER PORTION OF MANKINDS MIND AS THE SUB-
JECTIVE RATHER THAN THE SUBCONSCIOUS. SUBCONSCIOUS IS A MES-
NOMER WHICH CAME ABOUT BECAUSE MANKIND IN THEIR UNKNOWING
BASED THEIR FACTS FROM A VIEWPOINT OF THE LIMITED SENSES AND
THEIR MESSAGES. ACTUALLY, WHAT EARTH PERSONS NAME SUBCONSCIOUS
IS A SUPER AREA OF YOUR WHOLE MIND. IT IS THE LOWER CONSCIOUS-
AWAKENING AREA WHICH IS A SUB-QUANTITY.

"THE SUBJECTIVE ETHERIC AREA OF MIND DOES NOT DWELL IN THE


PHYSICAL BRAIN BODY AREA. ITS ENERGIES CAN AND DO TRANSMIT
TO BRAIN AND FROM BRAIN TO SUBJECTIVE AS ELECTRICAL IMPULSES.
A PHYSICAL INJURY TO THE BODY BRAIN CANNOT DAMAGE THE ETHERIC
MIND PORTION. THE ETHERIC WILL CONTINUE TO FUNCTION IN COMA
OR BRAIN INJURIES AND MAINTAIN THE PHYSICAL BODY FUNCTIONS,
JUST AS IT DOES WHEN YOU SLEEP. DEATH ONLY CAN SEVER IT.

"MIND PER SE NEVER SLEEPS OR LOSES CONSCIOUSNESS. IT IS


ETERNAL AND EVER ACTIVE FOR ALL MIND POINTS ARE TINY PARTICLES
OF THE GREAT GOD MIND.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 55 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON FOUR

"ALL LEARNINGS AND IDEAS COLLECTED BY PHYSICAL BRAIN AND


TRANSFERRED INTO ETHERIC MEMORY STOREHOUSE WILL BE HELD
THERE FOR AS LONG AS THEIR PARTICULAR ENERGIES CAN SUSTAIN
THEM. LATER YOU WILL LEARN MORE ABOUT THESE ENERGIES.

"As A MAN GROWS AND DEVELOPS J THE STRUCTURE OF THE BRAIN AND
ETHERIC MIND CONNECTIONS EVOLVE TO TUNE INTO FUTURE SOUL MIND
CONTENT. EVERYONE LIVING TODAY HAS SOME MANNER OF CONNECTION
WITH HIS SOUL MIND CONTENTS. ALTHOUGH THIS CONTENT MAY NOT
BE RECOGNIZED AS SUCH BY THE INDIVIDUAL UNTIL SO BROUGHT TO
HIS ATTENTION.

"EVERYONE HAS EXPERIENCED THE FEELING OF BEING PULLED TWO


WAYS IN AN ACTION. EVERYONE HAS HAD PUZZLING FRUSTRATIONS
OF DESIRING TO OPERATE WITHIN OPPOSING WAYS. THIS TAKES PLACE
WHEN LEARNED IDEAS ARE CONTRARY TO THE STORED SOUL DATA.
SOULJ BEING THE STRONGER MINDJ PULLS THE ENTITY TO FOLLOW
ITS WORKING ABILITIES. PERHAPS THE ENTITY IS FOLLOWING A
PATTERN SET DOWN BY THE PHYSICAL FAMILY OR ENVIRONMENTAL
SITUATION J WHICH IS NOT USING THE SOUL TALENTS. WHEN LIFE
IS VIEWED FROM A NEW AND LARGER ANGLE OF INSIGHT J MANY INDIVI-
DUALS CHANGE AND GROW RAPIDLY FROM OBEDIENCE TO THE LAW OF
SOUL.

"As LONG AS LIFE-FORMS BELIEVE EARTH IS ONLY TO KNOW PLEASURE


AND SELF-INDULGENCE J AND ACCUMULATION OF POWER OR WEALTHJ
MANKIND WILL EXPERIENCE CHAOS AND SUFFERING AND CONFUSION.

"WHAT IS THE REASON FOR MAN'S BEING? MAN IS ON EARTH TO LEARN


ABOUT HIMSELF J AND TO LEARN HOW TO CONSTRUCTIVELY THINK. IF
YOU ASK ANY MAN WHETHER OR NOT HE BELIEVED HE WAS THINKING J
CHANCES ARE HE WOULD EMPHATICALLY STATE THAT 'YES - HE WAS' •
YET MOST MEN TODAY ARE ONLY RE-ARRANGING THE PREJUDICIAL
IDEAS LEARNED EARLY WITHIN RACE MINDJ AND BIASED IDEAS FROM
ENVIRONMENTAL ASSOCIATION. THESE HE ACCEPTED IN GOOD FAITHJ

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 56 of 326
SERIES O~E PAGE 4
LESSON FOUR
As DID HIS PARENTS BEFORE HIM. To HONESTLY EXAMINE WHAT
THESE PREMISES CONSIST OF) IS TO DISCOVER'HOW LITTLE INDEP-
ENDENT THINKING OUTSIDE OF THE BASIC AREAS SET DOWN FOR YOU
IN CHILDHOOD) YOU ACTUALLY DO. You REALIZE THAT YOU ARE
WORKING WITHIN RATHER TIGHT AREAS OF. LIMITATION; AND THIS
CAN BE A NEGATIVE SECURITY) AS WELL AS A SERIOUS DRAWBACK
TO OVERALL GROWTH.

"LET US NOW EXAMINE THE BASIC LAw BEHIND YOUR LIFE EXISTENCE
IN THE UNIVERSE. THE BASIC LAw OF MIND IS A TRINITY - A TRI-
ANGLE OF BEING AND BECOMING.

"THE FIRST POINT EQUALS THE 'PRINCIPAL OF


WISDOM!

"THE SECOND POINT EQUALS THE 'UNIVERSE COSMIC


LAW!

"THE THIRD POINT EQUALS THE 'PRESENCE OF GOD


WITHIN YOU!

"THIS TRINITY DWELLS IN MIND. MIND IS WHERE IT ALL TAKES


PLACE. THE ONLY GOD - OR SELF - YOU CAN KNOW LIES WITHIN
YOUR MIND.

"GOD) HIMSELF) IS GOOD AND PERFECT. You ARE CREATED FROM


HIS IMAGE. THEREFORE) YOU ALREADY HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO
BECOME AS GOD NOW MANIFESTS.

"THE UNDERSTANDING OF MIND) THEN) BECOMES OF FIRST CONSIDERA-


TION. MIND BEING THE TOOL ALL USE FOR GROWTH AND EVOLVEMENT)
IT WILL BEHOOVE EVERYONE TO ACQUIRE A TALENT FOR HANDLING IT.
FOR A MIND TO CLEARLY ASSIMILATE) INFORMATIONS WI~~ NEED TO
BE GATHERED AND THEIR FACTS KEPT AS CLOSE TO REALITY AS POSSIBLE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 57 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
. LESSON FOUR

"THE CONSCIOUS PHYSICAL BODY AND BRAIN AND THE ETHERIC FORM
ARE RENEWED CREATIONS EACH INCARNATION. THE PERSONALITY IS
ALSO NEW J YET ITS FACETS WILL COME FROM THE INDIVIDUAL SOUL.
THUS J NO ENTITY EVER LOSES THEIR BASIC JEWEL PATTERN J NOR
PERSONAL IDENTITY. EACH IS EVER THAT WHICH GOD CREATED IN
THE BEGINNING. THE UNIVERSAL LAW IS SUCH THAT NO INDIVIDUAL
CAN LOSE RECOGNITION OF SELF; ALL REMAIN FIRMLY ANCHORED IN
GOD MIND THROUGH THE INDIVIDUAL MIND POINT. ANY SEEMING LOSS
OF IDENTITY DURING AN INCARNATION USUALLY OCCURS FROM AN ACTION
OF MOVING AWAY FROM THE GENUINE REALITY OF SELF J AND RESULTS
FROM A DISOBEDIENCE TO UNIVERSAL LAWS OF MIND. UPON THE LAWS
OF THE UNIVERSE AND MIND WILL HINGE EACH PERSON/S BASIC INTELLI-
GENCE AND ABILITY FOR PROGRESSION.

"LET US LOOK AT ANOTHER IMPORTANT FACT AS IT NOW EMERGES.


SINCE THE LOWER CONSCIOUS MIND HOLDS PRESENT MEMORY~ AND
THE HIGHER SOUL HOLDS ALL PAST MEMORIES J EACH INCARNATING
ENTITY CARRIES AN ATMOSPHERE AROUND ITSELF DURING EARTH LIFE.
THIS ATMOSPHERE IS MADE UP OF PRESENT AND PAST REMEMBERED
EXPERIENCES J AND IS WHAT COMPRISES YOUR PRESENT PERSONALITY J
MOODS AND REACTIONS. IT CONSISTS OF YOUR COMPOSITE THOUGHTS.
THUS J IF YOU ARE DISSATISFIED WITH YOUR PRESENT MOOD PATTERN
OR MAGNETIC AURA J YOU CAN - BY WAY OF LEARNING - DISCOVER HOW
TO CONTROL AND CHANGE YOUR THINKING PROCESSES. GOD GAVE MAN
THE POWER TO CHOOSE THAT WHICH HE WILL BECOME.

"CHANGING THE ATMOSPHERE OF SELF REQUIRES SOME MANNER OF


FAITH. THOUGH IT SHOULD BE NO PROBLEM TO MANIFEST FAITHJ WE
FIND IT OFTEN DIFFICULT TO DO SO. REALIZE THAT GOD HAS PLACED
WITHIN YOU J ALL OF THE FAITH YOU NEED. IT IS NOT A MATTER OF
GENERATING FAITH. IT IS THERE ONLY TO BE UNCOVERED ALONG WITH
THE REALIZATION THAT IT IS ONLY YOUR OWN OPINIONS J FEARS AND
LACK OF SELF-CONFIDENCE WHICH HIDE THIS FAITH FROM YOUR SIGHT.
You LEARNED THESE NEGAfIVES - BUT YOU CAN REPLACE THEM WITH
CONSTRUCTIVE TRUTHS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 58 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON FOUR

"THE MAGI ON EARTH AND WE OF YOUR SOUL GROUP ARE CONSTANTLY


HEARING MANKIND BEWAIL .. 'I'M IN THE WRONG AGE - SURELY I
HAVE THE WRONG PARENTS - I'M IN THE WRONG ENVIRONMENT TO
SUCCEED.' THIS IS NOT TRUE! EVERYONE IS EXACTLY IN HIS
RIGHT PLACE. EACH PERSON ALWAYS DEMONSTRATES PERFECTLY WHAT
THEY ARE. IF THAT WHICH YOU ARE DEMONSTRATING IS NOT LIKED
OR ENJOYED .. YOU CAN CHANGE IT.

"EXAMINE YOUR PRESENT LIFE AND MAKE NOTE OF EVERYTHING YOU


DO NOT LIKE ABOUT IT. PERHAPS YOU ARE ACCEPTING HALF MEASURES
OR LACK FAITH IN YOURSELF. PERHAPS YOU HAVE GOTTEN INTO THE
HABIT OF EXPECTING LACK. ESTABLISH A PATTERN OF WHAT YOU
NEED IN MIND. SEE YOURSELF GETTING IT. NOT ONLY EXPECT THE
BEST .. BUT ALWAYS BUY YOURSELF THE BEST YOU CAN AFFORD. IF
YOU DO NOT HAVE CONFIDENCE IN YOURSELF .. HOW CAN OTHERS HAVE
CONFIDENCE IN YOU? REALIZE THAT YOUR THINKING PATTERNS ACT
AS A BOOMERANG - THE LAw BRINGS BACK TO YOU WHAT YOU PUT FORTH.
As GOD'S CHILDREN .. WE AlL DESERVE THE BEST WE CAN EARN FOR
SELF. HE CREATED ALL OF US IN PERFECT CAUSE - AND LEFT US ALONE
TO DISCOVER FOR OURSELVES.

"NOTHING EFFECTS US THAT IS NOT ALREADY WITHIN OUR OWN CON-


SCIOUSNESS. NOTHING CAN TOUCH US THAT IS OUTSIDE OF OUR CON-
SCIOUSNESS. YOU .. AS AN INDIVIDUAL .. MUST STOP SELLING YOURSELF
SHORT. GET A NEW SET OF VALUES. You HAVE DOMINION OVER YOUR
CHOICE; YOU ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR WHAT IS CHOSEN. NEGATIVE
THOUGHT PATTERNS AND MOODS REPEAT WITH MONOTONOUS REGULARITY
UNLESS YOU DELIBERATELY CHANGE THEM. EVERY MAN INCARNATING IS
CHOOSING HIS OWN FUTURE WITH EVERY THOUGHT HE THINKS.

"BELIEVE ME WHEN I SAY THAT IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO SUFFER TO


LEARN. LEARN THROUGH YOUR INTELLIGENCE - NOT THROUGH PAINFUL
EXPERIENCE. ASK YOURSELF .. 'WHAT DO I BELIEVE IS POSSIBLE FOR
ME?" . THE ANSWER WILL BE VERY REVEALING.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 59 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON FOUR

"You WHO HAVE BEEN DRAWN TO US AND THESE WISDOMS CAN TAKE
JUSTIFIABLE PRIDE IN KNOWING THAT YOU HAVE EXPANDED YOUR
MIND SOMEWHERE ALONG THE LINE) AND WILL NOW BE READY TO
PROCEED INTO THE DEEPER MEANINGS OF LIFE.

"BLESS YOU AND KEEP YOU SAFELY UNTIL WE RETURN TOGETHER


AGAIN."

MASTER MORI HANDUS OF THE


SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

As THE YOUNG MASTER'S IMAGE FADED) LILY AND I AGREED THAT


A NEW ATMOSPHERE PERVADED THE ROOM - AND ALL OF US. NEW
CONFIDENCE AND EXPECTATIONS FOR LIFE SEEMED TO HAVE BEEN
BORN WITHIN US) AND WE RESOLVED TO FOLLOW THESE WONDERFUL
TEACHINGS) BEGINNING WITH A RENEWAL OF OUR SELF-IMAGES.
WE WERE NOT AWARE OF IT IN THAT INSPIRED MOMENT) BUT WE
WERE TO BRING ABOUT A TOTAL CHANGE IN OUR LIVES FROM THAT
NIGHT ONWARD.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 60 of 326
(

rIVINE MIND PERVADES ALL THAT IS; ONE LIFE~ ONE


POWER AND ONE PATTERN OF LIVING. THE PRINCIPLE
OF WISDOM IS REALIZED AS I EVOLVE IN CONTACTING
DIVINE MIND THROUGH THE TOOL OF MY HUMAN CONSCIOUS-
NESS AND MIND. .
:";
i

..
I UNCOVER THE INNATE FAITH THAT LIES WITHIN ~E. '::0

I RELEASE ALL FEARS AND NEGATIVES FROM MY CON-


I, ' ••

,I ,.
,', .'.

SCIOUSNESS AND REPLACE THEM WITH CONSTRUCTIVE [.. .:


f" '
(
TRUTHS ABOUT MYSELF.

I EXPECT THE BEST IN LIFE AND I ACCEPT THE


ABUNDANCE THAT IS MINE.

AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 61 of 326
(

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 62 of 326
(

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 63 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON FIVE
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON FIVE

"WE HEAR STARTLING NEWS"

DURING THE WEEK I ATTEMPTED A ROUGH SKETCH OF STANLEY J


AND AFTER SEVERAL ATTEMPTS J IT OCCURRED TO ME TO PRAY
FOR HELP. As SOON AS I HAD DONE SOJ WE WERE PROMISED
OVERSHADOWING FOR ALL FURTHER IMAGES AS THESE ASTRAL
FRIENDS WOULD APPEAR BEFORE US FOR CONTACT. THE IMAGES ARE
INCLUDED IN THESE LESSONS.

DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND OUR CONTROL J WE HAD BEEN


UNABLE TO HOLD OUR LAST SUNDAY EVENING MEETING WITH THE
SOUL MEMBERS J AND WERE NOW ANXIOUS TO REASSURE OURSELVES
OF THEIR REALITY. LILyJ S PRAYER CREATED AN ATMOSPHERE OF
WELCOME CALM AND RELAXATION; THERE WAS A BEAUTIFUL GOLDEN
GLOW AND THE SCENT OF ROSES. INTO THE YELLOW GOLD LIGHT J
MARSHA EMERGED IN A FLOWING GOWN OF DEEP APRICOT ROSE.
THE WORD PEACE FORMED OVER HER BEAUTIFUL DARK HEAD. THE
GOLDEN AND LIGHT YELLOW COLORS NOW CONCENTRATED TO SHAPE
A LARGE LOTUS FLOWER J WHICH SETTLED AT THE FEET OF MARSHA
WHO WAS NOW STANDING WITHIN THE HEART OF THE LOTUS J ARMS
UPRAISED J HEAD THROWN BACK J AND SKIN GLOWING LIKE MOTHER
OF PEARL. WE SENSED SHE WAS SENDING A PRAYER ON HIGH.

THE TIGHTNESS OF OUR BODIES MELTED AWAY AS A NEW SWEET


CIRCULATION OF LOVE FORCES AND JOY FLOWED EVERYWHERE LIKE
MOONLIT RIVERS OR SILVER BANDS OF RIBBON. WE SAT QUIETLY
ABSORBING ITS ESSENCE - NOT REALLY UNDERSTANDING BUT CONTENT
SIMPLY TO RECEIVE.

"GOOD EVENING DEAR ONES J " SPOKE MARSHA.


WE SHYLY ANSWERED J
AWED BY HER BEAUTY. liTHE MASTERS WISH YOU TO' KNOW THAT
FROM THE MOMENT OF OUR GREAT NEHRA'S FIRST ENCOUNTER WITH

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 64 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON FIVE

YOUR LIVES J NEITHER OF YOU WILL EVER AGAIN BE ALONE IN ANY


OF YOUR EARTHLY STRUGGLES NOR WILL ANY FAITHFUL STUDENT BE
ALONE. WE WILL EVER BE WITH YOU AND READY TO EXTEND OUR
HELP J FRIENDSHIP AND LOVE."

WE TRIED TO EXPRESS OUR GRATITUDE BUT SHE KNEW OUR HEARTS


AND HUSHED US WITH A NEW FLOW OF WORDS. "WHENEVER A SOUL
IS DRAWN INTO OUR PRESENCE THROUGH AN INNER DESIRE-OR BY THE
MAGI J WE MAINTAIN A COSMIC ENERGY STRENGTH WITH THEM FOR AS
LONG AS THEY RESPOND TO US AND OUR REVELATIONS. WE OF THE
SOUL GROUP WILL NEVER BE THE ONES TO SEVER TIES WITH YOU.
IF PARTED J IT WILL BE BECAUSE YOU J THE SEEKER J NO LONGER
DESIRE TO CONTINUE UPON OUR PATHWAY FOR AWARENESS.

"PERHAPS IT WILL BE OF INTEREST TO YOU TO LEARN THAT WE OF


THE ASTRAL REALMS MUST ALSO OBSERVE CERTAIN COSMIC LAWS OF
ACTION. ONE LAW IS; UNTIL A PERSON WHO IS INCARNATING ON
EARTH STARTS AN ACTION TOWARD AN AWARENESS IN OUR DIRECTION J
WE CANNOT FORCE OURSELVES UPON THEIR ATTENTION. OFTEN WE
MUST STAND BY LONGING TO COMFORT OR HELP. ONLY IN EMERGEN-
CIES CAN WE CONTACT J AND ONLY THENJ IN CERTAIN DIRE NEED OR
DEATH."

"WHY J " I ASKED J ANXIOUS TO UNDERSTAND.

"THE LAW OF CONTACT BETWEEN ASTRAL AND MATTER MUST BE ACTI-


VATED FIRST FROM YOUR MATTER POSITION BY WAY OF AN INNER
DESIRE FOR SUCH CONTACT. IT MUST COME FROM A DESIRE TO
CONNECT WITH A DEFINITE SOURCE OR PERSON J OR FROM A DESIRE
TO DISCOVER A MORE CONSTRUCTIVE WAY OF HANDLING YOUR LIFE
AND AFFAIRS. IT WAS THIS LATTER DESIRE FOR HELP BY BOTH
OF YOU WHICH OPENED THE WAY FOR US TO MAKE OUR CONTACT.

"BUT SURELY J " LILY SAID J "MANY MUST WANT TO RECEIVE HELP AND
PRAY FOR IT SINCERELY?" MARSHA LOOKED A LITTLE SAD AS SHE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 65 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON FIVE

REPLIED~ HSOMANY SOULS DO SINCERELY PRAY FROM ANGUISHED


HEARTS AND BRUISED SPIRITS~ BUT THEY PLEAD FOR HELP FROM
AN ATTITUDE AND DESIRE THAT ALL BE CHANGED ACCORDING ONLY
TO THEIR WISHES." WE THOUGHT OF THE TIMES WE HAD DONE SO
AND HAD UNKNOWINGLY BLOCKED OUR GOOD.

~ARSHA'S VOICE RANG OUT CLEARLY IN EARNESTNESS. HTHE MEAN-


ING BEHIND JESUS' WORDS OF PLEADING~ 'NOT MY WILL~FATHER~
BUT THINE BE DONE~' HOLDS A GREAT TRUTH. WHENEVER A PRAYER
........................................................
IS ALSO A DESIRE TO CHANGE ANOTHER PERSON~ PLACE OR SITUATION,
IT WILL FAIL; FOR . .DESPITE THE GOOD INTENTIONS PREMISING SUCH
..............
A PRAYER~ WE ARE MANEUVERING. IT IS SO EASY TO BLAME AN
OUTER CIRCUMSTANCE OR A FELLOW ASSOCIATE FOR EXPERIENCES OF
LIFE WHICH COME OUR WAY. UNTIL WE LEARN THE DEEPER TRUTHS
OF THE COSMIC LAWS~ WE SELDOM LOOK DEEPER FOR THE CAUSES
WHICH ACTIVATE OUR PERSONAL PROBLEMS. WE LOOK AWAY FROM
OURSELVES. MORI HANDUS TEACHES THAT EVERYONE IS EXACTLY IN
HIS OR HER RIGHTFUL PLACE."

"WHAT WAS HIS MEANING?H WE WERE EAGER TO HEAR MARSHA'S


ANSWER.

"UNTIL EACH ONE NOW UPON THE PATH BACK TO GOD AND PERFECTION
CAN REACH A PERSONAL POINT OF WILLINGNESS TO SEE THAT IT IS
HIS OWN PART OF THOUGHT OR ACTION WHICH IS CAUSING HIS DAILY
TROUBLES~ CHANGE WILL BE IMPOSSIBLE. THIS SOUNDS HARSH~ BUT
IT IS A TRUTH. IT IS QllR OWN HABITS OF ACTIONS~ OUR QHN
PERSONAL MANNERISMS~ AND OUR ~ HELD ATTITUDES AND OPINIONS
THAT CAUSE US TO ATTRACT MANY OF OUR UPSETS TO OURSELVES. H
LILY IMMEDIATELY ACCEPTED THIS LAW. I WAS WILLING TO ACCEPT
THIS BUT WANTED MORE FACTS TO SUPPORT THIS LAW. MARSHA
WILLINGLY COMPLIED~ HER VOICE GENTLE BUT FIRM.

HWHILE EXISTING IN MATTER~


.
EVERYONE
..
C~RRIES
......
. '
AROUND
. _.
WITH .HIM
.... . . ....

A DISTINCT CLOUD OF ATMOSPHERE. H "WAS THIS THE AURA?" WE ASKED.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 66 of 326
SERIES Oi~E PAGE 4
LESSON FIVE

"NO"J SHE PROMPTLY REPLIED. "THE AURA CORRESPONDS AND ITS


COLORS REVEAL. THE AURA IS TO BE READ LIKE A TAG OF IDENTI-
FICATION. THE ATMOSPHERE CLOUD IS COMPOSED OF EMOTIONAL
ENERGIES AND HAS A MAGNETIC FCRCE J LIKE GRAVITY J WHICH MAG-
NETIZES AND LOCKS INTO LIKE FORCES AND DISTINCTLY REPELLS
AND CLASHES WITH OPPOSITE POLARITIES WHEN MEETING THEM.
THE PARTICULAR CLOUD ATMOSPHERE YOU POSSESS WILL BE THE
REALITY OF WHAT YOU ARE NOW AND ITS DIFFERING POLARITIES
WILL RESPOND TO THE POLARITIES WHICH ARE IDENTICAL IN THOSE
WHO COME NEAR YOU."

"COULD YOU SHOW US JUST WHAT HAPPENS J MARSHA?" LILY ASKED.

"EASILY J " ANSWERED. "SUPPOSE AN ASSOCIATE CARRIES A


(VI.
'~RSHA

HABIT OF MOODINESS J IRRITABILITY J SPITE J MALICE J OR ANGER


IN HIS PERSONAL ATMOSPHERE. THESE NEGATIVES WILL TRIGGER
AN EXACT LIKENESS IN YOUR OWN NEGATIVE EMOTIONS. IN OTHER
WORDS J YOUR EMOTIONS ANSWER YOUR ASSOCIATE'S IRRITABILITY
WITH AN IRRITABILITY OF YOUR OWN. CHANCES ARE YOU THEN
PROMPTLY BLAME THE OTHER PERSON FOR HIS EFFECT UPON YOUR
ATMOSPHERE J WHEN ACTUALLY J YOU COULD NOT BE AT ALL AFFECTED
HAD YOU YOURSELF NOT POSSESSED THESE SAME NEGATIVES IN YOUR
OWN ATMOSPHERE. THEREFOREJ IT IS OUR OWN ATMOSPHERE CONTENTS
WHICH ARE BETRAYING US."

"EVERYONE CAN LEARN HOW TO COMBAT THESE OUTER FORCES BY


RECOGNIZING WHAT IS TAKING PLACE AND LEARNING HOW TO CONTROL
THESE AUTOMATIC RESPONSES. LEARNING HOW TO ACCOMPLISH THIS
TAKES PLACE IN THE AREA OF MIND AND THOUGHT. LEARNING HOW
TO ELIMINATE AUTOMATIC RESPONSES FREES THE PERSON FROM ANY
TIGHT MENTAL BONDS." WE WANTED SUCH FREEDOM AND LISTENED
INTENTLY. "EACH EARTH INDIVIDUAL LEARNED ALL THE PHRASES J
OPINIONS AND REACTIONS THEY NOW HABITUALLY USE. THEY DID NOT
BRING THEM ALL INTO MATTER AT BIRTHj SOME WERE LEARNED AFTER
BIRTH. SO WHAT YOU HAVE LEARNEDJ YOU CAN UNLEARN."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 67 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON FIVE

"YOUR PRESENT REACTIONS TO SITUATIONS~ PEOPLE AND THINGS


WERE ALSO LEARNED ALONG THE WAY AND MANY OF THESE YOU COPIED
AS YOUNGSTERS FROM YOUR FAMILY~ FRIENDS~ TEACHERS AND ENVIR-
ONMENT. THEREFORE~ THESE OPINIONS AND THEIR EMOTIONAL REACT-
IONS ARE SO FAMILIAR TO YOU AND SO INGRAINED WITHIN YOUR
CONSCIOUS MIND POINT~ YOU BELIEVE THAT THEY ARE YOU. THEY
ARE NOT. You BORROWED THEM. THUS~ YOU CAN THROW THEM OUT
AND BUILD A WHOLE NEW STRUCTURE FOR SELF WHEN NOT SATISFIED."

"WHENEVER A PERSON IS NOT COMPLETELY SATISFIED WITH THE WAY


HIS DAILY PERSONAL LIFE IS MANIFESTING~ THEN HE SHOULD RECOG-
NIZE THAT HE HAS BEEN ATTRACTING WHAT IS HAPPENING FROM HIS
OWN NEGATIVES. LIKEWISE~ ALL HAPPY AND GOOD THINGS ARE BEING
MAGNETIZED FROM THE CONSTRUCTIVE ENERGIES YOU HAVE ADOPTED
INTO YOUR ATMOSPHERE."

"No ONE EVER NEED TO REMAIN WHERE UNHAPPY OR NON-PROSPEROUS.


EVERYONE CAN LEARN HOW TO HANDLE THINKING POWERS AND BELIEFS~
AND CHANGE WRONGLY HELD ATTITUDES TO RECEIVE RIGHTFUL GOOD
IN LIFE." IT SOUNDED ENCOURAGING TO US BUT WE STILL HELD A
TIMIDITY WITHIN OURSELVES. MARSHA CHALLENGED US. "SUPPOSE
I POSE AN IMAGINARY PROBLEM AND DEMONSTRATE ALL ITS INNER
FORCES AND RESULTS SO THAT YOU CAN TEST WHAT WE ARE TEACHING
FOR YOURSELVES." WE JUMPED AT THE OFFER.

"LET US SUPPOSE YOU ARE NOW CONTENDING WITH ANOTHER PERSON


IN THE HOME OR OFFICE WHO HAS BEEN AFFECTING YOUR SUCCESS OR
HAPPINESS. LET US SAY YOU CANNOT WALK AWAY FROM THIS ASSOC-
IATION TO FREE YOURSELF FROM ITS CONTAMINATING ATMOSPHERE.
YOUR PSYCHOLOGICAL HEALTH IS BEING DAILY UPSET FROM YOUR
REACTIONS TO THIS PERSON'S WORDS AND ACTIONS. THIS IS A
VERY COMMON EXAMPLE ON EARTH. MORE THAN LIKELY~ YOU ARE
CONDEMING THAT PERSON AND REHASHING EVERY OFFENSE THEY HAVE
PERFORMED IN YOUR MIND. THIS HABIT WILL LEAVE YOU WIDE OPEN
AND VULNERABLE TO FUTURE BARBS. IT WILL ALSO REINFORCE YOUR
EMOTIONAL NEGATIVES WHICH HAVE BEEN RESPONDING TO THIS PER-
SON'S ATMOSPHERE AND NEGATIVES WHENEVER THEY ARE NEAR.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 68 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON FIVE

Now YOU ASK J WHAT SHALL YOU DO?" SHE WAITED A SECOND J
LOOKING AT US. "COMMON SENSE TELLS YOU THAT NO PERSON
CAN JUMP FROM ANNOYANCE OR EVEN HATRED TO A SUDDEN SUNNY
LOVE STATE. THE ABYSS IS TOO WIDE. YET THIS IS THE PLACE
YOU MUST BUILD A NEW ATTITUDE J AND FOR THE SAKE OF YOUR
OWN WELL BEING J YOU MUST ATTEMPT SOME MANNER OF CHANGE.
THE PLACE TO START WILL BE REALIZING THAT THIS ANNOYING
PERSON IS A THOROUGHLY MISERABLE J UNHAPPY INDIVIDUAL;
OTHERWISE J THEY WOULD NOT BE DOING OR ACTING IN THIS FASHION.
ALSO J THEIR ACTIONS SHOW AN INABILITY TO COPE IN LIFE IN
ANY OTHER WAY EXCEPT IN MAKING OTHERS AS FRUSTRATED AS
THEMSELVES."

"NoWJ VIEW YOURSELF. You ARE IN THE PROCESS OF LEARNING


HOW TO CONTROL SITUATIONS AND YOU CAN BECOME THE POWER FOR
TURNING THIS EVENT AROUND. START BY SINCERELY ASKING GOD
TO BLESS THIS PERSON AND TO BLESS YOU. MEAN IT! IT WILL
NOT WORK IF YOU DO NOT REALLY MEAN IT. EVERY SPARE MOMENT
YOU GETJ SEND UP A BLESSING FOR THIS ENTITY AND FOR YOURSELF."
SHE AGAIN PAUSED A SECOND. "THE ACT OF BLESSING AN ENEMY
OR FRIEND AFFIRMS WITHIN YOUR MIND POINT A NEW UNDERSTANDING.
THIS UNDERSTANDING NOW REALIZES THIS PERSON IS HURT J UNHAPPY
AND MISERABLE J AND IS CRYING OUT TO BE LOVED AND APPRECIATED.

"You CAN UNDERSTAND THIS NEED FOR YOU J TOO J HAVE IT IN YOUR
PATTERN. As YOU REPEAT THESE IDEAS OVER TO YOURSELF WITH
FREQUENT BLESSINGS DIRECTED TOWARD THIS SOUL J YOU BUILD UP
A WALL OF DEFENSE AROUND YOUR ATMOSPHERE. IF YOU NOW CON-
TINUE TO PRACTICE WITH PATIENCE AND DETERMINATION J DECIDING
TO DELIBERATELY SEEK OUT THIS PERSON'S GOOD POINTS - EVEN
THE WORST TROUBLEMAKERS WILL HAVE SOME GOOD POINTS - A CHANGE
WILL OCCUR. PERHAPS YOU CAN BRING YOURSELF TO COMPLIMENT A
GOOD POINT. HOWEVER J ANY ACTION MUST BE MEANT SINCERELY J
FOR ALL TROUBLED SOULS ARE QUICK TO SENSE FALSE FLATTERY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 69 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON FIVE

AND INSINCERITY. HOPEFULLY J A DAY WILL ARRIVE WHEN YOU


DISCOVER THIS PERSON NO LONGER HOLDS THE POWER TO UPSET
YOU. You HAVEN'T CHANGED HIM BUT YOU HAVE CHANGED YOURSELF
AND YOUR ATTITUDE. WHEN THIS OCCURS) WE OFTEN FIND SUCH
PEOPLE RESPONDING CONSTRUCTIVELY TO THOSE THEY PREVIOUSLY
FRUSTRATED."

"ANY NEW AND BETTER CHANGE J NO MATTER HOW SMALL J WILL ALWAYS
REFLECT IN YOUR PERSONAL LIFE. WHEN IT IS A GOOD CHANGE J IT
WILL MAGNIFY TO YOU A NEW PLUS FACTOR IN EXACT PROPORTION TO
ITS NEW PLACEMENT IN YOUR ATMOSPHERE. You NOW HARMONIZE
WITH THE LAW INSTEAD OF GOING AGAINST ITS PRINCIPLES."

"SO) ALL CHANGE STARTS IN OURSELVES) NOT OUTSIDE NOR IN


EXTERNAL EVENTS J PLACES OR PERSONS." BROKE IN LILY.

"RIGHT") AGREED MARSHA. "ALL CHANGE MUST START IN SELF FOR


GOD CREATED HIS CHILDREN TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THEMSELVES
AFTER THEY HAVE REACHED AGE TWENTY-ONE."

I ASKED) "DOES THAT MEAN ALL KARMA BEFORE AGE TWENTY-ONE


YEARS WILL BE IGNORED?"

"THE CHILD AND ADOLESCENT IS ACCOUNTABLE FOR COMMITING WILL-


FUL MURDER. PARENTS) TEACHERS AND GUARDIANS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR TRAINING THE YOUNG IN THEIR CHARGE AND ACQUAINTING THEM
WITH CIVIL RESPONSIBILITIES AND MORAL WISDOMS. THE CHILD IS
NOT HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THESE LATTER AS THEY ARE LEARNED
KNOWLEDGES."

THE COLORS AROUND MARSHA NOW TOOK ON RAINBOW BANDS ONE AFTER
THE OTHER. WE HEARD FAINT SOUNDS OF MUSIC WHICH EBBED SOFT J
THEN FLOWED LOUD IN A WAVE-LIKE FASHION AS THOUGH A BREEZE
WERE BLOWING NEARER AND AWAY. MARSHA'S FACE TOOK ON A VERY
HAPPY EXPRESSION. HER BROWN EYES SPARKLED AS SHE JOYOUSLY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 70 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON FIVE

CRIED} "I HAVE A WONDERFUL SURPRISE FOR yOU." OUR HEARTS


TINGLED IN RESPONSE AND EXCITEMENT. "VERY SOON YOU WILL
BE READY TO COME UP TO US IN THE ASTRAL. You WILL BE OUR
GUESTS AND SEE OUR WORLD." WE WERE FLABBERGASTED! SO SOON!
IT WAS UNBELIEVABLE. ALL WE COULD DO WAS HAPPILY STARE AT
HER. "THIS HAS BEEN SUCH A HAPPY MEETING TODAY AND I SHALL
BE.AMONG YOUR GREETERS NEXT MEETING. OUR MASTERS SEND YOU
BLESSINGS. OH} MY DEARS} I'M SO HAPPY FOR YOU. MAY ALL
YOUR STUDY EFFORTS BEAR GOLDEN FRUITS UPON THEIR BRANCHES.
Au REVOIR."
As MARSHA DISAPPEARED INTO THE MISTS} HAPPY CONVERSATION
BROKE OUT IN OUR GROUP.

LILY AND I WERE STTLL DAZED AS RESERVATIONS WERE BEING


HURRIEDLY CONFIRMED FOR THE NEXT SESSION. OUR SPACE WAS
LIMITED AND OUR GROUP GROWING. WE HAD MUCH TO THINK UPON
AND PLAN.

WE WOULD SOON BE TAKING A TRIP LIKE NO OTHER KNOWN} AND WE


HAD ONLY A SHORT WHILE TO ANTICIPATE ALL WE WOULD NEED. LIFE
WAS SUDDENLY AN EXCITING AFFAIR. OUR HEARTS SANG.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 71 of 326
;
;
( (

< '<

GOD IS GOOD AND I ACCEPT HIS LOVE. THIS DAY


IS BORN TO INCREASE MY BLESSINGS AND ADD TO
MY JOY AND HAPPINESS. THEREFORE J I BLESS
EVERYONE I COME IN CONTACT WITH. I SEE THE
CHRIST SPIRIT IN EVERYONE.

EVERY DAY BRINGS BLESSINGS IN THE LIGHT OF


TRUTH AND UNDERSTANDING. EVEN THOUGH I MAY
FACE BAFFLING EXPERIENCES IN LIFEJ I KNOW I
AM DIVINELY LED FOR I AM ALWAYS IN MY RIGHT
PLACE.

EVERY DAY AND IN EVERY WAY J DIVINE LOVE LIGHTS


MY PATH J SHINES IN MY HEART AND BLESSES ALL
MY AFFAIRS.

(
\<
,
't~:~., ~ ~ !.
. ,',

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 72 of 326
(

SlY.

esson.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 73 of 326
HENRY MASON.

. /

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 74 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON SIX
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON SIX
"HENRY MASON"

THE SESSION STARTED IN THE USUAL MANNER~ WITH COLOR FLOWING


AND THICKENING AS LILY GAVE OUR OPENING PRAYER. As SHE SAT
DOWN AMONG OUR GROWING GROUP~ THE MIST BECAME SO DENSE THAT
IT BLOCKED OUT WALLS AND FURNITURE LEAVING ONLY A CLEAR CIRCLE
BETWEEN OUR TWO CHAIRS. THIS TIME THE MIST WAS ORANGE - THE
COLOR OF SPIRITUAL DESIRE. SOME BRIGHT CERISE ENTERED AND
MADE THE MIST A MAGNETIC FIELD FOR PERSONAL REALIZATION. IN
FRONT OF LILY AND ME~ A SILVER SHAFT APPEARED~ DENOTING OUR
HEARTS WERE YEARNING AND OUR SPIRITS LONGING TO BECOME ONE
WITH GOD. IT WAS INDICATING THAT THESE DESIRES OF OURS WERE
BEING MINGLED AND NOURISHED BY THE DIVINE WISDOMS WHICH WERE
NOW COMING TO US AND TO OUR GUESTS.

PRESENTLY~ ALL BECAME LIGHTER EVERYWHERE IN THE ROOM AND THE


CERISE COLOR BRIDGE MANIFESTED IN FULL STRENGTH. WHEN A PALE
GREEN SHOWED~ WE WERE TOLD THE HIGHER FORCES WERE NOW SUPPLY-
ING MORE POWERS FOR OUR BASIC PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC NEEDS. A
LOVELY DEEP SKY BLUE SPOKE OF RELIABLE HAPPINESS IN OUR FUTURE.
THEN EVERYTHING SWIRLED INTO A ROUND WHITE SPOTLIGHT WHICH
HIGHLIGHTED OUR SOUL MASTER~ MORI HANDUS~ AND ANOTHER YOUNG
MAN STANDING BESIDE HIM. MASTER MORI GAVE US HIS USUAL SALU-
TATION. "GREETINGS." WE GREETED HIM IN TURN.

PLACING HIS HAND ON THE YOUNG MAN'S ARM~ HE SAID~ "I BRING
YOU AN OLD COSMIC FRIEND WHO WILL BE YOUR COMPANION NEXT
SESSION WITH MARSHA. THEY WILL GUIDE YOU BOTH INTO OUR
ASTRAL REALMS." MORI STEPPED BACK AS HE REMOVED HIS HAND
AND STATED~ "I WILL LET HIM TELL YOU WHO HE IS AND GIVE YOU
SOME PRELIMINARY INFORMATION." WE HAD NO RECOGNITION OF
THIS PERSON BEFORE US~ BUT HADN'T REALLY EXPECTED ANY.

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 75 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON SIX

"GOOD EVENING LADIES." THIS WAS SAID WITH A SHYNESS J YET


A DESIRE TO REACH US. "My NAME IS HENRY MASON AND I AM
LIVING THE LIFE OF A MONK OVER HEREJ AS I WAS A DEVOTEE OF
YOUR GURU J Ros~J WHEN I TRANSIGHTED AND CONTINUE AS SUCH.
BEFORE THAT PERIOD IN MY EARTH EXPERIENCE J I WAS AN ACTOR
IN HOLLYWOOD PICTURES." HE WAS TALLJ BLOND AND SHY J YET
POSSESSED THAT CERTAIN SURITY AND POISE WHICH MARKED THE
ACTOR. HE WAS CLOTHED IN A SAFFRON ROBE; HIS HEAD WAS NOT
SHAVED BUT CUT IN A STYLE OF THE 1930 / s. WE LIKED HIM AT
ONCE.

"I WAS GIVEN THIS ASSIGNMENT J " HE BEGAN J "AND THE PRIVILEGE
OF ESCORTING YOU INTO THE ASTRAL BECAUSE OUR MUTUAL VIBRA-
TIONS SYCHRONIZE."

"OUR ASTRAL ENVIRONMENT HAS MANY LEVELS. EACH LEVEL IS


DIVIDED INTO MANY SMALLER ENVIRONMENTS. EVERY INDIVIDUAL
WHO COMES OVER IS ALWAYS MET AND TAKEN TO HIS RIGHTFUL PLACE J
AS STANLEY EXPLAINED TO YOU. THE SAME OCCURS WHENEVER EARTH
PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO ENTER PSYCHICALLY OR IN SLEEP J TRANCE
OR COMA. IN ALL THESE LAST STATES J THE ENTITY IS STILL FIRMLY
ATTACHED TO HIS PHYSICAL FORM BY WAY OF THE SILVER CORD SO
THAT EVEN SHOULD HE STRAY J HE COULD NOT GET LOST OR FAIL TO
RETURN TO THE PHYSICAL VEHICLE. THEREFORE J THERE IS ABSOLUTE-
LY NO CAUSE FOR APPREHENSION."

"DUE TO THE SUDDENNESS OF STANLEylS DEATHJ HE FAILED TO NOTICE


THE VEIL WHICH LIES BETWEEN OUR TWO SEPARATE DIMENSIONS.
PEOPLE WHOSE PSYCHIC SIGHT SENSES ARE STILL UNDEVELOPED J ALSO
FAIL TO REALIZE THE VEIL IS THERE."

"THESE COLORS AND MISTS ARE THE VEIL?" ASKED LILY.

"YES J THEY ARE THE VEIL"J HE VERIFIED. "THE BOUNDARIES OF


ASTRAL ARE BARRICADED BY COLOR ENERGIES J FOR COLOR IS OUR
ATMOSPHERIC LIFE LINE FORCE JUST AS AIR IS YOURS WHILE ON

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 76 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON SIX

PLANET EARTH. You ARE NOW SOMEWHAT FAMILIAR WITH THE VEIL
AND SEE US PASS THROUGH ITS MISTY FOLDS WITH EASE AS WE
DESCEND IN ENERGY VIBRATIONS TO YOUR LEVEL. HOWEVER~ IT
IS HAMPERING FOR OUR MORE EVOLVED MEMBERS AND HIGH MASTERS~
AS THESE ARE SO FAR IN ADVANCE OF YOU AND ME~ THAT THEY
CANNOT LOWER THEIR VIBRATIONS SUFFICIENTLY TO MAINTAIN A
CONTACT. THEREFORE~ IT WAS PLANNED FOR OUR TWO SIDES TO
MEET IN A COMPATIBLE ASTRAL AREA. THE MASTERS CAN GRADUALLY
BRING UP YOUR VIBRATORY RATES FOR VISITS MUCH MORE EASILY
THAN LOWER THEIR OWN HIGH MAGNETIC FIELDS TO EARTH'S."

THE WHOLE THING SOUNDED LIKE AN IMPOSSIBLE TASK~ BUT HENRY


GAVE A NICE GRIN AS HE PICKED UP MY NEGATIVE REACTION. "No"~
HE SHOOK HIS BLOND HEAD~ "NOT IMPOSSIBLE AT ALL. EVERYONE
NIGHTLY MAKES THE TRIP UP TO ETHERIC IN HIS SLEEP STATE AND
OFTEN CONTINUES INTO THE ASTRAL ATMOSPHERES. You SIMPLY DO
NOT REMEMBER DOING SO WHEN YOU AWAKE DOWN IN THE CONSCIOUS
POINT OF YOUR MIND. You MAY OR MAY NOT REMEMBER SOME OF YOUR
DREAMS ••• "

LILY BROKE IN~ "ARE YOU SAYING DREAMS ARE MEMORIES OF REAL
PLACES~ EVENTS AND PEOPLE?"

"No~ NOT AS A USUAL RULE~" ANSWERED HENRY~ "ALTHOUGH A PERSON


MAY BE INFLUENCED TO DREAM TRUE FOR A PURPOSE OR WARNING BY
HIS ANGEL OR A MASTER. DREAMS~ AS A RULE~ ARE IDEAS AND IMAGES
ALREADY POSSESSED IN THE SUBJECTIVE ETHERIC MIND FILE AS MEM-
ORIES. YOUR SOUL SELF~ ANGEL OR MASTER CAN SELECT A SET OF
THESE IMAGES AND HAVE THEM PERFORM IN A SEQUENCE OF ACTIONS
OR EVENTS TO IMPART SOME MEANING~ MESSAGE OR WARNING. WHEN-
EVER YOU REMEMBER A DREAM UPON AWAKENING~ YOU ARE RECEIVING
A MESSAGE YOU NEED TO LOOK INTO. BUT - WE ARE OFF THE MAIN
SUBJECT AND IT IS TOO COMPLICATED TO PURSUE AT THE MOMENT."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 77 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON SIX

"To RETURN TO THE VEIL BETWEEN OUR WORLDS J YOU WILL PASS
THROUGH ITS VIBRATORY FOLDS IN A WIDE-AWAKE CONSCIOUS STATE J
NOT IN A SLEEP STATE. You WILL NOT BE ABLE TO TAKE YOUR
SHORTHAND NOTES J LILY J YOU WILL NEED A TAPE RECORDER. AND
YOU J ROSE J ARE TO VERBALLY DESCRIBE EVERYTHING YOU SEE J HEARJ
SMELL J TOUCH AND FEEL EMOTIONALLY. You WILL BE BORROWING
STRENGTH FROM LILY IN YOUR ETHERIC AREAS AND RECEIVING
STRENGTH AND GUIDANCE FROM THE ASTRAL. THE SOUL GROUP OF THE
MAGI MASTERS WILL BE OVERSHADOWING YOUR MIND FORCES J SO YOU
CANNOT FAIL. II

"LET ME DRAW YOU A PICTURE OF HOW ALL CONTACTS CONNECT AND


ALSO SHOW YOU WHY MANY FAIL TO MAKE A CONNECTION. THE TOP
CIRCLES REPRESENT MASTERS) THE INVERTED TRIANGLES REPRESENT
EARTH PERSONS. THE ARROWS REPRESENT PATHS OF CONNECTION."

1. 2.

o~ MASTER o~

CONTACT
NO CONTACT.

MAN v

"IN ILLUSTRATION #1 ALL THE VIBRATIONS .......


ARE OF AN. .EXACT . ....

RHYTHMIC SYNCHRONIZATION. IN ILLUSTRATION . #2 THE . MASTERIS


...

RATE HAS BEEN LOWERED FOR A POSSIBLE CONNECTION; ... . .. BUT


. _. EARTH ..-

PER~ON/S RHYTHMS IN HIS NORMAL STATE CANNOT MEET THE .F~E-


.. ..

QUENCIES OF THE HIGHER ENERGIES. THE ABILITY TO RAISE THE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 78 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON SIX

CONSCIOUSNESS IS A LEARNED ONE. MANY PERSONS HAVE LEARNED


HOW TO CONTACT THE LOWER PLANES OF ASTRAL AND CONNECT WITH
ENERGIES NEAR AND LIKE THEIR OWN. THEY HAVE LEARNED MANY
FACTS FOR IMPROVEMENTS AND ALSO MANY TRUSTWORTHY KNOWLEDGES.
MOST OF THESE LOWER ASTRAL PEOPLE TEND TO HELP OTHERS; NOT
ALL MISLEAD BUT SOME DO~ THEY MISLEAD JUST ENOUGH TO CAUSE
A QUESTION AS TO HOW FAR ANYONE CAN DEPEND UPON SUCH INFOR-
MATIONS GLEANED FROM THESE LOWER CONTACTS. THE HIGHER YOUR
CONSCIOUSNESS CAN BE RAISED~ THE CLOSER WILL BE THE GLEANED
TRUTHS TO THEIR PURE PATTERNS."

"OUR LESSON MASTER HAS A SHORT LECTURE WHICH TIES INTO THIS
SUBJECT OF RAISING THE CONSCIOUSNESS AND CLEARING THE MIND
TRACKS BETWEEN PHYSICAL BRAIN FUNCTIONS AND THE ETHERIC MIND
FOR OPENING INNER SIGHT AND ACTIVATING THE HIGHER PERCEPTIVE
ABILITIES." MORI NODDED TO HIM. "SO AS IT FITS IN RIGHT
HERE~ I'LL LET HIM START HIS TALK. EXPECT ME NEXT SESSION
WHEN I SHALL ESCORT YOU BOTH THROUGH THE VEIL AND INTO OUR
LAND. BLESS YOU.
HENRY
MORI HAND US TOOK OVER AND GAVE THE NEXT LECTURE.

QPEN YQUR MIND A~D LEI THE LIGHT POUR IN


"THE ROAD TO SUCCESS~ LOVE~ HAPPINESS AND PERSONAL ACHIEVE-
MENT IS EVER AND ALWAYS FOUND WITHIN YOUR MIND AND IT IS
PAVED WITH THOUGHTS." HIS ROBE SWIRLED AS HE CAME TO STAND
BEFORE US. "You CANNOT HEAL OR CHANGE ANY PRESENT PROBLEM
OR TROUBLE WHILE HOLDING ON TO AN UNWILLINGNESS TO CHANGE
YOUR WAYS. ALTHOUGH GOD CREATED EACH ONE OF US AS AN INHER-
ENTLY PERFECT IDEA~ OUR PRESENT LEARNINGS AND OUR ACCEPTED
IMAGES NOW COVER THIS PERFECTION AND HOLD ITS BEAUTY IN
BONDAGE. A CHANGING OF ANY PRESENT SITUATION OR A HEALING
OF YOURSELF MUST BE ACCOMPLISHED BY OBEYING THE LAWS OF MIND.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 79 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON SIX

To DO THIS EACH PERSON WILL NEED TO UNCOVER AND NEUTRALIZE


THE IMPERFECT THOUGHTS J IDEAS AND CONVICTIONS HE HAS ACCEPTED
SO FAR IN HIS EARTH LEARNINGS. THE FACT THAT MUCH WHICH IS
NOW BLOCKING OUR SUCCESS AND FREEDOM OF SELF WAS ACCEPTED
BEFORE WE WERE ACTUALLY ACCOUNTABLE FOR IT WILL MEAN NOTHING. u

UTHE PRESENT REALIZATION THAT MIND IS OUR REAL CENTER AND


THAT MIND CENTER IS MADE UP OF EVERYTHING THAT IS GOOD J AND
THAT NOTHING MOVES BUT MIND FOR A MATTER MANIFESTATION IS OF
PRIME INTEREST - OR SHOULD BE - FOR ALL PERSONS ABIDING IN
MATTER.

UMANKIND J DOWN THE AGES J THROUGH UNKNOWINGNESS HAS BEEN BUSILY


PILING UP MUCH USELESS DEBRIS AND SPREADING THIS OVER HIS
TRUE IMAGE. To HEAL THIS SITUATION J EACH INDIVIDUAL MUST
UNCOVER AND CLEAR MUCH OF THIS EXTRANEOUS MIXTURE TO REVEAL
HIS TRUE PATTERN UNDERNEATH. THIS WILL BE AN ACTION OF SELF-
AWARENESS AND A COMING TO SEE OURSELVES AS GOD SEES US.u

UWHAT YOUR PHYSICAL BRAIN AND SENSES PICK UP AND TRANSMUTE


INTO YOUR ETHERIC MIND WILL BE WHAT YOU BECOME. THEREFOREJ
THE ACT OF SCREENING THESE ITEMS WILL BE A NECESSITY TO
RE-ESTABLISH A NEW CONSCIOUSNESS IMPRESSION. THE ACT OF
REPLACING OLD IDEAS J OPINIONS AND CONCEPTS AND THE ESTABLISH-
MENT OF NEW CONSTRUCTIVE PREMISES CREATES A NEW YOU. IT ALSO
HELPS TO UNCOVER YOUR PSYCHIC SIGHT.

UHUMANITY PRIDES ITSELF ON GAINING EDUCATIONAL FACULTIES AND


TECHNICAL SKILLS J BUT COMPLETELY IGNORES THE NECESSITY FOR
CLEARING OUT OLD WORN CONCEPTIONS OF THOUGHT. THE SPECIAL
TRAINING FOR THIS IS OVERLOOKED EXCEPT IN A MINORITY OF
EDUCATIONAL SECTIONS J MOSTLY RELIGIOUS. THE MIND CONTENTS J
BEING THE STRUCTURE OF THE PRESENT YOU J WILL NEED PROFESSIONAL
HELP AND TRAINING FOR A PROFICIENT OPERATIONAL FUNCTION. BUTJ
HOWEVER J THERE ARE FEW SCHOOLS ON EARTH WHERE THESE TECHNIQUES

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 80 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON SIX

MAY BE LEARNED) AND THESE SCHOOLS ARE MOSTLY UNKNOWN OR


UNRECOGNIZED. THE TRUE PART OF YOURSELF LIES WITHIN THE
INVISIBLE PORTIONS OF YOUR MIND. IT DOES NOT DWELL IN THE
EXTERNAL PHYSICAL OR BRAIN NOR IN ANY SURROUNDING TERRITORIES
OF EARTH OR MATTER."

"THIS IS A COSMIC TRUTH) SO THE OPINIONS WE HOLD AND BELIEVE


IN WILL ALSO BE WHAT EACH PERSON IS MENTALLY. TRAINED THINK-
ING WILL BE TO CHANGE THESE ERRONEOUS OR ONE SIDED IDEAS INTO
CONSTRUCTIVE TRUTHS) THUS CHANGING AND RELEASING THE BLOCKS
WHICH NOW HOLD THE PERSON BACK FROM HIS RIGHTFUL GOOD. IT
IS THROUGH NEW DELIBERATIONS AND REPETITION THAT NEW AFFIR-
MATIONS AND PERCEPTIONS GAIN A CHANGE. WE ALL LEARNED OUR
OLD ERRONEOUS IDEAS BY REPEATEDLY HEARING THEM AND HAVING
THEIR PREMISES SOLD TO US. MANY OF THESE HAVE NOT WORKED
FOR HUMANITY. HOLDING ON TO THESE IDEAS HAS CAUSED MANY PEO-
PLE TO SELL THEMSELVES SHORT. THESE MIXED CONGLOMERATIONS
OF IDEAS AND OPINIONS HAVE RANDOMLY BEEN SOLD OR PICKED UP
AS WE TRAVEL IN MATTER AND CAN BE OUR GREATEST ENEMIES.
EVERYONE WANTS TO GROW AND PROGRESS AND ALL DESIRE CONSTRUC-
TIVE RECOGNITION FROM HIS FELLOWS. BUT) FEW SELDOM RECEIVE
ANY RECOGNITION AT ALL AND DEEPLY FEEL THIS LACK INSIDE THEM-
SELVES BUT ARE HELPLESS TO CORRECT ITS NEED."

"MAN IS MIND. EVERYTHING IS THOUGHT. WHEN YOU CLEAR OUT AN


OLD ERRONEOUS IDEAj IT GIVES YOU SPACE TO PLANT A NEW IDEA.
THE NEW IDEA BECOMES "CAUSE" AND ACTIVATES A NEW "EFFECT" IN
YOUR AFFAIRS. IN EACH LESSON LILY HAS) AT OUR REQUEST)
ENCLOSED AN AFFIRMATION. THESE AFFIRMATIONS ARE TO AID THE
STUDENT AND SUPPLY NEW VALUES FOR EACH ONE'S SUBJECTIVE
ETHERIC MIND BANK.

AFFIRMATIONS ARE THOUGHT MATERIALSj USE THEM TO FILL IN YOUR


MIND SPACE WHERE LACK WAS REMOVED. As YOU ARE'WITHIN MIND!')
SO YOU WILL BE 'WITHOUT'. THEREFORE) REPLACE OLD NEGATIVE
WAYS OF THINKING ABOUT YOURSELF WITH REAL TRUTH AND REALITY.
SEE 'YOURSELF AS GOD SEES YOU."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 81 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON SIX

IF YOU WILL DEVELOP THE ART OF LISTENING TO YOURSELF WHEN


YOU ARE TALKING TO OTHERS AND NOTE YOUR CHOICE OF WORDS~
YOU MAY RECEIVE A SHOCK. YOUR CONVERSATIONAL .. WORDS .CONTROL
YOUR LIFE NOW. IF THEY ARE FILLED WITH CAN'T~ WON'T~ SICK~
TIRED~ I'VE NEVER BEEN ABLE~ I NEVER COULD J I NEVER LIKEDJ
I'M AFRAIDJ I WOULDN'T DAREJ I WOULDN'T KNOW HOW J YOUR NEGA-
TIVES ARE RUNNING YOU. You ARE NOT IN AUTHORITY. MANY PEOPLE
BELIEVE THEY ARE TOO BUSY TO CHANGE. SOME HAVE TOO MUCH
PRIDE AND OTHERS ARE AFRAID THAT THEY CANNOT CHANGE. WHAT-
EVER THE EXCUSE~ YOU WILL BE ONLY CHEATING YOURSELF. ll

llGOD MADE EACH OF HIS CHILDREN RESPONSIBLE ONLY FOR HIS OWN
GROWTH AND MENTAL FILES. ALL OF THE POWER ANY OF US NEEDS IS
ALREADY AROUND US. ALL THAT IS REQUIRED OF US IS TO LEARN
HOW TO USE IT FOR PERSONAL SUCCESS. OUR 'GOOD' NEVER DEPENDS
ON ANY ONE ELSE - IT DEPENDS ONLY ON US. ALL THAT IS NEEDED
IS TIME AND DISCIPLINE - BOTH ARE FREE. IF YOU ARE WILLING
WITHIN YOURSELF J YOU WILL SUCCEED. THE TARGET YOU WILL BE
AIMING FOR WILL BE THE IMPORTANT PRIZE - AN INCREASED MENTAL
AWARENESS AND HIGHER INTELLIGENCE. THESE BOTH DWELL IN MIND
CONSCIOUSNESS. ll

llTHE BEST WAY TO KNOW YOURSELF IS TO LISTEN TO THE WORDS YOU


HABITUALLY USE. NEGATIVE WORDS ARE ENEMIES OF THE MIND.
NEVER UNDERESTIMATE THESE ENEMIES. AT THE SAME TIMEJ KNOW
THAT AT YOUR GOD CENTER LIES A PURE UNTOUCHED SPIRIT. IT
IS YOU AS GOD CREATED YOU. IF YOU EXPERIENCE THE COMMON
FEELING THAT AT TIMES GOD HAS MOVED FAR AWAY FROM YOU AND
BECAUSE OF TROUBLES AND BROKEN LAWS YOU FEEL HOPELESS J GUESS
WHO DID THE MOVING AWAY! REALIZE THAT IT IS TIME TO STOP
AND TAKE STOCK OF YOURSELF AND YOUR LIFE. IT IS TIME TO
STOP SHOOTING OVER THE TARGET; IT IS TIME TO USE A LITTLE
THOUGHT. ll

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 82 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON SIX

"GOD CREATED YOU, HE CAN HEAL YOU WITH YOUR HELP, BUT
HE Mll[I HAVE YOUR HELP, HE GAVE US ALL FREE CHOICE - THE
POWER TO PICK ALTERNATIVES, WHENEVER YOU CHOOSE A RIGHT ALTER-
NATIVE J YOUR LIFE WILL BE HEALED AND WILL MOVE FORWARD,
EVERY PERSON HAS THE GOD-GIVEN RIGHT TO RECEIVE THE VERY
BEST FOR HIMSELF J BUT ONLY WHEN THAT BEST HARMS NO OTHER
PERSON, THEREFORE J ALWAYS EXAMINE YOUR PLANS AND DESIRES,
WHEN YOU PRAY OR AFFIRMJ ALWAYS INCORPORATE THE WORDS J 'WITH
GOOD FOR ALL CONCERNED'",

"THIS LECTURE IS SHORT BUT ONE WHICH CAN PROFIT YOU, MAY
THE BLESSINGS OF THE LORD CHRIST BE WITH YOU UNTIL WE MEET
AGAIN, BLESSINGS UPON YOU ALL,"

MORI HANDUS

THE ROOM WAS VERY SILENT AFTER THEIR DEPARTURE AND SEFMEn
VACANT AND LARGE TO OUR EYES. ONLY A COUPLE OF HOURS HAD
PASSED J YET A VAST CHANGE HAD TAKEN PLACE IN OUR MINDS AND
OUR VIEWPOINTS, WE HAD ALSO CHANGED SOMEWHERE DEEP WITHIN
OURSELVES,

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 83 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 84 of 326
<

!j

LIFE IS THE MANIFESTATION OF GOD. THEREFORE~


THE IMPULSE OF MY LIFE IS LOVEj THE AIM OF MY .~.
, J
LIFE IS FOR GLORIFICATION OF THAT PERFECT CREATION. :~
i
'. ~ - 1
.:
I UNCOVER AND NEUTRALIZE ALL IMPERFECT THOUGHTS~ i
, .
IDEAS AND CONVICTIONS THAT I HAVE ACCEPTED WHICH
(
COVERS MY TRUE IMAGE.

THE INNER LIGHT RADIATES THROUGH ME AS SPIRITUALITY~


GOODNESS AND COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS. THE INNER LIGHT
IS THE SOURCE OF MY SECURITY~ HAPPINESS AND PEACE
OF MIND.

AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 85 of 326

l.esS071J.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 86 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 87 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON SEVEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON SEVEN

"IN THE ASTRAL"

DURING THE PAST WEEK~ WE HAD BEEN VERY BUSY. THE MAGI HAD
CAUSED MANY SOULS TO BE BROUGHT INTO OUR NEW ASTRAL EXPER-
IENCES~ AND ONE IN PARTICULAR WAS ALSO INSTRUMENTAL IN LEAD-
ING US TO THE PURCHASE OF THE PERFECT TAPE RECORDER FOR THE
PURPOSES OF THE SOUL GROUP. (AGAIN~ WE WERE MADE AWARE THAT
FORCES FAR GREATER THAN OURSELVES WERE TAKING A HAND IN OUR
AFFAIRS.) WE NOW MADE DEFINITE PLANS FOR OUR NEXT MEETING
WITH OUR NEW ASTRAL FRIENDS.

THE VEIL WAS OF SILVER AND BLUE THIS EVENING~ AND AS IT


SHIMMERED BEFORE US~ A DEEP SWEET PEACE ENVELOPED EVERYONE~
RELEASING ALL FEARS~ TENSIONS AND CARES. WHEN THE ROSE
CERISE ADDED ITS RICHNESS TO THE VEIL~ WE REALIZED THAT A
BRIDGE WAS FORMING BETWEEN EARTH AND THE HIGHER ASTRAL LEVELS.
WE WAITED EXPECTANTLY FOR MARSHA AND HENRY.

SHORTLY~ THEY QUIETLY ENTERED OUR PRESENCE AND AS THEY DREW


CLOSER ONE OF OUR NEW COMPANIONS COULD HARDLY BELIEVE HER
SENSES. HER HEART WAS SO TOUCHED THAT SHE BURST INTO TEARS.
(TEARS WERE TO BECOME A COMMON REACTION UPON ONE'S FIRST
CONTACT WITH THE ENERGIES OF THE HIGHER SOUL WORLDS AND
MASTERS.) MARSHA GAVE THIS LADY A SOOTHING HEALING~ WHILE
HENRY EXAMINED THE ARRANGEMENTS WE HAD MADE FOR RECORDING
THE SESSION. HE ASKED OUR NOW CALMED COMPANION TO DISCON-
NECT THE TELEPHONE AND THE DOORBELL~ EXPLAINING THAT ANY
EXTERNAL NOISE OR TOUCH TENDED TO SHOCK THE PHYSICAL BODY
WHEN IT WAS IN DEEP MEDITATION OR A SOMNAMBULISTIC TRANCE
STATE SUCH AS THE ONE LILY AND I WOULD BE IN WHEN TRAVELING
IN THE ASTRAL. HE TOLD US THAT AS A SAFETY MEASURE~ THE
PHYSICAL BODY SNAPS THE ETHERIC FORM BACK INTO ITSELF WHEN
STARTLED OUT OF A SEMI-SLEEP STATE.

© 197~ DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 88 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON SEVEN

"DID YOU EVER HAVE THE EXPERIENCE OF BEING NEARLY ASLEEP ONLY
TO BE RUDELY AWAKENED BY YOUR PHYSICAL BODY JUMPING SUDDENLY?"
HENRY ASKED. "WELLJ THAT IS BECAUSE YOUR ETHERIC FORM WAS
LEAVING YOUR PHYSICAL BODY SO THAT IT COULD REST IN TH~
HIGHER ENERGY FIELDS. THIS IS A NORMAL OCCURRENCE IN ALL
SLEEP STATES J BUT USUALLY THE RETURN INTO THE PHYSICAL AT
AWAKENING IS SO GENTLE AND EASY THAT PEOPLE ARE NEVER AWARE
OF IT. IT ONLY SNAPS BACK WHEN SOMETHING STARTLES THE CON-
SCIOUS POINT AWAKE. WE ALERT YOU TO THIS SIMPLY SO THAT THIS
UNDERSTANDING CAN RE-ASSURE YOU AND CALM ANY FEARS YOU MIGHT
HAVE. No HARM CAN OCCUR TO YOU IF YOU SHOULD SNAP BACK J BUT
WE HAVE ENDEAVORED TO ELIMINATE ANY CHANCE OF IT HAPPENING
DURING OUR SESSION JUST THE SAME. WE ARE ALWAYS RIGHT HERE
WITH YOU."

MARSHA THEN ASKED EVERYONE TO SHUT THEIR EYES. EVEN THOUGH


WE FOLLOWED HER INSTRUCTIONS J LILY AND I COULD STILL SEE THE
VEIL CLEARLY. I WAS TOLD TO GIVE AN ONGOING DESCRIPTION OF
WHAT I SAW J HEARDJ FELT AND SMELLED DURING THE SESSION. LILY
WAS TO OBSERVE AND RETAIN HER OWN IMPRESSIONS SO THAT SHE AND
I COULD COMPARE OUR SENSATIONS LATER ON. WE PROMISED TO
COOPERATE FULLYj THEN THE ROSE CERISE BECAME VERY VIVID. OUR
PHYSICAL EYES WERE STILL SHUT J BUT WE COULD SEE THE SILVER
AND BLUE SEPARATE ITSELF FROM THE ROSE J AND CONCENTRATE INTO
TWO COLUMNS WHICH NOW WRAPPED THEMSELVES AROUND LILY AND ME.
I IMMEDIATELY FELT A DISTINCT WEIGHT LOSS J AND FELT VERY
LIGHT AND FREE. I EXPERIENCED A FEELING OF PURE HAPPINESS.
WE WERE LATER TO LEARN THAT THIS WAS OUR MOMENT OF PASSING
THROUGH THE VEIL AND ENTERING INTO THE ETHERIC AND ASTRAL.

I FELT SOMEONE TAKE MY HANDJ AND TURNING I SAW HENRY STAND-


ING CLOSE BESIDE ME. ALTHOUGH WE WERE STILL IN THE MIST J I
COULD CLEARLY SEE MARSHA AND LILY - BUT WHAT A LILY! SHE WAS
SO YOUNG J LOVELY AND COLORFULLY VIBRANT. FROM HER SURPRISE
AT THE SIGHT OF MEJ I FIGURED THAT IJ TOO J MUST BE MORE COLOR-
FUL. WE STOOD AWHILE IN THE MIST J AND SEEMED TO BE FLOATING.
MARSHAlS FILMY SKIRTS WERE BLOWN ABOUT BY INVISIBLE CURRENTS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 89 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON SEVEN

IT WAS A PLEASURABLE SENSATION J AND ONE THAT COULD BE FULLY


ENJOYED WITH THE REASSURING PRESENCE OF HENRY SO CLOSE BY.
I FELT HIS FREE ARM CLOSE ABOUT MEJ AND FELT MY FEET TOUCH
A SURFACE.

"WHERE ARE WE?" I ASKED.

"You'LL SEE IN JUST A MOMENT J ROSE"J HE ANSWERED. HE TURNED


ME LOOSE J AND WAITED TO SEE IF I HAD ACHIEVED BALANCE. THERE
WAS THE AROMA OF PINE TREES AND SALT SEA ALL AROUND US J AND
FROM SOMEWHERE A BIRD COULD BE HEARD SINGING. THE MIST WAS
RAPIDLY DISSIPATING TO REVEAL A GRASSY PATH AT OUR FEET.
AND SUDDENLY THERE WERE HUGE OLD TREES WITH GIGANTIC TRUNKS
OF RICH BROWNS AND BEAUTIFULLY GNARLED LIMBS HEAVY WITH
FOLIAGE. SHAFTS OF GOLDEN LIGHT SIFTED THROUGH THE PLACES
WHERE THE FOREST OPENED TO THE SKY. "How ANCIENT THIS FOREST
MUST BE" I THOUGHT J "TO HAVE SUCH GREAT TREES." THE FOREST
FLOOR WAS CARPETED WITH LEAVES OF BROWN AND APRICOT HUES AND
THE THICKNESS OF TIMELESSNESS.

AN EXCITED CHITTERING ABOVE US CAUSED MARSHA AND HENRY TO


SMILE AND ALL OF US TO LOOK UP. WE FOLLOWED HENRY'S GAZE
TO A FATJ SAUCEY SQUIRREL CROUCHING ON THE BRANCH OF A NEARBY
TREE. HIS FULL J RED TAIL FLAMED BEHIND HIM AS HE SCOLDED US
FOR OUR INTRUSION; THEN HE SCAMPERED TO THE GROUND J TURNED
IMPISHLY TO US J AND THEN DASHED OFF DOWN THE PATH. As LILY J
MARSHA J HENRY AND I FOLLOWED IN THE SQUIRREL'S DIRECTION J I
QUESTIONED MY OWN SURPRISE AT FINDING BIRDS AND ANIMALS HERE.
THE PRESENCE OF FLOWERS J TREES AND EVEN SUNLIGHT WERE EASILY
ACCEPTABLE J BUT ANIMALS WERE ANOTHER MATTER.

As WE ADVANCED ON THE PATHWAY J SEVERAL TYPES OF BIRDS CAME


AROUND TO INSPECT US J AND TINY STAR-SHAPED FLOWERS MADE
PATCHES OF BRIGHTNESS WHERE WE WALKED. ALL OF THIS WAS SO
MUCH LIKE THAT ON EARTH - AND YET SO DIFFERENT. THE COLORS
WERE SO MUCH MORE SPECTACULAR J AND EVEN THE SMELLS HELD A
PECULIAR ESSENCE THAT COULD INDUCE PLEASURE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 90 of 326
PAGE 4
SERIES ONE
LESSON SEVEN

I WAS BROUGHT BACK TO WHAT WAS OCCURRING ABOUT ME BY THE SOUND


OF A TINKLING BROOK. As WE MOVED OUT OF THE FOREST J WE BEHELD
A MEADOW J WHICH WAS BANKED ON THE LEFT BY A PINE COVERED HILL.
WE FOLLOWED OUR PATH J WHICH CURVED TO THE RIGHT AROUND THE
EDGE OF A MARSH THAT HAD A BEAVER DAM BUILT ACROSS THE SMALL
TRIBUTARY BROOK. I COULD NOT BE ABSOLUTELY SURE J BUT I THOUGHT
I CAUGHT THE GLIMPSE OF A DARK FURRY HEAD IN THE WATER JUST
BEHIND THE DAM.

As THE PATH STRAIGHTENED OUT J WE AGAIN COULD SEE THE BROOK J


AND LILY AND I STOOD ENRAPTURED BY ITS MANY SHADES AND COLORS.
THIS ASTRAL WATER SEEMED TO POSSESS A LIFE ALL ITS OWN; TO
LOOK AT IT BROUGHT A JOY THROUGHOUT OUR BEINGS J AND WE LAUGHED-
FREE! I STOPPED TO REACH OUT TO HENRY J TO ASSURE MYSELF THAT
THIS WAS REAL - BUT AS I DID I FROZE. THE HAND AND ARM THAT
WAS REACHING OUT HAD SMOOTH SKIN OF UNBLEMISHED WHITE AND SLIM J
LONG FINGERS. SURELY THIS COULD NOT BE MY OWN FRECKLED SKIN J
WITH MY SQUARE SHORT-FINGERED HANDS! FEMININE VANITY CAME TO
MY RESCUE AND CUSHIONED THE SHOCK J BUT NOW THERE WERE EVEN
MORE QUESTIONSJ AND THE DESIRE FOR TIME IN WHICH TO FIND THEIR
ANSWERS.

LILY/S CRY OF "OHJ MARSHA J HOW BEAUTIFUL!" CARRIED BACK DOWN


THE PATH AND HENRY AND I QUICKENED OUR PACE TO CATCH UP WITH
THEM. THE NEW WONDER WAS A LOVELY J PLACID POND WHERE SEVERAL
BEAUTIFUL SWANS SAILED J AND TINY BLACK AND WHITE CYGNETS
PADDLED PLAYFULLY. ONE LITTLE BLACK BABY RODE PROUDLY ON HIS
MOTHER'S BACK. THESE SWANS J LIKE THE REST OF THE WILDLIFE WE
ENCOUNTERED J SHOWED NO FEAR AT OUR CLOSENESS.

AN OPEN GAZEBO STOOD BY THE POND. ITS ROOF WAS HELD UP BY


WHITE PILLARS J BEHIND WHICH WE COULD SEE THE PALE PURPLE
AND LILAc MOUNTAINS IN THE DISTANCE AND THE ROLLING LAND IN
BETWEEN. QUEEN ANNE/S LACE NODDED IN GRAND ASSENT TO OUR
PRESENCE AS WE APPROACHED THE GAZEBO. (ALTHOUGH WE MAY CALL

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 91 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON SEVEN

THIS LOVELY PLANT A WEED ON EARTHJ IN THE ASTRAL IT POSSESSES


AN EMOTION-STIRRING SPLENDOR.) UPON ENTERING THE GAZEBO J WE
BECAME AWARE OF THE SOUND OF MANY VOICES J FOR THE GAZEBO WAS
FILLED WITH PEOPLE!

FROM THE MIDST OF THIS ASTRAL THRONG CAME A SMALL BELOVED


FIGURE. HE OPENED HIS ARMS TO ME AND I FELT MYSELF BEING
CLASPED WARMLY. HIS BEAUTIFUL J DARK EYES BRIMMED WITH A
SAINTLY LOVE AS THEY LOOKED INTO MINE - FOR THIS WAS MY PRE-
CIOUS GURU J WHOM I HAD ONLY SEEN IN PICTURES BACK ON EARTH.
BUT HERE HE WAS J AND AS FAMILIAR TO ME AS IF I HAD JUST LEFT
HIM YESTERDAY J RATHER THAN A LIFETIME AGO. IN A RUSH J THE
GATES OF MEMORYOPENED J AND I HELD OUR MANY LIFETIMES OF
ASSOCIATION WITH ONE ANOTHER LIKE FAMILIAR JEWELS BEFORE MY
SIGHT.

HE ESCORTED ME TO WHERE A VERY TALL MAN WAS BENDING OVER LILYJ


AND HOLDING HER LOVELY FACE BETWEEN HIS HANDS. "COME GREET
ANOTHER OLD FRIENDJ THE MASTER OMAR"J SAID GURU. As I WAS
PRESENTED TO THIS TALLJ WONDERFUL MASTER J HE TOOK MY FACE
BETWEEN HIS PALMS. SEARCHING DEEP WITHIN MY SOUL J HE SAID J
"WELCOME LITTLE ROSE. YOUR FRAGRANCE ADDS TO OUR GARDEN."
ALTHOUGH HIS FACE WAS FAMILIAR TO MEJ NO MEMORIES CAME FORTH.

I AM SURE THAT LILY FELT AS SELF-CONSCIOUS AND SHY AS I DID


AS WE WERE LED TO TAKE OUR SEATS AMONG THESE ASTRAL PEOPLE J
BUT THE LOVING VIBRATIONS COMING FROM EVERYONE AROUND US SOON
PUT US AT EASE. How WELCOME WAS THE FACE OF MORI HANDUS AS
HE JOINED THE GROUP FOLLOWED BY SIX MORE WHITE-ROBED MEN.
BEHIND THEM MARCHED A BRISKLY MOVING MIDDLE AGED MAN IN A
BUSINESS SUIT J WHO JOINED MY GURU AND MASTER OMAR J BOTH OF
WHOM WERE SEATED IN THE FRONT OF OUR GROUP AND FACING US.
THE SWANS HAD GATHERED NEARBY J AND THEY TOO SEEMED TO BE WAITING.

THEN CAME A CHANTING .A~COMPANIED BY THE RINGING OF BELLS AND


THE CHIMING OF CYMBALS. THE SOUND CAME NEARER AND NEARER AS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 92 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON SEVEN

WE SAT STILL - WAITING. THE SIX SAFFRON ROBED MEN CAME INTO
VIEW BEARING HIGH A PLATFORM UPON WHICH SAT A STILL FIGURE
IN LOTUS POSITION. MORE CHANTERS FOLLOWED THE PLATFORM.

I THINK WE BOTH RECOGNIZED HIM AT THE SAME MOMENT~ AND


GRABBED ONE ANOTHER'S HANDS - FOR THIS WAS NEHRA~ THE FIRST
MASTER TO COME TO US~ SITTING ON THE PLATFORM! THE CHANTERS
GENTLY LOWERED THEIR BURDEN~ AND SEATED THEMSELVES BEFORE US.

THE CHANTING SOFTENED INTO SILENCE. A YOUNG BOY WHO HAD BEEN
WALKING BESIDE THE PROCESSION CAME FORWARD AND COVERED THE
MEDITATING FORM OF THE MASTER NEHRA WITH A LEI OF ROSES AND
WHITE LILIES~ AND PLACED A FRAGRANT BOUQUET OF VIOLETS IN
HIS FOLDED HANDS. THERE WAS A SECRET MESSAGE IN THIS ACTION~
WHICH WAS VERY WELCOME TO OUR SOULS.

GURU OPENED THE MEETING WITH PRAYER AND BLESSINGS~ AND MASTER
OMAR GAVE A TALK IN WHICH HE EXPLAINED THAT OUR BEING PRESENT
WAS NOT AN ACCIDENT~ BUT INSTEAD THE CULMINATION OF MANY
YEARS OF PLANNING AND PURPOSE. SINCE THIS WAS HAPPENING NOW~
IT WOULD AFFORD MANY OF GOD/S CHILDREN TO BE PRIVILEGED TO
FURTHER THEIR EVOLUTIONS AND REAP FOR THEMSELVES MANY EARNED
VALUES. HE TOLD US THAT BEFORE THE BEGINNING OF THE WORLD~
CERTAIN SOULS~ AMONG THEM OURS~ HAD DESIRED TO GAIN CERTAIN
GOALS~ AND NOW THE TIME WAS RIPEj THE GREAT HIGHER FORCES

STOOD READY.

HE EXPLAINED THAT THE MAGI ON EARTH TODAY IS GATHERING ONCE


AGAIN~ AND BRINGING TOGETHER SOULS OF ONE MIND AND PURPOSE~

SO THAT THESE MAY BECOME AWARE 'OF THE MAGI FORCE ONCE AGAIN
AS IT AWAKES ON EARTH AND SENDS FORTH FROM ITS CENTER THE DIV-
INE SOURCE OF LIFE FOR ALL HUMANITY. THEY TOLD US THE SOUL
GROUP IS NOW DIVINELY CONNECTED TO EARTH AT THE POINT OF THE
~1AG I CENTER AND DRAWS TO GOD THE ABSOLUTE ALL DED I CATED SOULS I

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 93 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON SEVEN

THAT THE MAGI AND SOUL GROUP POWERS AND ENERGIES MAY SPREAD
THROUGHOUT ALL HUMANITY AND REDEEM IT IN THIS AGE. HE
EXPLAINED FURTHER THAT THROUGH THIS PROGRAM OF THE "OUTER.
COURT") A VALUE CHANGE CAN TAKE PLACE AS STUDENT JOINS STUDENT
IN AN INSEVERABLE CHAIN OF MENTAL STRENGTH ACROSS ALL THE
BOUNDARIES OF THE EARTH.

WE WERE TOLD THAT AS EACH ONE GAINS THE SANCTUM OF THE "INNER
COURT") HE IS ABLE TO GIVE AND PARTAKE OF ITS SECRET WORKS
THROUGH A DIVINE DEDICATION OF SELF) FOR THIS PURPOSE. THE
PERSON THEN BECOMES AN ORDAINED WORKER AND LEADER ACCORDING
TO THE EARTHLY ORDER OF THE MAGI. (ALTHOUGH LILY AND I DID
NOT GRASP THE FULL IMPORT OF THESE WORDS) WE ACCEPTED THEM)
AWARE THAT THEY PREDICTED FUTURE EVENTS) AND REPRESENTED IDEAS
AND FACTS PRESENTLY OUTSIDE OF OUR LIVES AND PERCEPTIONS.)
MUCH MORE WAS SAID BUT WAS FOR OUR EARS ONLY AND PERSONAL.

THE MEETING WAS ADJOURNED BY THE GENTLEMAN IN THE BUSINESS


SUIT. LITTLE GURU HURRIED OVER AND ADVISED WE WERE TO RETURN
TO THE POND AGAIN FOR OUR NEXT SESSION. HE STATED). "DURING
THIS NEXT WEEK YOU WILL FIND YOUR ENERGY AT A HIGH POINT.
USE IT WISELY."

WE PROMISED THAT WE WOULD. "OUR BLESSINGS ARE EVER WITH YOU")


GURU SAID) AS HE GAVE US THE HINDU SALUTE AND DEPARTED WITH
HIS FRIENDS. LILY AND I WANDERED TO A NEARBY TREE) AND SAT
BENEATH ITS BOUGHS TO WATCH THE SWANS AND REST AND WAIT FOR
OUR RETURN TRIP.

THE PROMISED HEALING FORCES SURROUNDED US AND THE MISTS AROSE.


LULLED AND RELAXED) WE GAVE IN TO THEIR SOOTHING CARESSES AND
DRIFTED BACK INTO MATTER.

THE GROUP IN THE LIVING ROOM WERE HAPPILY EXCITED AND SOME
REQUESTED TO HEAR THE TAPE AGAIN SO THEY COULD ASK US MORE
QUESTIONS ABOUT ALL WE HAD SEEN IN THE WONDROUS ASTRAL. WE
AGREED AND REVIEWED IT IN MEMORY.

ROSE
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 94 of 326
(
I

..

1
~ ..
I
t,

.'::

I BELIEVE THERE IS A GREAT COSMIC MAGNET THAT "


" .. '''~' .
.. "

MANIFESTS AS THE SPIRIT OF TRUTH J LOVE AND LIGHT. . ·:"·,~ . :·.'··1


THIS COSMIC MAGNET LIVES IN ME AS PART OF MY
DIVINE NATURE.

I RECOGNIZE THE PURE WHITE LIGHT IN MY SOUL.


THIS HOLY SPIRIT IN MY SOUL CONTINUALLY GUIDES
ME IN ALL I THINK AND SAY AND DO.

THROUGH MY MAGNETIC PERSONALITY J I POUR MY RESOURCES


TO THE WORLD. As I GIVE J so SHALL I RECEIVE J
LIVING HAPPILY J EXPRESSING CREATIVELY AND EXPERIENC-
" ING PERFECT WELL BEING.
AND So IT Is!
_._-; f-
..

'. .
,.,
j

.,

.. ·~'~f~".fS;:·;'.
-' ~. ',:~'Ff:'':5~~~~;>
-' .... ~ ..... _ . . . L.o~~ _ _~ _ _ ... _-t- ,~~-

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 95 of 326
(

f· ff,sson.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 96 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON EIGHT
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON EIGHT
"A NEW GOAL TO REACH"

WE WERE HAVING A WONDERFUL TIME AS WE SAT BY OURSELVES UNDER


THAT LOVELY OLD TREE ON THE MOSSY EDGE OF THE ASTRAL POND.
WE WERE EXPERIENCING A CONTENTMENT SUCH AS NEITHER OF US HAD
EVER KNOWN J AND WHICH WAS THEREFORE DIFFICULT TO DEFINE. WE
COMPARED NOTES AND IMPRESSIONS OF ALL THAT HAD HAPPENED TO US
UP TO THAT POINT J AND DECIDED THAT THE WORDS "COMPLETE FULFILL-
MENT" CAME THE CLOSEST TO EXPRESSING THIS WONDERFUL EMOTION -
THIS TOTAL SATISFACTION OF OUR INNER YEARNINGS. THESE WORDS
WOULD HAVE TO SUFFICE TO DESCRIBE THIS FEELING THAT EVERY
PERSON ON EARTH SEEKS J YET ARE UNABLE TO FIND IN TOTALITY
WHILE LIVING ON EARTH.

WE HAD MADE OUR TRIP INTO THE ASTRAL USING THE ROSE CERISE
COLOR. A LOVELY DEEP BLUE HAD GREETED US AND ITS HEALING
RAYS WERE SO STRONG THAT MANY AMONG THE GROUP CLAIMED ITS
POWERS AS DEFINITELY HELPING THEM.

WE HAD PERSONS IN ALL STAGES OF PSYCHIC UNFOLDMENT PRESENT


AND IT WAS INTERESTING TO NOTE THE MANY AND VARIED AREAS
POSSESSED BY EACH. SOME WERE PSYCHIC FOR COLOR J SOME FOR
SOUND. OTHERS FELT EVEN SLIGHT CHANGES OF VIBRATIONS AROUND
THEMSELVES. CLEAR PICTURES WERE RECEIVED FROM MY WORDS AND
ALL MAINTAINED THEY FELT THE WONDERFUL EMOTIONS OF LOVE AND
RELAXATION EVERY MEETING.

LILY AND I RECOGNIZED THE FAMILIAR PATHWAY AND HAND IN HAND


SET OUT TO FOLLOW IT BACK TO THE ASTRAL POND. WE TOUCHED AND
SMELLED FLOWERS AND EVEN TOOK A DRINK FROM THE BROOK. WE
WERE ONCE AGAIN LIKE SMALL CHILDREN J EXPLO~ING ALL AROUND
OURSELVES. WE HAD FORGOTTEN THE ACCELLERATED THRILLS ONCE
KNOWN. RESTING AT LAST BESIDE THE POND J WE SPOKE OF ALL THIS

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 97 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON EIGHT

AND WERE SO GRATEFUL TO GOD OUR FATHER FOR OUR MANY BLESSINGS.

A FLOCK OF BIRDS CIRCLED J AND THEN PERCHED ON THE TREES AND


SURROUNDING BUSHES. COMPLETELY UNAFRAID J SOME OF THEM HOPPED
DOWN TO INVESTIGATE US MORE THOROUGHLY. THE SWANS SUDDENLY
WHEELED AROUND AND SAILED DOWNSTREAM PAST THE GAZEBO; A MUSI-
CAL WHISTLE FLOATED THROUGH THE AIR. SOMEONE WAS COMING
TOWARD US.

AROUND THE EDGE OF THE GAZEBO CAME A YOUNG BOY AND THE MAN IN
THE BUSINESS SUIT J WHO HAD ADJOURNED THE PREVIOUS MEETING.
THE BIRDS CIRCLED AROUND THE YOUTHFUL WHISTLER J AS THE SWANS
KEPT APACE IN THE WATER. As THIS UNIQUE PROCESSION APPROACHED
AN INTUITION CAUSED LILY ANDMETO RISE IN THIS YOUNG BOY'S
PRESENCE. As WE DIDJ HE GREETED US WITH A PRONAM J A SALUTA-
TION WHICH IS BOTH A GREETING AND ADIEU. IT IS ACCOMPLISHED
BY PLACING THE HANDS TOGETHER AS IN PRAYER AND PLACING THEM
BEFORE THE HEARTJ AND THEN LIFTING THEM TO TOUCH THE FOREHEAD J
WHILE GIVING A SMALL BOW.

"GREETINGS DEAR SISTER FRIENDS FROM MY MASTER NEHRA. GREET-


INGS ALSO FROM HIS SERVANT HAOLE." (PRONOUNCED HAY OH LAY)

"GREETINGS"J WE ANSWERED J RETURNING THE PRONAM GREETING TO


BOTH MEN.

"PLEASE J LET US SIT"J SAID THE YOUNG MANJ EASILY ASSUMING A


FOLDED LOTUS POSITION (WHICH WE DID NOT ATTEMPT TO COpy - NOR
DID THE GENTLEMAN IN THE BUSINESS SUIT!)

HAOLE SMILED WARMLY AT US J AND WHEN WE WERE ALL SEATED RESUMED


SPEAKING. "THE GREAT MASTER NEHRA NOW AWAITS THE CONCLUSION
OF HIS.ASTRAL LIFE WITH US AND SELDOM EMERGES FROM THE STATE
OF DEEP MEDITATION.

"HE IS THE LILY'S MASTER J AND WHEN HE PASSES ON INTO THE


SUN AND FLAME REALMS J THIS PRIVILEGE WILL BE MINE." THIS VERY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 98 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON EIGHT

YOUNG PERSON WAS CLOSE TO MASTERSHIP - AND OUR SPIRITS HAD


BEEN INTUITIVELY AWARE OF HIS GREATNESS!

"AT THIS TIMEJ MY SISTERS"J HE CONTINUED J "THERE ARE ASPECTS


OF THE ASTRAL PLANES NEHRA WOULD HAVE YOU KNOW AND UNDERSTAND.
HE HAS SENT ME TO RELATE THESE INFORMATIONS TO YOU." THE
FORMALITY OF HIS SPEECH WAS QUAINT AND PLEASING J AND HIS EYES
SHONE THE ENTIRE TIME WITH LOVE ••• AND EVEN MORE AT THE MENTION
OF HIS MASTER.

"THIS ASTRAL WORLD LIES NOT FAR AWAY IN THE SKIES J BUT CLOSE AND
LOVINGLY AROUND YOUR PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC REALMS." As HE SPOKE
COLOR CURRENTS BLAZED AROUND US J AND FLOWER SCENTS SURROUNDED
US. WE SNIFFED IN DELIGHT.

"You SEE"J HE SAID J "ALL OUR ASTRAL LEVELS ARE MADE UP OF


LIGHT AND COLOR ENERGIES WHICH MINGLE WITH AND ENTER ALL LIFE
FORMS." INDICATING HIS PARTNER J HE SAID J "THIS IS ROBERT KEELERJ
WHO WAS A NEUROLOGIST WHEN EXPERIENCING IN MATTER. HE ACCOMPAN~
IES ME BECAUSE HIS MIND IDEAS WILL CORRESPOND MORE CLOSELY WITH
YOUR OWN THAN DO MINE."

SEEMING TO COME ALIVE AT HAOLE'S WORDS J DR. KEELER SPOKE FAST


AND ENERGETICALLY. "GREETINGS J GREETINGSJSO NICE TO SEE YOU
HERE. AREN'T THESE VIBRATIONS WONDERFUL AND REFRESHING?"
LILY AND I HEARTILY AGREED.

"WELLJ" HE SAID RUBBING HIS HANDS TOGETHER J RELISHING THE


CHANCE TO TALKJ "I MUST BEGIN! EVERY VIBRATION THAT MANIFESTS
ON OLD EARTH HAS ITS COUNTERPART RIGHT HERE ON THE ASTRAL.
YES J SIR J THESE ASTRAL WORLDS WERE GOD'S BLUEPRINT WHEN HE
CAME TO THE CREATION OF THE MATTER PLANETS." HIS BLUE EYES
TWINKLED AS HE WAITED FOR THIS TO SINK INTO OUR CONSCIOUSNESS.
WE TOOK IMMEDIATELY TO THIS HAPPY SOUL!

"SO!"J HE CONTINUED J "IT'S EARTH WHERE WE ALL LEARN HOW TO


CONTROL AND DEVELOP OUR MINDS. AND LET ME ASSURE YOU THAT

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 99 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON EIGHT

YOU WILL BE LEARNING MANY ASTRAL AND SPIRITUAL LAWS WHILE


DISCOVERING HOW TO HANDLE SELF AND MIND. THAT WAY YOU'LL
BE AHEAD OF THE GAME UPON YOUR ARRIVAL UP HERE." HE GAVE
A SIGNIFICANT WINK. "HUMANITY IN GENERAL CAN'T BELIEVE THIS.
POOR SOULS CAN'T SEE BEYOND THEIR NOSES."

"BECAUSE FACT IS UNKNOWN OR RAREJ IS THAT A REASON TO DENY


ITS EXISTENCE IN REALITY?" HAOLE INTERJECTED.

"IT SHOULDN'T BE"J CRIED DR. KEELER. "Too MANY STILL POSSESS
UNUSED AND DORMANT MIND PORTIONS. WHEN WILL POOR MANKIND AWAKE
AND CEASE TO BE SATISFIED WITH SEEING BUT A PORTION OF WHAT
LIES EVERYWHERE?" THROWING OUT HIS ARMS DRAMATICALLY J HE
EXCLAIMED J "BEHOLD! THIS IS WHAT DEATH IS - AND IT IS NOT
THE END. To BELIEVE DEATH IS THE END IS TO DENY YOUR INNATE
INTELLIGENCE." THE ELECTRICITY OF HIS WORDS VIBRATED THROUGH
US.

HAOLE'S GENTLEJ CALM VOICE JOINED IN. "OUR OWN INDIVIDUAL


MIND SPARKS OR POINTS ARE EACH A SMALL COMPLETE FACET WITHIN
GOD'S GREAT MIND. THE CHANGE AT DEATH FROM ONE ENVIRONMENTAL
FORM TO ANOTHER J DOES NOT EFFECT OR TOUCH THIS MIND POINT FOR
IT EVER DWELLS WITHIN ITS OWN FORM. EACH CHILD OF GOD OWNS
SEVEN VEHICLE FORMS. SOME OF THESE SEVEN CHANGE AND REFORM
AS WE TRAVEL THE CYCLES OF INCARNATIONS AND OTHERS ARE PERMAN-
ENT FORMS J CHANGING ONLY WITHIN THEMSELVES. MIND AND SPIRIT
ARE SUCH FORMS. You WILL LEARN MORE ABOUT THESE AS YOU GROW
IN MIND." HE NODDED TO DR. KEELERJ WHO EAGERLY CONTINUED.

"YOUR VISIT HERE SHOWS THAT YOUR AGING IS A MIRAGE. You CANNOT
AGE! THE ACTION OF AGING CAN ONLY TAKE PLACE IN YOUR PHYSICAL
BODY J WHICH FOLLOWS THE LAWS OF MATTER AND CHANGE. You ARE NOT
YOUR BODY OF FLESH AND BONES AND BLOOD!"

HAOLE GRACEFULLY INDICATED THE BIRDS J FLOWERS AND SWANS. "THEY


STILL LIVE"J HE SAIDJ~ND THEY ENJOY AND KNOW LOVE FOR US AND

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 100 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON EIGHT

FOR EACH OTHER. THE GREAT FATHER GOD PLANNED IT SO." A


LOVELY BLUE BIRD DESCENDED AND PERCHED ON HAOLE'S OUTSTRET-
CHED HAND. As THE YOUNG MAN STROKED THE BIRD'S PLUMMAGE}
THE OTHER BIRDS DREW NEAR. "WOULD OUR FATHER PLAN LESS FOR
US?"} HE ASKED. LILY AND I SHOOK OUR HEADS.

"THESE BIRDS AND ANIMALS AS WELL AS SEA LIFE ARE PRESENT HERE
ON OUR ASTRAL LEVEL BECAUSE EACH HAS KNOWN A CLOSE RECIPROCAL
LOVE ASSOCIATION WITH A HUMAN} WHEN BOTH RESIDED IN MATTER
RHYTHMS"} HAOLE SAID. (SO THAT WAS WHY THEY ALL SEEMED SO
TAME!)

THEN DR. KEELER CLEARED HIS THROAT TO RESUME SPEAKING~·,. "THIS


ASTRAL WORLD LIKE YOUR EARTH WORLD HAS MANY LEVELS OF eNVIRON-
MENT. ON EARTH AS YOU KNOW} THESE ARE ALL MIXED UP TOGETHER
AND SIDE BY SIDE. PEOPLE MUST LIVE RUBBING SHOULDERS. IT IS
NOT SO HERE. EACH ASTRAL ENVIRONMENT REMAINS SEPARATE WITHIN
ITS OWN BOUNDARIES AND THE PEOPLE DO THE MOVING FROM ONE LEVEL
TO ANOTHER. A MUCH MORE PLEASING PLAN} EH?"

"EVERY SOUL"} SAID HAOLE "GRAVITATES TO ITS OWN RIGHTFUL PLACE.


WE} TOO} HAVE LOW AND DARK AREAS WHERE SOULS ABIDE. ALL IS NOT
GOODNESS AND PURITY OVER HERE."

"UNFORTUNATELY} NO"} SAID DR. KEELER.

THE STATUE-LIKE HAOLE CONTINUED. "WE HAVE OUR UNDEVELOPED AND


DARK SECTIONS - OUR GREY NEGATIVE AREAS} AND ONES LIKE THIS WE
ARE NOW ENJOYING. CHRIST TOLD US OF THESE WHEN UPON THE EARTH
HE SAID} 'IN MY FATHER'S HOUSE ARE MANY MANSIONS.'" HAOLE
REACHED OUT AND CUPPED A PURPLE CLOVER BETWEEN HIS FINGERS.
"ALL THE LIFE FORMS OVER HERE FROM PLANT TO SOUL MAN RECEIVE
THEIR SUSTAINING ENERGIES FROM OUR ASTRAL SUN AND ITS RAYS}
JUST AS YOUR SUNLIGHT SUSTAINS ALL LIFE FORMS ON PLANET EARTH."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 101 of 326
~~Klt~ UNt rAGE b
LESSON EIGHT

"YESJ BUT COULD YOU BE MORE SPECIFIC?". I ASKED.

HAOLE SMILED WITH WILLINGNESS. "THIS LIFE ENERGY SPARK WE


EACH CALL 'SELF' CAN EXIST UNDER ALL MANNER OF CONDITIONS
AND WITHIN VARIED VEHICLES AS IT TRAVELS AROUND THE WHEEL
OF KARMIC INCARNATIONS. As MENTIONED BEFORE J IT IS ONLY THE
VEHICLES WHICH DIE OR ARE REBORN - ONLY THE VEHICLES WHICH
MUST REMAIN IN THEIR ENVIRONMENT. THE VEHICLES MUST OBEY THE
LAWS OF THEIR ENVIRONMENTS. THE SPARK YOU CALL "SELF" IS
OMNIPRESENT. PERHAPS J DR. KEELER CAN GIVE YOU A CLEARER IMAGE."

"ALL RIGHT"J SHRUGGED DR. KEELERJ PLUNGING RIGHT IN. "WHEN


WE ARE IN A PHYSICAL FORM J WE BREATHE OXYGEN GIVEN OFF BY
PLANTS J TREES AND VEGETATION. THE PLANTS TRAP THE SUN ATOMS
INTO THEMSELVES AS FOOD J AND THROUGH A PROCESS CALLED PHOTO-
SYNTHESIS TURN THIS INTO CHLOROPHYLL. MAN AND ANIMALS J INSECTS
AND BIRDS J ETC. EAT GRAINS AND VEGETATIONS TO GAIN PART OF THE
ENERGIES NEEDED. LIFE GAINS ITS OTHER NEEDS THROUGH THE AIR
BREATHED INTO THE LUNGS AND CARRIED BY THE BLOODSTREAM TO ALL
PARTS OF THE PHYSICAL FORM. THIS IS HOW THE PHYSICAL FORM
MAINTAINS ITS CONTINUING LIFE SUBSTANCE WHILE THE SELF-SPARK
IS IN RESIDENCE. THE MOMENT THE SELF-SPARK VACATES FOR GOOD J
THE LUNG FUNCTIONS CEASE J THE FOOD INTAKE CEASES AND CHEMICAL
DISINTEGRATION BEGINS."

"NOW J IN OUR ASTRAL WE INHALE COLOR AND WE CONSUME COLOR RAYS


TO MAINTAIN OUR VEHICLES. OUR ASTRAL SUN IS THE MIRROR REFLEC-
TION WHICH BECOMES YOUR MATERIAL SUN." DR. KEELER LOOKED OFF
AT THE LAVENDER MOUNTAINS AND MEADOWS J NOW DRENCHED WITH GOLDEN
LIGHT. "THIS LOVELY ASTRAL LAND WAS CREATED"J HE SAID J "BY Gon
EONS BEFORE MATTER CAME INTO BEING." THIS IS WHY EVERYONE WHO
COMES TO US - EITHER TO VISIT OR TO STAY - EXPERIENCE FEELINGS
OF LIGHTNESS AND EXHILARATING ENERGY. ASTRAL CAME FIRST IN
GOD'S CREATION - THAT IS WHY IT IS A MORE PERFECT COpy OF EARTH
AND SO FAMILIAR.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 102 of 326
SERIES. ONE PAGE 7
LESSON EIGHT

"THE GREAT NEHRA WOULD HAVE YOU REALIZE THAT THE FORCE BEHIND
CREATION IS ALWAYS MIND." WE SAID WE WOULD REMEMBER.

"BUT"J SAID HAOLE J SHAKING HIS HEADJ "You DO NOT UNDERSTAND."


HE BEGAN TO EXPLAIN PATIENTLY. "DOWN IN THE MATTER LEVELS
THE CREATIVE FORCE HAS BEEN SPLIT."

"SPLIT?"J WE ECHOED.

"OF COURSE J " SAID DR. KEELER. "LET ME TRY TO SHOW YOU WHAT
HOALE MEANS. ALL CREATIVE IDEAS COME FROM THE ASTRAL REALMS
OF MIND. BUT WHEN ON EARTH THE IDEA WILL NECESSARILY HAVE
TO COUNT ON A PHYSICAL ACTION TO BRING IT INTO FRUITION. THIS
PHYSICAL ACTION USES THE LOWER RACE MIND TO CALL UP MEMORIES
ON HOW TO PROCEED IN THE CREATION AND THEN USES THE PHYSICAL
BODY'S DEXTERITY. THEREFORE J THE POWER OF THE CREATIVE FORCE
BECOMES HALVED. THE IDEA COMES FROM ASTRAL MIND ENERGIES J
AND PHYSICAL CREATIVENESS STEMS FROM THE ACTION OF LABOR. IT
USES UP TIME AND IT USES UP YOUR PHYSICAL ENERGIES J AND THUS
HOLDS YOU IN A STATE OF BONDAGE."

WE WERE BEGINNING TO SEE WHAT WAS MEANTJ WHEN HAOLE SPOKE


AGAIN. "BECAUSE SOMETHING IS DIFFICULTJ IS THAT A VALID
REASON FOR NOT TRYING TO UNDERSTAND?" WE RETURNED AN EMPHATIC
"No". THEN HE SMILED AND SAID J "THE PLANET EARTH IS BUT A
DROP OF DEW WITHIN THE VAST OCEAN OF GOD'S UNIVERSE. AND GOD
THE CREATOR OF ALL - HOLDS THE KEYS TO LIFE'S MYSTERIES."

"YET DON'T FORGET"J SAID DR. KEELERJ TURNING TO HAOLE J "WE


SMALL ENTITIES CAN SEARCH OUT ALL SECRETS WHEN WE DEVELOP
ENOUGH DESIRE."

"You ARE RIGHT DEAR SIR"J OUR YOUNG GUIDE SAID. "You SPEAK
TRUTH." TURNING TO US HE RESUMED J "THE INHABITED PLANETS
NOW IN UNIVERSE ARE AS MULTIFARIOUS AS THE ATOMS IN THE SUN-
BEAMS J AND WE CHILDREN OF GOD AS NUMEROUS AS THE STARS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 103 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON EIGHT

AMONG US ARE MANY WHO HAVE REACHED A HIGH STATE. SOME ARE
LIKE THE PRESENT MAGI~ WHO RETURNS TO EARTH FOR REASONS MOSTLY
BEYOND ORDINARY UNDERSTANDING. THESE SERVANTS OF CHRIST ARE
NOW FULFILLING THEIR PURPOSE. THEY HAVE LEARNED THE POWER
TO TAKE UP LIFE IN MATTER AT WILL AND VOLUNTARILY LAY IT DOWN
WHEN REQUIRED."

HAOLE REMAINED QUIET~ AS THOUGH IN A DREAM; DR. KEELER CARRIED


ON. "FOR MOST OF US IT IS KARMA AND ITS LAWS WHICH PREDICATE
OUR DESTINIES~ AND WE BIND OURSELVES TO THE INCARNATING WHEEL
OF CYCLING. HOPEFULLY~ WE CAN COME TO SEE THAT WE CAN GOVERN
OUR MINDS~ DESIRES AND WISHES AND THUS KEEP OUR CYCLING IN AN
EVER UPWARD MOTION.

liTHE LAW OF KARMA IS AN EQUILIBRATING COSMIC LAW - A LAW OF


ACTION AND REACTION~ SOWING AND REAPING~ CAUSE AND EFFECT.
IT IS BY OUR OWN INDIVIDUAL THOUGHTS AND ACTIONS THAT OUR
DESTINIES ARE MOLDED. WHETHER WISE OR FOOLISH~ EACH PERSON
SETS IN MOTION A WAVE WHICH MUST RETURN TO ITS STARTING POINT."

SILENCE FELL UPON US AS THE TRUTH TOOK ROOT IN OUR MINDS.


THEN I SAID~ lilT PLACES THE RESPONSIBILITY SQUARELY UPON
OURSELVES. II

"YES"~ WAS HAOLE'S GENTLE REPLY. "EVERY PERSON MAKES HIS


OWN DESTINY.

"BuT~ COME"~ HE FINISHED. lilT IS TIME WE ESCORTED YOU TO


YOUR HOME PORTAL."

As THEY HELPED US TO OUR FEET~ WE LOOKED AROUND US WITH SAD-


NESS AT LEAVING ALL OF THIS BEAUTY AND FREEDOM. "YOU WILL
BOTH RETURN MANY TIMES~ ISN'T THAT SO~ YOUNG HAOLE") SAID
DR. KEELER AS HE PATTED LILY'S SHOULDER.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 104 of 326
stKIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON EIGHT

THE YOUNG BOY NODDED; "You WILL BOTH SERVE OUR LORD AND
OTHER PEOPLE. THERE LIES MUCH WORK BEFORE YOU."

CHEERED BY THIS} WE STARTED BACK ALONG THE PATH. A GROUND


FOG GATHERED AROUND OUR FEET} SLOWLY EDGING UP IN ROSE CERISE
COLORS. WE KNEW ITS MEANING.

A FEELING OF SWEET DROWSINESS AND RELAXATION OVERTOOK US}


AND THEN WE WERE FLOATING SIDE BY SIDE} AND ALONE BUT FOR
EACH OTHER} WE DRIFTED ACROSS THE BOUNDARIES ON A ROSY SEA
OF MIST.

WE SLOWLY WOKE TO THE EXCITED CHATTERING OF OUR GROUP OF


FRIENDS - SOMETHING ABOUT FULL TAPES AND "IS IT ALL REALLY
TRUE?"

WE STRETCHED CONTENTEDLY AND SMILED AT ONE ANOTHER. WE HAD


JUST RETURNED FROM A LAND OF SPIRITUAL LOVE - AND} YES} IT
WAS TRUE. AND WE HAD A NEW GOAL TO REACH.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 105 of 326
I AM THE MAKER OF MY LIFE AND THE CREATOR OF MY
DESTINY. THE THOUGHTS I FORM ARE SOWN IN THE
GARDEN OF LIFE. THEREFORE) I WILL THINK WISELY
AND CREATIVELY TO ILLUMINE MY MENTALITY AND TO
ENLIGHTEN AND FREE THE MINDS OF OTHERS.

( GOD IS THE SUPREME POWER. As I THINK) GOD GIVES


ME LIGHT. As I IMAGINE THE SPIRIT OF LIGHT GIVES
ME VISION AND I HARMONIZE WITH HIGHER WISDOM AS
THE HOLY SPIRIT INSPIRES ME.

As I PRAY AND BELIEVE) GOD REWARDS MY FAITH. As I


SEE TRUTH) THE SPIRIT OF LIFE BLESSES ME AND ENABLES
ME TO PROGRESS AND ACCOMPLISH. "

AND So IT Is! <~


i
"

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 106 of 326
(

Asson.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 107 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 108 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON NINE
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON NINE
"THE MINIATURE WALLED GARDEN"

A SUNDAY PEACEFULNESS LAY EVERYWHERE J AS THE MEMBERS WAITED


IN SILENCE FOR CONTACT WITH THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI. As
LILY FINISHED THE PRAYER J ONLY THE TICKING OF THE CLOCK COULD
BE HEARD. SOON THE EXPECTED SOFT ROSE HAZE STARTED TO FORM
GRACEFUL CONFIGURATIONS WITHIN THE ROOM J AND IT BECAME STRONGER
AND MORE FORCEFUL AS IT GATHERED ENERGIES FROM ALL OUR AURAS.
THE COLOR DEEPENED J AND WE BECAME AWARE OF THE SCENT OF TEA
ROSES. OUR PROBLEMS WERE BEING REPLACED BY A FEELING OF CON-
TENTMENTJ AS A LILAC HUE BEGAN TO PREDOMINATE THE ROOM OVER
THE ROSE COLOR. IT WAS ACCOMPANIED BY THE SMELL OF LILACS
WHICH BROUGHT TO MIND MEMORIES OF CHILDHOOD SPRINGTIMES.

WE WERE IMPRESSED TO CLOSE OUR EYES AS A NEW POWER ENTERED.


As SOON AS MY EYES WERE COMPLETELY SHUT J WORDS BEGAN TO PARADE
ACROSS MY FIELD OF VISION IN A NEON-DISPLAY. As THESE WORDS
WERE IN MY INNER SIGHT J I READ THEM ALOUD SO THAT THEY MIGHT
BE RECORDED ON TAPE. "COLOR BEING THE LANGUAGE OF THE SOUL
IS NOW J THROUGH ITS CALLIOPES REVEALING WHY CERTAIN VIBRATIONS
ARE GOVERNING THIS CONTACT. THE WARM CERISE IS CONNECTING
WITH THE SISTERLY LOVE VIBRATIONS MANIFEST BETWEEN ROSE AND
LILY AND THE OTHER PERSONS PRESENT. THE CERISE IS ALSO BEING
AUGMENTED FROM THE FORCES OF THE SOUL GROUP MASTERS. THE
ACTION OF CONNECTING THESE LOWER AND HIGHER ENERGY FORCES FORMS
A BOND BETWEEN THE EARTH PLANES AND PSYCHIC EMOTIONAL AND
INTELLECTUAL PLANES OF THE ASTRAL. IT MAGNETIZES A PATHWAY
FOR BOTH SIDES TO USE."

LILY MENTIONED THAT A BLUE RAY WAS BEAMING DOWN UPON HERJ AND
THE DAZZLING WHITE LETTERS BEFORE ME ANSWERED: "WHENEVER A
SOUL MEMBER OR MASTER BEAMS DOWN A BLUE RAY FROM THEMSELVES
AND INTO A CERISE TONE OF AN EARTH ENTITY'S AURA J THE ADDED

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 109 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON NINE

ASTRAL RAY WILL ALWAYS CHARGE THE COMBINED CURRENTS FOR A


HIGHER FREQUENCY IN BOTH PARTIES. THE NEW HIGHER FREQUENCY
NOW CAUSES AN ELEVATION OF CONSCIOUSNESS IN BOTH MIND-POINTS
AND AIDS THE EARTH PERSON FOR AN INNER SIGHT AWAKENING. IT
CAN ALSO CAUSE THE STUDENT'S INTUITIVE CENTERS TO STIR AND
AWAKEN FOR A CLEARER AND MORE UNDERSTANDABLE PARTICIPATION."

ONE OF OUR GROUP MEMBERS CRIED OUT IN SURPRISED PLEASURE J "OHJ


LOOK AT THOSE SILVER RAINDROPS AND THAT LIGHT BLUE - LIKE
MOONGLOW!"

"FEAR NOT. THE SILVER RAINDROPS SPARKLING IN THE MOON BEAMS'


GLOW OCCUR WHEN ASTRAL AND EARTH BEINGS CONNECT AND THE CHAIN
BECOMES CLOSED BETWEEN OUR WORLDS. IT SIGNIFIES THOSE WHOSE
PSYCHIC QUALITIES HAVE ABILITY MAY NOW STEP INTO HIGHER FRE-
QUENCIES. THOSE WHO REMAIN IN THE PHYSICAL OR ETHERIC J WILL
BE RECEIVING CERTAIN STRENGTHENINGS IN THEIR PSYCHES. THROUGH
USING THEIR SUBJECTIVE MEMORY IMAGES J THEY CAN PAINT MIND
PICTURES TO FIT THE WORDS ROSE READS BACK (OR SENDS BACK) AND
THIS ACTION WILL BE IMPORTANT TO THEIR MINDS AND PSYCHIC GROWTH."
HERE THE NEON WORDS ENDED AND HENRY APPEARED BEFORE US.

"GREETINGS AND BLESSINGS"J HE SAID AS HE MOVED OVER TO THE


MEMBER WHO HAD SEEN THE SILVER RAINDROPS. REACHING OUT HIS
RIGHT HAND HE TOUCHED HER FOREHEAD WITH HIS FINGERS J AND SHE
JUMPED J LETTING OUT A WEAK STIFLED SCREAM. "How DID HE GET
IN HERE?" As WE CALMED HERJ ALL REALIZED THAT HENRY'S ACTION
MUST HAVE OPENED HER INNER SIGHT TO HIS PRESENCE. EVIDENTLY
THE LILY AND I AND SOME OTHERS HAD SEEN HIM ENTER - SHE HAD
NOT. WE WERE TO LEARN THROUGH THIS AND MANY OTHER SIMILAR
EXPERIENCES THAT NOT EVERYONE WOULD BE ABLE TO PICK UP ASTRAL
IMAGES J EVEN THOUGH THEY COULD SENSE THE DIFFERENCE IN THE
EARTHLY ENVIRONMENT WHENEVERAN ASTRAL VISITOR WAS PRESENT.

"PSYCHIC SIGHT IS NOT A GIFT"J HENRY TOLD US. "IT IS A MIND


FACULTY WHICH TAKES A LONG PERIOD OF TIME TO DEVELOP J AND HOW

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 110 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON NINE

QUICKLY OR SLOWLY AN INDIVIDUAL DEVELOPS WILL DEPEND UPON


HOW MUCH ATTENTION HAS BEEN GIVEN TO THIS FACULTY IN PAST
LIVES."

IT WAS TIME FOR LILY AND ME TO GO THROUGH THE VEILJ AND AS


HENRY TOOK THE TWO OF US BY THE HANDJ THE OTHERS REMAINED
BEHIND TO RECORD EVENTS AND GUARD OUR PORTAL. WE GREW LANGUIDLY
WEIGHTLESS J AND HENRY CIRCLED OUR WAISTS WITH HIS ARMS. WE
TOUCHED DOWN INTO THE BEAUTY OF ENCHANTING COLORS J AND HE GAVE
US EACH A QUICK HUG BEFORE RELEASING US ON OUR OWN. THE ONLY
THING WE HEARD AS THE MISTS DISPERSED WAS A SOFT J SIGHING
BREEZE.

As THE MISTS CLEARED J WE SAW WE WERE IN A DIFFERENT PLACE.


WE WERE ON A WALKWAY OF POLISHED STONES J WHICH WERE MULTI-
COLORED AND FLAT AND HAD A FINISH LIKE MARBLE. THERE WERE
TENDED LAWNS AND SEVERAL HUGE TREESj ALONG THE PATHWAY WERE
FLOWERS OF ALL DESCRIPTIONS J BOTH WILD AND CULTIVATED. OUR
FRIENDJ THE SQUIRREL J OR ONE VERY MUCH LIKE HIM WAS SITTING
UPRIGHT AT THE BASE OF A LARGE TREEJ DAINTILY EATING SOME TID-
BIT. WE WEREJ ALAS J IGNORED BUT UPON SEEING HENRY J THE SQUIRREL
FLEW OVER TO HIM AND CLIMBED ABOARD HIS SHOULDER FOR A CLOSER
INSPECTION OF US. ApPARENTLY APPROVING OF WHAT HE SAW J THE
SQUIRREL TURNED HIS HEAD TOWARDS THE SOUND OF SOMEONE COMING
DOWN THE PATH.

A PRETTY YOUNG GIRL CAME INTO SIGHT. "Is MARSHA COMING?" ASKED
HENRY. "No"J SAID THE GIRLJ "THEY CALLED HER AWAY J AND I'M TO
TAKE HER PLACE."

"THEN I MUST BE GOING TOO"J SAID HENRY. HE WAS ANXIOUS J BUT


INTRODUCED THE GIRL TO US. "THIS IS ELEANOR OF THE CASTLE J
AND SHE WILL ESCORT YOU TO YOUR NEW MEETING PLACE."

WE WERE PUZZLED AT HIS HURRY TO BE GONE J FOR WE HAD NOT EXPEC-


TED ANY KIND OF TENSION OR ANXIETY OVER HERE. "OH"J SAID HENRY
IN HIS HASTE J "I ALMOST FORGOT. IN YOUR NEXT SESSION YOU ARE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 111 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON NINE

TO COME OVER TO US AGAIN BY YOURSELVES. Now YOU KNOW THE


PROCEDURE} YOU SHOULD HAVE NO TROUBLE. I MUST RUN - GOODBYE."
AND OFF HE WENT DOWN THE PATH AND OUT OF SIGHT. (WE NEVER
WERE TO FIND OUT THE REASON FOR HIS RUSHING AND SUDDEN DEPART-
URE.)

ELEANOR FLOATED EFFORTLESSLY DOWN THE PATH THAT HENRY HAD


TAKEN} AND WE FOLLOWED. HER CRISP BLUE SUMMER DRESS AND
BRIGHT BROWN HAIR MOVED LIGHTLY ABOUT HER. To OUR AMAZEMENT}
WE SAW THAT THE PATH WAS LEADING TO AN OLD BROWN CASTLE. IT
STOOD IN SUNDRENCHED GLORY} AND WITH ITS TURRETS AND BATTLE-
MENTS IT WAS A FAIRY TALE COME TRUE. WE WERE TO LEARN ON
FUTURE VISITS THAT THIS CASTLE HAD HOUSED US MANY TIMES IN
OUR CYCLING TRAVELS AROUND THE WHEEL OF REPEATED INCARNATIONS.

WE WERE DISAPPOINTED THAT ELEANOR TURNED ASIDE JUST BEFORE WE


REACHED THE CASTLE'S ANCIENT DOOR. INSTEAD. WE TURNED INTO A
PERFECT MINIATURE WALLED GARDEN. SHE INDICATED THAT WE SIT
DOWN IN THE WHITE IRON CHAIRS WHICH SURROUNDED A SMALL POOL OF
WATER LILIES. EVERYWHERE WERE ROSES OF ALL SHADES. "I HAVE
LOOKED FORWARD TO THIS FIRST MEETING WITH YOU BOTH"} SAID
ELEANOR. "MARSHA HAD INTENDED TO POINT OUT SOME FACTS TO YOU
THAT BOTH THE SOUL GROUP AND THE EARTH MAGI FELT NEED SPECIAL
ATTENTION."

THE HAPPY FRIENDLINESS SHE EXUDED ADDED TO OUR OUR FEELINGS


OF HAPPINESS. SHE CONTINUED} "IT IS SO IMPORTANT RIGHT NOW
IN COSMIC TIME FOR PEOPLE INCARNATING ON EARTH TO BECOME
FAMILIAR WITH MORE THAN JUST THE ONE CONSCIOUS MIND POINT.
TRUE} WHEN ONE IS AWAKE AND ALERT IN MATTER} IT APPEARS THAT
STATE IS SUFFICIENT FOR ALL NEEDED WHILE THERE. PERHAPS IT
WAS UNTIL CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS REACHED A CERTAIN GOAL IN THEIR
EVOLUTIONS. BUT HAVING REACHED THAT GOAL} AND NOW BEING AWARE
OF A NEED TO EXPLORE DEEPER WISDOMS} NEW FACTS MUST BE PRESENTED."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 112 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON NINE

ELEANOR GAVE A LITTLE LAUGH AS SHE ASKED~ "DID YOU KNOW THAT
YOUR NIGHTLY DREAM SUBCONSCIOUS STATE WAS VERY CLOSE TO WHAT
YOU ARE KNOWING NOW?"

LILY NODDED. "HENRY MENTIONED SOMETHING LIKE THAT"~ SHE SAID.

"DID HE ALSO TELL YOU THAT EVERYONE NIGHTLY TAKES TRIPS INTO
THE ETHERIC AND ASTRAL WHILE IN THE SLEEP STATE~ AND THAT
THIS IS A NATURAL PROCEDURE IN MATTER LIVING?"~ ELEANOR ASKED.
WE NODDED THAT HE HAD. "THEN WE CAN LEAVE THAT FOR NOW"~ SHE
SAID.

ASMALL BRIGADE OF JEWELED HUMMINGBIRDS INTERRUPTED US. THEY


SCATTERED AMONG THE BLOSSOMS~ AND THE SOFT MOVEMENT OF THE
ASTRAL CURRENTS BROUGHT WITH THEM THE SMELL OF ROSES. I GOT
A DISTINCT SENSATION OF DEJA VU. THE SPELL WAS BROKEN AS
ELEANOR ASKED~ "WHAT DO YOU KNOW ABOUT THE AREA NAMED RACE
MIND?"

"NOT MUCH~ REALLY"~ I ANSWERED~ "EXCEPT THAT IT IS SUPPOSED


TO HOLD EVERY THOUGHT EVER ENTERTAINED BY MANKIND~ I BELIEVE."

SHE NODDED. "RACE MIND IS MADE UP OF THOUGHTS AND IDEAS ACCEPTED


IN HUMAN BRAIN POWERS AND ITS CONTENTS ARE A MIXED CONGLOMERA-
TION." SHE STOPPED SPEAKING LONG ENOUGH TO STROKE A MAJESTIC
ORANGE CAT~ WHO WITH GREAT DIGNITY IGNORED LILY AND ME~ AND
SETTLED DOWN AT ELEANOR'S FEET TO NAP. "RACE MIND IS ALSO
MADE UP OF ALL THE GREAT THOUGHTS AND HIGHEST REALIZATIONS
ATTAINED BY HUMANS~ AND THUS CONTAINS VALUES UNTOLD. A REAL
SEEKER OF HIGHER ATTAINMENTS WILL NOT IGNORE THE CONTENTS FROM
THIS LOWER AREA OF MIND." THIS MADE US VERY CURIOUS~ FOR OVER
THE AGES MANY TRUTH SEEKERS HAD ADVOCATED WITHDRAWAL FROM THE
WORLD AND ITS WAYS.

"BUT ELEANOR~" ASKED LILY~ "ISN'T THERE MUCH WHICH MISLEADS~


AND COULD BE DETRIMENTAL IN RACE MIND?"

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 113 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON NINE

"THERE CERTAINLY IS J LILY J BUT THAT IS JUST THE POINT. WE


MUST LEARN HOW TO SEPARATE THE WHEAT FROM THE CHAFF BEFORE
WE CAN EAT OF THE SPIRITUAL BREAD."

"ARE YOU SAYING THEN THAT THE USELESS CHAFF IN RACE MIND AND
OUR OWN MIND POINTS IS WHAT IS HOLDING HUMANITY BACK?: I ASKED.

"EXACTLY!" ELEANOR AFFIRMED~ TUCKING HER HAIR BACK BEHIND HER


EARS. "MOST PEOPLE INCARNATING ON EARTH ARE INNOCENTLY HOLD-
ING ONTO MANY CONFLICTING IDEAS J AND THEREFORE THEY OPERATE
ALMOST CONTINUALLY WITHIN A STATE OF CONFUSION. ONCE IT IS
REALIZED THAT THE COSMIC LAWS AND THE EXTERNAL MATTER LAWS ARE
UNALTERABLE J EACH PERSON WILL SOONER OR LATER GET TIRED OF
FAILURE OR DEFEAT AND REALIZE THAT THEY MUST LEARN HOW TO USE
THESE LAWS FOR SUCCESS.

"OBEDIANCE TO ANY LAW GUARANTEES SUCCESS. THE LAW OF MIND IS


AN EXACT LAW J YET HAS WITHIN IT GREAT FLEXIBILITY. THE LAW
OF MIND REACTS AUTOMATICALLY TO CAUSE AND CONTINUES TO DO SO
WITH MONOTONOUS REGULARITY. SINCE IT REACTS INDEPENDENTLY OF
ITS HOST J SOMETHING CAN BE DONE TO STOP ITS NEGATIVE REACTIONS.
THE HOST CAN LEARN HOW TO CONTROL MIND BY USING THE MIND'S
AUTOMATIC ENERGIES AND DIRECTING THEM INTO CONSTRUCTIVE CHANNELS.
IT CAN BE DONE - AND IS NOW BEING DONE IN THE SCHEME OF THINGS.
ALL THOSE READY WHILE ON EARTHJ AND DESIROUS J CAN PROFIT.
THE THING THAT HOLDS MOST PEOPLE BACK IS A PRESENT LACK OF
DESIRE FOR EXPLORING AND LEARNING HOW TO IMPROVE THEMSELVES.
THEY SEE NO REASON TO EXPEND TIME AND ENERGY ON SELF-IMPROVEMENT."

"As EVERYONE WILL EVENTUALLY ARRIVE AT SOME DEGREE OF RECOGNI-


TION OF THESE TRUTHS J ALL WILL HAVE A DEGREE OF EXPANSION.
BUTJ THE LONGER THEY WAIT TO LEARNJ THE LESS WILL BE THEIR
PERSONAL INTELLIGENCE QUOTIENT. DR. KEELER IS GOING TO GIVE
YOU MORE INFORMATION ON INTELLIGENCE DIRECTLY." WE HEARD A
DOG BARKING SOMEWHERE NEARBY.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 114 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSOi~ NINE

"You CANNOT ACCOMPLISH WHEN YOU DO NOt UNDERSTAND. CAN YOU


SEE MY MEANING?" WE ASSURED HER THAT WE DID. "MANY SEEKERS,"
SHE CONTINUED, "ARE DESPERATELY MEDITATING AND FAITHFULLY
FOLLOWING SPECIFIC ROUTINES FOR PSYCHIC AND SPIRITUAL UNFOLD-
MENTS. MANY ARE ALSO FRUSTRATED AND WONDERING WHY NO RESULTS
SEEM TO BE APPEARING." WE TOLD HER THAT SHE WAS
.
ABSOLUTELY
.

RIGHT, AND THAT THIS HAD BEEN OUR OWN PERSONAL PERPLEXITY.

"You SEE", SHE SAID, "YOUR OVERALL MEMORY BANKS ARE YOU. You
CANNOT TAP ANY IDEA YOU HAVE NEVER BEFORE ENTERTAINED. AN
IDEA MUST EITHER HAVE A BASIC FORM IN YOUR CONSCIOUS-MEMORY,
OR AN OLDER SOUL IMAGE MEMORY IN YOUR MIND BANK BEFORE YOU
CAN TAP FURTHER FROM OUT OF THE GOD MIND. NEW IMAGES AND
IDEAS ARE GATHERED BY ALL OF US WHILE WE SOJOURN IN MATTER.
IN EACH DIP INTO MATTER, NEW LEARNINGS ARE STORED IN THE
ETHERIC SUBJECTIVE MIND AREAS, AND UPON TRANSITION, ARE WORKED
INTO THE SOUL FILES FOR PERMANENT KEEPING."

"SO", SAID LILY, "WE HAD BETTER GET BUSY!"

THE SOUND OF CHURCH BELLS CAME INTO THE GARDEN AS .DR. ..KEELER
ENTERED AND GREETED ALL OF US. ELEANOR CONTINUE~~ ~THE PERSON
WHO IS OPEN MINDED AND WILLING TO INVESTIGATE WILL
.
BE ON THE .

CORRECT COURSE. You SEE, EVEN WHEN AN INVESTIGATION INTO A


NEW SUBJECT IS ONLY A BASIC ONE, IT WILL OPEN A NEW
.. AREA . FOR
. . ~ .

A MEMORY BEGINNING. CURIOSITY IS THE KEY FOR UNLOCKING RACE


MIND AND THE AKASHIC RECORDS."

"RIGHT!" SAID DR. KEELER. "No PERSON ELECTS TO REMAIN IGNOR-


ANT AND UNKNOWING. IT IS USUALLY A CASE OF NOT. - REALIZING
. .
ANY
.... .

NEED FOR EXPANSION - IT WAS NEVER BROUGHT TO THEIR ATTENTION!"


. . . . ..

"EVERYONE AT THIS POINT IN MANKIND'S EVOLUTION NEEDS ..


TO ATTAIN
- . . ' ,_.

SOME INSIGHT INTO THEIR INNER MIND CONTENTS -


OF SOUL . AND ...
ITS
. .. ~.

MEMORY
. .. . ..
POCKETS.
... ..... .....
EACH ALSO NEEDS TO
. .SEE THAT IT IS
. ..
HI ~.
S "Ql'.lli.
. .- .. . . . -. .

LEARNING EFFORTS THAT GIVE HIM VALUE. MANKIND DO~S.NOT AUTq-


MATICALLY INHERIT GOOD MIND INTELLIGENCE. HE BUILDS IT FROM
HIS OWN EFFORTS OF LEARNING. EVERYONE WILL BE EXACTLY WHAT HE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 115 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON NINE

HAS BUILT HIMSELF TO BE MENTALLY. SOl YOU SEE THE CHANGING


OF SELF WILL ALSO BE AN ACTION FOR CHANGING ONE'S CIRCUMSTANCES.

"PSYCHIC BREAK-THROUGH OCCURS IN MIND. IT IS NOT A MAGIC


GIFT ANYMORE THAN IS INTELLIGENCE. IT IS NOT SOMETHING THAT
SOME PEOPLE HAVE WHILE OTHERS DO NOT. PSYCHIC SENSES ARE
PRESENT IN EVERYONE I AND THEY CAN BE ACTIVE WHEN CERTAIN
MIND FACTORS HAVE BEEN ACCOMPLISHED AND BROUGHT INTO HARMONY.
PSYCHIC SIGHT IS A NORMAL STATE OF MIND."

"THEN WHY"I I ASKED I "DO MANY IN THE MEDICAL FIELD CONSIDER


IT AN ABNORMAL MIND FUNCTION?"

"INABILITY TO SEE BEYOND THEIR TAUGHT PREJUDICES"I SAID DR.


KEELER.

" ••• OR FEAR OF OTHER PEOPLES' OPINION"I CONCLUDED ELEANOR.

"As YOU LEARN DURING OUR LESSONS AND GOVERN YOUR PERSONAL
THOUGHTS AND ACTS I A CHANGE SHOULD EXPAND YOUR HORIZONS.
YOUR VIEWPOINTS WILL BE OPENED I FOR THE LAW IS: WHATEVER
YOU GIVE YOUR ATTENTION TO I YOU MAGNETIZE TO YOU! THEREFORE I
IF ATTENTION IS UPON YOUR LACKS I YOU ATTRACT MORE OF THE SAME.
ANDI AT THE SAME TIMEI IF YOU GIVE YOUR ATTENTION TO OUR
LESSONS AND PRACTICE THE IDEAS PRESENTED I YOU CANNOT HELP BUT
CHANGE 'YOUR LIFE." ELEANOR PAUSED TO LET THIS SINK INTO OUR
CONSCIOUSNESS. WE WERE LATER TO TEST THIS LAW AND FIND IT
TO BE ABSOLUTELY TRUE.

As SHE AROSE I ELEANOR CONCLUDED I "GOD PROMISED HIS CHILDREN


THAT IF THEY WOULD OBEY HIS LAWS I AND THAT MEANS BOTH COSMIC
AND MATTER LAWS (i~OT MAN'S LAWS)I AND GIVE EFFORT TO BE RESPON-
SIBLE FOR THEMSELVES I HE WOULD ACQUAINT THEM WITH WONDERS
UNDREAMED OF." SHE SMILED AT US. "I AM LEAVING NOW I AS DR.
KEELER WISHES TO TALK WITH YOU." AND THEN SHE TURNED DOWN
THE PATHWAY I AND WAS QUICKLY OUT OF SIGHT.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 116 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON NINE

"you ARE YOUR MIND AND SPIRIT"

DR. KEELER MOVED INTO THE CHAIR THAT ELEANOR HAD VACATED~
AND THE ORANGE CAT JUMPED UP INTO HIS LAP. "You CAN SEE
WHO'S BOSS OVER HERE"~ HE SAID AS HE LAUGHED INDULGENTLY.
"WELL~ HOW ARE YOU SINCE OUR LAST VISIT?"

WE ASSURED HIM THAT WE WERE FINE AND EXCITED ABOUT EVERYTHING


THAT WAS GOING ON. HE SEEMED PLEASED~ BUT AT THE SOUND OF A
GONG FROM WITHIN THE CASTLE'S WALLS~ HE BECAME ALERT AND BRISK.

"TIME IS PASSING"~ HE TOLD US~ "SO WE MUST GET INTO THINGS."


ADJUSTING THE SLEEPING CAT~ HE BEGAN SERIOUSLY. "You MAKE
AND CREATE YOUR OWN INTELLIGENCE QUOTIENT. You ARE NOT GIVEN
AN IQ AS A PRIVILEGED BONUS~ OR THROUGH A MATTER OF BIRTH~ OR
AS SOMETHING GAINED BY HERIDITY. IT IS TRUE THAT A GREAT MANY
SOULS WHO HAVE HIGH QUALITY INTELLIGENCES WILL ALSO CHOOSE FOR
PARENTS PERSONS OF LIKE MENTAL CAPACITIES~ BUT INTELLIGENCE
ITSELF IS NOT AN INHERITED GIFT. A GOOD BRAIN STRUCTURE CAN
BE GIVEN TO YOU THROUGH YOUR PARENTS' GENES - BUT INTELLIGENCE
IS SOMETHING THAT YOU DO FOR YOURSELF."

UPON HEARING THIS~ WE FELT THAT WE WERE UPON THE BRINK OF


SOME NEW UNDERSTANDING. "You CAN BY PRACTICE~" CONTINUED
DR. KEELER~ "LEARN HOW TO OPEN NEW CHANNELS OF YOUR MIND
WHICH ARE NOW LYING FALLOW. TOGETHER WITH US AND OUR TEACHINGS~
YOU CAN LEARN TO UNLOCK MANY OF THE SEALED DOORS OF YOUR MIND.
THIS IS NO IDLE PROMISE. IT CAN COME TRUE AND HAS COME TRUE
FOR CERTAIN INDIVIDUALS DOWN THE AGES. BUT - IT NEVER COMES
TRUE UNLESS YOU HAVE A DESIRE TO DO YOUR PART AND STICK TO
IT.

"You HAVE BEEN GIVEN SOME CLUES OF HOW TO GOVERN MIND. IF


YOU HAD OCCASION TO FOLLOW THEM~ A PICTURE SHOULD BE UNFOLDING
TO HELP YOU TO A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF YOURSELF AND YOUR
HABITUAL MANNER OF THINKING. IF YOU HAD SEEN MORE NEGATIONS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 117 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON NINE

IN YOUR THINKING THAN YOU BELIEVED COULD HAVE BEEN THEREJ


NO DOUBT YOU ARE DOING SOMETHING CONSTRUCTIVE FOR YOURSELF.

"THE SUCCESS AND EN,IOYMENT OF ANY LIFE YOU WILL EXPERIENCE


ON ANY OF THE SEVEN PLANES WHERE YOU WILL ABIDE WILL DEPEND
ON JUST HOW WELL yDt:iR PART'ICULA'R' MIND CAN FUNCTION. NOW J
NOTE THIS: MIND HAS A VEHICLE FORM OF ITS OWN AND THIS MIND
FORM MOVES AND ACCOMPANIES YOU TO EVERY PLANE YOU VISIT AND
CONNECTS INTO THAT PLANE VEHICLE AS YOU OCCUpy IT."

LILY AND I WERE GIVING DR. KEELER OUR STRICTEST ATTENTION FOR
AS HE SPOKE A NEW CLEAR PICTURE WAS FORMING IN OUR INDIVIDUAL
MEMORY FILES. "YES"J HE SAID J "EVERY GOD CHILD HAS SEVEN
BODY FORMS J EACH ONE DUAL J WHICH CAN BE USED TO TRAVEL AROUND
THE WHEEL OF KARMIC INCARNATIONS. THESE FORMS CHANGE AND GROW
AS EACH PERSON SPIRALS EVER UPWARD ACCORDING TO PERSONAL
PROGRESS.

"MIND FORM REMAINS IN ITS ORIGINAL FORM. ITS ORIGINAL OUTLINE


IS A FACET OF THE GOD MIND AND WILL NOT CHANGE AND RENEW TO A
DIFFERENT FORM EACH TIME AROUND THE WHEEL. BUT IT CAN - AND
SHOULD - GROW AND EXPAND FROM A SELF EFFORT TO OBEY COSMIC
LAW. MINDJ LIKE THE OTHER MORE TEMPORARY FORMS IS DIVIDED
AND IS DUAL."

"CAN YOU MAKE THIS MORE CLEAR BY COMPARING MIND AND ITS COURSE
WITH THE VARIOUS BODY FORMS WE USE AND THEIR DIFFERENT COURSES?"
I ASKED.

nYESJ LET'S TAKE YOUR TEMPORARY VEHICLES FIRST. THE LOWER


PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC FORMS LAST ONLY FOR SHORT PERIODS J AND
THEN RETURN TO THEIR ORIGINAL PARTICLES WHEN MIND DETACHES
AND HOUSES ONLY WITHIN THE SOUL ASTRAL FORM. SOUL ASTRAL FORM J
WHILE IT EXISTS IN TIMEJ THAT TIME WILL BE COSMIC J AND NOT THE
TIME YOU KNOW IN MATTER. THEREFORE J SOUL-AsTRAL WILL HAVE A
LIFE SPAN WHICH CAN SEEM TO SMALL EARTH MANJ ONE OF ETERNAL

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 118 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 11
LESSON NINE

PROPORTIONS IN TIME COUNTS. SEEN FROM ITS ASTRAL FREQUENCIES


OF COSMIC TIMEJ SOUL IS ALSO OF A TEMPORARY SPAN AND WILL
EVENTUALLY RUN ITS COURSE AND YOU AS MIND AND SPIRIT WILL MOVE
INTO A FORM MADE UP ONLY OF THE PURE SPIRITUA~ FRE6uEN6IES."

"ISN'T SPIRIT THE HIGHEST OF ALL LIFE LEVELS?"J LILY ASKED.

"No" SAID DR. KEELER AS HE SHOOK HIS HEAD EMPHATICALLY. "No.


MIND IS THE HIGHEST - FOR IT IS GOD HIMSELF. SPIRIT IS GOD'S
ESSENCE J BUT MIND IS GOD - AND YOUR MIND FACET IS YOU."

HIS PERSONALITY SOFTENED SOMEWHAT. "Do NOT FEAR"J HE SAID.


"WE REALIZE YOUR PRESENT LIMITED EARTH CONSCIOUSNESS CANNOT
KNOW BEYOND ITS PRESENT DEVELOPED SCOPE J BUT YOU HAVE THE
ABILITY TO EXPAND THAT SCOPE J AND WILL DO SO AS ALL OTHERS
WILL DO SO THE MOMENT THEY UNDERSTAND THE NEED TO DO SO.
SOULWISE J THERE IS MUCH MORE TO YOU THAN IS APPARENT TO YOUR
PHYSICAL SENSES." As WE LOOKED AROUND J WE HAD TO AGREE THAT
OUR ASTRAL SENSES DID REGISTER THINGS MUCH MORE SHARPLY AND
CLEARLY THAN OUR EARTH SENSES MANAGED.

READING OUR THOUGHTS J DR. KEELER ADDEDJ "THERE IS MUCH MORE


THAN JUST ASTRAL SENSES OBSERVING NOW. THE HIGHER HALF OF
YOUR SOUL - ASTRAL FORM CONNECTS WITH YOUR MIND IN THE HIGH
. REACHES OF THE INTELLECTUAL AREAS OF OUR PLANES. YOUR MIND
IS AT HOME AND IN HARMONY OVER HEREJ FOR ITS LOWER HALF DWELLS
IN SPIRIT. WHILE ON EARTHJ THE BRAIN MUST RELAY TO THE ETHERIC
WHICH THEN SENDS INTO THE ASTRAL J THE INFORMATION GATHERED.
SOME OF THE BRAIN'S INFORMATION IS STORED IN THE SUBJECTIVE
AREA OF ETHERIC MIND AND IT NEVER REACHES THE ASTRAL FILES
UNTIL AFTER THE ENTITY LEAVES THE PHYSICAL HALF OF HIS BODY
FORM AFTER DEATH. You ARE MIND AND SPIRIT. So HERE IN YOUR
ASTRAL-SOUL FORM J THERE WILL BE NO CONNECTIONS TO GO THROUGH J
FOR MIND ENTERS DIRECTLY INTO THE ASTRAL EQUIVALENT OF THE
SOUL-MIND AREA.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 119 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 12
LESSON NINE

HE SHIFTED POSITIONS~ AND HELD HIS ARMS OUT. "FORGET THIS


NOW"~ HE SAID. "EVERYTHING WILL CLEAR UP AS WE GO ALONG.
JUST ALLOW YOUR MINDS TO REMAIN OPEN - AND WAIT."

"BUT WE WANT TO EXPAND AND UNDERSTAND"~ I SAID~ "BUT THERE


JUST SEEMS TO BE SO MUCH THAT WE HAVEN'T UNDERSTOOD."

"How COULD YOU UNDERSTAND WHEN NO ONE HAS EXPLAINED MANY OF


THESE HIDDEN TRUTHS BURIED IN THE REMOTE TEMPLES ON EARTH?"
SAID DR. KEELER COMPASSIONATELY. "ONLY A FEW EARTH MEN CARED
TO KNOW AND DARED TO EXPLORE. THEY JEALOUSLY HELD THIS POWER
SECRET. You SEE POWER DOES NOT LIE IN TEACHING OTHER HUMANS
THE ART OF BEING MASTER OVER THEMSELVES. BUT GOD WANTS EACH
PERSON FREE AND SELF SUSTAINING TODAY. THAT IS WHY THIS PRO-
GRAM AND OTHERS OVER THE EARTH ARE NOW COMING FORTH. IT IS
WHY SOME OF HIS CHILDREN ARE READY AND WAITING FOR IT~ AND
WILL PROFIT BY THESE WISDOMS.

"CHANGE STARTS IN MIND. THEREFORE~ THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI


ELECTED TO COMMENCE OUR COMMUNICATIONS IN EXPLORING MIND. THE
MASTERS COULD HAVE STARTED ANYWHERE ON ANY SUBJECT~ BUT BECAUSE
AN INDIVIDUAL WILL ONLY BE ABLE TO REGISTER AT THE PRESENT
CAPACITY OF HIS OWN MIND~ IT WAS DECIDED TO START AT THE POINT
OF CAUSE , AND THUS EXPAND MIND AS IT IS LEARNING HOW TO EXPEDITE
ITS CAPACITIES.

"Now~PAY ATTENTION! MIND BEING THE TOOL YOU WILL USE TO


BUILD YOUR FUTURE STATES~ IT BEHOOVES ALL TO ACQUIRE A SKILL
IN ITS USE. KNOWLEDGE OF HOW TO HANDLE ANY TOOL IS ESSENTIAL -
AS IS KEEPING IT CLEAN AND RUST-PROOF. IT MAKES THE DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN A SLOW DULL PERFORMANCE AND A SHARP CLEAN ACTION."

DR. KEELER AROSE: "WE HAVE FOLLOWED OUR PLAN AND BROUGHT YOU
FORWARD INTO OUR PRESENCE. Now YOU ARE READY TO EXPLORE DEEPER
INTO NEW AREAS. You ARE READY TO MEET THE GREAT WHITEBEARDS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 120 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 13
LESSON NINE

AND HEAR FROM THEIR LIPS THE SACRED HIDDEN WISDOMS AND KNOW-
LEDGES OF MIND) WHICH CAN ACCELERATE YOUR EVOLUTION. You
WILL MEET SOULS FROM OTHER REGIONS OF UNIVERSE AND SPACE.
LEARN HOW THE STARRY CONSTELLATIONS PLAY THEIR PARTS IN GOD'S
PLAN AND SERVE ALL HIS CHILDREN.

You HAVE FINISHED YOUR NINTH CONTACT WITH US) AND HAVE PLACED
YOUR FOOT ON ITS FIRST STEP INTO A NEW FUTURE.

WE CONGRATULATE YOU AND LOOK FORWARD TO YOUR UNFOLDMENT."

WE AROSE AND HE CLASPED US AROUND THE WAIST WITH HIS ARMS AS


WE WALKED OUT OF THE GARDEN AND BACK THE WAY WE HAD COME. THE
PRESSURE OF HIS ARMS DIMINISHED AND WE FLOATED FREE. SO COM-
FORTABLE) SO CONTENTED) UNTIL AT LAST OUR EYES OPENED AND WE
WERE BACK WITH OUR EARTH FRIENDS AGAIN.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 121 of 326
.'\, "' .. :--

}
.i
I AM MIND AND SPIRIT. I AM AWARE OF MY NEED .~ .:

TO SEEK AND EXPLORE DEEPER WISDOMS. I GREET


ALL NEW IDEAS OPENLY AND WITHOUT PREJUDICE.
I EVALUATE THE IDEAS THAT ARE OUTLETS OF THE
DIVINE MIND. I PROVE THE IDEAS FOR MYSELF AND
HOLD FAST TO ALL WHICH IS GOOD.

As I SPEAK THE WORD OF TRUTH ABOUT MYSELF) I


KNOW THAT IT IS THE WORD OF THE GOD WITHIN
ME. ~Y WORD SHALL PROSPER AND ACCOMPLISH
GREAT GOOD FOR MYSELF AND ALL THOSE WHO CALL
UPON MY NAME.
AND So IT Is!

,:' .
...=..
.. ' .---

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 122 of 326
(

TEN.

J...t9 £essoru.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 123 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 124 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON TEN
"WHITEBEARDS"

THE LAW OF 'GIVING' IN ORDER TO RECEIVE A RIGHTFUL ABUNDANCE


WAS REALLY WORKING FOR LILY AND ME. OUR ASTRAL FRIENDS
SUGGESTED WE INCLUDE ITS LAW IN THE MEETINGS. MANY WERE YET
UNAWARE A DEFINITE LAW IS CONNECTED TO ALL PROSPERITY' RECEIVED.
GURU AND MASTER OMAR HAD POINTED OUT ITS ANCIENT PRACTICE AND
GIVEN US CERTAIN ACTIONS FOR ITS UNFOLDMENT.

AN OUTLINE WAS DRAWN UP WHEREBY ALL WERE TO TAKE A CASH OFFER-


ING IN THE RIGHT HAND AND PLEDGE IT TO CHRIST} WHILE REPEATING
LUKE 6:38. -PLACING THE RIGHT HAND OVER THE HEART WE RECITED:

"GIVE AND IT SHALL BE GIVEN UNTO YOU} GOOD MEASURE} PRESSED


DOWN AND SHAKEN TOGETHER AND RUNNING OVER SHALL MEN GIVE INTO
YOUR BOSOM. FOR WITH THE SAME MEASURE THAT YOU METE WITHAL
IT SHALL BE MEASURED TO YOU AGAIN."

THESE WORDS JESUS PROMISED TO ALL OF US. AND THIS ACTION IS


A SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENT. WHEN GIVING IS A FREELY APPLIED
ACTION AND ALSO PERSONALLY AGREEABLE} IT WILL REAP MUCH FOR
THE GIVER. IF DONE IN RELUCTANCE} ITS LAW REMAINS VOID.

AFTER THE OPENING PRAYER} OUR GROUP MEMBERS DISCUSSED ITS


USE AND THE MAJORITY VOTED TO START A FUND FOR MEETING EXPENSES.
LILY AND I HAD SO FAR PURCHASED ALL NEEDED AND WERE PLEASED
OUR MEMBERS WANTED TO COOPERATE AND BECOME A PART OF THE SOUL
GROUP OF THE MAGI WORK.

MANY DEMONSTRATIONS RESULTED} YET WE ALSO SAW ITS REVERSE


OCCUR AND RECOGNIZED WHY IT TOOK PLACE. MOSTLY A WONDERFUL
THING WAS HAPPENING. NEEDS WERE SUDDENLY BEING FULFILLED.
THE MANY WAYS GOOD CAN MANIFEST WAS A REVELATION. MEMBERS
WERE REPORTING NEW CHANGES IN THEIR LIVES} EVEN NEW JOBS.

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY


Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 125 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TEN

WE LEARNED IT WAS NOT THE AMOUNT WE GAVE BUT THE ATTITUDE


OF OUR GIVING WHICH COUNTED AND CAUSED THE LAW TO FUNCTION.

AFTER OUR PROSPERITY ACTION J A NEW HAPPINESS PERVADED AND


QUIET REIGNED. THE ENERGIES WERE JOYOUS AND RAINBOW COLORS
CARRIED LILY AND ME INTO ITS MISTS. SOFT STRAINS OF ORGAN
MUSIC BECKONED US THROUGH THE SPACE DIMENSIONS AND SET US
DOWN NEAR A FIELD OF GOLDEN POPPIES. THIS MOLTEN MEADOW
WAS BRIGHT WITH SUNSHINE AS WE GAZED AT THE BEAUTY OF EACH
OTHERS ASTRAL APPEARANCE. BIRD SONG WAS EVERYWHERE AND THE
FRAGRANCE OF SPRING MADE US FEEL LIGHT AND SPECIAL.

WE HASTENED WITH FREE STEPS ALONG THE PATHWAY TO THE CASTLE.


THE MUSIC BECOMING LOUDER AS WE NEARED OUR GARDEN MEETING
PLACE. ENTERING ITS WALLED CONFINES J WE FOUND IT AS REMEMBERED.
A SOFT HUSH EMBRACED OUR SOULS J OUR BUSY MINDS RESTED. SEATING
OURSELVES AMID ITS ROSES J WE ALLOWED ITS HEALING FORCES TO
WORK. PRESENTLY NEW THOUGHTS EVOKED AND WONDERFUL NEW SPIRIT-
UAL DESIRES CAME FORTH J OF SUCH HEIGHTS AS NEITHER HAD EVER
EXPERIENCED BEFORE.

I SAW CLEARLY THAT THERE WERE NO BARRIERS LIMITING THE FACILI-


TIES OF MY SOUL. THERE WERE DORMANT POWERS YET TO BE AWAKENED J
BUT I KNEW THAT AWAKENING WOULD COME WITH A POLARIZATION AND
BALANCING OF MY MIND THOUGHTS - AND I KNEW THAT THIS WAS ACTION
THAT I ALONE MUST TAKE. As THESE THOUGHTS RAN THROUGH MY MIND
THE ENTIRE GARDEN SEEMED RADIANT WITH YELLOW SUNBEAMS J YET I
KNEW THAT IT WAS TIME FOR THE VERY LAST OF THE SUNSET J AND THAT
DUSK WAS ABOUT TO ENFOLD US. WE WERE LATER TO LEARN THAT THIS
BRIGHT YELLOW LIGHT ALL AROUND US WAS FORMING A BRIDGE TO
ENLIGHTENMENT.

INTO THESE SHINING YELLOW RAYS WALKED A TALL AND MIGHTY FIGURE.
HE ALSO APPEARED TO BE MADE UP COMPLETELY OF WHITE LIGHT; HIS
BLUE ROBE AND BEARD GLISTENED WITH REFLECTED SILVER J AND WHEN
HE STOPPED NEAR US EVEN THE FLOWERS SEEMED TO TURN THEIR FACES

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 126 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TEN

TOWARD HIS PRESENCE. I HAD NEVER BEFORE SEEN EYES AS BLUE


AS HIS} NOR FELT SUCH VITALITY AND MAGNETISM. WHEN HE SPOKE}
HIS VOICE WAS RICH AND DEEP:

"DEAR LITTLE SISTERS} TO YOUR ETHERIC EYES I APPEAR NEW TO YOU}


YET YOU HAVE KNOWN ME BEFORE IN YOUR ASTRAL SOJOURNS WHEN YOU
WERE PERFORMING MIND AND SOUL WORK BETWEEN INCARNATIONS. I
ONLY SEEM NEW TO YOU NOW AS WE MEET AGAIN IN THIS PRESENT CYCLE.

"My NAME IS IBZAN AGUR RUHAMAH; I AM A "WHITEBEARD" TEACHER.


ALL WHITEBEARD TEACHERS OF THE "WHITE BROTHERHOOD" WILL BEAR
A NAME WHICH WILL CARRY A SPECIAL MEANING. My NAME - IBZAN
(FAMOUS)} AGUR (GATHERER OF WISDOM)} RUHAMAN (HAVING RECEIVED
MERCY) TELLS YOU MY STORY.

"THERE ARE SEVEN SEPARATE SOUL GROUPS IN THE UNIVERSE. WHITE-


BEARDS REPRESENT POSITIONS IN GOD'S WORK} SIMILAR TO THAT DONE
BY CHRIST'S APOSTLES IN THEIR EARTH WORK. EACH OF US HAS A
PARTICULAR AREA AND A SEPARATE PERFORMING TASK." ALTHOUGH WE
WERE OVERPOWERED BY THIS WHITEBEARD} LILY AND I COULD NOT HELP
BUT RELAX UNDER THE KIND INFLUENCE OF HIS GAZE. HE CONTINUED:
"WE WORK WITH ALL SOUL GROUPS AS WELL AS YOUR SOUL GROUP OF
THE MAGI. EVERY CHILD OF GOD AT SOME TIME COMES UNDER OUR
CHARGE. ALL WILL CONTINUE TO PERIODICALLY BECOME OUR RESPONSI-
BILITY UP UNTIL THE FINAL HOUR OF THEIR LIBERATION FROM THE
WHEEL OF MATTER. ONLY THEN WILL ANY PASS FROM OUR CARE INTO
THE HANDS OF NEW GUIDES AND TEACHER. HOWEVER} THIS WILL NOT
HAPPEN UNTIL EACH REACHES A COMPLETE AND WHOLE SOUL STATE OF
BEING. WE WILL BE TEACHER AND PUPIL FOR EONS YET.

"THE ORDER OF THE WHITEBEARDS IS A HIGH PART OF THE "WHITE


BROTHERHOOD". WE TWELVE WHO DWELL HERE IN THE HIGHER INTELL-
ECTUAL SOUL REALMS ARE THE TOP ESCHELON OF ITS MANY WORKING
MEMBERS. OVER OUR TWELVE PRESIDE A GREAT FLAME-SUN SAVIOR
WHO IS KNOWN AS JOAH EBER. (JOAH=GOD'S BROTHER; EBER=BEYOND).
JOAH EBER DWELLS HIGH IN THE FLAME AND SUN REGIONS OF WHICH

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 127 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TEN

YOU WILL LEARN MORE LATER. HE TRANSMITS INSTRUCTIONS FROM


THAT SPIRITUAL PLANE TO OUR FIRST MEMBERJ ZADOK JASHER PETHOR J
WHOSE NAME ALSO DENOTES HIS PURPOSE. (ZADOK-JUST J JASHER-UPRIGHTJ
PETHOR-PROPHET). IT IS PETHOR WHO HOLDS THE PLACE OF ELDER
OR FOREMAN OF OUR TWELVE. PETER HELD THE SAME POSITION UNDER
CHRIST IN HIS MINISTRY ON EARTH.

"THE GREAT CHRIST IS A SPECIAL LORD NOW IN THE SUN AND FLAME
REGIONSJ AND WE ARE HIS SERVANTS.

"THERE ARE "NINE" OTHER WHITEBEARDS IN OUR GROUP OF TWELVE WHO


WORK ONLY WITH THOSE ON THE NINE PATHWAYS BACK TO GOD OUR CREATOR.
I BELONG TO HIS GROUP." (THAT MADE HIM ONE OF OUR TEACHERS!)

"Two WHITEBEARDS WORK ONLY WITH THE UNAWAKENED SOULS DURING


INCARNATION J BUT NOT ON AN INDIVIDUAL BASIS. THEY ARE ASSIGNED
TO MASSES OF PEOPLE WHOSE TENDENCIES ARE DENSE AND MATERIAL.
THESE TWO ARE NAMED ABI TERAH (ABI-LoRD OF J TERAH-EARTH LAGGARDS)
AND ABBIKA GAMALIEL (ABBIKA-HIGHER LORD OF J GAMALIEL-RECOMPENSE).

"ABI TERAH WEEDS OUT OF THE MANSTREAM PERSISTENT LAGGARDS OF


VERY NEGATIVE DEGREE AS THEY CONTINUE TO RETROGRESS J AND GIVES
A FINAL JUDGMENT WHEN THEY REACH A DEPTH OF NO RETURN THAT THEY
BE REMOVED FROM THE CYCLE WHEEL OF MATTER AND PLACED ON YET A
LOWER WHEEL OF LIFE ENERGY. IT IS ALSO ABI TERAH WHO CAN
EXTEND TO ANY CHILD OF GOD A NEW CHANCE OF A REPEAT SERIES OF
INCARNATIONS FOR A POSSIBLE RECOVERY POSITION J IF THE ENTITY
SHOWS SIGNS OF ITS ACCOMPLISHMENT." THIS MADE IT CLEAR TO US
THAT A PERSON COULD LOSE HIS PLACE ON LIFE'S PATH.

"ABBIKA GAMALIEL"J CONTINUED IBZAN AGUR RUHAMAH J "WORKS WITH


THOSE GOD CHILDREN WHO EXPERIENCE LATE AWAKENINGS. THESE ARE
SOULS WHO HAVE DONE LITTLE DOWN THE AGES TOWARD CONSTRUCTIVE
ACTIONS FOR SOUL STRENGTHS. THOSE ARE THE ONES WHO WERE PRONE
TO HOLD ONTO PATTERNS OF SELF-FANTASY AND REFUSED TO FACE UP

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 128 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TEN

TO THEIR WEAKNESSES AND NEEDS. THERE ARE MANY WHO PERSIST


IN SELF-EVASION AND THROUGHOUT MANY CYCLES BUILD UP CHRONIC
WEAKNESS OF HABIT IN THIS REGARD. THESE DEEP HABITS ARE
DIFFICULT TO BREAK. ABBIKA GAMALIEL STANDS EVER READY TO
HELP THOSE OF THIS CATEGORY J AND IF ONE IN DESPERATION REALI-
ZES HE MUST DO SOMETHING TO SAVE HIMSELF J IT IS ABBIKA GAMALIEL
WHO LENDS STRENGTH TO THIS SUFFERING SOUL FOR NEW EFFORT. As
LONG AS SELF-EFFORT IS GENERATEDJ HE CONTINUES TO HELP. How-
EVER J IF ONE OF THESE STRAYING LAMBS SINKS BACK INTO THE OLD
PATTERN OF RETROGRESSIVE WAYS J HE IMMEDIATELY REVERTS BACK TO
ABI TERAH.

"IF YOU ARE NOW READING THESE LESSONS J YOU MUST REALIZE THAT
YOU ARE AN AWAKENED INDIVIDUAL TO SOME EXTENT. THEREFORE J
THE "NINE" WHITEBEARDS THAT I MENTIONED BEFORE WILL BE OF
INTEREST TO YOU. IN YOUR VARIOUS INCARNATIONS J YOU WILL AT
SOME TIME BE UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ONE OR ANOTHER OR ALL OF
THESE "NINE". THEREFORE J WE SHALL LIST EACH ONE SO THAT YOU
MAY GAIN A CLEAR MENTAL PICTURE OF OUR ENTIRE ORDER OF TWELVE.

SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI - WHITEBEARDS

JOAH EBER - LORD OF WISDOM AND MERCYj A GREAT SUN BEING OF


THE FLAME REGIONj LORD OF ALL WISDOM AND DIRECTOR OF THE TWELVE
WHITEBEARDS AND THEIR PROGRAM.

1.
ZADOK JASHER PETHOR - HEAD OF THE GROUP OF TWELVE
WHITEBEARDS. HE WORKS AS LIAISON BETWEEN THE PLANES OF INTELL-
ECTUAL SOUL AND THE REGIONS OF SUN AND FLAME IN SPIRIT. IN OUR
SOUL GROUP J PETHOR IS JOAH EBER'S SERVANT J AND HE IS THE CHANNEL
THROUGH WHICH HIGHER WISDOMS AND PROCLAMATIONS FOR OUR WORK
FLOW DOWN.

2.
ABBIKANANDA - LEADER OF OUR NINE. HE IS A ROSE CENTER
JEWEL AND IS A CHANNEL FOR COMMUNICATION. HE IS THE SPECIAL
WHITEBEARD OVER ROSE J AND IS THE LORD OF BLISS AND LOVE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 129 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TEN

3.
ABI KADESH JASON - GOVERNOR OF ALL HEALING PROCESSES
IN THE NINE PATHWAYS. HIS CENTER IS THE LILY J AND WHEN HE
OVERSHADOWS J RIGHT HEALING OCCURS. HE IS THE SACRED LORD
OF HEALING J AND LILY'S SPECIAL WHITEBEARD.

ABI KADESH JASONJ ALONG WITH ABBIKANANDA J FORM A DIAMOND


SYMBOL.

WHENEVER SEEN IN PRAYER OR MEDITATION J THIS DIAMOND INDICATES


YOU HAVE A CONNECTED UPWARD PASSAGE - A DIRECT LINE INTO GOD'S
MIND. IF YOU SEE A SPACE BETWEEN THE TWO TRIANGLES WHICH MAKE
UP THE DIAMOND J IT MEANS THAT THERE IS A NON-CONNECTION.

4.IBZAN AGUR RUHAMAH - LORD OF WISDOM AND MERCY. HE


PROGRAMS FOR MIND WISDOMS AND INDIVIDUAL SOUL NEEDS.
ABBIKANANDAJ JASON AND RUHAMAH FORM AN INVERTED TRIANGLE FOR
SUPERVISORY ACTION OVER ALL PERSONS NOW UPON ANY OF THE NINE
PATHWAYS TO GOD, EVERY SEEKER WHO SINCERELY DESIRES TRUTH AND
PERFECTION OF SELF IS UNDER THE BENEFICIAL MIND INFLUENCES AND
ENERGIES OF THESE THREE TRIANGLE BEINGS.

IN ADDITION J THERE ARE SIX SPECIALIZING WHITEBEARDS J WHO OVER-


SHADOW A STUDENT'S SPECIFIC MIND AREA EXPANSION FOR ALL CONSCIOUS
DEVELOPMENT, THESE SIX ARE:

5,
AZARIAH BEDAN - (AZARIAH-WHOM GOD HELPS J BEDAN-AcCORD-
ING TO JUDGMENT) - HE DISPENSES ALL REVELATIONS TO FIT THE
PERSONALLY EARNED MERITS TO DATE OF EACH ENTITY. SHOULD THE
SOUL NOT HAVE EARNED FOR ITSELF ANY DEGREE OF INSIGHT OR
UNFOLDMENT J IT WILL NOT BE CONTACTED BY BEDAN. HOWEVER J WHEN
A SOUL HAS KEPT UP AN AVERAGE PROGRESS J BEDAN ACTIVATES THE
CONSCIOUS AND SUBJECTIVE MIND AREAS TO RECEIVE CERTAIN PICTURE
IMAGES AND NEW IDEAS. THESE IDEAS IN TURN STIMULATE A DESIRE
FOR DEEPER WISDOMS,

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 130 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TEN

6.CLEOPAS ELDAD - (CLEOPAS-RENOWNED FATHER" ELDAD-


LOVED OF GOD) - HE IS OUR LOVING FATHER WHITEBEARD" WHO
COMFORTS AND MINISTERS TO ALL EARTH PERSONS" EVEN THOSE WHO
ARE UNAWAKENED. HIS SPECIAL POWERS ARE RESERVED FOR THOSE
WHO HAVE ARRIVED (THROUGH SELF-EFFORT) AT A MENTAL POSITION
OR ATTITUDE DESIRE TO PLACE THE LOVE OF GOD ABOVE ALL ELSE.
DOWN THE AGES" THESE HAVE BEEN SAINTS AND RELIGIOUS MARTYRS.
Now ON EARTH" CLEOPAS ELDAD IS GIVING VARIED DEGREES OF SPECIAL
HELP AND ENERGY TO SEEKERS AND SPIRITUAL LEADERS" AS WELL AS
ACTIVE PSYCHIC CHANNELS WHO ARE GIVING SERVICE TO OTHERS
BESIDES ATTAINING SELF-GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT.

7.
ELIOKIM IDDO - (ELIOKIM-RAISED OF GOD" IDDO-TIMELY)
TEACHING IS THE MEANING BEHIND THIS WHITEBEARD AND HIS WORK.
HE IS A LORD AND HIGH TEACHER. WHENEVER A PERSONALITY REACHES
A NEW EXPANSION OF CONSCIOUSNESS" HE OVERSHADOWS THEM IN SLEEP
AND ACTIVATES THE PERSONALITY'S LIFE ENERGY PATTERN. HE IS
ALWAYS ON CALL FOR ALL PEOPLE. WHENEVER A PERSON IS READY -
THROUGH DELIBERATE SELF-EFFORT - ELIOKIM IDDOOVERSHADOWS
THEM AUTOMATICALLY" AND DIRECTS HIS SPECIAL FORCES INTO THE
MIND POINTS AND THROUGHOUT THE CHAKRAS. THUS" NEW PSYCHIC
AREAS ARE OPENED UP FOR INSIGHT AND INTUITIVE UNDERSTANDINGS.

8.
HANNANIAH JAIR - (HANNANIAH-GIFT OF GOD" JAIR-ENLIGHTEN-
MENT) - THIS WONDERFUL MEMBER OF OUR TWELVE HOLDS THE SACRED
KEYS TO DIVINE ENLIGHTENMENT. WHENEVER A CHILD OF GOD SHOWS
A CONSCIOUS DEGREE OF READINESS" HE COMES TO THEM UNBIDDEN
AND POURS HIS FORCES INTO THEIR AWARENESS AREAS. THIS OCCURS
WHEREVER THE INDIVIDUAL HAPPENS TO BE WORKING IN MIND" AND ALL
WHO CAN REACH A NEW PLATEAU IN MIND" WILL BE VISITED.BY HIM"
AND HIS KEY WILL UNLOCK NEW WISDOM FOR THE INDIVIDUAL'S USE.

9.
RABBAH ELEAZOR - (RABBAH-FAITHFUL" ELEAZOR-HELP OF GOD)
THIS WHITEBEARD HAS A PECULIAR POSITION WITHIN OUR TEACHING
FIELD" AND DUE TO THE SUBTLETY OF THE WISDOMS OF THESE HIGHER

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 131 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON TEN

REALMS J COMPARATIVELY FEW MEMBERS OF THE MANSTREAM HAVE PRO-


GRESSED TO MAKE USE OF THIS WHITEBEARD'S SERVICES. THIS IS
UNFORTUNATE J FOR IT IS HIS HELP WHICH EVENTUALLY PAYS DIVI-
DENDS AND LENDS FORCES FOR THE INCARNATOR'S TUTORING AND LATER
SOUL ASTRAL SCHOOLINGS. HE CAN ONLY LEND HIS AID AFTER THE
PERSON HAS GAINED FOR HIMSELF VIA SELF-REALIZATION. THUS J
THE VALUE MUST ALREADY BE WITHIN THE ENTITY'S UNDERSTANDING'
BEFORE HE CAN CARRY IT ONWARD AND EXPAND IT INTO NEW IDEATIONS."

"WE CANNOT SAY TOO OFTEN OR TOO LOUDLY THAT IT ALWAYS TAKES A
SELF-ACTIVATED ACTION FIRST TO GAIN A SELF-REALIZATION. THERE
ARE MANY WHO SINCERELY PLEDGE TO ACCOMPLISH J AND DO PRACTICE
FOR A SHORT WHILE. THENJ THEY SLIP BACK INTO THE OLD EVASIVE
WAYS. ELEAZOR IS THE DIRECTOR OF CERTAIN COSMIC RAYS J WHICH
CANNOT BE SENT TO ANY INDIVIDUAL UNTIL THEY FIRST EARN THE
RIGHT TO THEM THROUGH A SELF-MIND ACTION FOR THE EXPANSION OF
CERTAIN ENERGIES WITHIN THE MIND AREA. THESE COSMIC RAYS
WOULD BE MUCH TOO STRONG FOR MANY OF THE MANSTREAM. HOWEVER J
ELEAZOR KNOWS WHEN AN INDIVIDUAL'S MIND ENERGIES CAN TOLERATE
HIS POWERS J THUS NO SEEKER IS EVER IN DANGER OF RECEIVING
THESE POWERS PREMATURELY. ELEAZOR NEVER CONTACTS THE UNAWAKENED
OR THE SLOTHFUL.

"THESE NINE WHITEBEARDS WILL BE MANKIND'S MOST BENEFICIAL


SPIRITUAL GUIDES. HOWEVER J THE NINTH PATHWAY NOW BEING REVEALED
IS THE HIGHEST PATH. THOSE WHO GRAVITATE TO ITS WISDOMS CAN
KNOW THEY HAVE KEPT THEIR PLACE UPON THE EVOLUTIONARY SCALE
AND KEPT UP SO FAR IN THE MANSTREAM PARADE THROUGH TIME. FOR
HAD THIS NOT BEEN SOJ YOU WOULD NOT BE INTELLECTUALLY INTERESTED
IN SELF IMPROVEMENT - NOR ATTRACTED TO THESE LESSONS!

10.
ABIAH HOSHEA - (ABIAH-THE LORD CHRIST Is My FATHERJ
HOSHEA-SALVATION) - HE IS NUMBER 10 IN OUR ORDER. 'TEN IS THE
SACR~D COSMIC NUMBER J AND ABIAH HOSHEA IS A UNIQUE COSMIC
WORKER. HE WILL NEVER WORK WITH A PERSONALITY WHICH REMAINS
IN MATTER. ONLY WHEN A PERSON HAS GAINED SOULWISE A SUFFICIENTLY
HIGH STATE OF CONSCIOUSNESS J WILL ABIAH HOSHEA APPEAR TO YOU

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 132 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON TEN

AND JOIN HIS ENERGIES WITH YOURS SO THAT A NEW PATTERN MAY
COME FORTH. THIS NEW PATTERN WILL QUALIFY YOU TO BECOME
AGAIN AN ACTIVE MEMBER WHEN EARTH ITSELF REINCARNATES INTO
SPACE FOR ANOTHER WORLD LIFEJ WHICH WE HAVE NAMED WORLD E.
You SEE J AS TINY MAN INCARNATES AND CYCLES BACK TO HIGHER
REALMS J SO DOES THE PLANET EARTH. AND AS IN EACH CYCLE} MAN
HAS THE POSSIBILITY TO REINCARNATE MORE PERFECTLY} SO DOES
THE PLANET EARTH. IT IS ABIAH HOSHEA WHO WILL BE THE ONE TO
ASSURE YOUR PROGRESS AND RIGHT POSITION IN WORLD E AS IT
INCARNATES INTO ETHERIC AND SENTIENT PLANES DURING THE NEXT
COSMIC DAY OF GOD. THIS SUBJECT WE WILL EXPLAIN MORE FULLY
IN LATER LESSONS.

"Now FOR A MOMENT} LET US SPEAK OF THOSE CHILDREN OF GOD WHO


LAGGED TOO LONG AND FAILED TO GATHER THEIR GOOD BEFORE THE
FINAL NIGHT TIME OF EARTH IN WHICH SHE FALLS INTO HER FINAL
SLEEP. THESE SOULS WILL STILL SURVIVE} AND GOD REMAINS THEIR
LOVING FATHER - BUT J THEY WILL BE THOSE WHO FAILED TO QUALIFY
AT THE END OF THIS PRESENT COSMIC DAY OF GOD AND WHO FAILED
TO REACH THEIR GIVEN POTENTIALS} AND WHO FAILED TO ACHIEVE
THE NECESSARY VIBRATORY RHYTHMS WHICH ARE NECESSARY FOR THEM
TO CONTINUE WITH THEIR FELLOWS. THESE PERSONS WILL GO TO
PLANES WHICH WILL FIT THEIR RHYTHMS} THUS THEY WILL BE VERY
COMFORTABLE AND CONTENTED WHERE THEY FIND THEMSELVES. THEIR
PERSONAL STANDARDS WILL BE FULFILLED} AND THEY WILL FIND OTHERS
THERE LIKE THEMSELVES. A GREAT MANY OF THEM WILL FAIL TO BECOME
AWARE THAT THEY DID NOT BECOME AS GOD ORIGINALLY CREATED THEM.

"BUT THOSE WHO WILL ENCOUNTER ABIAH HOSHEA AFTER A SOJOURN UPON
THE HIGHER SPIRITUAL REALMS} WILL BE BORN INTO A GREAT CONSCIOUS-
NESS STATE - A SUPER STATE. YOUR LOWEST BODY FORM WILL TOUCH
ETHERIC REALMS J AND YOUR HIGHER HALF WILL TOUCH THE INTELLEC-
TUAL SOUL STATE. ONCE AGAIN YOU WILL BE AN EAGER SEEKER WORKING
YOUR WAY HOMEWARD TOWARD YOUR LOVING FATHER.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 133 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON TEN

"THESE TEN WHITEBEARDSNOW WORK DIRECTLY WITH THE MANSTREAM


WHO HAVE KEPT UP WITH COSMIC TIME. As YOUR SOUL GROUP OF
THE MAGI LESSONS THROUGH THE CHANNELS ROSE AND LILY CONTINUE
TO UNFOLD J A PICTURE MAP WILL MANIFEST AND YOU WILL FOR THE
FIRST TIME PLAINLY SEE THE PATH YOU HAVE FOLLOWED. You WILL
SEE WHERE YOU ARE NOW J AND WHERE THE PATHWAY CAN LEAD IN THE
FUTURE. As YOUR MIND POINTS UNFOLD J YOU WILL RECEIVE INSIGHTS
INTO YOURSELFj YOUR SACRED NAME MAY EVEN COME FORTH FOR THOSE
READY TO RECEIVE IT BY WAY OF YOUR OWN PRIVATE CEREMONY J WHICH
WILL BE REVEALED TO YOU IN THE COURSE OF THESE ASTRAL VISITS.
To THE FAITHFUL STUDENT J GOD WILL OPEN THE DOORS AND WINDOWS
OF HEAVEN AND POUR FORTH SUCH WONDERS AS YOU HAVE NEVER DREAMED.

"AT THIS POINT J SOME MAY FIND THAT THEY ARE EXPERIENCING AN
INNER FEAR OF INABILITY TO UNDERSTAND ALL THAT HAS UNFOLDED SO
FAR. THIS FEELING OF BEING OVERWHELMED STEMS FROM SOME WRONGLY
LAID DOWN CONCEPTUAL OPINION OR BELIEF. REALIZE THENJ THAT THIS
IS A FALSE FEAR. NEVER WILL YOU BE CALLED UPON TO TAKE THE
TESTS THAT THE CHANNEL ROSE MUST TAKE AS OUR MAIN CHANNELJ NOR
MUST YOU REMEMBER THE REAMS OF FACTS THAT ALL CHANNELS MUST.
You J AS A SEEKER STUDENT J NEED ONLY TO REACH AND CONTEMPLATE J
AND MAINTAIN AN OPEN J UNBIASED MIND. THESE ACTIONS WILL OCCUR
BY THEMSELVES J AND RESULT IN PERSONAL. ASSIMILATION. RE-READING
YOUR MATERIAL AND A DECISION TO PROGRESS WILL CARRY YOU DEEPER
WITHIN YOUR INNER MIND AREA.

"YOUR FIRST WHITEBEARD LESSON WILL BE #.12 BY ABI KADESH JASON J


AND WILL BE ENTITLED "THE ACTIVATORS OF MIND". IT WILL BE
GIVEN TO YOU HERE IN OUR HIGHER SOUL LEVEL J JUST AS THIS
CURRENT LESSON IS BEING PRESENTED.

"MAY ALL IDEAS FROM OUR HIGHER REALMS BRING TO EACH OF YOU
NEW VISTAS OF THE MINDJ AND MAY OUR LOVE CONNECT YOU CLOSER
TO YOUR WONDERFUL SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI.

"BLESS You ALL"


IBZAN AGUR RUHAMAH

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 134 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 11
LESSON TEN

IT WAS VERY QUIET AFTER HE DEPARTED. DEEP DUSK HAD SETTLED


HERE IN THE ASTRAL BUT THE GOLDEN ORANGE GLOW WRAPPED AROUND
US. WE COULD GENTLY FEEL OURSELVES FLOATING DOWNWARD. A
HEAVY DOWNWARD PULL OF GRAVITY MET OUR DESCENT ) AND TRAFFIC
NOISES ASSAULTED OUR EARS. LIKE DEEP SLEEPERS) WE SLOWLY
OPENED OUR PHYSICAL EYES TO THE CROWDED GROUP WAITING THERE.

QUESTIONS BEGAN POURING UPON US AND EVERYONE WANTED TO KNOW


WHAT IBZAN LOOKED LIKE. WE DID OUR BEST AND EVENTUALLY I
SKETCHED HIS LIKENESS) YET HIS INNER GLOW AND ENORMOUS VITALITY
CANNOT BE SHOWN ON PAPER.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 135 of 326
(
\

I MAINTAIN AN OPEN MIND. My SINCERE DESIRE TO


PROGRESS CARRIES ME DEEPER WITHIN MY INNER MIND
AREA. As I OPEN MY MIND TO THE INFLUX OF IDEAS
FROM THE HIGHER REALMS OF BEING J I KNOW GOD IS
WORKING THROUGH ME TO FREE ME FROM EVERY NEGATIVE
INFLUENCE.

I HAVE THE POWER TO CONTROL MY THOUGHTS J TO


EXPERIENCE PERFECT HEALTH AND SUCCESS IN ALL ,• " ,;";'t';·
,='
MY AFFAIRS.

REALIZING THAT GOD IS ALL THE GOOD THERE IS J


THEN MY LIFE IS THE ABUNDANT LIFEJ AND I DWELL
IN THE HOUSE OF THE LORD FOREVER!
AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 136 of 326
ELEVEN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 137 of 326
a~~)0oQQIv

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 138 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON ELEVEN

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI


ROSE LESSON ELEVEN

"YOU CAN DO ANYTHING"

THE NEW PROSPERITY RITUAL WAS OVERj WE ALL AWAITED THE COLOR
CONTACTS. TONIGHT IT WAS A WARM ORANGE GLOW AND ENFOLDED
LILY AND ME LIKE A CLOAK. IT SWIRLED GRACEFULLY OVER EVERY-
ONE) THEN MELTED INTO A PALE GREEN. CERISE SWIRLED INTO THE
AREA AND CARRIED THE TWO OF US AWAY FROM OUR GROUP AND INTO
HIGHER VIBRATIONS OF ETHERIC ENERGIES.

SOMEONE HERE IN THE ETHERIC WAS CONTACTING OUR MINDS AND INTER-
PRETING COLOR MEANING. THE COLORS) ORANGE) PALE GREEN AND ROSE
CERISE IN A PHYSICAL AURA) DENOTES THE PERSON AS ENTERTAINING
AN URGE FOR A MASTERING OF THEIR KARMIC SITUATIONS. ALL PHYSI-
CAL AURIC COLORS VIBRATE WITHIN A NUMBER SIX COLOR PLANE. THE
CERISE ROSE LENDS THE PHYSICAL FORM A POWER FOR DEVELOPING A
GREATER QUALITY OF ACCOUNTABILITY. ORANGE IS A DESIRE FOR
GROWTH AND PALE GREEN A DESIRE FOR MENTAL EXPANSION. WHEN
THESE THREE PHYSICAL AURA COLORS BLEND INTO THEIR ASTRAL COUNTER-
PARTS) THE NUMBER DOUBLES TO TWELVE) OR THREE. NUMBER THREE
REPRESENTS A WHOLE AND COMPLETE NUMBER) A POSSIBILITY FOR A
GROWTH.

MOST INCARNATING NOW ARE YET ONLY VIBRATING TO NUMBER FIVE.


THERE ARE ALSO MANY WHO ONLY ARE ABLE TO VIBRATE TO EVEN LOWER
NUMBER VIBRATIONS SUCH AS FOUR) THREE AND TWO. SO MUCH IS
HIDDEN BEHIND THE MEANINGS OF THE DIFFERENT COLORS AND EVENTU-
ALLY WE WILL BE ABLE TO READ THEIR MESSAGES AND MEANINGS.

THE MENTAL MESSAGE ENDED AND WE MARVELED AT OUR EASY PASSAGE


THROUGH THE VEIL. THE WOODLAND PATH BECKONED US TO START
ALONG ITS ROUTE.

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 139 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON ELEVEN

LINKING ARMS J LILY AND I RETRACED OUR VERY FIRST STEPS IN


THE ASTRAL AND ITS SUNLIGHT SHOWN ON OUR HEADS AS WE WALKED
ITS PLEASANT FOREST TRAIL. ROUNDING THE WATER MEADOW AND
BEAVER DAMJ WE CAUGHT SIGHT OF DR. KEELER COMING TOW~RD US
WITH A SMUG AND IMPORTANT SAFFRON IN HIS ARMS. HE WAS DRESSED
IN WHITE PANTS AND SHIRT AND HIS LAUGHING BLUE EYES WERE
TAKING IN EVERYTHING. OUR ESCORT OF BIRDS AND CHATTERING
SQUIRRELS HAPPILY HURLED INSULTS AT SAFFRON AS WE CAME UPON
THE MINIATURE WALLED GARDEN GATEWAY.

HERE WE WERE GREETED BY MARSHA AND ELEANOR. WE FEMALES DROPPED


DOWN ONTO THE SOFT GRASS NEAR THE LILY POND BUT DR. KEELER AND
SAFFRON CHOSE TO SIT IN A WHITE IRON CHAIR. IT WAS A MOMENT
OR SO BEFORE THE BIRDS AND SQUIRRELS FINALLY SETTLED. A
DELICATE BREEZE CARESSED US WITH ITS BREATH OF PINE AND SUN.

DR. KEELER TOOK COMMAND. "FAIR LADIES J " HE SAID J "UP TO NOW
OUR SOUL GROUP HAS BEEN GENTLY LEADING YOU INTO AN ACQUAIN-
TANCE WITH OUR ENVIRONMENT AND OURSELVES J AND INTO A GLIMPSE
OF MIND ALONG WITH A FEW CLUES ON HOW TO USE THIS MIND FOR
GREATER RESULTS IN YOUR MATTER AFFAIRS. You HAVE COME TO
REALIZE THAT COLORS IN THE MATTER AURA AND IN OUR ASTRAL WORLDS
ARE MESSAGES FROM THE SOUL. BUT BEFORE YOU START INTO YOUR
WHITEBEARD LESSONS J THERE IS ONE MORE ASPECT OF YOURSELF THAT
WE NEED TO TALK ABOUT - AND THAT IS 'FAITH'!"

"FAITH!J" I MUSED. "LILY HAS STRONG QUALITIES OF FAITH BUT


I SEEM TO REQUIRE FACTS BEFORE I'LL RELY ON ANYTHING."

"SO EVERYONE IS DIFFERENTJ" SAID DR. KEELER. "BUT TELL MEJ


ROSE J DO YOU REFUSE TO TRY OR APPROACH SOMETHING IF THE FACTS
ARE NOT THERE?"

"OHJ NO!" I ANSWERED QUICKLY. "I'M OPEN TO EXPLORE ANYTHING


I FIND INTERESTING; IT'S SIMPLY THAT I DON'T PLACE FAITH IN

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 140 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON ELEVEN

ITS ACTION UNLESS I HAVE EXAMINED ITS FACTUAL PART OR ITS


LAWS."

"SO YOU'RE NOT REFUSING TO HOLD THE ASPECT 'FAITH' ••• ?"
HE QUERIED.

"NOT AT ALL"J I ANSWERED. "I JUST WANT TO UNDERSTAND WHAT IT


IS I'M HAVING FAITH IN AND WHY I SHOULD KEEP THAT FAITH."

MARSHA LAUGHED. "You HAVE JUST AS MUCH FAITH AS LILY DOES -


YOU SIMPLY HANDLE IT MORE CAUTIOUSLY!"

"IT'S A CLOSED MINDED REFUSAL TO BELIEVE ANYTHING BUT THAT


WHICH GRANDPA J FAMILY AND NATION HOLD AS THE LAST WORD ON A
SUBJECT WHICH CONCERNS DR. KEELER"J SPOKE UP ELEANOR.

DR. KEELER RUBBED HIS HANDS TOGETHER. "RIGHT!"J HE SAID.


"WE ARE NOW ENDEAVORING TO RE-ENFORCE YOUR FAITH AND STRENGTHEN
IT - WHICH WE CERTAINLY COULDN'T DO IF YOUR MIND WAS CLOSED."

MARSHA ADDEDJ "EVERY INDIVIDUAL WILL HAVE SOME DEGREE OF


FAITHJ EVEN THE NARROW OPINIONATED PERSON. BUT THAT FAITH
FITS ONLY CERTAIN AREAS; THE OTHERS ARE LOCKED TIGHT. FAITH
NEEDS A LARGE SWING'ING DOOR J WHICH CAN OPEN BOTH WAYS."

"A STRONG ABILITY FOR FAITH AND OPENMINDEDNESS COUPLED WITH


COMMON SENSE IS A REQUISITE FOR ALL SINCERE SEEKERS OF THE
HIGHER WISDOMS J DON'T YOU AGREE DR. KEELER"J ASKED ELEANOR.

"I DO INDEED"J HE SAID. ALL SEEKERS SHOULD EXAMINE TO SEE


WHAT CONTENT OF FAITH THEY POSSESS J AND BOLSTER ITS STRENGTH J
FOR GOD HAS WORK FOR ALL OF YOU TO PERFORM IN HIS PLAN. ANDJ
AS JAMES 2:17 TELLS US J 'FAITH WITHOUT WORKS IS DEAD'. LIKE-
WISE J A WORK WITHOUT FAITH TO BACK IT UP WILL ALSO BE DEAD.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 141 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON ELEVEN

"THEREFORE I THE VERY FIRST IDEA THAT WE MUST FACE AND REALIZE
IS THAT WE CAN DO ANYTHING IF WE REALLY WANT TO DO IT. ALL
THINGS ARE POSSIBLE THROUGH GOD WHO CREATED US. ALL THINGS
ARE POSSIBLE THROUGH THE GOD MIND - AND OUR MINDS RESIDE WITHIN
THE GOD MIND! No MATTER WHO YOU ARE OR WHAT OR WHERE YOU AREI
OR EVEN IN WHAT PHYSICAL CONDITION YOU ARE NOW I YOU CAN CHANGE
IT FOR THE BETTER.

"THE POWER OF CHANGE IS THERE - WITHIN YOU - RIGHT NOW! IT


WAS BUILT INTO YOUR VERY CORE BY GOD I YOUR CREATOR I AT THE
INSTANT HE SET UP YOUR ORIGINAL JEWEL. THIS POWER IS SOMETHING
THAT NO ONE CAN STEAL FROM YOU AND YOU CANNOT LOSE IT. BUT I
YOU MUST UNCOVER IT AND LEARN HOW TO USE THIS POWER. 'FAITH'
CAN BE A PERSONAL POWER IN YOUR LIFE."

"DR. KEELER IS RIGHT I " MARSHA SAID. "THERE IS NO LIMIT TO THE


THINGS YOU CAN DO. To LIST JUST A FEW I YOU CAN ACQUIRE NEW
KNOWLEDGE OF PRICELESS VALUE NO MATTER ~ YOUR EARTH AGE
MAY BEl OR YOUR PHYSICAL STATE OR CIRCUMSTANCES. WITH SELF-
EFFORT I YOU CAN DEVELOP YOUR CREATIVE IMAGINATION AND MEMORY.
You CAN BE MASTER OVER ANY PHYSICAL AFFLICATION I AND TURN IT
INTO AN ASSET. You CAN OVERCOME PRESENTLY HELD NEGATIVE
HABITS OF MIND AND ACTION."

"YES!" BARKED DR. KEELER. "YOU CAN CHANGE YOUR LIFE!"


EXHILARATEDI WE ALL LAUGHED TOGETHER.

"AND THE NICEST PART OF ALL THIS I " INTERJECTED ELEANOR'S


SOFT VOICE I "WILL BE THAT IT WILL BRING YOU SUCCESS. I
ALWAYS TRY TO REMEMBER THAT GOD MADE ME THE PROMISE I COULD
HAVE MY DESIRES I BUT I MUST CLAIM THEM - I MUST WALK HALFWAY
BEFORE I CAN RECEIVE A SIGHTING OF MY DESIRE I AND THEN WALK
TOWARD IT. THAT ACTION IS EFFORT."

MARSHA NODDED. "EFFORT ON OUR PART IS NOT AN UNREALISTIC


PRICE TO PAY FOR A SELF-SUCCESS."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 142 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON ELEVEN

DR. KEELER SHIFTED HIS CHAIR AROUND TO FACE US. "Do YOU
REALIZE THAT YOU CANNOT STEAL EFFORT FROM ANOTHER OR EVEN
BUY IT? YET YOU ALREADY HAVE IT AS PART OF YOURSELF."

"I'M SOLD!"~ I AFFIRMED. "I BELIEVE AN EFFORT CAN START AN


ACTION IN MIND~ AND WHEN SOMEONE WANTS SOMETHING BADLY ENOUGH)
THEY CAN SOMEHOW START AN ACTION GOING."

BUT IT WAS QUIET LILY WHO TOPPED US ALL. "DESIRE PLUS FAITH
CAN CAUSE TO MAGNETIZE SUCCESS RIGHT TO YOU"~ SHE SAID. DR.
KEELER WENT OVER AND GAVE HER A HUG. "You SAID IT ALL"~ HE
SAID. "BUTJ REMEMBER ALWAYS TO KEEP YOUR DESIRES CONSTRUCTIVE~
FOR THE LAW CAN ATTRACT EVIL TO YOU AS WELL AS GOOD~ AND YOU
JUST MIGHT END UP BEING ITS VICTIM RATHER THAN AN ENEMY~~SHOULD
A DESIRE BE WRONG AND HURTFUL TO ANOTHER."

SUDDENLY THE GONG WAS HEARD FROM WITHIN THE CASTLE. DR. KEELER
ROSE~ AND SAID~ "GOODBYE FOR NOW. GOD BLESS YOU BOTH". AND
OFF HE WENTJ THE CAT FOLLOWING HIM.

LILY AND I REMAINED SEATED ON THE GRASS WITH MARSHA AND ELEANOR.
A DOG BARKED IN A BOOMING BASSO SOMEWHERE IN THE DISTANCE J AND
THE SUNLIGHT FILTERING THROUGH THE TREES MADE LACEY PATTERNS
ON THE GROUND. MARSHA REACHED OVER AND COVERED MY HAND WITH
HER OWN J AND BEGAN TO SPEAK.

"My MESSAGE IS FOR ROSE~


BUT IT IS ALSO IMPORTANT FOR OTHERS
TO KNOW. BEFORE YOU WERE BORN INTO MATTER~ ROSE J A TIME WAS
SET UP HERE FOR YOUR RETURN TO OUR REALMS. SO IT IS WITH
EVERYONE. SEVERAL TIMES DURING YOUR EARTH LIFEJ EVENTS CAUSED
A SITUATION WHERE YOU WERE CLOSE TO PREMATURELY RETURNING TO
US. IT HAS BEEN A ROCKY AND DIFFICULT INCARNATION FOR YOU
THIS TIME~ BUT GOOD KARMA ALWAYS TIPPED THE SCALES AND YOU
REMAINED TO CARRY OUT OUR PLANS." A TINY
-
FROG
. .LEAPED
. _.. ..
OFF A
. .,

LILY PAD AND INTO THE WATER. I THOUGHT A PREMATURE ARRIVAL


HERE WOULD CERTAINLY BE NO HARDSHIP.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 143 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON ELEVEN

"THE MASTERS OF OUR SOUL GROUP SOMETIMES DO REPRIEVE LIVES


SO INCARNATORS CAN STAY LONGER IN MATTER." MARSHA CONTINUED.
"THE DECISION COMES FROM HIGHER SOURCES J HOWEVER J IN FACT FROM
THE LORDS OF KARMAJ OF WHOM YOU WILL HEAR MORE ONE OF THESE
DAYS. BECAUSE YOU PRAYED GOD TO SEND YOU A SPIRITUAL TEACHER J
ROSE J HE DID SO. You FAITHFULLY FOLLOWED GURU'S TEACHINGS
AND GUIDANCE FOR TWO DECADES. HAD YOU NOT J OUR MASTERS COULD
NOT HAVE EXTENDED YOUR EARTH YEARS FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS
WORK."

AMAZED J YET ALSO INTUITIVELY RECOGNIZING THE TRUTH OF HER


WORDS J I NODDED MY UNDERSTANDING.

SHE WENT ON J "SOJ DEAR ONE J PLEASE IN THE FUTURE LISTEN TO OUR
WORDS OF CAUTION J THAT YOU MAY SERVE GODJ THE MAGI AND OUR-
SELVES J AS YOUR HEART DESIRES." I GLADLY PROMISED.

ELEANOR TOUCHED MY ARM AND SPOKE. "WHENEVER AN EARTH PERSON


IS BROUGHT TO OUR SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI J THAT SOUL WILL HAVE
A SPECIAL CONNECTION WITH ALL OF US. AND EVEN A CONNECTION
INTO HIGHER REALMS THAN OURS."

"ROSE WAS OUR CHOSEN CHANNEL AND LILY THE CHOSEN GENERATING
FORCE TO PARTNER HER. THIS ALL HAPPENED AGES AGO IN TIME"J
MARSHA STATED.

"JUST HOW DO I ACTUALLY FUNCTION?" LILY ASKED.

"WELL!" ANSWERED MARSHAJ "WHENEVER A PSYCHIC CHANNEL FUNCTIONS


WITH ONLY THEIR OWN PHYSICAL ENERGIES THEY END UP EXHAUSTED
AND PHYSICALLY DEPLETED. ROSE IS A PSYCHIC CLAIRVOYANT AND
CLAIRAUDIENT J AND THUS IS WHAT WE CALL A MENTAL CHANNEL. LILY
IS A PHYSICAL CHANNEL ANDJ THEREFORE J HAS NOT ONLY STRONG
HEALTH AND ENERGIES J BUT A SENSITIVITY TO ETHERIC AND PHYSICAL
INVISIBLE FORCES. ROSE AND LILY ARE A TEAMJ AND TOGETHER THEY
FORM A WHOLE UNIT. WHENEVER THEY PSYCHICALLY JOIN TO SERVE THIS
WORK J THEY BECOME ONE BECAUSE OF THEIR SYNCHRONIZATION OF ENERGY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 144 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON ELEVEN

PATTERNS~ WHICH GENERATES A STRENGTH THAT WE IN THE ASTRAL


CAN CONNECT INTO.

"HERE~ LET US SHOW YOU BY DEMONSTRATION!" SHE AND ELEANOR


ROSE TO THEIR FEET~ AND FACING ONE ANOTHER THEY BENT THEIR
ELBOWS AND TOUCHED PALMS. THEY STOOD THIS WAY WITH EYES
CLOSED IN DEEP CONCENTRATION FOR A FEW MOMENTS. THEN AN
ENERGY SEEMED TO RISE FROM THE TIPS OF THEIR FINGERS LIKE
NEON LINES. THESE LINES FORMED FIRST A PYRAMID TRIANGLE:

1)

AND UNDERTHAT AN INVERTED TRIANGLE:

2)

WHICH TOGETHER MADE A STAR.

3)

SINCE THE PYRAMID TRIANGLE REPRESENTS MENTAL PSYCHIC ENERGIES


AND THE INVERTED TRIANGLE REPRESENTS PHYSICAL PSYCHIC ENERGIES~
TOGETHER THEY BLEND IN ENERGY TO FORM A HEXAGRAM. THE HEXAGRAM
VIBRATES TO THE NUMBER 6 IN UNIVERSEj THUS THESE TWO MINGLED
VIBRATIONS FORM A SYMPATHETIC AFFINITY. WHEN WE SEND DOWN A
NUMBER 6 ASTRAL FORCE~ THE RESULT IS THE ENERGY RATE BEING
RAISED TO A NUMBER 12 WAVELENGTH~ WHICH ADDS UP TO THE NUMBER
3. THE 3 INDICATES THAT THE CONNECTION IS COMPLETE AND READY
TO USE. THIS APPLIES TO ANY CONNECTION BETWEEN EARTH AND ASTRAL
BEINGS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 145 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON ELEVEN

"THERE MUST BE EITHER TWO JOINED AFFINITIES ON EACH SIDE J


OR ONE ON EACH SIDE IN THE MEDITATION STATE. THERE CAN BE
ONE ON YOUR SIDE AND MORE ON OURS. HOWEVER J THE ONE ON ONE
HARDLY EVER MATERIALIZES UNLESS THE MEDITATOR IS HIGHLY
EVOLVED. SO IT NEEDS TWO ON YOUR SIDE OR EVEN THREE TO MANI-
FEST AS WE ARE DOING NOW."

ALTHOUGH MARSHA AND ELEANOR HAD SAT DOWN AGAIN J AND BROKEN
THEIR CONTACT J THE NEON-LIKE IMAGE CONTINUED TO HANG IN THE
AIR ABOVE US J SHINING AND SPARKLING.

"You BOTH MANIFESTED THE FORCES WHICH NOW MAKE UP THAT IMAGE/'
I VENTURED J "BUT COULD EITHER ONE OF YOU HAVE CALLED IT UP
ALONE?"

"No J I'M AFRAID WE COULD NOT/' SMILED ELEANOR. "THE MASTERS


CAN J BUT WE HAVEN'T REACHED THAT STAGE WHERE WE CAN SOLO AND
MANIFEST OUR OWN NEEDS. THEREFORE J THERE HAS TO BE A TEAMJ
LIKE YOU AND LILY ARE A TEAM IN ORDER FOR US TO HAVE A BREAK-
THROUGH TO YOU. ALSO J I HAD BETTER ADD THAT EACH INDIVIDUAL
WILL NOT SEND OR RECEIVE ON A SIMILAR WAVELENGTH BECAUSE
GROUPS RESPOND TO DIFFERENT NUMBERS FROM ONE TO SIX. YOUR
SAINTS J MASTERS AND AVATARS ON EARTH ARE ALWAYS NUMBER SEVEN.
LATER YOU WILL LEARN HOW YOUR NUMBER WILL BE INFLUENCING YOUR
LIFEJ BUT THAT LESSON COMES IN MORE ADVANCED WORK. FOR NOW
HOLD THAT IDEA ON FILE."

"AND MARSHA!" ELEANOR CR I ED SUDDENLY J "SHOULDN'T WE GET INTO


COLOR A LITTLE?"

"YES J WE MUST J " SAID MARSHA J ADDRESSING LILY AND ME. "THIS
IS THE ELEVENTH LESSON SO SOON YOU MUST BECOME A CLOSED PSYCHIC
TRIANGLE J AND GENERATE A NUMBER 3 PSYCHIC FORCE. THIS WILL

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 146 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON ELEVEN

NOW ADD TO BECOME A SIX J AND EXPAND TO BECOME A NUMBER NINE.


DON'T LET THESE NUMBERS BOTHER YOU RIGHT NOW - IT WILL ALL BE
EXPLAINED LATER."

ELEANOR CONTINUED EAGERLY J "You SEE J THE MAGI AND THE MASTERS
HAVE CHOSEN FROM YOUR GROUP THE THREE ENTITIES WHO WERE DES-
TINED TO BE ITS BASIC FOUNDATION TRIANGLE. EACH OF YOU HAS
A PSYCHIC TALENT TO CONTRIBUTE. ROSE HAS HER CHANNEL ABILI-
TIES J LILY HER HEALING ARTS J AND VIOLET HER ASTRAL COLOR REVELA-
TIONS FOR AURIC RE-ENFORCEMENTS. THESE RE-ENFORCEMENT COLORS
FROM THE SPECTRUM AND THEIR TONES ARE ALSO MATHEMATICAL."

"IN FACT"J SAID MARSHA J "OUR MONKS USE ALL THREE TALENTS;
CLAIRVOYANCE J HEALING AND COLOR WHEN GENERATING STRONG FIELDS
FOR PRAYER OR HEALING OR THE CHANGING OF THE SELF-ATMOSPHERE
OR EVEN FOR INFLUENCING ENVIRONMENTAL AURAS."

"YESJ" SAID ELEANOR. "You CAN MEDITATE FOR COLOR AND COMPLETELY
CHANGE A ROOM'S ATMOSPHERE J OR THE NEGATIVES OF ANY GIVEN CON-
DITION J OR A PERSON'S MENTAL MOODS."

"How POWERFUL THE MIND MUST BE IN ITS ACTIONS"J I BREATHED.

ELEANOR AND MARSHA ROSE J AND WE REALIZED THAT THEY MUST LEAVE
US. MARSHA GAVE US EACH A HUG J AND ELEANOR KISSED US SHYLY
ON THE CHEEK. WE DARED TO RETURN THE AFFECTION OPENLY AND
THEY SEEMED PLEASED. WE WISHED THEY COULD STAY LONGER AS WE
WAVED THEM OFF.

A LOUD 'MEOW' AT OUR FEET MADE JUMP. SAFFRON WAS BACK J SO


'.uS
WE STROLLED THE GARDEN AND HE WALKED SEDATELY AT OUR SIDE.
WITH DEEP RELUCTANCE J WE LEFT THIS WONDERFUL PLACE AND MADE
OUR WAY OUT THROUGH ITS STONE ARCH AND DOWN THE HOMEWARD PATH.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 147 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON ELEVEN
SAFFRON STAYED WITH US UNTIL THE MISTS AROSE J THEN STOPPED
AND SAT DOWN TO WATCH US. GIVING OURSELVES OVER TO THE COLOR
ENERGIES J WE WERE INORDINATELY PLEASED TO HAVE WON HIS FAVOR
AND APPROVAL AS WE WATCHED HIM DISAPPEAR FROM OUR SIGHT.

WHEN AT LAST WE ENTERED THE LOWER ATMOSPHERES J IT WAS TO HEAR


OUR GROUP SINGING A HYMN. ITS TONES WELCOMED US BACK INTO
THEIR MIDST.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 148 of 326
I OPEN THE DOOR OF FAITH AS A PERSONAL POWER IN
MY LI FE. I BELIEVE WITHOUT A "DOUBT THAT FAITH
CAN AND WILL CHANGE MY LIFE FOR THE BETTER.
DESIRE) PLUS FAITH MAGNETIZES SUCCESS TO ME.
THROUGH SELF-EFFORT ON MY PART) I CLAIM IT NOW!

FAITH NOW MOVES IDEAS IN MY MIND AND CAUSES THEM


TO EXPRESS THEMSELVES. I BELIEVE GOD'S GOODNESS
(
FLOWS THROUGH MY LIFE AND I EXPERIENCE EVERYTHING
I NEED.
I CLAIM HARMONY) LOVE) HEALTH) HAPPINESS AND
ABUNDANCE. UPON THIS GOD-POWER) I RELY WITH
ABSOLUTE FAITH AND CONFIDENCE AND IT WILL NOT
FAIL t-lE.
So LET IT BE

~
""

" "

7:"--;-:

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 149 of 326
(

TWE'LVE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 150 of 326
ABI KADESH JASON.
(

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 151 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWELVE
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON TWELVE

"THE ACTIVATORS OF MIND"

WE ALWAYS LOOKED FORWARD TO MAKING THESE ASTRAL TRIPS AND


ENTHUSIASTICALLY AWAITED DEPARTURE. MANY OF OUR GROUP SAID
THEY WERE HAVING DREAMS OF THE SCENES WE HAD SO FAR DESCRIBED
AND VISITED. WE KNEW TONIGHT'S TRIP WOULD INTRODUCE US TO
LILY'S WHITEBEARD AND START US ON A SPECIAL PROGRAM J ONE WHICH
MOST PERSONS DO NOT RECEIVE WHILE STILL LIVING IN MATTER.

THE GARDEN WAS DESERTED EXCEPT FOR SAFFRON WHO SETTLED AT


OUR FEET. WE NOTICED THERE WERE GOLDFISH IN THE POND AS
WELL AS SHIN:Y GREEN FROGS. EVERYTHING SEEMED TO BE SURREN-
DERING TO THE ONCOMING EVENING HUSH. IT WAS A MAGIC MOMENT'
WHEN WE KNEW WE ALL WERE ONE WITH THE GREAT INFINITE.

THE WHITE OF HIS ROBES AS HE WALKED TOWARD US SEEMED TO HAVE


A LIVING FORCE WITHIN THEIR VERY FOLDS J AND THE LOVE IN HIS
EYES WAS A BENEDICTION IN ITSELF. As HE STOOD BEFORE US J HE
RAISED BOTH HANDS TO BLESS US - WE WERE POWERLESS BENEATH HIS
SPELL •

. "GREETINGS J MY CHILDREN. MAY YOUR HEARTS AND MINDS BE OPEN


TO MY WORDS." As HE SPOKE J DEEP SOUL MEMORIES STIRRED WITHIN
OUR SOUL MINDS J AND WE REALIZED THAT THIS WAS A WELL KNOWN AND
BELOVED FRIEND. "LET US TOGETHER BESEECH THE DIVINE HIGHER
BEINGS THAT THEY MAY BE PRESENT WITH US NOW TO CLARIFY MY
WORDS AS THEY COME FORTH J AND THAT THEY MAY HELP YOU MANIFEST
A SOUL DESIRE OF MIND FOR ACCEPTANCE OF THESE WISDOMS AS A
PART OF YOU."

THIS WAS ABI KADESH JASON WHO STOOD BEFORE US.

CD 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 152 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWELVE

ULET us START OUR PROGRAM BY SHARPENING THE MIND TOOLS FOR


NEW CONSTRUCTIVE USE. THESE TOOLS WERE CREATED BY GODJ OUR
FATHERJ FOR AN EXPRESS PURPOSE AND THEY ARE PERFECT IN THEIR
FUNCTIONS AND OPERATIONS. HOWEVER J ONLY PRACTICE AND LEARN-
ING WILL MAKE A PERSON INTO A CLEVER USER OF THESE TOOLS J
FOR WE ARE NOT BORN WITH THE GIFT READY MADE. OUR HEAVENLY
FATHER GOD GAVE US THE GRAND PRIVILEGE OF BUILDING UP OUR OWN
INNER CONTENTS WITHIN OUR MIND POINT EDIFICE. HE FURNISHED
US THE EDIFACE J THE TOOLS AND THE LIFE MATERIALS FOR THIS
SELF-CONSTRUCTION.

UGOD/S OWN ONE MIND IS THE MASTER PATTERN. IN THIS MASTER


PATTERN ARE MANY SECTIONS J ALL POSSESSING DIRECTORS AND TOOLS
FOR BUILDING AND RUNNING THE BUSINESS UNDER THE CONTROL OF
THAT GOD MIND SECTION. ANY BUSINESS WILL BE ONLY AS SUCCESS-
FUL AS ITS PRESIDENT AND ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS - MIND FUNC-
TIONS LIKEWISE.

Uyou ARE A LIVING GOD-CREATED LIFE FORCE. THIS LIFE FORCE


IS YOU. THIS You IS THE PRESIDENCY OF YOUR MIND POINT. THERE-
FORE J YOUR PRESENT BEING WILL BE WHAT YOU ARE NOW IN THE PRO-
CESS OF CREATING IN YQllR MIND.

UTHE PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC VEHICLE FORMS YOU ARE USING NOW
WHILE iN MATTER AND THIS ASTRAL-SOUL BODY FORM ALSO FOLLOW A
GOD-CREATED BASIC PATTERN. BUT LIKE MINDJ YOU THROUGH YOUR
GROWING AND LEARNING ARE ADDING TO THE PERFECTION OF THESE
BODY VEHICLES. GOD IN HIS INFINITE WISDOM GAVE US THE SKELE-
TAL FRAME. WEJ HIS CHILDREN VENTURE FORTH AND FILL THESE TWO
SECTIONS. GOD HOLDS CONFIDENCE IN HIS CHILDRENS I ABILITIES
TO PERFORM THESE TASKS AND BECOME AS HE IS NOW.

UIN THE BEGINNING J IT WAS GODIS INTENTION THAT EACH SHALL


BUILD HIS OWN MIND CONSCIOUSNESS AND EACH PERFECT HIS OWN
VARIOUS BODY FORMS. GOD INDICATES THAT WE SHOULD BE LEFT
FREE TO SET OUR OWN DIRECTION AND PACE; THUS AS OUR MIND POINT

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 153 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON T~!ELVE

EXPANDS J WE SHALL BUILD NEW GOALS. HIS PLAN FOR US HOLDS


SAFETY RULES AS WELL. FOR INSTANCE J WE OF GOD'S YOUNGER
MANSTREAM OF LIFE-ENTITIES J WERE GIVEN INTO THE CARE OF
GOD'S OLDER LIFE-FORM CHILDREN. ANGELSJ FLAME BEINGS AND
HIGH LOGO INTELLIGENCES WERE OUR NURSEMAIDS AS WE TRAVELLED
DOWN HIS ANCIENT PATHWAY; THEY TAUGHT US FROM THEIR WISDOMS
UNTIL WE COULD REACH A STAGE OF CONSCIOUSNESS WHEREIN WE
COULD TOLERATE THE ADDITION OF AN EGO. IN THE SECOND SERIES
OF THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI REVELATIONS J WE WILL RETRACE
OUR PATH DOWN FROM GOD TO THE PRESENT DAY - AND YOU WILL
RECAPITULATE YOUR PAST.

"MAN HAS ONLY BEEN AN EGO-BEING FOR A SHORT COSMIC TIMEJ AND
THEREFORE STILL HOLDS MANY TENDENCIES FOR DEPENDENCY UPON
OTHERS. THIS ACTION GOES BACK TO OUR EXPERIENCES OF THE OLD
DAYS. HOWEVER J OUR DIVINE FATHER WANTS US TO BECOME SELF-
RESPONSIBLE J FOR WE ARE JUNIOR GODS IN THE MAKING J AND MUST
IN THE END BECOME SELF-SUFFICIENT BEINGS. THEREFORE J WE MUST
AWAKEN TO THE HAZARDS OF RELYING UPON EXTERNALS FOR OUR SUPPORT.

"THE MIND CONSCIOUSNESS OF MANKIND BUILDS SLOWLY AND ONLY GROWS


WHEN IT IS ACTIVATED BY ITS HOST. THROUGH REPEATED TRIAL AND
ERROR WHILE IN MATTERJ WE HAVE MANAGED TO BUILD UP A SATISFY-
ING CONSCIOUSNESS IN MOST CASES. THE TIME IS NOW FOR A FASTER
AND MORE RELIABLE PROGRAM TO COME FORTH. CERTAIN MIND POINTS
ARE READY AND SEEKING BEYOND THE OLD WAYS AND ARE HUNGRY FOR
GREATER REALITIES.

"ALL PERSONS OF INTELLIGENCE KNOW THAT MIND IS BUILT OF CON-


STANT ACTS OF LEARNING. THIS SYSTEM OF GROUPING CONCEPTS
AND IDEAS IS A COMMON ONE IN ALL NORMAL FUNCTIONING PERSONS.
WHAT MAY BE NEW TO AWARENESS WILL BE THE IMPORTANCE OF THE
TOOLS EACH OF US USES TO ACTIVATE THE MENTA~ LAWS OF RECIPRO-
CITY. THERE ARE THREE KEY TOOLS OF MIND - A TOP PRIORITY
LEADER AND TWO KEYS WHICH SUPPORT IT."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 154 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSOI~ TWELVE

HE RAISED HIS RIGHT HAND AND DREW A NEON LIGHT TRIANGLE IN


THE AIR. AT ITS APEX J HE WROTE "IMAGINATION". "YOUR TOP
PRIORITY LEADER OF MIND IS IMAGINATION"J HE SAID. "IT HAS
BEEN FOUND BY THE GREAT MINDS IN ASTRAL AND ALSO IN INTELL-
ECTUAL SOUL AREAJ THAT SPIRITUAL ATTAINMENT AND MIND EXPANSION
WILL ALWAYS PREDICATE BACK TO HOW WELLJ OR HOW POORLY YOU
SUCCEEDED IN DEVELOPING YOUR PERSONAL IMAGINATIVE FACULTIES .•
THE GREAT MINDS ON HIGH ALSO CONCLUDED THAT THE PROWESS OF
THE MIND'S IMAGINATIVE FORCES ARE THOSE WHICH FIRST BECOME
AWARE OF THE UNIVERSAL PASSING IDEAS EVERYWHERE IN UNIVERSE
AND IN THE ATMOSPHERE OF THE ONE GOD MIND.

IMAGINATION

ILLUSTRAION 1

"FROM THIS YOU CAN SEE THAT. ONLY A SMALL DEVELOPMENT


. .... ..
WITHIN
.

YOUR IMAGINATION AREA WOULD BE A SERIOUS HANDICAP. IT WOULD


LIMIT YOUR ABILITY TO FORM MIND IMAGE PICTURES
..
FOR . UNDERSTAND-
ING AND WOULD LIMIT MENTAL FORMS OR REPRESENTATIONS OF OBJECTS
SEEN. IT WOULD ALSO LIMIT UNDERSTANDING FOR. PRESENTED .
IDEAS.
THESE LATTER IDEAS COME FROM NOT ONLY WHAT LIES IN LOWER PHYSI-
CAL MATTERJ BUT FROM .-THE HIGHER ETHERIC MIND REALMS
.. -
AND ARE
- ..

ABSTRACT. FOR EXAMPLE J IT IS IMAGAINATION WHICH PRODUCES YOUR


MATHEMATICAL REASONING ABILITIES IN EITHER A CONCISE . -. .
PICTURE
OR A FUZZY LITTLE UNDERSTOOD JUMBLE. THE PERSONAL
.
ABILITY .
FOR .

MIND REPRODUCTIONS AND ALSO FOR END CONSTRUCTION . (OR


. . . _.
CHAINS OF .'

CONCEPT) WILL FALL BACK UPON HOW WELL OR POORLY. THE FACULTY . OF
IMAGINATION HAS BEEN DEVELOPED. IT IS SAD TO STATE THAT FAR
TOO OFTEN CHILDREN HAVE THEIR IMAGINATIONS QUELLED J IGNORED
AND DISCOURAGED IN THE FALSE BELIEF THAT THIS IMAGINATION
COULD LEAD THE CHILD TO AN ESCAPE FROM REALITY.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 155 of 326
SERIES OI~E PAGE 5
LESSOi~ TWELVE
IMAGINATION

ILLUSTRATION 2

MEMORY

"LET US NOW WRITE 'MEMORY' IN THE LOWER RIGHT HAND CORNER OF


OUR TRIANGLE." As HE DID SO) HE CONTINUED) "MEMORY IS OUR
NEXT KEY AND ITS ACQUIRED ABILITY SUPPORTS MIND AND IMAGINA-
TION. POOR MEMORY ABILITY WILL MEAN MANY VACANT FILE SECTIONS
IN MIND. IMAGINATION PAINTS THE PICTURE OR IMAGE) BUT IT IS
MEMORY WHICH KEEPS THAT PICTURE'S FORCES IN YOUR FILES.

"APOOR MEMORY WILL CARRY AN IMAGE TO A FILE) BUT SOON THE


IMAGE FADES AWAY AS THOUGH YOU NEVER POSSESSED IT. IT IS
GONE) AND THERE IS NOTHING THAT YOU CAN DO TO RECALL IT OR
MAKE IT INTO A SOUL MEMORY. OFTEN PEOPLE CAN REMEMBER SOME-
THING WHICH INTERESTS THEM OR APPEALS TO THEM EMOTIONALLY) BUT·
ARE UNABLE TO HAVE THEIR MINDS CLING TO OTHER SUBJECTS AT ALL.
THIS IS INDICATIVE OF A MEMORY THAT IS ALL RIGHT - BUT A FAULTY
ATTENTION AND LACK OF INTERESTS THAT IS UNDERMINING IT. MEM-
ORY IS LIKE A CAMERA IN ITS ACTION) AND THEREFORE IT MUST BE
CAREFULLY FOCUSED. THUS) WHEN WE MEET A SUBJECT WHICH A FAIL-
URE TO RECALL CAN DAMAGE OUR PROGRESS) WISDOM TEACHES US TO
GENERATE A DESIRE TO ATTEND ITS PRINCIPLES. MEMORY IS THE
STOREHOUSE OF YOUR FUTURE RICHES. You BANK THESE MEMORIES IN
SOUL. MEMORIES ARE THE VALUES YOU CAN TAKE WITH YOU WHEN YOU
TRANSITE OUT OF MATTER."

IMAGINATION

ILLUSTRATION 3

ORGANIZER MEMORY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 156 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TWELVE

HE WROTE THE WORD 'ORGANIZER' IN THE LEFT POINT OF THE TRIANGLE.


"THIS"J HE SAID J "IS THE THIRD KEY IN THE MIND-HEAD. WE LABEL
IT 'ORGANIZER' BECAUSE THIS IMPORTANT FORCE SORTS OUT ALL OF
YOUR IMAGINATIVE IMAGES AND LEARNED IDEAS ANDJ AS THESE COUPLE
TO LIKE MEMORY CONCEPTS ALREADY ON FILE IN YOUR ETHERIC SUB-
JECTIVE MINDJ AND BRINGS THESE UNTO A FORM OF ORDER AND SENSE.
A POOR OR WEAK ORGANIZER WILL HAVE A JUMBLED CONGLOMERATION OF
PAST AND PRESENT CONCLUSIONSj THOSE WITH THE ORGANIZING FACULTY
FAULTY WILL GO THROUGH LIFE NOT MAKING MUCH SENSE OUT OF WHAT
THEY SEE OR WHAT GOES ON AROUND THEM. THESE MINDS FRITTER
AWAY TIME AND ENERGY AS WELL AS THEIR IMAGINATIVE LABORS IN
THE MISTAKEN BELIEF THAT THEY ARE GROWING BECAUSE THEY ARE BUSY.

"WHEN IMAGINATION J MEMORY AND ORGANIZATION ARE WELL DEVELOPED


AND WORKING TOGETHER J THESE TRIANGLE MIND TOOLS REAP THE DIVI-
DENDS OF INTELLECT FOR MIND. ONCE KNOWN AND UNDERSTOOD J THESE
THREE KEY TOOLS OF MIND CAN BE DELIBERATELY ADDED UPON AND
STRENGTHENED WHILE YOU ARE STILL IN MATTER. IN FACT J MATTER
IS THE ONLY PLACE WHERE MIND FACULTIES ~ BE STRENGTHENED AND
EXPANDED. IT IS IN MATTER THAT WE GATHER OUR LEARNINGS J FOR
MATTER IS OUR NATIVE PLANE IN GOD'S PLAN AND OUR FUTURE PER-
MANENT ENVIRONMENT. FOR EVERY LIFESTREAM THAT GOD CREATES
THERE IS A NATIVE INDIVIDUAL PLANE AND PLACE THAT CAN BE
SETTLED UPON ONCE THE INDIVIDUAL HAS REACHED A DESIGNATED
EVOLUTIONARY DESTINATION. (THIS WILL BE FURTHER EXPLORED IN
SERIES Two)."

THE NEON TRIANGLE SLOWLY FADED OUT J BUT LILY AND I HAD A VIVID
IMAGE OF IT IN OUR MEMORIES.

"IT WOULD BE FOOLISH"J CONTINUED THE WHITEBEARDJ "TO SAY NOW


THAT WE HAD THE JOB DONE WITH THESE THREE MIND FACULTIES J BUT
BEFORE ANY REAL SUCCESS CAN MANIFEST THROUGH MINDJ THESE FIRST
THREE MUST BE RECOGNIZED AS IMPORTANT FACTORS OF MIND. IT
ALSO MUST BE RECOGNIZED THAT YOU AND YOU ALONE ARE THE CON-
TROLLER OF THESE FACULTIES."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 157 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSOi~ TWELVE
SELF-CONFIDENCE

ILLUSTRATION 4

INITIATIVE LEADERSH I P

HE DREW ANOTHER NEON TRIANGLE IN THE AIR. "UNDER THE KEY


IMAGINATION) THERE WILL BE THREE MANAGING DIRECTORS WHO WILL
WORK FOR YOUR MIND IN ALL FIELDS IN WHICH YOU MAY ENDEAVOR:
(1) SELF-CONFIDENCE) (2) INITIATIVE AND (3) LEADERSHIP.

"THESE THREE DIRECTORS ARE FIRST CREATED BY YOUR IMAGINATION~


WE MUST FIRST VISUALIZE OURSELVES PERFORMING THE ACTION. THE
LAW OF MIND IS FIRST THE IDEA - THE PICTURE) THE VISION. PER-
HAPS THIS STEP #1 MAY STEM FROM AN EMOTIONAL DESIRE OR A SIGHT
FROM OUTSIDE - BUT ONCE TRIGGERED) IT MUST MOVE INTO MIND FOR
AN IMAGINATIVE DEVELOPMENT BEFORE IT CAN BE FULFILLED.

"WHEN YOU HAVE SELF-CONFIDENCE) YOU WILL BE ABLE TO USE SOME


MANNER OF INNER INITIATIVE FORCE TO START AN ACTION) AND IT
WILL BE YOUR LEADERSHIP QUALITIES WHICH WILL KEEP THE ACTION
MOVING UNTIL YOUR DESIRE IS FULFILLED. THIS CHAIN ALWAYS
DEPENDS UPON OUR PERSONAL IMAGINATIVE QUALITIES FOR ITS LIFE-
SPAN AND FULFILLMENT. MANY PEOPLE HAVE GOOD IMAGINATIONS
AND YET YOU HEAR THEM SAY) "IF I HAD LOTS OF MONEY I'D DO
SO AND SO)" PARADING AN IDEA BEFORE YOU. PERHAPS THESE
PEOPLE RECEIVED AN EXCELLENT IDEA) WHICH WAS CLOTHED BY
IMAGINATION AND MEMORY AND BUILT INTO A GOOD FORCE. BUT
LACK OF CONFIDENCE OR INITIATIVE TO CARRY OUT THE IDEA CAUSED
IT TO FIZZLE. WITHOUT THESE ABILITIES - INITIATIVE AND SELF-
CONFIDENCE - THERE CAN BE NO LEADERSHIP QUALITIES.

"ALL OF THESE MIND FACULTIES MUST BE GENERATED. EACH MAN


BUILDS HIS OWN MIND APPARATUS) AND EACH HONES HIS OWN TOOLS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 158 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSOI~ TWELVE

TO SHARPNESS." HE THEN WROTE 'SELF-CONFIDENCE' AT THE APEX


OF THE NEON TRIANGLE OF 'IMAGINATION'J AND 'INITIATIVE' ON
ITS LOWER RIGHT POINT J AND 'LEADERSHIP' AT ITS LEFT POINT.
LILY AND I STUDIED IT CAREFULLY J AND CONNECTED IT AS A Top
PRIORITY IN OUR MEMORIES.

"MEMORY"J CONTINUED ABI KADESH JASONJ "IS THE SECOND ACTIVATOR


FOR MIND AND CONSCIOUSNESS EXPANSION. IT WORKS SINGLE-HANDEDLY.
IT PICKS UP IDEAS FROM IMAGINATION AND SEARCHES THROUGH ITS
FILES TO MATCH UP THE NEW IDEA WITH PREVIOUSLY HELD MATERIAL.
THE MORE THAT THE MEMORY CAN PULL OUT FOR EXAMINATION J THE
BETTER BUILD-UP YOU WILL HAVE FOR CLOTHING YOUR ORIGINAL IDEA
AND UNDERSTANDING THE PATTERN IT CAN TAKE. AN ACTIVE MEMORY
WILL GENERATE ITS OWN FORCE J AND THIS FORCE WILL BE ABSORBED
BY THE SLEEPING FACTS. THUS J THE MORE FORCEFULLY YOU PLANT
A MEMORY J THE EASIER IT WILL BE TO CALL IT BACK INTO AWARENESS.
IT HAS BEEN FOUND TO BE POSSIBLE FOR ONE TO GO EVER DEEPER
INTO MEMORY FILES UNDER CERTAIN RELAXED STAGES OF MIND AND
BODY.

"WHEN ASPECTS OF LACK OF CONFIDENCE OR FEAR OF FAILURE HAVE


ARTIFICALLY BLOCKED THIS MENTAL PERFORMANCE J HYPNOSIS HAS
BEEN PROVEN TO RELEASE THESE BLOCKS SO THAT PREVIOUSLY BURIED
FACTS MIGHT BE UNCOVERED. WE MENTION THIS ONLY TO POINT OUT
THAT MIND HAS THE ABILITY TO FUNCTION HARMONIOUSLY J AND BECOMES
BLOCKED ONLY WHEN THE DIRECTORS FAIL TO DO THEIR PART.

"THE ACT OF PONDERING OR REVIEWING IDEAS FOR A MEMORY PLANT


ALSO SERVES AND STRENGTHENS ANOTHER IDEA IN MIND •••• THAT
OF PSYCHIC CLAIRVOYANCE. WHEN THESE HIGHER PSYCHIC SENSES
REACH A STAGE OF ABILITY TO SEE OUTSIDE OF THE MATTER PLANES
OF MINDJ THEY RELEASE AND ROAM THE UNIVERSE AND CAN CONTACT
OTHER LIFE-MINDS AT WILL."

"Is THAT LIKE ESP?"J LILY ASKED.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 159 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON TWELVE

"ESP AND TELEPATHY WORK ONLY IN THE MATTER PLANES; IT IS EXPER-


IENCED WHEN PARTICULAR IMAGINATIVE FORCES AND MEMORY OF ONE
MIND JOIN TOGETHER AND FORM A WELL DEVELOPED ASPECT. THIS
ASPECT TUNES INTO AREAS OUTSIDE MATTER AND RACE MIND AND
RECEIVES IMPRESSIONS FROM THESE. THIS MIND CAN REACH OUT
BEYOND ITS OWN AURA AREA AND MENTALLY AND EMOTIONALLY GAIN
UNSEEN AND UNVOICED REALITIES OF OTHERS. MANY TODAY ARE
EXPERIENCING THIS WAYJ YET NOT EXACTLY AWARE THAT THEY ARE
DOING SO. MANY MISTRUST WHAT THEY RECEIVE BECAUSE IT IS
NOT BEING RECEIVED IN AN ORTHODOX MANNER."

"WHAT ABOUT CLAIRVOYANCE AND CLAIRAUDIENCE?" I ASKED.

I RECEIVED AN INDULGENT SMILE. "CLAIRVOYANCE COMES FORTH


THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF YOUR MIND ORGANIZER. THE DEVELOP-
ING OF THE ORGANIZER ALSO MEANS THE ENTITY HAD TO DEVELOP
OBSERVATION OF BOTH SIGHT AND SOUND. OBSERVATION ALSO DEVELOPS
ATTENTION AND ALERTNESS. You CAN SEE HOW ONE LEADS TO THE
OTHER HEREJ AND HOW J IF PURSUED FOR SEVERAL EARTH INCARNATIONS J
IT PRODUCES A HABIT FOR INTENSE MENTAL CONCENTRATION. THIS
IS AN ABILITY TO 'FIX' ON ONE IDEA TO THE COMPLETE EXCLUSION
OF EVERYTHING ELSE. I SEE THAT YOU RECOGNIZE THESE QUALITIES
IN YOURSELF.

"THIS DEEP CONCENTRATION OR DRAWING TO A POINT IN MIND ACTION


IS WHAT MAKES GOOD CHANNELS J BUT THEY MUST ALSO POSSESS OTHER
TRAINED MIND KEYS AS WELL."

THE ASTRAL SUN HAD SET AND DEEP TWILIGHT COVERED EVERYTHING. • ." > • • -. •• • ••

TINY STARS CAME OUT LIKE SILVER TEMPLES TWINKLING


'.- ."
IN THE-. ."

MISTS OF ANCIENT TIME. ABI. . KADESH JASON. FORMED TWO.


CIRCLES -,

WITH HIS OUTSTRETCHED HANDSJ AND ABOVE OUR HEADS. - TWO . - ..


GLOWING
SPHERES APPEARED TO CAST A SOFT LIGHT UPON THE GARDEN. THEN
HE CONTINUED.

"THE MANSTREAM OF LIFE HAS UNKNOWINGLY BEEN DOING MUCH WORK

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 160 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON TWELVE

IN ITS INDIVIDUAL MIND POINTS. MOST PEOPLE RECEIVE WHAT THEY


CALL 'HUNCHES' AND OTHER INSIGHTS FROM THE INVISIBLE. UNDER-
STANDING FROM WHAT WE TEACH WILL FURTHER YOUR SELF-WORK FOR
MENTAL CONSCIOUSNESS.

"THIS NEW MIND CONTENT COMING INTO PROCESS NOW IS FOR A


STRONGER SELF-CREATING WILL. THE MIND VEHICLE CONTAINS A
SYSTEM OF CIRCUITS FOR ENERGY FLOW MUCH ON THE ORDER OF THE
PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC NERVOUS SYSTEM PATTERNS. WHEN THESE
MIND CIRCUITS ARE OPEN AND OPERATING CORRECTLY AND HARMONIOUSLY J
THE ELECTRICAL LINES ALL SYNCHRONIZE AND THERE WILL BE NO
BLOCKS OR HANG UPS. As YET MOST PEOPLE STILL ARE IN THE PRO-
CESS OF LEARNING HOW TO HANDLE MINDJ SO THEREFORE IT IS RARE
THAT A PERFECTLY FUNCTIONING MIND WILL BE ENCOUNTERED.

"ALL ADVANCED THINKERS DOWN THE AGES CAME TO REALIZE THAT


THERE ARE THREE DISTINCT CLASSES OF THOUGHT: (1) THOSE
WHICH FLOW PAST OUR AWARENESS FOR THE TAKING WHEN WE ARE
INSPIRED J THESE IDEAS BEING DIRECT FROM THE GREAT GOD MINDj
(2) THOSE THOUGHTS AROUND A PERSON IN MATTERJ PRODUCED BY
OTHER MEN AND LIVING CREATURES J AND CONTAINED IN THE RACE MINDj
AND (3) THOUGHTS THAT EACH INDIVIDUAL CAN PRODUCE WITHIN
HIMSELF BY PONDERING AND DELIBERATE REFLECTION OF IMAGINATION.
WHAT THE AVERAGE THINKER MIGHT HAVE TROUBLE FACING IS THE
FACT THAT HE MAY NEED TO DO SOME WORK ON HIS OWN AWARENESS IN
ORDER TO GAIN A BETTER AND MORE EFFICIENT STATE OF CONSCIOUSNESS,"

HE SMILED GENTLY DOWN UPON US. "WHEN YOU BECOME KNOWLEDGE-


ABLE AS TO HOW THE MIND WORKS J AND WHAT TOOLS WILL AFFECT
CERTAIN MIND ACTIVATORS J IT WILL PAY DIVIDENDS. You ARE
ALREADY ACQUAINTED WITH THE FACT THAT CERTAIN MIND ACTIONS
OBTAIN CERTAIN RESULTS. WHAT IS NEEDED NOW IS THE ABILITY
TO TUNE INTO THE DEEP AUTHENTIC SOURCES OF THE ONE GOD MIND
FOR PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONSj SUCH AS A DIRECT CONTACT BETWEEN
OUR CREATOR'S MIND AND OUR SMALLER MIND POINTS. WE CAN DO
THIS IN A WAY SIMILAR TO THAT IN WHICH WE ARE NOW COMMUNICA-
TING. ESP IS A CONTACT BETWEEN TWO OR MORE MATTER PERSONSJ

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 161 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 11
LESSON TWELVE

AND OCCURS IN THE AREA OF RACE MINDJ FOLLOWING A MATERIAL LAW.

"CONTACTS OF ASTRAL-SOUL AND SPIRIT FOLLOW COSMIC LAW. MATER-


IAL LAWS ARE SUCH THAT CAN HARMONIZE WITH COSMIC LAWS J AND DO
SO AUTOMATICALLY EVERY DAY AND EVERYWHERE. THEREFORE J IT IS
ONLY A MATTER OF DEVELOPING THE MIND I NSTRUMffNT.

"ATTENTION TO THE THREE KEYS MENTIONED IN THIS LECTURE AND THE


UNFOLDMENT OF THEIR ASSISTANTS PREPARES THE STUDENT. THE ONLY
REASON THAT MANKIND CANNOT NOW RECEIVE INTO HIS MENTAL PROCESSES
HIS HEART/S DESIRE IS THAT SO FAR THE MIND LAws FOR RECEIVING
HAVE NOT BEEN FULFILLED.

"NoW J LET US TAKE THE ORGANIZER. ONLY A FAIR DEVELOPMENT OF


THIS ASPECT IN YOUR PATTERN CAN BE OF REAL VALUE. DISORGANIZA-
TION OCCURS IN DIFFERENT DEGREES AND DIFFERENT HABIT PATTERNS.
THE HABIT OF SCATTERING ONESELF J OF JUMPING FROM ONE INTEREST
OR PLEASURE TO ANOTHER IS AN UNTIDY MIND HABIT AND A GREAT
WASTER OF ENERGY. LEARNING TO PLAN AND CONTROL ACTIONS FOR
NEAT AND CONCISE THINKING HABITS DOES NOT MEAN THAT YOU CAN/T
ENJOY YOURSELF - OR EVEN INDULGE YOURSELF.

"CONSISTENT ACTION OF HABIT AND RELIABILITY OF PERFORMANCE


ALWAYS STEMS FROM A STRONG SELF-ORGANIZER. THE STARTER WHO
NEVER FINISHES) THE BRIEF TASTER OF THIS AND THAT WILL ALWAYS
POSSESS A POORLY TRAINED ORGANIZER. THERE WILL NEVER BE A
BETTER TIME TO CORRECT THIS THAN NOW."

/lEACH OF THESE TRIANGLES OF MIND I HAVE SHOWN YOU CAN BE


SELF-GENERATED TO GROW AND DEVELOP TO A PERFECT ENERGY FORCE
WHILE YOU ARE STILL IN MATTER. WHEN ALL SIX ARE BUILT UP
AND MINGLE) A HARMONY ASSERTS ITSELF TO GENERATE A THIRD MIND
FACULTY. Is IT ANY WONDER THAT A BRILLIANT MIND MANIFESTS
WHEN THAT HAPPENS!"

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 162 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 12
LESSON TWELVE

"I AM CURIOUS ABOUT SOUL MATES AND THEIR MIND TENDENCIES") I


ASKED. "ARE OUR MINDS EXACTLY ALIKE) OR DIFFERENT) OR DO
EACH OF US HAVE ONLY HALF A MIND'S POTENTIAL?"

"A GOOD QUESTION) MY CHILD") JASON SAID. "SOUL MATES ARE VERY
SELDOM ALLOWED TO INCARNATE CLOSE TOGETHER BECAUSE THEY DO HAVE
SIMILAR MIND TENDENCIES) AND THESE UNITED INTO A DOUBLE FORCE
GENERATES A VERY HIGH VOLTAGE. HISTORY HAS KNOWN SUCH COUPLES
ON EARTH) AND THEIR INFLUENCE HAS BEEN SUCH AS TO CHANGE HIS-
TORICAL EVENTS - AND NOT ALWAYS FOR THE GOOD. MOST MEMBERS OF
OUR HUMAN FAMILY ARE STILL IN UNFINISHED MENTAL STATES) AND
THE UNITING OF SOUL MATES IN MIND AND EMOTIONS CAN BE SO OVER-
POWERING THAT THE WHOLE JEWEL CANNOT YET CONTROL ITS FORCES.

"MANY COSMIC RELATIONSHIPS DO NOW HARMONIZE IN MIND ASSOCIATION)


AND WHEN YOU REPEATEDLY HAVE A CLOSE FAMILY OR MARRIAGE RELA-
TIONSHIP ON EARTH WITH THE SAME SOUL TIME AFTER TIME) YOU BUILD
UP A THIRD MIND ATTRACTION BETWEEN YOU. THIS THIRD MIND POWER
CAN WORK FOR SUCCESS. HOWEVER) SOMETIMES IT CAN FORM A NEGA-
TION BETWEEN TWO SOULS) AND THERE WILL BE A NEED FOR THE FRIC-
TION TO BECOME RESOLVED SO THAT ONE CAN BECOME FREE OF THE OTHER.

"IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT YOU MAKE AN EFFORT TO MINGLE WITH MINDS


THAT ARE IN HARMONY WITH YOUR OWN. REMEMBER THAT A NEGATIVE
MIND IS -NOT NECESSARILY A ~ FORCE; SOME ARE STRONG ENOUGH
TO DEVITALIZE YOUR MIND) IF YOUR MIND HAS NOT BEEN TRAINED TO
BE UNDER YOUR CONTROL."

"KNOW THAT STRONG IDEAS FROM OTHER MINDS - BE THEY CONSTRUC-


TIVE OR DESTRUCTIVE - CAN RUB OFF ON YOU IN YOUR SUBJECTIVE
MIND AREAS. IF YOUR MIND HAS WEAK TOOLS) THERE IS NOTHING THAT
IT CAN DO TO WARD OFF THESE INTRUDERS. WHEN AWAKE AND ALERT
IT IS BUSY HANDLING MATTER LEVEL ACTIVITIES ON THE CONSCIOUS
LEVEL) THUS LEAVING THE SUBJECTIVE AND SUGGESTIVE AREAS VUL-
NERABLE TO ACCEPT THESE NEGATIONS) AND PLANT THE SEEDS OF
CONCEPTS DERIVED FROM THEM. THESE GROW INTO BLOCKS) WHICH

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 163 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 13
LESSON TWELVE

NO MAN NEED KEEP. No MAN NEED FOLLOW THE HITLERS OF MATTER


OR THE GLOOM PEDDLERS.

"Now)LET ME SUMMARIZE SO THAT YOU CAN RETURN TO MATTER. IT


IS SEEN THAT IMAGINATION IS FAR MORE IMPORTANT THAN WAS
FORMERLY BELIEVEDj IT PLAYS AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN MIND GROWTH
AND CONSCIOUSNESS EXPANSION. WHEN IMAGINATION IS SHARP) CLEAR
AND HIGHLY POLISHED IT PRESENTS THE MEMORY WITH PERMANENT PIC-
TURES. THIS MEMORY PICTURE KNOWLEDGE CAN) IN TURN) BE SKILL-
FULLY ORGANIZED AND CONNECTED INTO MEMORY'S EXISTING CONTENTS
TO FORM A WISDOM CHAIN. THEREFORE) AN IDEA HAS BEEN CREATED
BY YQU OUT OF THE NEAT AND TiDY CONNECTION YOU HAVE ACTIVATED
AND SET DOWN IN MIND.

"THESE TWO TRIANGLES ARE YOUR MIND'S STARTER BUTTONS. As WE


TAKE MORE TRIPS INTO MIND) OTHER ASPECTS WILL COME FORTH.

"WE BLESS THIS TIME SPENT TOGETHER." HE CAME OVER AND PLACED
HIS HANDS ON THE TOPS OF OUR HEADS. IITHIS KNOWLEDGE IS OUR
GIFT TO YOU II •

AND WITH THAT ABI KADESH JASON SLOWLY WALKED OUT OF THE GARDEN.

WE SAT SILENTLY DIGESTING JASON'S REVELATIONS. FINALLY)


SAFFRON RECALLED US TO START OUR JOURNEY HOMEWARD. THE ROSE-
LILAC MIST ENFOLDED US AND GENTLY CARRIED US ON OUR WAY.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 164 of 326
/
"

I AM A LIVING GOD-CREATED LIFE FORCE; GOD'S


ONE MIND IS THE rASTER PATTERN. I AM DETER- .t.

MINED TO USE THIS DIVINE PATTERN AS THE BLUE- " ~


:"'!;, 'J

PRINT FOR MY LIFE. I AM FREE TO SET MY OWN "


.}

DIRECTION AND PACE TO ACCOMPLISH THESE NEW >


GOALS. , ,'~~ ..it;~
'.. ~ '1~" ~ '..;. j
- ~. --..:.": .

I WILL DEVELOP THE IMAGINATION MEMORY AND J


i"

!•
'f&~:t~~~1:; .;::~
-.-:W ':!t'::-'I h ~ ~¥J

ORGANIZATION POWERS OF MY MIND. THESE TOOLS '~:·;\f~'2·,. "::{.J


·te.... l ., ...1
~
OF MIND ARE INCREASING MY SELF-CONFIDENCE J ;0.'"
~
.
" l '1
INITIATIVE AND LEADERSHIP, I VISUALIZE THIS
PERFORMING ACTION IN MY LIFE NOW!

AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 165 of 326
THIRTEIN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 166 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 167 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON THI.RTEEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON THIRTEEN
"ALL GOD'S CHILDREN ARE SPECIAL"
WE WERE UNEXPECT.EDLy CONTACTED DURI NG THE ~lEEK BY THE. SOUL
GROUP J WHO INFORMED US THAT A SOUL THAT WE ALREADY KNEW WAS
TO BE THE THIRD POINT IN THE SOUL GROUP LESSON TRIANGLE.
THIS EVENT WAS PRE-ORDAINED. THEY ALSO TOLD US THAT THIS
INDIVIDUAL'S ENERGY AND SOUL DEVELOPMENT PATTERN - AS THAT OF
LILY AND MYSELF - OBEYED CERTAIN MATTER AND ASTRAL LAWS. THE
SOUL GROUP ALSO REVEALED THAT THIS PRESENT PORTION OF THE MAGI
WORK J WHICH WAS CURRENTLY FORTHCOMING FROM THE ASTRAL MEMBERS J
WAS TO BE COMPLETED UNDER THE VIBRATION OF THIS LESSON TRIANGLE.
WE LEARNED THAT THE LESSON PORTION WAS EVENTUALLY TO JOIN WITH
AN ANCIENT COUNTERPART THROUGH THE MAGI J WHOSE INFLUENCE WOULD
BRING HIS SERVANT TO US. THIS MAN ALREADY IS HOLDING THE APPRO-
PRIATE POWERS AND ORDINATIONS NECESSARY TO ONCE AGAIN ESTABLISH
A HEADQUARTERS OF THE MAGI. (THESE LESSONS AND THE MAGI CENTER
ARE THE LIVING RESULT OF THIS MANIFESTATION ON EARTH.)

SUNDAY EVENING IT BECAME OBVIOUS THAT WE WERE GOING TO NEED


MANY EXTRA CHAIRS FOR THE SESSION. EACH WEEK HAD BROUGHT MORE
AND MORE SEEKERS TO US.

WE WERE A BIT LATE IN STARTING. WHEN THE USUAL PRAYER FINISHEDJ


THE WELCOME SCENT OF ROSES J LILIES AND VIOLETS GREETED ALL IN
THE ROOM. WHITEJ ROSE AND VIOLET MIST IN SMOKEY GEOMETRIC
DESIGNS APPEARED OVER ALL OF OUR HEADS.

SEATED IN BETWEEN LILY AND ME WAS THE NEW MEMEBER WHO WAS TO
BECOME THE THIRD PART OF THE LESSON TRIANGLE. As THE ROSE
CERISE COLOR INTENSIFIED IN ENERGY J A DISEMBODIED VOICE INSTRUC-
TED THE THREE OF US TO LINK ARMS FOR OUR JOURNEY THROUGH THE
VEIL. WE EXPERIENCED A SWEET J LANGUID EMOTION AND WEIGHTLESSNESS

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 168 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON THIRTEEN

AS WE FLOATED THROUGH THE MISTS OF VIBRANT COLOR. FAINT


CHOIRS OF VOICES WERE HEARDJ THEIR HARMONIES DRIFTING BETWEEN
FAINTNESS AND CLARITY AS THOUGH CARRIED ON AN ASTRAL BREEZE.
THERE WERE ANGEL FORMS FLOATING IN THE ETHERIC DISTANCE. THEN
OUR FEET TOUCHED THE VELVET GRASS J AND WE FOUND OURSELVES STAND-
ING UPON A CLIFF OVERLOOKING A LARGE INLAND LAKE. THE GOLDEN
RAYS OF THE ASTRAL SUN POURED A MOLTEN HIGHWAY OF COLOR UPON
THE WATERS.

BREATHING IN THE ASTRAL COLORS J THE THREE OF US WALKED ALONG


THE WEST SIDE OF THE CASTLE J AND UPON REACHING A SUNKEN-GARDEN
AREAJ WE SAW MARSHA AND ELEANOR AND ONE WHOM WE DID NOT YET
KNOW. SHE WAS WEARING A MULTI-COLORED SARI AND LOOKED EAST
INDIAN. THEY ROSE TO GREET US. THEN WE INTRODUCED OUR FRIEND
TO THEMJ AND WERE IN TURN INTRODUCED TO LANENA. ALTHOUGH SHE
GREETED US ALLJ THERE WAS AN IMMEDIATE AND DEEP RAPPORT BETWEEN
LANENA AND OUR EARTH COMPANION.

MARSHA J ELEANOR AND LANENA LED US DOWN INTO THE SUNKEN ROMAN
GARDEN. THERE WAS A MIRROR-LIKE SQUARE POOL AT ITS LOWEST
LEVEL J AND ALL AROUND WERE STONE TIERED SEATS; THERE WAS AN
ABUNDANCE OF FLOWERS. ONCE SEATED J WE SAW THAT THERE WAS AL-
READY A SMALL GROUP WAITING THERE. THERE WAS MASTER OMAR AND
GURU WITH SOME MASTERS THAT WE HAD NOT SEEN BEFORE J A GROUP
OF YOUNG MONKS COUNTING HENRY AMONG THEIR RANKS J AND A TRIO OF
CHEERFULLY GRINNING YOUNG MEN WHICH INCLUDED STANLEY. MORI
HANDUS WAS THEREJ ACCOMPANIED BY FIVE COMPANIONS J ALL OF WHOM
WERE WEARING WHITE ROBES. AND LAST J BUT NOT LEAST J THERE WAS A
HUGE J BEAUTIFUL ST. BERNARD DOG.

~ WAS OUR GROUP. GURU EMBRACED EACH OF US J KISSING US ON


THE FOREHEAD. HE GLANCED FONDLY AT EACH OF US J AND THEN WITH
A VOICE BRIMMING WITH JUBILANT TRIUMPH SAID: "SO NOW OUR
FLOWER·TRIANGLE BECOMES COMPLETE J AND THE LAW IS FULFILLED.
WELCOME J VIOLET!". HIS DEEP BROWN EYES GAZED INTENTLY INTO

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 169 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON. THI.RTEEN

HER LIGHT LAVENDER ONES~ AS HE CONTINUED. "GOD'S VIOLETS


BEAUTIFY THE BARE SPACES EVERYWHERE IN UNIVERSE AND SPREAD
A CARPET OF BEAUTY FOR HUMANITY'S FEET. THE SHY AND QUIET
FORCES OF YOUR PATTERN BELIES THE DELICACY OF YOUR JEWEL~
FOR ITS STRENGTH IS MIGHTY AND THE RHYTHMS OF YOUR SPIRIT
RING ALOUD WITH CLARITY IN SERVICE TO THE FATHER AND MOTHER
GOD. THE GLOBES OF MATTER ARE YOUR FIELDS AND WOODS~ MY
VIOLET~ AND YOU CAN SERVE THEM WELL."

As MASTER OMAR JOINED GURU~ WE THREE DAUGHTERS OF EARTH KNELT


DOWN BEFORE THEM TO RECEIVE THEIR BESTOWING OF CERTAIN BLESS-
INGS AND GIFTS UPON OUR NOW-COMPLETED TRIANGLE. THESE ENDOW-
MENTS WERE GIVEN TO US TO AID US IN THE WORK THAT WE WERE TO .
DO FOR THE MAGI AND SOUL GROUP. As THE THREE MASTERS INITIATED
US~ THE WATERS OF THE POOL BLAZED WITH LIFE~ SURGING AND CHANG-

ING FROM FIRE TO EMERALD AND THEN TO DIAMOND AND FINALLY AME-
THYST. WE FELT THE POWER OF THE MASTERS FLOW INTO THE VERY
CENTER OF OUR BEINGS.

THE CEREMONY OVER~ EVERYONE RUSHED TO CONGRATULATE US INCLUD-


ING MACNEIL THE GREAT (THE ST. BERNARD). THEN WE WERE LEFT
ALONE WITH MORI HANDUS AND HIS MONKS. HE SEATED HIMSELF NEAR
US~ AND HIS EYES GLOWED WITH APPROVAL AS HE BEGAN TO SPEAK:

"Do YOU THREE REALIZE THAT YOU ARE HERE NOW BECAUSE YOU DELI-
BERATELY SET UP CERTAIN SELF ACTIONS AGES AGO IN SOME PREVIOUS
LIFETIMES ON EARTH?" WE SHOOK OUR HEADS. "IT'S TRUE!"~ HE
CONTINUED. "IN SOME PAST INCARNATION EACH OF YOU HAD THE COURAGE
TO SEEK FOR A SELF-GROWTH. IN SPITE OF LEARNED FEARS~ EACH OF
YOU TRIED FOR PERSONAL CHANGE.

"THERE ARE TODAY MANY SOULS WHO ARE AWAKENING ON EARTH. THEY~
TOO~ POSSESS COURAGE AND THE ABILITY TO COME TO REALIZE THAT

THE ONLY GOD THEY WILL EVER FIND OR KNOW IS THE ONE THAT ALREADY
LIES WITHIN THEMSELVES~ AND THAT THE ONLY LOVE THEY WILL EVER

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 170 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON THIRTEEN

EXPERIENCE IS THAT LOVE WHICH THEY CAN FEEL WITHIN THEMSELVES.


IF NONE YET LIES IN THE HEARTJ THEN NONE CAN BE GIVEN OR RE-
CEIVED. GOD AND LOVE CAN BE SHARED ONLY IF SUCH ALREADY DWELLS
IN BOTH HEARTS."

GESTURING TOWARD THE POOL J HE SAID: "CONSIDER THE MIRROR-LIKE


PLACIDITY OF THE WATER. ITS HIDDEN DEPTHS ARE CLEAR) MIRRORING
BACK A CLEAR REFLECTION. THE EVOLVING MIND CAN ALSO BECOME
CLEAR WHEN WE RID IT OF EXTRANEOUS OPINIONS. FREED OF ALL OF
THE SILT AND DEBRIS THE MIND HAS ROOM TO GROW. ALWAYS BEFORE)
EACH HUMAN ADDED TO MIND ONLY ACCORDING TO HIS DESTINY. Now
THOSE AWAKENING AND AWARE OF NEEDING SOME MANNER OF INNER
NOURISHMENT) REALIZE THAT.THERE MUST BE A WAY TO ACHIEVE THIS.
THEY SEEK FOR IT.

"IN EARTH'S EARLIER AGES J HUMANS KNEW NOTHING OF ELECTRICITY.


THEY OFTEN OBSERVED LIGHTNING. AND FEARED ITS MIGHTY POWERS.
BUT OUR LIFE STREAM WAS GROWING AND LEARNING) AND SOON CERTAIN
MINDS LEARNED HOW TO HARNESS THE POWER OF THE LIGHTNING AND
CALL ITS FORCES OUT OF THE INVISIBLE REALMS. THOUGHT J TOO J
IS INVISIBLE J AND LIKE LIGHTNING IT CAN BE HARNESSED AND CON-
TROLLED TO GIVE US BETTER LIVES ONCE WE LEARN TO UNDERSTAND
ITS LAWS.

"You SAW HOW "GROUPED THOUGHT" CHANGED THAT POOL TO FIERCE


LIFE AND POWER DURING YOUR INITIATION. You EVEN FELT THAT
POWER AS IT COURSED THROUGH YOUR ASTRAL FORMS. Now THINK OF
WHAT SUCH A GROUP MIND POWER COULD DO ON EARTH IF IT WERE
HELD TO THE CONSTRUCTIVE POLARITIES OF THOUGHT. AND THINK
OF WHAT HARM IS BEING DISTRIBUTED ON EARTH TODAY THROUGH
PESSIMISM AND MAN'S CURRENT AVID INTEREST IN HEARING ABOUT
CRIME) VIOLENCE) BRUTALITY AND SCANDAL.

"THE· SEEKERS ON EARTH - AND THERE ARE MANY OF THESE PEOPLE -


ARE OFTEN QUITE LONELY AND ALONE. OFTEN FRIENDS) FAMILY AND

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 171 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON THIRTEEN

ASSOCIATES OF THE ENVIRONMENT THEY ARE BORN INTO CANNOT FILL


THE DEEP NEEDS OF THEIR MINDS. THEY MAY SEEM ODD TO MOST
OTHER PEOPLE J AND ALTHOUGH THEY ARE RELATED TO OTHERS BY BLOOD J
THEIR INNATE MIND IDEAS WHICH GO BEYOND THE BOUNDARIES OF EARTH
MAKE THEM FEEL LONELY. BUT THESE PEOPLE ARE RELATED ONLY TO
THOSE WHO ARE OF LIKE MIND - WHO THINK AS THEY DO - AND POSSESS
SIMILAR MIND PATTERNS. EVERYONE NEEDS CONTACT WITH MINDS THAT
ARE IN RAPPORT WITH THEIR OWN J AND TO FEEL TO BE A MEMBER OF A
FAMILY GROUP. IT IS A MENTAL LAW THAT MINDS OF SIMILAR QUALITY
MUST HAVE CONTACT FROM OTHER LIKE MINDS IF GROWTH IS TO OCCUR.

"THE MAGI OVERSHADOWS AND BRINGS TOGETHER MANY PERSONS FOR


COMMUNIONS OF MIND. KARMIC NEEDS HAVE SCATTERED MANY EVERY-
WHERE OVER THE WORLD. THE MAGI ROAMS EARTH SEEKING KINDRED
MINDS J AND ENDEAVORING TO LEAD THEM INTO COMPATIBLE UNIONS.
WHENEVER A SOUL CONNECTS WITH ITS ASTRAL FAMILY SOUL GROUP J IT
ALSO MENTALLY CONNECTS INTO A LIVING MIND FORCE. OTHER MEMBERS
OF THIS GROUP OF SOULS RESIDING ON EARTHJ SEEM TO DRAW THE MAGI
AND EACH OTHER IN A PHYSICAL AFFINITY.

"THIS IS WHY THE MAGI CENTER HAS BEEN BROUGHT FORTH AT THIS
TIME. THUS J SEEKING MINDS CAN FIND A COMMUNICATION BOND AND
EXCHANGE LIKE-QUALITY IDEAS. THERE CAN BE MANY PHYSICAL MILES
BETWEEN MINDS J BUT BY BELONGING TO A CENTRAL HUB J ALL ARE
CLOSELY ASSOCIATED IN UNION."

AT THIS POINT J I ASKED FOR CLARITY REGARDING "MIND" AND THE


BASIC "JEWEL"J WHICH WAS EACH INDIVIDUAL'S BASIC GOD PATTERN.
MORI HANDUS ANSWERED: "SPIRIT IS THE GEOMETRIC DESIGN YOUR
JEWEL'S ENERGY PATTERN FALLS INTO THROUGH THE LAW OF ATTRACTION
AND REPULSION. A JEWEL DESIGN WILL FOLLOW AN ORIGINAL CREATIVE
OUTLINE J YET WILL CONTAIN ROOM WITHIN THIS OUTLINE FOR CONSIDER-
ABLE CHANGING FOR GROWTH. YOUR BASIC SPIRIT HAS A DEFINITE
OUTLINE OR SHAPE J AND WITHIN THIS OUTER CASING YOU GROW J EVOLVE
AND CHANGE. ONLY THE OUTER GEOMETRICAL FORM REMAINS RIGID. THE
INNER SPIRIT GROWS INTO ITS OUTER JEWEL CASE J THUS SPIRIT ADDS
TO ITSELF."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 172 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON THIRTEEN

"MIND IS VERY DIFFERENT FROM THE JEWEL. OUR MIND-POINTS HOLD


A MYSTERY AT THEIR ROOTS J AND GO. FAR BACK BEYOND THIS PRE-
SENT UNIVERSE AND ITS CREATION. OUR MIND-POINTS CONNECT DIR-
ECTLY INTO THE CROWN CHAKRA OF GOD THE ABSOLUTE.

"WHEN GOD CREATED EACH OF US J THE SPIRITUAL ELEMENTS HE CHOSE


WERE UNIQUE FOR EACH WHOLE JEWEL. THEN HE ATTACHED FROM HIS
MIND A SEED. THIS MIND SEED CONTAINED TWO PODS IN ITS CASE.
WHEN THE 'WHOLE JEWEL" SPUN DOWN INTO UNIVERSE AND SPIRIT
MATTERJ THE ENERGY THREAD ATTACHED TO THE MIND SEED STILL REMAIN-
ED HOOKED IN GOD MIND.

"THIS ENERGY THREAD CONNECTS OUR WHOLE JEWEL FIRMLY TO GOD.

"ONCE IN SPIRIT J THE SEED/S TWO PODS SEPARATED BUT EACH ALSO
POSSESSED ONE OF THE STRANDS OF THE ORIGINAL THREAD. THESE
TWO SEEDS HAVE THE POWER TO DIVIDE THEMSELVES INTO FOURTEEN
PARTS - AND YET IT ALWAYS REMAINS WHOLE BECAUSE NONE OF ITS
PARTS EVER LEAVES THE SILVER CORD.

"THE JEWEL THAT GOD EJECTED CAME TO REST IN THE HIGHEST OF


UNIVERSAL PLANES - IN THE SPIRIT REALMS. IT DIVIDED ITSELF
INTO TWO HALVES J WHICH LOCATED IN THEIR PROPER JEWEL POLARITIES.
Now WE SEE EACH JEWEL HAS TWO SEED HALVES AND TWO MIND POINTS.
EACH MIND POINT HALF NOW CONTAINS SEVEN SMALL SEEDS~RUNS LIKE
BEADS UPON ITS SILVER CORD.

"UPON THE CYCLE FOR TRAVELING DOWN THROUGH ASTRAL AND INTO
MATTERJ MIND HAD TO REMAIN CONNECTED WITH ITS HEADQUARTERS IN
GOD/S MIND. MIND ALSO HAD TO BE ESTABLISHED ON EACH PLANE UPON
WHICH IT RESTED - AND YET HAD TO HAVE ACCESS TO ITS TOTAL AT
ALL TIMES. THIS WAS WORKED OUT ON THE SAME PRINCIPAL AS YOUR
TELEPHONE SYSTEM - THAT IS TO SAY THAT EACH TINY SEED PORTION
SETTLED AS A COMMUNICATIONS CENTER IN YOUR TWO ASTRAL SOUL FORMS
AND (WHEN IN MATTER) IN YOUR PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC AREAS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 173 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON THIRTEEN

AT THE SAME TIME~ TWO WERE LEFT IN YOUR SPIRIT JEWEL FORM
AND ONE IN THE JEWEL ITSELF.

"THESE SEEDS SPIN DOWN AND DEPOSIT THEMSELVES IN THEIR


VEHICLES. THE LAST DEPOSIT IS IN YOUR PHYSICAL HEART.
HEART - NOT BRAIN~ FOR BRAIN IS ONLY A RECEIVING APPARATUS
AND NOT MIND. IT IS THIS SEED ATOM NOW WINDING INTO ETHERIC
MIND'S SEED BASE THAT HAS LED PSYCHICS TO ERRONEOUSLY BELIEVE
THAT THE CORD BREAKS AT DEATH. BUT NO BREAK OCCURS - THE
SEED - SPIDER-LIKE - WINDS INWARD TO AFFECT THE RETURN TO
ETHERIC AND JOINS ITS TWIN SEED. THESE TWO CONNECT.

"ONCE CONNECTED~ THESE TWO WIND UP TOGETHER INTO THE SENTIENT


SOUL AREA. WHEN THE WORK THERE IS ACCOMPLISHED~ THE THREE
SEED ATOMS WIND UP INTO THE INTELLECTUAL SOUL~ ETC. THIS PER-
FORMANCE REPEATS WITH EVERY INCARNATION. THE MIND SEEDS THEM-
SELVES ARE COLLECTING DATA~ AND AS THEY WIND UPWARD THE DATA
DEPOSITS. THUS~ CONSCIOUSNESS AND INTELLIGENCE COLLECT AND
GROW.

"TODAY ON EARTH~ THE MAGI IS BRINGING READY MINDS TO BLEND IN


FULL COMMITMENT. HIS SERVICE IS THAT OF UNITING MINDS. ALL
SEEKING~ QUESTING MINDS THAT ARE SCATTERED EVERYWHERE. KARMA
SEES THAT HUMANS ARE PLACED IN ENVIRONMENTS AND EXPERIENCES
AND ASSOCIATIONS IN WHICH CERTAIN LEARNINGS WILL COME FORTH.
OFTEN THESE RESULT IN MIXED MIND EVOLUTION. ALL PERSONS DIS-
COVER INCOMPATIBILITIES IN THEIR MIND IDEAS.

"A GOOD BOND OF COMMUNICATION IS. NECESSARY FOR A MIND TO EXPAND


AND GROW J AND THE ABILITY TO COMMUNICATE AND SHARE THOUGHTS
GENERATES A LIVING FORCE BETWEEN KINDRED MINDS SO THAT THESE
MAY BE CONNECTED WITH LIKE MINDS AND ASTRAL GROUPS. THERE IS
A VIGOR AND SUPPORT PRESENT BETWEEN ALL AFFINITIES OF MIND.
AGAINJ ALTHOUGH MILES APART PHYSICALLY~ SUCH MINDS ARE CONNEC-
TED WHEN A CENTRAL LOCATION IS ESTABLISHED AND KNOWN TO YOU.
THE MAGI CENTER IS SUCH A HUB.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 174 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON THIRTEEN

"ALL HUMANITY IS BASICALLY MIND AND SPIRIT. KARMA PLACES


EVERY PERSON AMONG CERTAIN PEOPLE J PLACES AND EVENTS. EVERY-
ONE MUST DWELL IN A SUITABLE PHYSICAL VEHICLE AND KEEP UP
WITH THE COSMIC PARADE BY LEARNING FROM MATTER EXPERIENCE.
THUS J WE CONTINUE TO REINCARNATE UNTIL WE ATTAIN CERTAIN
DEGREES OF KNOWLEDGE. IF THE INDIVIDUAL PROGRESSES J A TIME
ARRIVES WHEN A NEED OR HUNGER ARISES FOR MENTAL COMPANIONSHIP J
AND TO BE INVOLVED WITH SOMETHING AKIN TO ONE'S THOUGHTS AND
MENTAL PROCESSES. AUTOMATICALLY THIS INDIVIDUAL BECOMES A
SEEKER) ENDEAVORING TO FULFILL MENTAL HUNGERS. PERHAPS YOU
HAD TRIED MANY SOURCES BEFORE THE MAGI LED YOU TO US."

THIS WAS TRUE INDEEDJ AS ALL OF US HAD INVESTIGATED MANY FINE


AREAS J AND YET STILL FELT THAT GNAWING NEED - UNTIL NOW.

"MINDS OF LIKE QUALITY WILL MAGNETIZE J COOPERATE AND AFFECT


FOR SUCCESSFUL RESULTS. THE OPPOSITE IS ALSO TRUE. MIND
ENERGIES FORM A WEB AND ACCUMULATE POWERFUL FORCES. THIS ACTION
NOURISHES WHEN DIRECTED TOWARD CONSTRUCTIVE ENDS. BUT WHEN
THIS FORCE IS USED FOR EVIL J IT CAN TURN INWARD UPON ITSELF TO
THE HARM OF THOSE WHO ARE GENERATING THIS MISDIRECTED FORCE.

"THE MAGI WANTED HIS CENTER TO BE ESTABLISHED AS A PLACE OF


CONNECTION INTO ETHERIC AND ASTRAL REALMS SO THAT A NETWORK
COULD· BE LAID OVER THE EARTH. THE GREATEST POWER IN THE
UNIVERSE IS THE POWER OF UNITED MINDS IN AN ACTION FOR A
PURPOSE. MIND EVER ACTS ON OUR MOTIVATING CONTENTS. THE
HIGHER OUR MOTIVES AREJ THE GREATER OUR POWERS. THESE SILENT
POWERS OF MIND OFTEN APPEAR TO BE MYSTERIOUS BECAUSE THEIR
WORK IS NOISELESS AND BRINGS FOR A LAW J RESULTS. EVERY THOUGHT
THAT YOU ENTERTAIN IS REAL. IT IS EITHER BUILDING A GOOD
STRUCTURE FOR YOU J OR DARKNESS AND A MENTAL BLOCK. USE YOUR
IMAGINATIONS TO DELIBERATELY CHANGE A POOR HABIT THOUGHT.
BUILD YOUR MIND RICHLY. STOP ANY LIMITS YOU DISCOVER. THROW
OUT THE "I CAN'TS"J THE "I DON'T BELIEVES" AND THE "I NEVER
COULDS." PERISH THESE BORROWED IDEAS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 175 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON THIRTEEN

"No GOD CHILD IS ORDINARY; EACH IS SPECIAL IN SOME UNIQUE


WAY.

"THE ONE INFINITE MIND OF GOD KNOWS NO DOUBT NOR FEAR. YOUR
MIND IS A PART OF GOD'S MIND. THEREFORE J THAT PRESENT FEAR
OR DOUBT IS NOT YOU. IT WAS PLANTED AND ACCEPTED BY YOU
BEFORE YOU KNEW DIFFERENTLY SO THAT NOW YOU CAN DISLODGE IT
AND REPLACE IT WITH YOUR NEW KNOWLEDGE.

"THE MIND DOES HAVE AN AUTOMATIC ACTION J WHICH ABSORBS THOUGHTS


AS A SPONGE ABSORBS LIQUID. AND - LIKE A SPONGE - MIND CAN BE
WRUNG OUT AND RE-WET WITH NEW IDEAS. WHENEVER YOU REPLACE
NEGATIVE IDEAS WITH CONSTRUCTIVE BELIEFS J YOUR MIND WILL NATUR-
ALLY PUT ITSELF IN LEAGUE TO THE HIGHER LEVELS. THE BUILT UP
FORCES OF OLD BORROWED IDEAS CAN LEAD TO NEGATIVE MOODS -
WHICH ATTRACT EXACTLY WHAT YOU DON'T WANT RIGHT TO YOU! REMEM-
BERJ THAT MIND IS A POWERFUL MAGNET AND ALSO THE REAL YOU.
YOUR PHYSICAL J SOUL AND SPIRIT FORMS OR VEHICLES ARE ONLY
INSTRUMENTS AND ARE EXPENDABLE. BUT MIND IS PERMANENT IN FORM.

"You HAVE THE POWER TO USE MIND WHETHER FOR EFFICIENT PROGRESS
AND HEALTHY WORK J OR YOU CAN CONTINUE TO MUDDLE ALONG ON OLD
COLLECTIVE IDEAS NOT OF YOUR ORIGINAL CHOOSING. By FOLLOWING
THE LATTER COURSE J YOU WILL CONTINUE TO ATTRACT THE SAME NEGA-
TIVE SITUATIONS TO YOU TIME AFTER TIMEJ FOR LIKE ATTRACTS LIKE.

"THEREFORE J TO LEAVE THAT FRUSTRATING LEVEL J YOU MUST BEGIN


BY STARTING AN ACTION WITHIN YOURSELF - NOT IN THE OTHER FELLOW
OR IN AN EXTERNAL CHANGE. ANY PHYSICAL MOVE YOU MAKE WILL BE
MAGNIFIED INTO ANOTHER LIKE CIRCUMSTANCE UNTIL YOU SUCCEED IN
CHANGING FOR THE BETTER IN YOUR OWN MIND.

"ANOTHER ADVANTAGE WE GAIN WHEN WE LEARN TO- OVERCOME NEGATIVE


MOODS AND PERSONAL BELIEF IS THAT THIS ACTION CHANGE WILL ALSO
INSURE US BETTER FUTURE VEHICLES IN OUR NEXT CYCLE OF INCARNA-
TION. NOT ONLY PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC VEHICLES - BUT WE ARE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 176 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 10
LESSON THIRTEEN

INSURING BETTER SOUL ASTRAL AND SPIRITUAL FORMS FOR OURSELVES


AS WELL. THUSJ NOT ONLY CAN WE MAKE MATTER EXISTENCE EASIER
AND MORE PLEASANT FOR OURSELVES J BUT WE ALSO INSURE OUR AFTER
LIFE EXPERIENCES."

WE WERE THRILLED AT THESE WORDS J AND MORI HANDUS SENSED THAT


HE WAS REACHING US.

"WHAT YOU HABITUALLY THINK"J HE CONTINUED J "IS FAR MORE IMPORT-


ANT TO YOUR REAL SELF THAN ANY EXTERNAL ACTIONS YOU CAN PERFORM
IN THE SERVICE OF GOD - OR WORDS THAT YOU CAN SAY J IN PRAYER
OR OUT OF IT. FOR MARK THIS - WHAT YOU HABITUALLY THINK NEVER
SHUTS OFF. WHETHER CONSCIOUSLY AWAKE IN MATTER OR SOUND ASLEEP
IN ETHERIC OR ASTRAL J YOUR MIND IS REVIEWING THE THOUGHTS YOU
HOLD J BOTH THOSE YOU HAVE ADOPTED AND THOSE WHICH YOU HAVE BY
INTELLIGENCE PROVEN OUT FOR YOURSELF. MIND NEVER CEASES TO
OPERATE.

"AND THOSE MOODS AND DEPRESSIONS AND FEELINGS OF INFERIORITY


THAT ARE CAUSED BY YOUR BELIEF THAT YOU ARE NOT PRETTY) OR
SMART OR LOVEABLE) ARE DOUBTS THAT HAVE BEEN ~ TO YOU.

EVERYONE HAS BEEN SUBJECTED TO THESE INSIDIOUS IDEAS BECAUSE


MEN ARE RAISED TO BELIEVE IN THE EDICTS OF THEIR ELDERS)
FAMILY TABOOS AND TRIBAL LAWS. WARS AND PERSONAL CLASHES
ARE ALL THE RESULT OF .THESE LAWS AND ARBITRARY IDEAS. AND MAN
HOLDS ONTO THEM ONLY BECAUSE OF FEAR. GOD GAVE EACH OF YOU
THE RIGHT TO DEMAND BETTER FOR YOURSELF. OLD MOODS AND OVER-
LOADS IN THE OPINION FILES TELL US WE NEED TO CLEAN OUT MENTAL
RUTS SO THAT WE CAN OPERATE IN FREEDOM. SELF-DEPRECIATION IS
THE MOST DAMAGING THING TO OUR ADVANCEMENT. No INDIVIDUAL IS
WORTHLESS J UNWORTHY OR A FAILURE. ALL OF GOD/S CHILDREN ARE
SPECIAL!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 177 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 11
LESSON THIRTEEN

"So THAT MIND AND SOUL BECOME ALERT TO ITS TRUTH} SAY THE
FOLLOWING DAILY:

"THERE IS A GOD POWER WITHIN ME WHICH IS GREATER


THAN I AM RIGHT NOW. I WILL USE THIS GOD POWER
TO CHANGE AND CLEAR MY MIND FILES AND REPLACE
THEM WITH HIGHER WISDOMS. THIS GREAT GOD MIND
IN WHICH MY MIND-POINT DWELLS} HELPS ME DO THIS.
THE CHRIST LIGHT IN ME DRAWS GREATER POWERS TO
MY MIND. I AM SUPERIOR TO THESE IMPLANTED MAN
ERROR IDEAS. I CAN MASTER THEM BECAUSE I AM
GOD'S CHILD. AND THIS IS SO."

MORI HANDUS THEN SMILED UPON US AND ROSE. As HE AND HIS


MONKS LEFT US} WE JOYOUSLY HUGGED ONE ANOTHER. DUSK WAS
SETTLING IN} AND WE STROLLED TO THE SOFT GRASS ON THE CLIFF'S
EDGE AND LOOKED DOWN INTO THE WATER. THREE STRANGE GLOBES
OF LIGHT APPEARED OVER OUR HEADS. WHILE FASCINATED} WE
WATCHED SIMILAR TINY BALLS OF LIGHT WINK ON OVER THE TOY
VILLAGE BELOW. SOME MOVED ABOUT WHILE OTHERS REMAINED
STATIONARY.

As WE FELL INTO A HAPPY DISCUSSION} I THOUGHT TO MYSELF:


"SOMEDAY THIS WILL BE MY HOME."

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 178 of 326
... '

I NEVER WALK ALONE. I ALWAYS WALK WITH GOD FOR


THE FATHER AND I ARE ONE! I BELIEVE A DEFINITE
AND SPECIFIC ACTION IS TAKING PLACE IN MY LIFE
NOW FOR THE GOOD. I KNOW THE LAW OF MIND PRO-
DUCES FOR ME WHATEVER I ORDER SO I CONTROL EVERY
THOUGHT) WORD AND DEED,

DIVINE HARMONY FLOWS THROUGH ME NOW, I AM A


BEAUTIFUL AND UNIQUE FLOWER IN THE GARDEN OF
GOD) AND I OFFER MY SPECIAL TALENTS TO HIM,

AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 179 of 326
(

fOURTEEN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 180 of 326
(
.<;"',

. ~<".'
,i "l- ./" -.~

,'/] J.';",ff~;t";.:;~
·'G~
. -.;-: .-;, ..... , . _. ;

.
-.'.'

'~$~;'i~fijl~~t;l(;qifj;F

·~~~~~:····:·L<.·
,. ,~<~,-,,~rr~~ ~
.:~~t ~;~~~~, .
" ,

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 181 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON FOURTEEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON FOURTEEN

"DESIRE, SUCCESS AND PROSPERITY"

OUR TRIP INTO THE ASTRAL WAS LOVELY. WE FLOATED IN REFULGENT


STREAMS OF DEEP ROSE AND LAVENDER. THEN INTO THE CLEAR BLUE
COLOR. WE WERE MET BY SEVERAL SNOW WHITE DOVES. THEY LED THE
WAY ONWARD THROUGH THICK CLOUDS LIKE FRESH WHIPPED CREAM.
ENTERING THE CLEAR VIVID ASTRAL REALMS} WE CONTINUED TO FOLLOW
THEIR SPARKLING WINGS AND CAME TO REST BESIDE THE CASTLE.

STANLEY AND TWO MALE COMPANIONS AWAITED US THERE. I WAS IMMED-


IATELY DRAWN TO THE TALL BLONDE MAN. As HE MADE HIS WAY TO MY
SIDE} HIS RUGGED GOOD LeOKS FASCINATED ME. STANLEY INTRODUCED
HIM AS HOWARD MATHEWSON. "

MEANWHILE} HIS COMPANION WAS BOWING BEFORE LILY. THIS MAN


POSSESSED THE BLUEST EYES AND BLACKEST HAIR I'D EVER SEEN AND
HE LOOKED TO BE A GREAT TEASE. PICKING UP LILY'S HAND} HE
GALLANTLY KISSED IT AND ANNOUNCED} "I'M FREDERICK". HE THEN
TURNED AND GESTURING TO MY BLONDE ESCORT SAID} "HE'S HOWIE".
HE BEAMED ON US ALL. "You KNOW} WE THOUGHT WE'D NEVER GET THE
CHANCE TO MEET YOU." WE WERE AMUSED BY HIS VIVACITY. STANLEY
HAD BEEN OPENLY HOLDING BOTH VIOLET'S HANDS AND TALKING INCES-
SANTLY. WE CAUGHT HIM SAYING} " ••. SO WE ARE TO ESCORT YOU TO
YOUR MEETING PLACE WITH ABI KADESH JASON."

WE WALKED IN COUPLES PAST THE SUNKEN SQUARE POOL AND AS THE


CLIFF CURVED} WE WERE AFFORDED A CLEAR VIEW OF THE TOY VILLAGE
AT ITS FOOT.

DEEP TWILIGHT WAS FALLING AS WE NOW ASCENDED A STEEP OUTSIDE


STAIRWAY OF THE CASTLE AND ENDED AT AN OPEN-AIR PLATFORM. WE
TOOK SEATS IN COMFORTABLE CUSHIONED WICKER CHAIRS. A THIN.
SICKLE MOON WAS SAILING ABOVE THE VILLAGE SPREAD BELOW US.

© 1979 DOROTHEA ~L RA~1SEY'


Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 182 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON FOURTEEN

"THE VILLAGE"~ SAID FREDDY~ "LIKE THIS CASTLE~ HOUSES MANY OF


OUR SOUL GROUP FAMILY.

"ARE SOME OF THOSE BUILDINGS DOWN THERE~ STORES?" I INQUIRED.

"YES" HE ANSWERED~ "PEOPLE LIVE OVER HERE~ IN MUCH THE SAME


MANNER AS THEY DID WHILE ON EARTH. HOWEVER~ WE HAVE THE ADVAN-
TAGE OF ELECTING TO PERFORM THE TASKS WE ENJOY."

"BUT"~ INTERJECTED HOWIE~ "THE CASTLE PERSONNEL ARE RATHER


SPECIALIZED SERVANTS AND MASTERS. THERE ARE THOSE LIKE OUR-
SELVES WHO DESIRE TO SERVE HUMANITY HERE AND ON EARTH. WE
FOLLOW CERTAIN DIRECTIVES FROM THE HIGHER REALMS."

"Do YOU ALL THREE LIVE IN THE CASTLE?" ASKED VIOLET.

"WELL---~" STANLEY HESITATED~ "WE DO AND THEN WE DON'T."

"OH~ COME ON~ STAN." LAUGHED FREDDY.

"WHAT THESE CHARACTERS ARE TRYING TO SAY~" EXPLAINED HOWIE~


"IS THAT THE CASTLE IS OUR HEADQUARTERS. AT THE SAME TIME~
WE ARE MOVING AROUND AND TRAVELING ON LOWER PLANES IN OUR
WORK WITH HUMANITY. WE CARRY OUT VARIOUS BUSINESS FOR THE
~1ASTERS. "

STANLEY GRINNED AND QUIPPED~ "YEAH~ WE ARE LEG MEN."

"MORE LIKE ERRAND BOYS!" THIS FROM FREDDY AS HE PLAYFULLY


PUNCHED HIM. ALL THREE NOW ASSUMED WRY EXPRESSIONS AS WE
LAUGHED AT THIS HORSEPLAY.

DARKNESS HAD SET IN WHEN THE SCENT OF EASTER LILIES POURED


FORTH FROM THE DOORWAY INTO THE CASTLE. "STAND UP!" HISSED
FREDERICK. SEVERAL OF THE FLOATING LIGHT BALLS PRECEEDED

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 183 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON FOURTEEN

JASON'S MAGNIFICENT FIGURE AS HE ENTERED. HIS WHITE ROBE


AND SILVER HAIR WAS LUMINOUS. THE BLUE FLOWING CLOAK MATCHED
HIS EYES. AN INNER RADIENCE SHONE FROM HIS FACE.

RAISING HIS RIGHT ARMJ HE STOOD AND BLESSED US IN A VOICE


BOTH SMOOTH AND MELLOW. "PRAY BE SEATED MY CHILDREN." THEN
WALKING OVER TO VIOLET J HE BENT OVER HER AND GAZED DEEPLY
INTO HER EYES. HIS MAGNETISM SEEMED OVERPOWERING AS HE REPEAT-
ED THE ACTION WITH LILY. As HIS BLUE EYES PENETRATED MINEJ I
WAS SURE HE READ MY SOUL TO ITS DEEPEST POINT. RETURNING TO
SIT BEFORE US J HE APPEARED SATISFIED WITH HIS FINDINGS.

As HE ADDRESSED US J HIS VOICE HELD SONOROUS TONES LIKE AN


ORGAN. "You KNOW I AM THE WHITEBEARDJ ABI KADESH JASON.
PLEASE RELAX AS THE PEACE OF OUR LORD CHRIST DESCENDS UPON
US. ALLOW HIS LOVE TO OPEN YOUR MINDS WHILE I PRESENT TONIGHT'S
LECTURE J" ONE OF THE WHITE DOVES FLEW IN AND SOFTLY COOING
SETTLED ONTO THE STONE WALL AROUND THE PORCH. OTHERS FOLLOWED
AS JASON SMILED INDULGENTLY J THEN TURNED TO US.

"EVERY GOD CHILD ALREADY POSSESSES MIND POTENTIALS FOR~GAINING


NEW MENTAL VALUES. IN DEVELOPING AN ATTITUDE FOR COOPERATION
TO THE IDEAS WE NOW ARE PRESENTING J YOU WILL BRING VALUE INTO
YOUR MIND PATTERN.

"A COMMON QUESTION OFTEN ASKED US IS: WHY SOME EARTH PERSONS
ARE ALWAYS SUCCESSFUL J WHILE SOME OTHERS ARE SEEN TO FAIL.
THE ANSWER IS ONE EVERY INCARNATING PERSON NEEDS TO HEAR AND
UNDERSTAND. THE LAW OF MIND ALWAYS REQUIRES A CERTAIN STATE
OF BALANCE WITHIN THE 'COMBINING' QUALITIES BEFORE YOU CAN
MANIFEST OR BRING FORTH AN ADVANCEMENT. IF THE MENTAL MEMORY
FILES HAVE BEEN WELL STOCKED AND THE ASPECTS WELL TRAINEDJ
SUCCESS MUST FOLLOW.

"PLEASE KEEP IN MIND I AM REFERRING TO THE WHOLE MIND IN THIS


LECTURE; NOT TO JUST THE SMALL LOWER CONSCIOUS MATTER POINT AND

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 184 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON FOURTEEN

ITS SUBJECTIVE MEMORY FILES OF ETHERIC FORM. THIS WILL BE


IMPORTANT FOR A CLEAR UNDERSTANDING." HE PAUSED.

"SOJ WHY DOES MANKIND SO OFTEN KNOW FAILURE WHILE STILL TRYING
ENERGETICALLY FOR SUCCESS? UNFORTUNATELY J THE WHY SEEMS TO
HAVE ESCAPED MANY NOW LABORING IN MIND TRAINING. EXCELLENT
WORK IS BEING ACCOMPLISHED IN THE AREA OF RESTRUCTURING PHYSI-
CAL THOUGHTS AND IN EXAMINATION FOR ELIMINATION OF NEGATIVE
OPINIONS. YET THE THERAPY ENDS RIGHT THERE AS A RULE. THUSJ
ONLY A PARTIAL MIND IMPROVEMENT OCCURS. ONLY A PARTIAL RELIEF
OR HEALING CAN MANIFEST.

"WE ARE SOUL AND SPIRIT BEINGS. WHEN IT REMAINS A CASE OF


ONLY REGARDING THE LOWER PHYSICAL MIND POINT AND ITS LIMITED
ETHERIC MEMORY FILES J WE WILL BE IGNORING THE GREATER AREAS OF
OUR MIND. REMEMBERJ OUR MINDS ARE LODGED IN GOD'S GREAT ~IND.
THEREFORE J OUR MIND POINTS MUST OPERATE EXACTLY AS HIS MIND
DOES TO FUNCTION PROPERLY.

"ALL INCARNATING PERSONS ARE THREE BEINGS IN ONE. ~1ATTER-MANJ


SOUL-MAN AND SPIRIT-MAN. MIND RESPONDS IN ALL THREE AREAS.
THE COSMIC LAw IS: THAT THESE THREE AREAS OF MIND ARE INTER-
CHANGEABLE AND INTENDED FOR A UNISON ACTION. A RECIPROCAL
EXCHANGE. NOT FOR A SEPARATE DEVELOPMENT. EACH MIND LEVEL
HAS ITS OWN IMPORTANT FUNCTIONS WHICH CONTRIBUTE TO ALL THE
OTHER LEVELS OF OUR WHOLE MIND POINT. GOD INTENDED MIND
SHOULD FUNCTION AS ONE UNIT. REALIZE THAT QUALITIES AND ASPECTS
ARE ALWAYS DEVELOPED WHILE WE ARE INCARNATING IN THE MATTER
REALMS. WE DEVELOP THEM THROUGH OUR EXPERIENCES AND WHAT WE
LEARN WILL TIE-IN TO OUR PERMANENT PROPERTY HELD IN THE SOUL-
MIND AREA.

"IN LESSON TWELVE J THE ASPECT OF IMAGINATION WAS DISCUSSED.


IT WAS FOUND J IT IS EVERY PERSONS 'SELF-STARTER'. WITHOUT
SOME DEVELOPMENT OF IMAGINATION PRESENT J NOTHING FOLLOWS. FOR
IT IS THE SILVER BACKING ON OUR MIND MIRROR. A CLOUDY DIM

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 185 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON FOURTEEN

MIRROR GIVES POOR REFLECTION. EXERCISE IMAGINATION EFFICIENT-


LY AND IT WILL SERVE YOU WELL. ALLOW IT TO WANDER UNCONTROLLED
AND IT LEADS INTO FUTILE FANTASY. IDLE DAY DREAMING OF SUCCESS
AND PROSPERITY J WHEN COUPLED WITH A LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF HOW
TO GAIN ITS GOAL J HAS DEFEATED MANY A PERSON. FIRST J HAVE A
REALISTIC GOAL. THEN CLOTHE IT FROM YOUR MIND CONTENTS AND ALL
YOU CAN LEARN REGARDING ITS PATTERN.

"SMALL CHILDREN ALWAYS BUILD THEIR IMAGINATIONS MINUS A GOAL.


THEIR IMAGE SPECULATIONS OF BEING FIREMEN OR TRAIN ENGINEERS
ARE SEEN AS ACCOMPLISHED WHEN THEY PLAY. THE MATURE MIND KNOWS
IT REQUIRES PREPARATION PLUS MANY SELECTIONS BEFORE A GOAL CAN
MATERIALIZE,

"THE MAJORITY OF THE HIGHER COSMIC LAWS ALL HAVE ONE THING IN
COMMON, CERTAIN CITEMS) ENERGIES MUST CONNECT AND CO~1BINE
BEFORE THE LAW WILL ENACT, WHEN LAW ENERGIES RH1AIN SEPARATED J
NO ACTION FOLLOWS. WHENEVER ENERGY IDEAS REMAIN UNTOUCHED OR
UNCONNECTED IN EITHER THE MATTER SUBJECTIVE OR SOUL MIND FILES J
THEY LIE DORMANT, WHEREVER AN ITEM IS FILEDJ IT MUST EVENTU-
ALLY COMBINE TO ANOTHER IDEA BEFORE IT CAN BECOME USEFUL.

"You ALREADY KNOW THIS J BUT WE WANT YOU TO RECALL IT AND REALIZE
ITS ACTION IS A LEARNED ONE AND IT IS 'ORGANIZED EFFORT' WHICH
IS THE TOOL THAT TRIGGERS ITS ACTION. A PERSON MAY POSSESS
GOOD IMAGINATIVE QUALITIES AND EXCELLENT MEMORY RECALL AND
POSSESS A MIND FULL OF IMPORTANT DATAJ BUT IF YOU ARE WEAK IN
ORGANIZED EFFORT AND COMBINING ABILITIES J SUCCESS WILL CONTINUE
TO ELUDE YOU, THE ART OF COMBINING INFORMATIONS IS VERY IMPORT-
ANT FOR IT FORMS THE CHAINS OF MIND WHICH LINK ALL ITS CONTENTS.
MONEY AND TALENT BECOME USELESS WITHOUT A QUALITY FOR COMBIN-
ING IDEAS AND ORGANIZING THEM," HE SMILED UPON OUR' INTENT FACES.

"How DO WE STRENGTHEN OUR COMBINING QUALITIES?" HE GAVE US A


QUESTIONING LOOK. "ALL THREE OF YOU HAVE ITS ANSWER IN YOUR
MIND."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 186 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON FOURTEEN

FOR THE LIFE OF MEJ I COULDN'T COME UP WITH A SINGLE IDEA.


JASON GAVE A GENTLE LAUGH.

"You SEE HOW IMPORTANT IT IS TO DEVELOP A STRONG QUALITY FOR


SEARCHING AND COMBINING YOUR STORED IDEAS?" WE NODDED VIGOR-
OUSLY. "ALL PROFESSIONAL TEACHERS WILL AGREE A PATTERN OF
ABSENTEEISM MAKES FOR A POOR STUDENT AT YEAR END. LONG MISSES
BETWEEN ANY MIND APPLICATION OR TALENT PRACTICE IS A WASTE OF
PRECIOUS EARTH TIME. BECAUSE ENERGY LOSES IN STRENGTH WHEN
NOT REACTIVATED. THIS IS A COSMIC LAW!" HE AROSE AND PUTTING
HIS HANDS BEHIND HIM SLOWLY PACED BEFORE US.

"MEMORY WILL NEVER POSSESS SUFFICIENT ENERGY TO HOLD AN IDEA


IN THE MIND FILES WHEN YOU FOLLOW A PATTERN FOR ONLY SHORT
DIVES INTO A SUBJECT J THEN LONG VACATIONS BETWEEN THESE APPLI-
CATIONS. LEARN TO BE PERSISTENT.

"REMEMBRANCE NEEDS GOOD ORGANIZED EFFORT AND A STEADY CONSIS-


TENT DAILY APPLICATION FOR ALL NEW SUBJECTS BEFORE SUCH CAN
BUILD A FIRM ENERGY FOUNDATION. You SEE J WE AREJ WHEN WE
APPLY ATTENTION ALSO REINFORCING THE HIGHER ASTRAL AND INTUI-
TIVE SPIRIT FORCES OF MIND. THE TOOLS J 'ORGANIZED EFFORT'PLUS
'ATTENTION'MUST REACH BEYOND JUST THE SUBJECTIVE MIND FOR A
SUCCESS ACTION. SEE THIS NEW PICTURE!"

ONE OF THE DOVES FLEW TO PERCH ON HIS HAND. HE GENTLY STROKED


ITS FEATHERS AS HE CONTINUED J "IT ISN'T THAT MANY PERSONS DO
NOT HAVE SUFFICIENT DATA ALREADY GATHERED AND IN THEIR MIND
FILES THAT HOLDS THEM BACK. IT IS A WEAKNESS IN THEIR 'COM-
BINER FORCE.' IT NEEDS NEW DIRECTING. SO A PERSONAL INAUGURA-
TION OF MIND AND AN ACQUAINTANCE WITH ITS KEY TOOLS WILL BE IN
ORDER BEFORE EXTERNAL CHANGES CAN COME FORTH.

"WE STATE A CASE FOR COSMIC TRUTH AS WE PRESENT THESE LECTURES


ON ACTIVATING THE MIND QUALITIES. REALIZE ALL THE TRUE WISDOMS
OF EARTH OR THE HEAVENS WILL NOT BENEFIT UNLESS USED."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 187 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON FOURTEEN

"LAw MUST BE INITIATED BEFORE ANY RESULT CAN COME FORTH."


HE GENTLY DEPOSITED THE DOVE BACK ON THE STONE RAILING.
TURNING J HE SAID:

"THIS LEADS US INTO THE DEFINITION OF INITIATIVE. INITIATIVE


IS A PARTNER WITH 'COMBINER' AS IT LENDS ITS ENERGIES AS A
HELP IN DIRECTING 'COMBINER' TOWARD A PIECE OF MIND INFORMA-
TION. INITIATIVES OPPOSITE IS INERTIA." HE RESUMED HIS SEAT J
PAUSING A MOMENT.

"EVERY INCARNATION WE EXPERIENCE IN MATTER IS FOR THE PURPOSE


OF BUYING OURSELVES A BETTER FUTURE. OUR VERY NEXT LIFE
APPEARANCE DOWN IN MATTER WILL DEPEND ON WHAT WE ARE ~
BUYING FOR OURSELVES. OUR FUTURE HANGS ON OUR PRESENT MATTER
LEARNINGS. THE NEXT MATTER ENVIRONMENT J AND THE NEXT CHARACTER
QUALITIES J ARE EARNED IN MATTER THROUGH OUR OWN EFFORTS. EVERY
PERSON l i RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR OWN OUTCOME. IT IS A SELF ACT."

"INITIATIVE TEAMS WITH A PARTNER CALLED ENTHUSIASM. THEY WORK


AS A TEAM. THIS TEAM IS IMPERATIVE AND BECOMES A STATE OF MIND.
OR J IN OTHER WORDS J AN ATTITUDE. THE CONSTRUCTIVE MOOD OF
ENTHUSIASM AROUSES AND STARTS A LAW ACTION. ITS MOOD OPPOSITE J
INERTIAJ IS AN ENEMY FOR IT PREVENTS A LAW ACTION FROM TAKING
PLACE."

HE POINTED HIS FINGER AT US. "ANOTHER POINT I NEED TO EMPHASIZE


IS THAT NONE OF OUR NEGATIVE MIND TOOLS EVER EXISTED IN OUR
ORIGINAL GOD MIND DESIGN. GOD CREATED EACH OF US IN HIS IMAGE.
GOD IS PERFECT. SO OUR ORIGINAL MIND POINT IS PERFECT. THESE
NEGATIVES WE PICKED UP IN THE COURSE OF OUR GROWING AND THEY J
THROUGH HABITJ BECAME HABITUAL MIND REACTIONS. IT SPEAKS WELL
FOR OUR MANSTREAM OF LIFE THAT OUR MAJORITY HAS MANAGED TO
REMAIN IN AN AREA OF MENTAL NEUTRALITY BETWEEN THE NEGATIVES
OF MIND AND THE POSITIVES OF HIGHER QUALITIES. YET WE ~UST
NEED GO FURTHER."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 188 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON FOURTEEN

"BECAUSE THE NEW AGE IS UPON EARTH AND HER INHABITANTS J A


NEW DEMAND FOR BETTER ALERTNESS AND OPENESS OF MIND IS NOW
REQUIRED. THE GREAT MINDS ON HIGH HAVE DECIDED NOW IS THE
TIME FOR LENDING A HAND TO THEIR YOUNGER SIBLINGS. THE
RESULT IS THESE LESSONS AND MANY LIKE THEM. RECEIVE OUR
GIFT!"

Ai HE FINISHED J FAMILIAR ORGAN MUSIC FLOATED UP TO US. My


HEART QUICKENED AS I GLANCED A QUESTION AT MASTER JASON. HE
NODDED AND I JUMPED TO MY FEET. "YES J LITTLE ROSE J YOUR
BELOVED YOUNG HUSBAND IS HERE WITH US. HE ASKED PERMISSION
TO LET YOU KNOW. IN TIME YOU WILL MEET HIM AGAIN AND HIS
SOULMATE FOR THEY SERVE US NOW."

I FERVENTLY THANKED MASTER JASON. I WAS SO HAPPY FOR HIM AND


HIS SOULMATE.

JASON AND THE BOYS NOW BID US FAREWELL. THE ORGAN MUSIC FADED
AWAY.

THE DRIFT BACK INTO MATTER WAS A HAPPY ONE FOR ME. I'D REDIS-
COVERED A LOVED ONE AND LEARNED OF HIS HAPPINESS.

EVERYONE WAS TALKING HAPPILY AS WE AWOKE BACK IN MATTER.


QUEsiIONS AND GENTLE EXCITEMENT WERE PREVALENT. WE WERE
LEARNING A TRUE HAPPINESS IS FOUND IN SOUL SATISFACTIONS.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 189 of 326
( .".~.

.', .-<"

. ~

1J

.':;:. '

,.
. .;
~

, .'.

":..' :;"

?~: ,: '. 1
'- . ~'}j

J: 't-
,

---- - - _.. - .._---_ _-- .....- ... .- ,


'~
-1
: ; .'~
I BELIEVE THE SECRET OF DIVINE GUIDANCE IS ACTUALLY
":-tr:-
THE ABILITY TO ACCEPT IT. THEREFORE J I AFFIRM THAT
:~ I DO ACCEPT IT. I DO BELIEVE THAT THE SPIRIT GOES I
BEFORE ME AND PREPARES THE WAY. I AM CONVINCED THATl
i'
.:.~~'t'! EVERY THOUGHT AND ACT IS GOVERNED AND GUIDED BY A I
I•

I
;~:~f~
~11:
~IS~~~"
SUPERIOR INTELLIGENCE.

THERE IS SOMETHING IN ME THAT KNOWS WHAT TO DO J


WHEN TO ACT. I HAVE AN INNER QUIET CONFIDENCE
!i

!
I
I

.~.~'~;
AND COMPLETE ACCEPTANCE IN AN INWARD FLOW WITH THE
STREAM OF LIFEJ KNOWING IT CARRIES ME SAFELY TO THE
ACCOMPLISHMENT OF EVERY GOOD PURPOSE. THIS IS
DIVINE GUIDANCE IN MY LIFE AND I ACCEPT IT NOW!
AND So IT Is! ;

.,'t
. . .~ .--.-. - ....- - - . - - .- - , . . . . t •• "·1-:-r7-:-2~a.:;"~ .. f!!' ::

:;,~ "
, ,~.:;.~~~~

;ffJJf'~
:~::

,.'
:.}-

, :~~\f~r~~-:, . {
..\~-,,:~~:;::'- ~-:
. ,~.

'." "'"......-.......
,~~,..--

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 190 of 326
FIFTEEN.

~[-esson.

(
\

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 191 of 326
.-,-;,.---
___.~~r

___ ........ : .. 1 ~

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 192 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON FIFTEEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON FIFTEEN

"WHY ASTRAL RESEr1BLES EARTH"

ROSE J LILY AND VIOLET J OUR LESSON TRIANGLE J HAD BEEN REQUESTED
TO MEET WITH OUR ASTRAL FRIENDS MID-WEEK FOR EXTRA DISCUSSIONS
AND ADVICE ON MANY ISSUES. As OUR REGULAR SUNDAY MEETINGS WERE
GROWING IN ATTENDANCE J FOUR OF OUR ORIGINAL GROUP NOW HANDLED
GUESTS WITH THE SEATING J REQUESTS FOR HEALING PRAYERS AND GIFT
OFFERINGS. ALL THIS WAS NEW TO US THENJ AND WE LEARNED THAT WE
WERE NOT FREE TO FOLLOW OUR OWN IDEAS AND DESIRES AS OUR MEET-
ING SUCCESS DEPENDED UPON FAR MORE THAN WE WERE AWARE. WE DIS-
COVERED THAT IT TOOK ENORMOUS ASTRAL PREPARATION OF ENERGY BEFORE
A COMMUNICATION COULD BE EFFECTED. IT INVOLVED BUILDING UP SEMI-
PERMANENT ENERGY FIELDS WHERE THE MEETING PLACE EXISTED. SOME
IN OUR SUNDAY GROUP WANTED TO MOVE TO A LARGER AREA AND COULD
NOT UNDERSTAND WHY THE MASTERS REFUSED.

OBEDIENCE TO THE SOUL GROUP/S LAWS AND REQUESTS WERE OUR FIRST
PROBLEMS J BUT WE SOON LEARNED BIG DIVIDENDS WERE PAID WHEN HEEDED.
MOST OF US BEGAN TO REALIZE THAT WE WERE JUDGING ONLY FROM OUR
OWN LIMITED FACTS AND WERE COMPLETELY OVERLOOKING THE SITUATION
IN ITS WHOLENESS. ONE OR TWO MEMBERS WERE RELEASED AS THEY
FOUND THEY COULD NOT TAKE DISCIPLINE AND PREFERRED TO REMAIN
IN AN EGO INDULGENCE STATE.

THE SOUL GROUP TEACHERS SUGGEST THAT EACH SEEKER HAVE A CERTAIN
PLACE FOR STUDY OR READING J A MEDITATION AND PRAYER SPOT J EVEN
IF ONLY ONE FAVORITE CHAIR. THE MASTERS WILL CHARGE THIS SPOT
SO THAT EVERY TIME YOU STUDY OR PRAY J AN INVISIBLE ENERGY FIELD
WILL SURROUND YOU FOR CONNECTION INTO OUR SOUL FAMILY CONTACTS.
I ALWAYS DO THESE WRITINGS AND ALL ASTRAL CONTACTS FROM A CER-
.. TAIN CHAIR. THE MAGI ALSO MAGENTIZE TO THESE ENERGY ISLANDS J
AND WHEN SET UP J ALL CONNECT WITH THE MAGI CENTER ESTABLISHED

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 193 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON FIFTEEN

FOR THE PURPOSE OF BEING A MAGNETIC HUB FOR ALL EARTH CONNEC-
TIONS TO USE AS A TELEPHONIC EXCHANGE INTO ASTRAL. OUR MAGI
CENTER CONNECTS INTO THE CASTLE WHICH) IN TURN) IS CONNECTED
INTO THE HIGHER SPIRITUAL REALMS.

WE REMAIN A FREE PRAYER SERVICE. GROUP PRAYER FOR HEALINGS AND


PRAYER FOR INDIVIDUAL NAMES ARE PERFORMED TWICE DAILY) IN THE
MORNING AND AT SUNDOWN. FOR SPECIFIC REQUESTS) WRITE TO "LILY
PRAYER SERVICE" AT OUR ADDRESS AND INCLUDE THE NAME AND ADDRESS
OF THE INDIVIDUAL FOR WHOM YOU WISH THE PRAYER.

AT OUR MEETINGS COLORED BULBS WERE TO BE USED IN FOUR LAMPSj


ROSE) CERISE) BLUE AND LILAC. AT THE MASTER'S REQUEST) WE ALWAYS
MEET IN PLENTY OF LIGHT) NEVER IN DARKNESS) SO WE ALSO HAVE REGU-
LAR LIGHTING. COLOR AS LIGHT IS IMPORTANT FOR IT CARRIES MANY
HEALING PROPERTIES AND STRENGTHENING VIBRATIONS. WE WERE ALSO
URGED TO WEAR ONLY LIGHT COLORS WHEN CONTACTING) NEVER BLACK
OR BROWN.

WE FLOATED OUT ON THE PATHWAY OF PRAYER AND THE YELLOW AND GOLD
OF MENTAL INTELLECTUAL FORCES CARRIED US BEYOND ALL EARTHLY
SOUNDS. ROSE CERISE MADE THE PATH BETWEEN EARTH AND ASTRAL.
As IT DISAPPEARED) THE BLUE-GREEN SHIMMER OF THE OCEAN LAKE
COULD BE SEEN DIRECTLY BELOW. STRANGELY) WE WERE NOT FRIGHTENED
TO BE FLOATING FREELY OVER THIS. Now THE GOLD BEAMS OF THE
ASTRAL SUN WERE EVERYWHERE. IT WAS SO CLEAR WE COULD SEE FOR
MILES. A TINY GOLDEN SHIP) GRACEFUL AS A WATER BIRD) MADE WAY
OVER THE BLUE SPARKLING SEA. SLOWLY DISTANT LAND EMERGED FROM
THE HORIZON) AND SERENELY WE THREE TRAVELED TOWARD ITS SHORES.

DRAWING NEARER) WE COULD SEE OUR CASTLE HOME WITH ITS RUGGED
CLIFFS GUARDING THE SHORELINE. THE TOYLIKE VILLAGE AT ITS
FEET WAS ON THE RIGHT WITH PINE FORESTS AND HILLS AND ROLLING
LANDON THE CASTLE'S LEFT. As WE FLOATED OVER THE BEACHLINE)

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 194 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON FIFTEEN

FOAMY LACES OF SURF WASHED THEIR STRANDS ACROSS THE SILVER


SANDS AND GAVE GREETINGS TO THE MASSIVE ROCKS AND COVES. IT
WAS HIGH TIDE.

WE WERE GENTLY DEPOSITED UPON THE PLUSH GREEN LAWN AS MORI


HANDUS AND HIS MONKS SURROUNDED US. THE SOFT WARMTH OF THE
ASTRAL SUN AND THE PERFUME OF DELICATE FLOWERS JOINED WITH MORI
AND HIS COMPANIONS IN FURNISHING A WELCOME WE HAPPILY ABSORBED.

THEY LED US TO THE GREAT FRONT DOOR OF THE CASTLE. IT SWUNG


OPEN INVITINGLY~ AND WE STEPPED INTO A GREAT BARONIAL HALL OF
GRAY STONE AND SILVER GRAY BACKGROUND. HUGE OIL PAINTINGS AND
RICH COLORED TAPESTRIES ADORNED THE WALLS. THE GREAT STONES
UNDERFOOT WERE WORN SMOOTH AND SHINY FROM MANY FEET POLISHING
THEM DOWN THROUGH THE AGES. JEWEL TONED PERSIAN CARPETS MADE
ISLANDS FOR INTIMATE FURNITURE GROUPINGS. AND WHAT SUPERB
FURNITURE! EVERY PIECE WAS A MASTER OF ART. HERE AND THERE
RESTED SILVER AND CUT GLASS WITH BEAUTIFULLY PAINTED CHINA
PIECES. RICH BROCADES CUSHIONED ALL SEATS. A SMALL FOUNTAIN
SENT MUSICAL NOTES INTO THE FRIENDLY SILENCE OF THE ROOM.
BLOOMING FLOWERS COLORFULLY ARRANGED IN THEIR POTS FORMED A
BACKGROUND AT ITS BASE. HERE WAS LUXURY LIKE NONE WE'D EVER
DREAMED COULD EXIST.

MORI SMILED AT OUR RAPT EXPRESSIONS. "You MAY MOVE AROUND AND
EXAMINE IF YOU WISH. THIS IS YOUR HOME AS WELL AS OURS." WE
SPENT THE NEXT FEW MINUTES EXCLAIMING AS OUR SENSES REJOICED
IN ALL THIS CHOICE BEAUTY SO CAREFULLY COLLECTED AND PRODUCED
BY OUR SOUL FAMILY MEMBERS AND MASTERS. LILYMURMURED~ "IT'S
LIKE A LOVELY DREAM TO BE INSIDE THE CASTLE AT LAST." "I CAN'T
BELIEVE THESE GORGEOUS COLORS~" BREATHED VIOLET. I JUST STOOD
SPEECHLESS AND DRANK IN THE BEAUTY. I HAD RATHER EXPECTED IT
TO BE DARK AND SOMBER. INSTEAD IT APPEARED SPACIOUS AND WAS
FILLED WITH LIGHT THAT WE WERE UNABLE TO ACCOUNT FOR AS IT CAME
FROM EVERYWHERE~ NOT JUST FROM THE MANY LAMPS IN THIS HALL.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 195 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON FIFTEEN

AT LAST WE TORE OUR GAZE FROM ALL THE BEAUTY AND JOINED OUR
GROUP IN ONE OF THE COMFORTABLE ISLANDS. WE SEATED OURSELVES
ON A MAHONGANY COUCH WITH ROSE DAMASK UPHOLSTERY.

"Do YOU FEEL COMFORTABLE IN OUR SURROUNDINGS?" ASKED A SHORTJ


PLUMP MONK. "OHJ YES J " WE MURMURED STILL DEEP WITHIN ITS SPELL.
"THEN YOU CAN REALIZE WHY ASTRAL HAS BEEN KEPT TO RESEMBLE
THINGS KNOWN ON EARTHJ" MORI SAID. "FOR ASTRAL WAS BEFORE
MATTER CAME INTO BEING. GOD PATTERNED MATTER AFTER ASTRAL TO
BE ITS REFLECTION SO THAT OUR MINDS AND SOUL MEMORIES COULD
COpy ITS BEAUTY." "ALL IDEA FIRST ORIGINATES IN THE GOD MINDJ"
SAID ANOTHER MONK. "ONCE CREATED THEREJ GOD BROUGHT IT FORTH
INTO UNIVERSE." THE TALL MONK NODDED. "ALL IS GOD MIND."

MORI SPOKE AGAIN. "THERE HAVE BEEN MANY AND VARIED DESCRIPTIONS
GIVEN OF THE ASTRAL REALMS. USUALLY THROUGH GUIDES. MOST CON-·
TAl NED IDEAS WHICH RESEMBLED EARTH. THE PSYCHICS RECEIVING
SUCH INFORMATIONS FROM THEIR CONTACTEES ARE NUMEROUS. THIS IS
NOT FIRST HAND INFORMATION J IT WAS TOLD TO THEM. UNTIL THIS
TIMEJ DIRECT CONTACT HAS BEEN RARE. As MORE PERSONS DEVELOP
THEIR PSYCHIC MIND QUALITIES J IT WILL BECOME MORE PREVALENT
FOR MEMBERS TO SEE FOR THEMSELVES."

"IT IS IMPORTANT TO REALIZE LIFE CONTINUES, THAT EACH SOUL GOES


ONWARD IN A UNIVERSAL CONTINUITY. LIFE NEVER SUDDENLY CHOPS OFF
OR ABRUPTLY CHANGES J IT SMOOTHLY TRANSFIGURES IN A NATURAL COURSE.
THIS IS WHY MANY PERSONS UPON TRANSITION CANNOT BELIEVE THEY
HAVE MADE THE CHANGE. ANY SHOCK EXPERIENCED IS ALWAYS ONE RE-
GARDING FAMILIARITY J NOT OF BEWILDERING DIFFERENCES. THIS IDEA
·SHOULD NOT SEEM STRANGE WHEN FIRST MET BUT SOMEHOW TO MANY PEOPLE
IT IS."

"A BABY SOUL BORN INTO MATTER IS NEVER SUBJECTED TO THE SUDDEN
SHOCK OF A DISTINCT CHANGE OF ENVIRONMENT EVEN WHEN A SOUL MAY
BE BRIDGING THE LARGE GAP FROM SPIRIT TO MATTER. ALL SOULS
BORN INTO PHYSICAL VEHICLES ARE GIVEN A SAFEGUARD OF TIME FOR

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 196 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON FIFTEEN

PROPER ADJUSTMENT. NEW EARTH BABIES CANNOT PLAINLY SEE THROUGH


THEIR PHYSICAL EYES. THEREFORE J EACH NEW BORN SOUL LIVES IN
THEIR MIND MEMORIES WITHIN THEMSELVES IN A KNOWN AND FAMILIAR
MANNER. AT FIRST J BABIES COME TO SEE BRIGHT OBJECTS J THEN
PEOPLE J HOME J AND FINALLY THE ENVIRONMENT. THE NEW BABY GROWS
SLOWLY INTO THE NEW MATTER PATTERNS J AND SO IT IS EVERYWHERE ON
THE PLANES.

"THERE IS A SLIGHT DIFFERENCE WHEN YOU COME OVER HERE FROM EARTHJ
FOR THE MAJORITY ARRIVE IN AN ADULT STATE. OUR MASTERS J THROUGH
THOUGHT AND MIND POWER J USE A TECHNIQUE OF ATOMIC STRUCTURING
AND WITH ENERGIES 'CREATE AND MAINTAIN SCENES AND LANDMARKS AND
OBJECTS J SO THE ENVIRONMENT APPEARS SIMILAR. THE NEW SOULJ
CHILD OR ADULT J THUS FEELS COMFORTABLE. "

"I HAVE BRIEFLY SENSED MOMENTS OF FAMILIARITY HEREJ" I SAID.


LILY AND VIOLET NODDED.

"WHEN A SOUL RETURNS TO THEIR HOME HEREJ THE MASTERS USUALLY


CREATE THINGS FOR THEIR USE OR EVEN RECREATE REMEMBERED ITEMS
USED IN THEIR LAST SOJOURN. SOME SOULS DESIRE FOR AWHILE TO
RETAIN EXACT REPLICAS OF DWELLINGS LEFT BEHIND ON EARTH.

"KARMA IS THE ONE FACTOR WHICH WILL PREVENT EXACT SAMENESS OF


ENVIRONMENTAL LIKENESS. FOR EXAMPLE J A SOUL WHO HAS ACCUMULATED
WRONGFULLY OR HARMFULLY MAY AT TRANSITION HAVE BEEN EXPERIENCING
AFFLUENCE. HEREJ HE WILL MAGNETIZE TO LACK AND POVERTY FOR THE
RICHES WERE NOT RIGHTFULLY HIS. IN THE ASTRAL J THIS SOUL MUST
REMAIN IN HIS RIGHT PLACE AND EXPERIENCE UNTIL HE CAN UNDERSTAND
THE LAW AND REALIZE WHAT HE CAUSED. ALSOJ THIS SOUL WILL HAVE
AN ACT OF DEPRIVATION DONE TO HIM IN HIS NEXT INCARNATION."
THIS WE HAD HEARD BEFORE AND HAD ACCEPTED AS A TRUTH.

THE TALL MONK NOW SPOKE. "ALL EVOLUTION DEPENDS UPON MENTAL
ABILITIES. THE MORE EFFICIENTLY EACH PERSON CAN USE THESE LAWS

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 197 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON FIFTEEN
OF MIND~ THE MORE HIGHLY EVOLVED WILL THAT P~RSON BECOME."

MORI CONTINUED~ "ONLY THE VERY HIGHLY EVOLVED SOULS WHO NOW
FILL ONLY SPECIAL INCARNATING MISSIONS COME INTO LOWER MATTER
WITH CONSCIOUS AWARENESS AT BIRTH. THESE BABIES ARE RARE AND
AT EARLY AGES OF UNDER FIVE YEARS SHOW ADULT WISDOMS. THESE
HIGHLY EVOLVED VISITORS TO EARTH FIND NO PROBLEM IN DIRECT
TRANSITION FOR THEY ALSO REMAIN FULLY AWARE IN THE SOUL AND
SPIRIT MIND POINTS AND IN A FORM OF MYSTIC CONTEMPLATION. THE
MAGI IS ONE OF THESE SOULS."

"COULD YOU TELL US MORE ABOUT THE ASTRAL AND SPIRIT PLANES OF
EXISTENCE?" ASKED VIOLET.

MORI NODDED~ "THE HIGHER LEVELS OR WORLDS ACTUALLY ARE NOT


SOLIDLY DEFINED IN OUTLINE AS ARE MATTER'S ENERGY ATOMS. THE
MATTER ATOMS HOLD ALL ITS OBJECTS AND SHAPES. OUR COLOR ENERGIES
BLEND AND MINGLE WHEN IN THEIR NATURAL STATE. THE HIGHER BEINGS
HERE DO CREATE AND IMAGE THEM IN A SHARP AND DISTINCTIVE PATTERN
THROUGH GROUP MIND ENERGIES AND CONSTANTLY MAINTAIN THEM IN A
FALSE REPRESENTATION TO REASSURE THOSE OF US NOT YET READY TO
WHOLLY UNDERSTAND ASTRAL'S BASIC REALITIES. ITS BASE IS MUCH
THE SAME IN MATTER. You KNOW THAT EVERYTHING THERE IS ENERGY
IN ACTION OF CERTAIN VIBRATIONS~ INCLUDING YOUR VEHICLE BODY.
YET MIND SEES ALL THINGS AS SOLID. SO ALL~ EVEN EARTH'S IMAGES~
ARE 'THOUGHT FORMS'.

"THE DIFFERENCE LIES IN THE ENERGY DENSITIES. IN MATTER YOU


CAN FIRST FASHION AN IDEA IN MIND AND THEN MANIPULATE MATTER'S
SOLIDS TO FOLLOW THE MIND BLUEPRINT. IN THE ASTRAL MIND POWERS
FORM COMPLETELY BY 'THOUGHT'. PERHAPS I COULD SAY THAT OVER
HERE THOUGHT HAS THE POWER TO SHAPE SOLIDS MUCH AS HANDS AND
MACHINES SHAPE SOLIDS IN MATTER. LET ME THINK YOU A WHITE
DAISY." HE CLOSED HIS EYES AND CONCENTRATED. AFTER A MOMENT~
A SMALL WHITE NEBULA OF MISTLIKE SUBSTANCE HUNG BEFORE HIS FACE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 198 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON FIFTEEN

THIS MIST BECAME EVER DENSER THOUGH WE COULD NOT DISTINGUISH


ITS PARTICLES BEGINNING TO GATHER. ITS SPIN APPEARED TO GAIN
OSCILLATION AND GATHER IN UPON ITSELF WITH FASTER AND FASTER
MOTION UNTIL SUDDENLY A PURE WHITE DAISY WITH YELLOW CENTER 1
GREEN STEM AND LEAVES EMERGED AND HUNG THERE. THE TALL MONK
TOLD US TO TOUCH IT. WE EACH DID AND EVEN HELD IT AND SMELLED
ITS FAINT PLANT ODOR. PUTTING IT BACK BEFORE MORI'S FACE 1 HE
OPENED HIS EYES. FOR A BRIEF MOMENT IT REMAINEDI FRESH AND
LOVELY 1 THEN SLOWLY IT DISINTEGRATED INTO A SMOKEY MIST. WE
GAZED AT MORI WITH MORE RESPECT THAN EVER AND HIS MONKS HELD
EXPRESSIONS OF EXTREME SATISFACTION.

MORI SPOKE MODESTLY 1 "I AM STILL LEARNING AND EXPANDING MY


ABILITIES FOR SUBSTANCE MIND CREATING. THESE PERMANENT ASTRAL
SCENES WITHIN WHICH WE DWELL ARE THOUGHT FORMS MAINTAINED BY
OUR HIGHEST MINDS. ON EARTHI THERE ARE MILLIONS OF ENERGY RATES 1
ALL SET DOWN AND CREATED BY GOD THE ABSOLUTE. GOD AND HIS
SCENES ARE GOD'S THOUGHT FORMS. YET IT IS MAN WHO BUILDS THE
PHYSICAL ORGANS AND SENSES OF THE FLESH BODY. As MANKIND
INTELLIGENCE EXPANDS DOWN THE AGES 1 HIS MATTER VEHICLE FORM
IMPROVES IN OVERALL STRUCTURE.

"TAKE THE PRESENT STRUCTURE OF THE PHYSICAL EYE. IT WAS NOT IN


THE PAST ABLE TO PICK UP SEPARATE OBJECTIVE ENERGY RATES AND
SEND THEIR MESSAGES TO THE ETHERIC MIND THROUGH THE BRAIN TRANS-
MITTER 1 AS IT DOES TODAY. EACH PERSON'S MIND;"'POINT VIEWS IN AN
UNIQUE MANNER. ALL INDIVIDUALS WILL PICK UP IMAGES ACCORDING
TO THEIR MIND'SPRESENT ABILITY. IMAGINATION AND ATTENTION 1
INITIATIVE AND CONCENTRATION ARE WHAT ARE USED FOR PHYSICAL
EYE TRAINING.

"HERE IN ASTRAL SOME OF OUR ENERGY THOUGHT FORMS HAVE BEEN IN


ACTION FOR MILLIONS OF YEARS/" SAID THE LITTLE PLUMP MONK
IMPORTANTLY •. THE TALL ONE STATED 1 "UPON ARRIVAL HERE I EVERY
SOUL FROM EARTH IS IMMEDIATELY SUPPLIED WITH EVERY NEED INCLUD-
ING FOOD 1 CLOTHING AND LODGING UNTIL THEY CHOOSE UPON WHAT THEY
WILL SPEND THEIR TIM~." A SLIM YOUNG MONK WHO HAD SO FAR SAID

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 199 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON FIFTEEN

NOTHING J TIMIDLY VOICED J "SHOULDN'T THEY KNOW THAT WE DO HAVE


A RATE OF EXCHANGE?" As THE OTHERS TURNED AND LOOKED AT HIMJ
HE SEEMED TO SHRINK INTO HIS WHITE ROBE.

"ROBBIN IS RIGHTJ" MORI STATED J WHEREUPON ROBBIN RALLIED SOME-


WHAT. THE PLUMP MONK HASTILY EXCLAIMED J "IT'S NOT REALLY MONEYJ
IT'S SERVICES." THE TALL MONK STATED J "MONEY WE DO NOT HAVE
HERE AND MANY COMING OVER WHO RELIED UPON MONEY TO SERVE IN
PLACE OF A PERSONAL LACK OF HONOR OR LOYALTY J FRIENDSHIP OR
LOVE J FIND THEMSELVES TRULY POVERTY STRICKEN. OUR RATE OF
EXCHANGE IS GIVING SERVICES OF TALENTS OR ABILITIES AND CASHING
POINTS IN WHEN WE NEED A PARTICULAR SERVICE DONE FOR OURSELVES.
IT IS SIMPLY THE LAW IN ACTION,- GIVING TO RECEIVE IN RETURN."

"BEFORE WE CLOSE J WE MUST POINT OUT TO YOU THAT THE MISTS AND
COLORS YOU SEE AND TRAVEL THROUGH IN YOUR ASTRAL JOURNEY ARE THE
ASTRAL REALMS SEEN IN ITS ENERGY REALITY. ALL SOUL FAMILIES
LIKE OURS J HAVE SPECIALLY CREATED HEADQUARTERS LIKE OUR CASTLE
AND TOWN AND ITS ADJACENT LANDS AND TERRITORIES J AND THESE HAVE
EXISTED INTACT FOR AGES AND AGES. ALSO J THESE PLACES WILL CON-
TINUE TO BE MAINTAINED IN THE ASTRAL EXISTENCE UNTIL OUR FAMILY
OF SOULS NO LONGER HAVE NEED OF THEM. You AND ALL OUR FAMILY
WILL EVENTUALLY CONTRIBUTE TO ITS CREATIVE UPKEEP AND SERve
ITS CHANGING TEACHERS AND MASTERS. OUR HIGHER MEMBERS WILLJ
LIKE NEHRAJ DEPART FROM OUR HIGHER ASTRAL REALMS AND MOVE ONWARD
INTO THEIR RIGHTFUL PLACE IN THE FLAME AND SUN REGIONS OF ENERGY.
THAT IS OUR SPIRITUAL GOAL.

"BECAUSE YOUR PRESENT INNER LONGINGS AND SPIRITUAL HUNGERS HAVE


CAUSED THE MAGI TO LEAD YOU TO US J YOU NOW HEAR DEEPER TRUTHS
FROM THE GREAT LORDS OF CREATION. OUR TEACHINGS WATER AND FEED
YOUR FLOWER ROOTS AND YOU BECOME ONE AGAIN WITH US." MORI ROSE
AND BLESSED US SAYING J "WORRY NAUGHT WHEN YOUR EARTH FEET STUMBLE
UPON THE ROCKS ALONG YOUR PATHWAY. JUST REMEMBER TO KEEP YOUR
EYES AND MIND LOOKING OUR WAY. To YOU AND YOUR FOLLOWERS J WE
HANG A ROSY STAR WITHIN EACH INNER MIND AS A HEAVENLY LIGHT FOR
YOU TO FOLLOW. LET ITS BEAMS LEAD YOU BACK HOME TO US EACH NIGHT

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 200 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 9
LESSON FIFTEEN
IN SLEEP. WE EAGERLY AWAIT AND WATCH FOR YOUR COMING."

THE MONKS QUIETLY MOVED TO A DOOR NEAR THE FOUNTAIN. As MORI


PASSED BEHIND THE MONKS AND THROUGH THE DOOR) SOFT MUSIC SANG
AROUND US. As ITS VOLUME SOARED) THE ENERGY LIFTED US INTO
CLOUDS OF COLOR. WE SAILED HOMEWARD IN PERFECT PEACE.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 201 of 326
THE SPIRIT OF GOD IS WHERE I AM. My BODY IS
SPIRIT AND MIND IN FORM. I AM LOVINGLY CREATED}
INTELLIGENTLY MAINTAINED. ALL MY NEEDS ARE
BEING MET R1GHT NOW!

I AM DIRECTED BY DIVINE INTELLIGENCE; I AM


GOVERNED BY INFINITE WISDOM; I AM INSPIRED
BY LOVING SPIRIT. GOD IN ME AS I AM EXPRESSES
THE GOODNESS OF HIS LIFEJ AS MY LIFE!

My EYES ARE OPEN; NOW I SEE} SPIRIT DIVINE!

AND So IT Is!

".

~-
..... ' r ' , ..
. ,
.... ':.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 202 of 326
SIXTEENo

~ Lessono

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 203 of 326
.. ·,.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 204 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON SIXTEEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON SIXTEEN
"THE MAGI'S STAR GUIDES US
THE LESSONS CHART OUR COURSE"

THE ASTRAL WEEKLY TRIPS BECAME ANTICIPATED EVENTS. WE WERE


TOLD THEY HAD MADE MANY MEMBERS' TROUBLES EVAPORATE IN SIZE.
PEOPLE WERE SHARING EXPERIENCED EVENTS AS THE LAW MANIFESTED
INTO EACH LIFE. DREAMS WERE TOLD OF SEEING THE CASTLE. A
COMMUNITY FEELING OF GOODWILL AND PROGRESS CLOTHED THE MEETINGS.

THIS NIGHT~ GREEN AND GOLD COLORS CARRYING THE FRESHNESS OF


SPRINGTIME SURROUNDED EVERYONE. ITS POWERS GREW AS ITS MYSTIC
FORCES THUNDERED A CRESCENDO IN OUR MINDS. WE WERE SNATCHED
UP IN THE ECHOS OF THE INFINITE. ITS SONG REVEALED OUR
ENTRANCE THROUGH THE PORTALS TO PARADISE.

ANGELS WERE DANCING AGAINST A BACKDROP OF OPALESCENT CLOUDS.


THEIR GRACEFUL MOVEMENTS SENDING MESSAGES TO OUR MINDS. "ASK
NO FELLOW MANCHILD FOR ILLUMINATION FOR NONE CAN GIVE IT TO YOU.
LIGHTEN THE SACRED INNER SIGHT WHICH OPENS CHAKRA DOORS.
SERENELY WILL WE ENTER AND ENFOLD YOU WITH OUR WINGS." SUCH
WAS THEIR MEANINGFUL MOVEMENTS UNFOLDING AS GRACEFUL THOUGHTS.

WE WERE DEPOSITED AT THE CASTLE DOOR. TIMIDLY~ WE PUSHED IT


OPEN~ THEN WITH MORE CONFIDENCE ENTERED THE EMPTY HALL. WE
SPENT SOME MOMENTS BECOMING ACQUAINTED WITH EVERY BEAUTIFUL
ITEM IN ITS SPACIOUS AREA. SAFFON~ THE ORANGE CAT~ STROLLED
IN AND GENEROUSLY ALLOWED VIOLET TO PET HIM.

WE HAD SEATED OURSELVES NEAR THE FOUNTAIN AND POOL WHEN THE
DELICIOUS SCENT OF EASTER LILIES- FILLED THE AIR. HASTILY~ WE
JUMPED TO OUR FEET AS ABI KADESH JASON SWUNG MASTERFULLY INTO
. THE ROOM.

<D 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 205 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON SIXTEEN

HE BROUGHT AN ELECTRICALLY CHARGED AURA WITH HIM WHICH SEEMED


TO INVEST EVERYTHING WITH NEW LIFE FORCE INCLUDING OURSELVES J
AS HE CLASPED EACH IN TURN AND KISSED OUR FOREHEADS. HIS FIG-
URE GLOWED WHITELY BRIGHT AS HE TOOK A SEAT NEAR OURS.

"BLESSINGS J DEAR ONES. WE MEET AGAIN TO BRING YOU VALUE AND


GAIN IN MIND. SOON YOU WILL PROVE MANY OF THESE VALUES AS THE
MAGI BRINGS HIS BELOVED EARTH SERVANT EVER CLOSER AND NEARER
TO YOUR PRESENCE. HE WHOM YOU WAIT FOR IS BUSY PREPARING HIM-
SELF AND HIS WORK AS THE MAGI OVERSHADOWS HIS DAYS. HE WILL
NOT BE A STRANGER J BUT ONE WHOM YOU HAVE COSMICALLY KNOWN FOR
MANY AGES. THE COALESCENTS OF YOUR MEETING TOGETHER WILL FORM
THE FOUNDATION FOR OUR WORK J AND ITS NUMBER FOUR SQUARE WILL
FORM A FIRM CONNECTION WITH OUR REALM. THIS CONNECTION WILL
MANIFEST A SECOND OR DOUBLE TRIANGLE COMPOSED OF THE MAGI'S
"SERVANTJ" ROSE AND LILY WHICH WILL BECOME THE SYMBOL OVER THE
MAGI'S CENTER ON EARTH.

"THE FORCES FROM THE MAGI'S STAR WILL SHINE FAR AND WIDE. THE
FORCE FIELDS FROM THESE TWO TRIANGLES WILL NOW MANIFEST A THIRD
AND WHOLE FORCE THAT NO POWER CAN DESTROY. THE GREAT LOGOS
CHOOSE THEIR COLORED THREADS TO WEAVE THE TAPESTRIES OF YOUR
DESTINIES. SOON AMONG THE ROSE J BLUE AND LILAC STRANDS WILL
BE ADDED A STRONG YELLOW-ORANGE THREAD AND INTO THIS LESSON
HISTORY NEW WONDERS SHALL UNFOLD.

"WHEN A GOD CHILD FINDS THEIR SOUL GROUP WHILE STILL INCARNATING
IN MATTERJ THE RESULTING POWERS CAN CAUSE A CONSTRUCTIVE CHANGE
FOR EACH. NATURALLY J SUCH A NEW CHANGE WILL COME FROM THE PER-
SON'S OWN ATTENTIONS AND INTENTIONS FOR IMPROVEMENTS OF SELF.
SUCH A CONNECTION CANNOT GO AGAINST THE LAW AND MIRACULOUSLY
BRING FORTH NEW CONDITIONS WHILE THE ENTITY PERSISTS IN REMAIN-
ING IN OLD MIND BONDAGES. WE ALL WILL NEED TO COME TO A DESIRE
TO HELP OURSELVES) THEN NEW ENERGIES CAN MAGNETIZE. EVERYONE
DESIRES SUCCESS FOR THEMSELVES BUT A COMPARITIVELY SMALL PERCENT-
AGE FULLY GAIN IT. MANY SACRIFICE AND WORK VERY HARD; STILL
SUCCESS ELUDES THEM. LET'S SEE WHY THIS OCCURS."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 206 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON SIXTEEN

THE FOUNTAIN WATERS RESPONDED TO THE DIFFERENT TONES IN JASON'S


VOICE. ITS SPARKLING DROPS BECAME GLITTERING JEWEL CIRCLES
AND WERE FASCINATING TO WATCH. WE HAD TO FORCIBLY TEAR OUR
EYES AWAY FROM ITS ACTIONS AND CONCENTRATE UPON HIS WORDS.

"ALL ADVANCEMENT REQUIRES BALANCE FOR EVOLUTIONARY PROGRESS.


OUR HUMAN-STREAM OF LIFE IS STILL YOUNG IN COSMIC EXPERIENCE
COMPARED TO THE HIGHER AND MORE ADVANCED LIFE BEINGS WHO HAVE
GONE BEFORE US. ANGELS J SUN BEINGS AND SPIRITUAL LOGOI ARE
GOD'S OLDER CHILDREN. WE ARE THE YOUNGEST TO REACH THIS STATE
WE NOW HOLD WITHIN HIS PLAN. MINERALJ PLANT AND ANIMAL ARE
STILL IN THEIR FIRST FORMATIONS AND STILL REQUIRE SUPERVISION
FROM ANGEL MINDS. OUR HUMAN-STREAM HAVING NOW REACHED THE EGO
STATEJ IS EXPECTED TO ACQUIRE SELF-RESPONSIBILITY IN MANAGING
FOR THEMSELVES.

"MANY POSSESS THE NECESSARY MIND QUALITIES NEEDED BUT STILL LACK
ORGANIZED EFFORT. SOME ALSO LACK PERSONAL INTUITIVE ASPECTS
AND KNOW LITTLE DEFINITE PURPOSE OR POSSESS A REAL GOAL. THUS J
THEY PLACIDLY DRIFTJ AWAITING EVENTS TO HAPPEN. EVEN MINDS
WELL FITTED WITH PRACTICAL KNOWLEDGE MUST BE CHANNELLED FOR A
DEFINITE GOAL OR DIRECTION. IT IS 'ORGANIZER' WHICH STARTS
THE ACTION FOR SUCCESS. IT IS 'IMAGINATION' WHICH ALERTS THE
INTUITIVE PORTIONS OF MIND FOR GOAL IDEAS. YET J EVEN WITH THIS J
WE ONLY HAVE A HALF FORCE WORKING. THE OTHER HALF DEPENDS UPON
THE ABILITY FOR CLEAR UNDERSTANDING AND AN ATTITUDE WILLING TO
OBEY MIND AND COSMIC LAWS."

THIS INFORMATION LOOMED LARGE AND UNCOMFORTABLE TO ME. HE MUST


HAVE SEEN MY TIMID UNEASINESS FOR HE NOW SAID J "WE START BY TAK-
ING ONE STEP AT A TIME AND AT OUR OWN RATE OF MIND RHYTHM.
THERE IS NO COMPETITION HERE. THE GREATEST TWO MINDS TO EVER
INHABIT EARTH WERE OF TWO VERY FAR REMOVED MIND RHYTHMS J YET
BOTH WERE AT THE HIGHEST PEAK OF INTELLIGENCE ABILITY. THEY
WERE LEONARDO DA VINCI AND ST. THOMAS AQUINAS. LEONARDO HAD

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 207 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON SIXTEEN

A NATURAL~ FAST WAVE LENGTH AND ST. THOMAS A SLOW~ THOROUGH


WAVE LENGTH. SOMEWHERE ALONG THE WAY~ MAN PICKED UP A FALSE
IDEA THAT SPEED ENERGY RATE DENOTED MIND BRILLIANCE. ACTUALLY~
IT IS A WELL BALANCED DEVELOPMENT OF ALL THE MIND ASPECTS WHICH
FORM FOR SUPERIOR INTELLIGENCE~ REGARDLESS OF THE PERSON'S SPEED
RATE FOR PRODUCING IDEAS. THOROUGHNESS IN ATTENTION AND EXAMINA-
TION CAN RESULT AT ANY SPEED.

UREMEMBER~ I SAID AT OUR LAST MEETING THAT ORGANIZER IS WHAT


UNITES AND TRANSFORMS THE COLLECTED MIND VALUES. THIS ACTION IS
VERY IMPORTANT BECAUSE THE ACTION OF RIGHT COMBINATIONS BRINGS
FOR A REALITY TRUTH. UNITING IN ONLY SUBJECTIVE OPINION FAR
TOO OFTEN RESULTS IN CONFUSION. LEARNING THE CORRECT HOOK-UPS
DEVELOPS A MIND QUALITY AND THIS· QUALITY NOW WILL ASSUME ITS
RIGHT MIND POSITION.

UORGANIZED EFFORT IS A TALENT WHICH MUST BE LEARNED AND PRACTICED.


ALL MIND TALENTS AND QUALITIES GAIN YOU A CONSCIOUSNESS EXPANSION.
SO~ WE SHOULD FOLLOW ST. THOMAS AT FIRST BY RELAXING AND THINKING
THROUGH OUR MOVES. IMPETUOSITY HAS RUINED MORE GOOD IDEAS THAN
ITS OTHER MIND ENEMY~ WEAK VAPOROUS DREAMS. MANY PERSONS HAVE
WELL DEVELOPED MONEY ASPECTS AND POSSESS CAPITAL~ BUT WHEN THEY
JUMP INTO UNPREPARED ACTIONS AND JUDGE FROM THE VAPOROUS DREAM
PREMISES FOR THE PLAN'S OUTCOME~ FAILURE RESULTS FROM SUCH
UNREALISTIC JUDGMENTS.

UIN EXAMINING MIND~ WE NEED TO FIRST TAKE AREA POCKETS. ONCE


WE GET THESE AREA POCKETS STRENGTHENED~ WE BUILD THE ACTION FOR
UNITING THEM TOGETHER FOR A NEW WORKING ORDER TRANSFORMING OUR
EXTERNAL MANIFESTATIONS TO A HIGHER QUALITY. UNITING IS ORGANI-
ZED EFFORT AND ONCE ESTABLISHED THERE IT BECOMES A PERMANENT
TALENT NEVER TO LEAVE US OR OUR MIND.

UITSVERY ACTIONS FORM CONSTRUCTIVE MIND HABITS FOR COLLECTING


FACTS AND UNDERSTANDING THEM. Now YOU HOLD A QUALITY FOR

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 208 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON SIXTEEN

SUCCESS AND PROSPERITY FOR YOU HAVE GAINED IN CONSCIOUSNESS.


THINKJ INVESTIGATE J QUESTION AND PLAN. NEVER RUSH OR PUSH
YOURSELF J BUT RELAX AND MAINTAIN PERSONAL CONTROL. REFUSE
OUTSIDE PRESSURE OR GOADING FOR THESE CAN PUSH YOU OFF BALANCE.
SOME PEOPLE USE THIS VERY MANIPULATION AS A WEAPON ON OTHERS."

VIOLET ASKED J "WHAT WOULD YOU SAY WOULD BE OUR VERY FIRST PLACE
TO EXAMINE FOR THE SELF-KNOWING PROGRAM?"

WITH NO HESITATION HE STATED J "ALWAYS START BY FIRST BOLSTERING


YOUR PERSONAL CONFIDENCE ASPECTS. WITHOUT A BELIEF IN YOUR OWN
ABILITY TO FUNCTION J OTHER MIND ASPECTS WILL BE USELESS. WHEN
YOU BECOME CONVINCED YOU ARE CAPABLE BECAUSE YOUR MIND IS GOD'S
MIND AND HE CREATED YOU AND FURNISHED YOU WITH EVERYTHING YOU
NEED FOR SUCCESS J YOUR ASPECTS NOW BLOCKED FROM BIASED OPINIONS
AND TRIBAL BELIEFS CAN BE CORRECTED. THE ACT OF CORRECTING
WILL OPEN THE DOORS FOR SUCCESS. YOUR EMOTIONAL CENTER WILL
RESPOND CONSTRUCTIVELY AND WITH CONFIDENCE J SUCCESS CAN COME
FORTH.

"I SHALL G.lVE YOU TWO EXAMPLES: FIRST J IS A SELF-CONFIDENT


SOUL. IMAGINATIONJ LET'S SAY J IS ATTRACTED TO AN IDEA WHICH
ALSO APPEALS TO THIS PERSON'S EMOTIONAL DESIRES J A PERFECT
COMBINATION. IMAGINATION NOW CAUSES MEMORY TO RECALL ALL KNOWN
KNOWLEDGE ON ITS SUBJECT. ORGANIZER JOINS AND LOOKS UP FACTS
ON ALL ASPECTS OF THIS IDEA. A UNION IS CALLED FORTH J MONEY IS
COUNTED J COSTS FIGURED J A POSSIBLE ACTION TAKEN FOR SEARCHING
OUT ITS SET UP; OR IT IS NOTED A LEARNING COURSE NEEDS TO BE
ENTERED. YOU HAVE STARTED THE ACTION. ONCE ACTION HAS STARTED
A MOVEMENT J ADDED IDEAS DRAW INTO YOUR PRESENCE AND EXPLORING
THESEJADDS TO THE OVERALL FORCE. THIS ORGANIZED EFFORT NOW
SNOWBALLS IN ENERGY AND THE IMPULSES MAGNETIZE YOUR NEEDS J THUS
SUCCESS FOLLOWS.

"LOOKING AT ITS OPPOSITE J WHAT HAPPENS? HERE WE FIND TWO MAIN


HABIT ACTIONS WHICH ARE VERY POPULAR IN YOUR MANSTREAM.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 209 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON SIXTEEN

#1. THE TALKER. HIS IMAGINATION HAS BROUGHT FORTH EXCELLENT


IDEAS. WITH GREAT ENTHUSIASM HE TALKS ABOUT PLANS SOMEDAY~
WHEN THINGS ARE RIGHT~ WHEN HE HAS TIME~ OR PERHAPS WHEN HIS
SHIP COMES IN. #2. THE IMPETUOUS ENTHUSIAST. HE IS ON CLOUD
NINE~ FULL OF ENERGY~ RUSHING HERE AND THERE~ ASKING FOR OPIN-

IONS~ AND CONFUSED AT EACH CONFLICTING ANSWER. HE HAS NEVER


STOPPED TO PLAN OR THINKj HE LETS HIS FEET DO THE THINKING.
HOURS ARE WASTED AND ENERGY SQUANDERED. SINCE HE IS BORROWING
OTHER PEOPLES OPINIONS AND PLANS~ NO ENERGY IS BUILT UP WITHIN
HIMSELF.

"Two RESULTS USUALLY OCCUR AND BOTH ARE FAILURE. IF THIS PERSON
IS IMPATIENT AND IMPETUOUS~ HE MAY GRAB AT SOME OPENING INDIS-
CRIMINATELY AND THEN WONDER WHY IT DIDN'T WORK OUT. OR THIS
SCATTERER WILL BECOME DISCOURAGED AND GIVE UP ONLY TO SEE ANOTHER
TAKE THAT SAME IDEA AND SUCCEED. OUR SCATTERER WILL NOW FEEL
CHEATED AND BLAME LADY LUCK. ORGANIZER COMBINES ENERGY FORCES.
A SCATTERER DISBURSES THEM AWAY ACCOMPLISHING LITTLE FOR HIMSELF."

"You MENTIONED THAT OUR DEVELOPED ASPECTS OF MIND BECOME TALENTS.


ARE PHYSICAL DEXTERITIES ALSO MIND TALENTS?" LILY INQUIRED.

"OH~ YES~ INDEED. ALL MUST BECOME THE PROPERTY OF MIND BEFORE
IT CAN BECOME A FORM. REPEATED ACTIONS OF MIND OR OF PHYSICAL
MOTIONS CONNECT IN A UNION. MEMORY HOLDS THESE TOGETHER IN ITS
MIND FILES. MEMORY IS THE CONNECTOR HERE."

I ASKED~ "WHAT ABOUT THE MISCELLANEOUS BITS AND PIECES WE PICK


UP IN MATTER? WILL THESE FADE AWAY IF NOT SUFFICIENTLY CONNEC-
TED TO OTHER MEMORY MIND IDEAS?"

"RIGHT! MOST FADE AND THESE WE LOSE FOR IT REQUIRES A CONSTANT~


STEADY APPLICATION AND ATTENTION TO IMPRESS FOR A DEEP MEMORY
KEEPING. MEMORY FORGETS THE HIT OR MISS MIND DRIVES INTO SUB-
JECTS. ALL TEACHERS KNOW THAT THE PRACTICE OF ABSENTEEISM
MAKES FOR A POOR STUDENT. ORGANIZED EFFORT AND A STEADY~ CON-
SISTENT APPLICATION IS THE ONLY WAY TO LEARN AND TO KEEP YOUR

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 210 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON SIXTEEN

KNOWLEDGE FOR SOUL. IT'S TIME COVERAGE THAT CREATES ENOUGH


ENERGY TO CREATE A QUALITY VALUE FOR HIGHER MIND."

"WELL,," I SAID" "I WANT A BETTER SELF ORGANIZER FOR EFFORT


ENERGY. I WANT TO OWN IT AND ITS INVOLUNTARY INTUITIVE FORCES."
"THERE IS NO REASON YOU CANNOT,," JASON SAID. "You THREE NOW
HAVE A DEFINITE GOAL OF MIND TO SAIL TOWARD IN BRINGING OUT
OUR LESSONS. YOUR IMAGINATION AND ORGANIZATION COMPLETES THIS
TRIANGLE OF MIND" SO WORK ON THEM.

"BECAUSE MANY DO DESIRE TO IMPROVE AND BETTER SERVE THEIR JEWEL"


AN ADVISED PROGRAM WILL AID. IN FOLLOWING THE DIRECTIONS WE
SUBMIT" YOU CAN RECEIVE GIFTS. NOT ALL ON EARTH ARE READY"
BUT THOSE ABLE TO APPRECIATE WHAT WE OFFER WILL ALSO BE THE
ONES DESIRING TO PUT ITS WISDOMS INTO PRACTICAL ACTIONS. THIS
IS A MUTUAL FIELD WHERE PERSONAL ENDEAVOR CAN BR1NG FORTH FAR
REACHING RESULTS. FORTUNATE ARE THOSE WHO ARE EVOLVED TO ACCEPT
IT AND USE IT.

"YOUR SOUL FAMILY OVER HERE ORGANIZED AND PLANNED THIS PROGRAM
BEFORE EACH WERE BORN INTO MATTER. WE CHOSE OUR CHANNEL CONTACTS
AND THEIR STUDENT CONTACTS AGES AGO" FOR WE TOO MUST BOW TO TIME.
THE MAGI IN THEIR THREE POINT TRIANGLE ARE THEY WHO HAVE THE
TASK OF UNCOVERING THOSE WHO CAN PROFIT FROM OUR INFLUENCE. WE"
YOUR SOUL GROUP" ATTEMPT TO SUPPLY YOU WITH A SUFFICIENT INNER
MOTIVE TO JUSTIFYYOUR GRANTING TO YOURSELF THE ENERGY AND
INITIATIVE TO DO THIS WORK AND AWAKEN INTO SELF MASTERY."

"WHY ARE SO MANY PERSONS BLINDLY SATISFIED WITH LIFE AND SELF
TODAY?"VENTURED LILY. "SO FEW SEEM TO WANT OTHER THAN PLEASURE
EXPERIENCES."

"THEIR CONSCIOUSNESS STATE IS THE ANSWER" LILY. THOSE WHO ARE


DRAWN TO OUR ENERGIES WILL ALREADY BE INITIATES OF ANCIENT DAYS"
FOR THESE SOULS ARE LEGION ON THE PATH. THESE SOULS WILL NOT

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 211 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON SIXTEEN

BE CHEATING THEMSELVES J FOR LURKING SOMEWHERE IN THEIR PATTERN


IS SUFFICIENT ENTHUSIASM AND INITIATIVE TO RECOGNIZE WHAT IS
BEING OFFERED. OTHERS ARE JUST NOT READY AT THIS POINT IN
TIME.

"LET US SUMMARIZE: A RELUCTANT APPROACH TO ANYTHING GUARANTEES


FAILURE OF ACHIEVEMENT. INITIATIVE AND ENTHUSIASM COMBINE TO
FORM A HAPPY EXPECTANT EMOTION OF FORCE YOU CAN WELL AFFORD TO
CARRY AROUND AND HARNESS TO YOUR WHOLE SELF. MANY MINDS ARE
STILL IN A STATE OF NEUTRALITY J ALLOWING THEMSELVES TO DRIFT
AIMLESSLY. THE PERFECTING OF YOUR MIND ASPECTS HERE DISCUSSED
CANNOT FAIL TO OPEN YOUR CHANNEL FOR A HIGHER RECEIVING. THE
NEUTRAL MIND CAN NEVER KNOW MORE OF LIFE THAN IT SEES J READS
ABOUT OR HEARS THROUGH SUGGESTED OPINIONS OF ITS FELLOWS.
THESE ARE VERY LIMITED INFORMATIONS TO FORM PROGRESS.

"LET THE MAGI'S STAR GUIDE YOU AND THE SOUL GROUP'S LESSONS
CHART YOUR COURSE. THERE IS SAFETY WHEN MIND RIDES ON ORGANIZED
FORCE; DANGER WHEN WE ALLOW A DRIFTING IN LIFE'S TIDE. BLESS
YOU ALL."

HE AROSE AND AS WE JOINED HIMJ HE LOVINGLY GATHERED US INTO


HIS ARMS. SAFELY FOLDED TO HIMJ THE MISTS ROSE J AND WE COULD
FEEL A PULL BACK INTO MATTER'S GRAVITY FIELD. SOUND EMERGED
TO OUR SENSES AS OUR EARTH GROUP SANG A HYMN OF ENERGY BEFORE
PARTING. PHYSICALLY J WE FELT WONDERFUL; SPIRITUALLY J WE FELT
JOYOUS; ALL WAS WELL.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 212 of 326
TODAY I CULTIVATE THE ART OF HAVING FAITH. I
AFFIRM THE REALITY OF DIVINE SUBSTANCE IN MY
LIFE NOW. I INVITE DIVINE SUBSTANCE TO MANIFEST
IN RICH APPROPRIATE FORM IN MY LIFE NOW!

BECAUSE NOTHING IS IMPOSSIBLE TO GODJ I BELIEVE


THAT NOTHING IS IMPOSSIBLE TO ME THROUGH HIS
POWER IN ME.

I DARE TO BELIEVE IN THE GREATER GOOD. I FORSAKE ,


ALL THAT HAS HELD ME IN BONDAGE J AND UNITE,MYSELF
,
WITH FAITHJ OVERCOMING ALL FEAR. 'j

,:J
"j
So LET IT BE!
,1;\;;,1
• ,~\I

....'" ':1i
"
l :~ ~
~

,
~

. ,- {

~ ~,"',. . ,~

.~-' -: ;.::~ -: ;
.:,?' :-.. < - '- ••

'-;;-;::~f~?~,%i\:~ ::,'::,

" '7,·, " , : ::', '


~":"".,,,,:, ."~
. . ..

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 213 of 326
SEVENTEEN.

~-esson"

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 214 of 326
aURA.
(

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 215 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON SEVENTEEN

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON SEVENTEEN

"THE MAGI'S SERVANT"

THE WORKINGS OF GOD ARE INDEED FASCINATING. EVER SINCE I


MET LILY J I HAD BEEN HEARING A CERTAIN NAME MENTIONED CASUALLY
AND OF INCIDENTAL MEETINGS. GOD'S TAPESTRY WAS WEAVING. Two
OF HIS CHILDREN WERE TRAVELING PARALLEL PATHWAYS J NEITHER AWARE
OF THE OTHERS MUTUAL INTERESTS. THE MAGI KEPT THEIR THREADS
OCCASIONALLY CONTACTING AND AWAITED FOR THE COSMIC TIME TO
UNFOLD. IN THE MEANTIMEJ THESE TWO SOULS DILIGENTLY APPLIED
THEMSELVES IN PREPARING FOR THE DAY THAT THEIR DESTINIES WOULD
MERGE. EVEN WHEN THE MAGI'S SERVANT CAME CLOSER TO LILY FOR
FRIENDSHIP J NEITHER RECOGNIZED ITS DEEP MEANING. SLOWLY AND
EASILY THEY DRIFTED TOGETHER IN HARMONY AND MUTUAL TRUST.
MORE AND MORE WE HEARD REPORTS OF HIS WRITTEN WORK FOR LILY
WAS ASSISTING IT THROUGH CERTAIN OF HER TALENTS.

I WONDERED COULD THIS BE HE WHOM THE SOUL GROUP PREDICTED


WOULD COME TO US AND ACTIVATE OUR WORK. WHEN LILY DID PHONE
ME LONG DISTANCE AND REVEALED THEY HAD SUDDENLY DISCOVERED THEY
WERE DEEPLY IN LOVE J I WAS NOT SURPRISED.

THEY WERE STILL AMAZED AT THIS MUTUAL LOVE AND STILL UNAWARE
EACH WAS A SEEKER AFTER GOD'S WISDOMS. NOT UNTIL THE MAGI
TOOK A HANDJ DID THIS REVEAL.

PREPARING TO TAKE LILY OUT TO DINNERJ HER FRIEND WENT TO HER


COAT CLOSET FOR HER WRAP. SEEING A HIGH STACK OF OUR TYPEWRITTEN
SOUL GROUP MANUSCRIPTS J HE ASKED WHAT THEY WERE. SHE VERY
BRIEFLY TOLD HIM AND GAVE HIM ONE TO LOOK OVER. FORGETTING
DINNERJ HE SAT DOWN AND READ IT THROUGH. THEN LOOKING AT LILY J
HE SAID. "THIS IS WHAT I HAVE BEEN LOOKING FOR ALL MY LIFE!
THESE ARE TOO VALUABLE TO KEEP HIDDENJ WE MUST PUBLISH AND PLACE

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY


Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 216 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON SEVENTEEN

THEM SO OTHER SEEKERS MAY BENEFIT." THE SCALES FELL FROM


LILY'S EYES J THIS BELOVED MAN WAS HE WHOM OUR ASTRAL FRIENDS
PREDICTED WOULD COME TO US.

THEY TRAVELED TO VISIT ME AND IN A SESSION THE MASTERS SEALED


THEIR UNION AND ORDAINED HIM AND HIS WORK TO OUR CONTRIBUTIONS.
Now THE DOUBLE TRIANGLE WAS COMPLETE AND RESTED WITHIN THE
MAGI'S STAR. A NEW ACTION COULD COME FORTH.

HE RECEIVED HIS SACRED NAM~ CYRUS. BEING A MALE JEWEL HALFJ


HE TOOK HIS NAME FROM A PERSIAN INCARNATION WHEN HE WAS A KING J
AND WHERE THE THREE MAGI J BALTHAZAR J KASPAR AND MELCHOIR WERE
HIS MAGIAN PRIEST ADVISORS IN THIS EARLIER INCARNATION J BEFORE
CHRIST'S PERIOD IN EARTH TIME.

BECAUSE KING CYRUS WAS A WISE AND HUMBLE MAN AND LOVED HUMANITY J
HE LISTENED TO HIS THREE PRIESTLY ADVISORS AND AIDED GOD'S WORK
ON EARTH.

OUR SOUL GROUP MAGI ON EARTH TODAY IS BALTHAZAR. IN CHRIST'S


TIMEJ HE INCARNATED UNDER THE HERITAGE BLOOD LINES IN STRAINS
OF ANCIENT EGYPTIAN J ORIENTAL ASIAN AND EAST INDIAN. HE WAS
A NATIVE OF ASSYRIA. KASPARJ BEING AN ETHIOPIAN THENJ ALWAYS
MANIFESTS AS VERY DARK OF SKIN. HE ALSO RETAINS THE NAME HE
USED AS A MEMBER OF THE "THREE WISE MEN." THE THIRD MAGIJ
MELCHOIR J WAS TALL AND FAIR OF SKIN WITH LIGHT BLUE EYES J A
GIFT OF HIS BLOOD HERITAGE. HE DESCENDED FROM THE MYSTERIOUS
RACE OF WHITE GIANTS RECORDED IN ANCIENT SACRED SCROLLS AND
SKETCHILY MENTIONED IN THE BIBLEJ BUT ERRONEOUSLY NAMED ANGELS
BECAUSE THESE MEN CAME FROM THE SKIES.

IT WAS NECESSARY I INCLUDE ALL THIS INFORMATION BEFORE THIS


LESSON AS IT TIES INTO ITS CONTENTS.
ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 217 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON SEVENTEEN

"KEEPERS OF THE STARS"

AFTER THE MEETING'S OPENING PRAYER J MANY PRESENT SAW THE


IMAGE OF OUR MAGI BALTHAZAR MANIFEST OVER THE HEADS OF OUR
TRIANGLE. THE IMAGE NOW TRANSFIGURED INTO A LARGE BRIGHT
STAR. WE THREE WERE CAUGHT UP WITHIN ITS LIGHT AND BEAMED
AFTER THE MAGI AS HE SAILED THROUGH SPACE AND TIME.

AFTER ARRIVING AT THE CASTLE DOOR J WE FOLLOWED HIMJ THREADING


OUR WAY THROUGH A CROWDED HALL AND OUT ONTO A VERY LARGE STONE
PILLARED PORCH AREA. ITJ TOO J WAS FULL OF SEATED PEOPLE J ALL
FACING TOWARD A MONSTROUS ENERGY SCREEN LOCATED ON THE CASTLE'S
OUTER WALLJ AND FLANKED BY A LOW PLATFORM AND WAITING EMPTY
CHAIRS. WE FOLLOWED BALTHAZAR TO THREE FRONT SEATS WHICH HAD
OUR FLOWERS EMBLAZONED ON THEIR BACKS. I SAT BETWEEN LILY AND
VIOLET. SEEING US SETTLED BALTHAZAR LEFT ABRUPTLY J STILL WITH-
OUT HAVING SPOKEN A WORD.

VOICES HUMMED AND THE SOUNDS OF SEVERAL LANGUAGES BLENDED


SOOTHINGLY. WE LOOKED AROUND AND SEVERAL PERSONS WAVED OUR
WAY.

A PROCESSION OF WHEELCHAIRS J A FEW STRETCHERS AND A NUMBER OF


CRIPPLED SOULS CAME THROUGH THE DOOR WE HAD JUST PASSED. THEY
WERE ESCORTED BY THE FOUR YOUNG MEN WE HAD MET AND OTHERS.

A HUSH FELL AS MASTERS J WHITEBEARDS AND THE THREE MAGIANS


ENTERED AND SEATED THEMSELVES ON THE PLATFORM. THEY SOFTLY
CONFERRED A MOMENT J THEN MASTER OMAR AROSE AND ADDRESSED US.
"WE GIVE WELCOME TO ALL. A SPECIAL COMMUNION WITH TWO OF OUR
LIFE-STREAM MEMBERS OF THE SUN REALMS IS OUR PRIVILEGE TONIGHT.
A BEATIFIC TI~E LIES BEFORE US SO IN SILENCE LET EACH SEND OUT
DIVINE THOUGHTS TO GENERATE THE ENERGY PATHWAY FOR OUR GUEST."

SOFT COLOR APPEARED ON THE ENERGY SCREEN. PULSATING J IT BRIGHT-


ENEDJ THEN BLAZED INTO THE HEAD AND SHOULDERS OF A MAN. VIOLET
AND LILY GRASPEDMY HANDS AND WE MOVED CLOSER TO ONE ANOTHER.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 218 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON SEVENTEEN

HE WAS TRANSLUCENT IN MOTHER-OF-PEARL COLORS. IT WAS DIFFI-


CULT TO BELIEVE HIM AS BEING A MEMBER OF OUR OWN LIFE STREAM.
As HE SPOKE J THE WORDS WERE NOT BEING UNDERSTOOD THROUGH OUR
ASTRAL EARS. RATHERJ THEY APPEARED TO COME INSTANTLY INTO
MIND AND THEIR PROPERTIES RECOGNIZED. I WONDERED IF WE WERE
INTUITIVELY RECEIVING THEM? THIS IS THE BEST I CAN DO TO DES-
CRIBE THIS NEW EXPERIENCE. HIS WORDS WERE:

"I GREET YOU FROM THE CONSTELLATION PLEIADES. I AM THE MYSTIC


GUHA. I AND MY SOULMATE ARE THE 'KEEPERS OF THE SEVEN STARS
OF PLEIADES' SOMETIMES REFERRED TO AS THE 'MYSTERIOUS ONES.'
I GUARD THE SEVEN DOORS INTO INFINITY. SHE GUARDS THE 'SEVEN
DOORWAYS OF TIME.' WE SERVE GOD AND OUR LIFE-STREAM SISTERS
AND BROTHERS.

"EVERY CHILD OF GODJ AT EVERY MOMENT OF EXISTENCE IN UNIVERSE J


IS GOVERNED BY THE STARS AND THEIR CONSTELLATIONS. FROM SPIRIT
DOWN TO MATTER AND BACK UP AGAIN J ALL HUMANITY IS BEING OVER-
SHADOWED BY COMBINATIONS OF HEAVENLY BODIES. EACH PERSON OF
OUR LIFE-STREAM EVER ENTERS EARTH WITH A PERSONAL OUTLINE DES-
TINY. ITS INDICATIONS WILL BE APPLICABLE TO THAT PARTICULAR
INCARNATION INTO MATTER.

THESE ASTROLOGICAL CONFIGURATIONS OF STARS AND PLANETS ARE PART


OF Gon's PLAN." A PICTURE OF THE HEAVENS FORMED BEHIND HIM.
"GOD CREATED UNIVERSE AND ALL WITHIN ITS BOUNDARIES. GOD CREATED
ALL THE MANY AND VARIED LIFE-STREAMS WITHIN UNIVERSE TODAY.
FROM THE HIGH SPIRITUAL LOGOS RIGHT DOWN TO MANKIND AND EVEN
BELOW J ALL GOD'S LIFE-STREAMS CONNECT ONE WITH ANOTHER. THE
'WHITE BROTHERHOOD' CALLED THESE 'CHAINS'. WE ALSO SPEAK OF
THEM AS THE 'WNIVERSAL WEB.'

"THE GREAT STAR SUNS ARE THE SPIRITUAL LOGOI VEHICLE FORMS.
THE PLANETS THEMSELVES HOUSE WITHIN THEM THE JUNIOR DEVELOPING
LOGO ENTITIES. WE WHO DWELL IN THE FLAME AND SUN REALMS ARE
STAR'S OUTER INHABITANTS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 219 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON SEVENTEEN
ANGELS DWELL IN EARTH AND MATTER ON PLANET'S ETHERIC UPPE.R
REALMS. ~~NSTREAMJ ANlMALS J PLANTS J MINERALS AND MANY LESSER
LIFE FORMS ARE PLANET'S OUTER LOWER INHABITANTS.

"UNIVERSE WAS CREATED FOR THE PURPOSE OF HOLDING GOD'S MANY


LIFE SPARK CHILDREN. WE CHILDREN WERE NOT CREATED TO ACCOM-
MODATE UNIVERSE.

"WE WHO ARE NATIVES OF MATTER'S LOWER REALMS ARE AS IMPORTANT


TO OUR FATHER GOD AS THE LOGOI. HE KNOWS EACH OF HIS CHILDREN.
RECALL THAT JESUS VERIFIED THIS WHEN HE TOLD US OUR FATHER KNOWS
EVEN WHEN THE SPARROW FALLS.

"FROM HIS INFINITE WISDOM J . GOD PLACED THE IMPULSE 'RESPONSIBILITY'


INTO ALL LIFE-SPARKS. HE FURTHER INSURED SUCCESS FOR HIS PLAN
BY PLACING HIS MORE ADVANCED OFFSPRING OVER THEIR YOUNGER SIB-
LINGS. THIS BECOMES CLEAR IN CONSCIOUSNESS WHEN EACH REACH A
SPECIFIC STATE. THEN CAN BE SEEN THE LOGIC BEHIND ASTROLOGI-
CAL BIRTH SIGNS AND CONJUNCTIONS OF PLANETS. THE RESULTS OF
THEIR ACTIONS IN INDIVIDUAL MATTER LIFE TIMES REVEAL KARMA.
THESE TRUTHS WILL UNFOLD AS YOU TRAVEL INTO THE NINTH PATHWAY
LESSONS.

THOSE ON EARTH SEEKING AFTER TRUTH AND REALITY WILL FIND THEM-
SELVES UNDER THE SPIRITUAL INFLUENCES OF OUR PLEIADES CONSTELLA-
TION AND THE SEVEN SISTER STARS. THIS INFLUENCE ADDS INTO A
PERSON'S DESTINY AND ITS FORCES CONSTRUCTIVELY REINFORCE ALL
OTHERS ALREADY THERE AND OVERSHADOWING YOU.

"SIX OF OUR SACRED LOGO STARS ARE VISIBLE TO MATTER AWARENESS.


BUT OUR SEVENTH STAR IS A MYSTIC DARK AND INVISIBLE PROPERTY
AND NOW EXISTS BETWEEN UNIVERSE AND GODJ WITHIN A CUSP AREA OF
UNDESCRIBABLE SUBSTANCE. (THE TERM 'DARK' DOES NOT DENOTE EVIL J
BAD OR NEGATIVE HERE. QUITE THE OPPOSITE.) IT IS OUR MAN-
STREAM'S FUTURE DOORWAY OUT OF UNIVERSE AND BACK INTO GOD.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 220 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON SEVENTEEN

"OUR CONSTELLATION PLEIADES IS LOCATED IN THE NECK OF TAURUS.


VIEWED FROM EARTHJ IT LIES AS A CENTRAL GROUP OF STARS IN THE
SOLAR MILKY WAY. THE PLEIADES ALSO REPRESENTS MANKIND'S CENTRAL
SYSTEM OF SIDERAL SYMBOLOGY.

"EARTH'S ANCIENT AND PRIMITIVE PEOPLE KNEW THESE WISDOMS. THEY


WERE BROUGHT AND TAUGHT TO EARTH'S NEWLY EVOLVING MEMBERS BY
WHITE GIANT MEN FROM OUTER SPACE. THESE HIGHLY EVOLVED SKY
PEOPLE WERE ALSO OF OUR LIFE-STREAM BUT FAR ADVANCED TO MEN OF
EARTH. THEY WERE SEEKING A NEW PLANET UPON WHICH TO RELOCATE
THE REMNANTS OF THEIR PEOPLE. THEIR SUN WAS IN DANGER AND ABOUT
TO BECOME A NOVA. THEIR HOME PLANET WAS OF A NUMBER 4 ENERGY
VIBRATION. EARTH ALSO WAS A NUMBER FOUR ENERGY GLOBE. THEY
EMIGRATED AND SETTLED IN THE UNINHABITED ICY AREAS OF EARTH
WHICH WAS MUCH SIMILAR TO THEIR DYING WORLDS ATMOSPHERE. SOME
TRAVELED AND MINGLED AND MARRIED INTO EARTH'S SMALLER J DARKER
TRIBES OF PEOPLE AND THUS DID THE WHITE GIANTS BECOME PRIMITIVE
EARTH CHILDREN'S GUIDES AND TEACHERS.

"THE WHITE GIANT'S SKY HOME WAS IN PLEIADES WHICH LIES WITHIN THE
NECK OF TAURUS. THE SYMBOL OF TAURUS IS NUMBER ONE OR TEN.
ALPHA AND OMEGA. THE BEGINNING AND THE END. THE PERFECT NUMBER
AND LETTER. THE SEVEN STARS OR CANDLESTICKS OF PLEIADES IS
EARTH'S CENTRAL POINT AROUND WHICH THE SOLAR GALAXY REVOLVES.
PLEIADES AND TAURUS ARE MYSTICALLY CONNECTED WITH PLANET EARTH
AS ARE WEJ ITS 'KEEPERS.'

"IN SERIES Two OF THESE LESSONS YOU WILL BE TAUGHT HOW PLANET
EARTH IS CONNECTED INTO OUR SEVEN SACRED KEYS. THOSE OF EARTH
WHO ARE 'SEEKERS OF DEEPER HIDDEN TRUTHS' NOW HOLD SOME OF
THESE SEVEN KEYS IN YOUR HAND. OUR MANSTREAM OF LIFE WILL KNOW
SEVEN ROOTS OR DISTINCT CHANGES WHILE PLANET EARTH IS IN HER
LOWEST MATTER INCARNATION. WITHIN THESE TIME AREAS OF EACH NEW
ROOTJMANY INCARNATIONS WILL BE KNOWN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 221 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON SEVENTEEN

"SOUL AND SPIRIT AND MIND EVER MUST PROCEED UPWARD IN A SPIRAL.
LIFE-FORCE IS DIVINE INTELLIGENCE. TODAY YOUR EARTH MEN OF
SCIENCE KNOW OF OUR INVISIBLE SEVENTH STAR. THEY HAVE MEASURED
HER GRAVITATIONAL BOUNDARIES) THOUGH THEY CANNOT SIGHT HER
OUTER FORM. THEY ARE AWARE HER POWERFUL FORCES ARE PULLING
WITHIN HERSELF EVERYTHING WHICH MOVES INTO HER SUCTION FORCES.

"BEFORE CLOSING MY TALK) LET ME COMPLETE THE PICTURE BY INFORM-


ING YOU THAT OUR MYSTIC DARK STAR WHICH IS THE DOORWAY BACK
INTO GOD) WAS THE SAME STAR FROM WHICH THE WHITE GIANTS FLED
THEIR DYING PLANET. THESE MANY CONNECTIONS ALL HAD PURPOSE
IN GOD'S PLAN.

"HUMANITY IS GOD'S HIGHEST FORM OF LIFE ON PLANET EARTH. You


ARE INDEPENDENT EGOS AND READY TO EXERCISE SELF-RESPONSIBILITY.
As SUCH) I LEAVE YOU WITH THIS USEFUL AFFIRMATION.
"THE ORIGINAL THINKER GOD) THINKS THROUGH ME.
I AM NEVER SEPARATED FROM HIM IN MIND.
THIS THINKER IS GOD AND ABOVE AND OVER ALL
THINGS. THEREFORE) GOD AS MIND IS WITHIN ME.
I PERMIT HIS IDEAS TO FLOW INTO MY AWARENESS
AND I ACCEPT THEM AS MY RIGHT. SO BE IT!"

WHEN GUHA'S IMAGE HAD FADED FROM THE SCREEN) GURU SUGGESTED
THIS PART OF THE SESSION ADJOURN BRIEFLY. REFRESHMENTS WERE
SERVED IN THE BARONIAL HALL. WE SAMPLED STRANGE DELICIOUS
THINGS AND DISCOVERED THAT ASTRAL TASTE BUDS ENJOY FLAVOR
EVERYWHERE IN ITS STRUCTURE) NOT JUST IN MOUTH AND TONGUE.

THE GREAT LENGTH OF THIS SPECIAL SESSION CAUSED US TO DIVIDE


ITS CONTENTS INTO SEVERAL LESSONS. IN TAKING US ANOTHER STEP
UPWARD AND FORWARD) ITS INFORMATIVE ADVENTURES REQUIRED THIS
FORM OF SEGREGATION.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 222 of 326
(

, ~

'.;,
f'

", ...... )',-

DIVINE ABUNDANCE IS FOREVER MANIFESTING IN MY LIFE.


SINCE I DESIRE TO DO ONLY THAT WHICH IS CONSTRUCTIVE
AND GOOD FOR MYSELF AND OTHERS J I KNOW THAT I SHALL
PROSPER IN EVERYTHING I DO. GOOD IS RIGHT WHERE I
AM. I EXIST IN LIMITLESS POSSIBILITIES FOR COMPLETE
SELF-EXPRESSION.

NEW IDEAS J NEW EXPERIENCES OPEN NEW DOORS OF OPPORT-


UNITY FOR ME. THESE NEW OPPORTUNITIES FOR SELF-
EXPRESSION GIVE ME THE ABUNDANT LIFEJ AND LOVE AND
HAPPINESS. THIS I EXPECT J AND THIS I ACCEPT.

AND So IT Is!

.,
. "

- -~

: .....

~
..
. .
-. . .' . .j

;;;;

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 223 of 326
I
(

EIGHTEEN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 224 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 225 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON EIGHTEEN
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON EIGHTEEN

"GLORIANNA, KEEPER OF TIME"

THE SOCIAL PERIOD OVER) WE PREPARED TO MEET A SECOND SUN


BEING. ANTICIPATION WAS RUNNING HIGH THROUGHOUT THE AUDIENCE
AS EACH FAITHFULLY GENERATED HIGH PRAYER IMPULSES IN SILENCE.
RARE AND BEAUTIFUL COLORS PULSATED ON THE GREAT SCREEN AND
RESOLVED INTO THE SCENE I'VE TRIED TO INDICATE IN BLACK AND
WHITE. IT GIVES BUT A POOR RENDITION OF ITS REALITY.

SHE FLOATED THERE IN SPACE) SURROUNDED IN INDIGO BLUE WITH


SUN STARS OF GOLD FOR A BACKGROUND. RANGED OVER HER BOWED
HEAD) THREE CHERUBIM LOOKED DOWN AS PLANET EARTH RESTED BELOW.
THE SIX VISIBLE STARS OF PLEIADES LENT THEIR SACRED LIGHT OVER
ALL. WE SEARCHED FOR THE DARK SEVENTH STAR BUT IT REMAINED
HIDDEN FROM OUR EYES. IT'S CLAIMED TO BE WHERE I INDICATED.
FINALLY) TURNING TO FACE THE SCREEN) WITH BEAUTIFUL FACE
SERENE) GLORIANNA SPOKE:

"DIVINE BLESSINGS UPON YOU ALL. I AM GLORIANNA) SOULMATE OF


GUHA. I TAKE MY NAME FROM OUR JEWEL CENTER) GLORIOSAS OR
GLORY LILY, WHICH CARRIES GREAT SUN FORCES. THIS PLANT ON
EARTH BLOOMS ONLY IN ABUNDANT WARMTH AND SUNLIGHT. I SERVE
AS 'KEEPER OF THE DOORWAY OF TIME.' I GUARD THE SEVEN SEALS
OF PLEIADES AND KEEP ALIVE THE FLAMES IN THEIR SEVEN CANDLE-
STICKS. OH) DEAR SEEKERS) STAND NOT IN YOUR OWN LIGHT FROM OUR
SACRED STARS) LEST THY FEET SLIP FROM THE HOLY PATH AND LEAD
THEE ASIDE FROM GOD'S GOAL." HER IMMORTAL EYES BESEECHED US.

"I COME TO ACQUAINT YOU WITH OUR STARS. THE SEVEN CANDLESTICKS
OF GOD EACH HARMONIZE TO A COLOR. THEIR COLORS WEAVE PATTERNS
AND DRAW FORCES FROM OUT OF ALL THE REPRESENTED LEVELS WITHIN
UNIVERSE. As EACH COLOR HAS A BASIC POSITION AND LEVEL IN
WHOLE UNIVERSE) THEIR INDIVIDUAL PIGMENT WAVELENGTHS ALSO OPERATE

~1978 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 226 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON EIGHTEEN

IN ALL ENERGIES. YET EVER AND ALWAYS~ A COLOR WILL MAGNETIZE


BEST IN ITS OWN NATIVE LEVEL. ~EVERTHELESSJ ALL TONE ·COLOR .
KEYS MINGLE IN ALL OF UNIVERSE'S SEVEN REALM LEVELS AS GOD'S
CHILDREN TRAVEL THROUGH THEM. WE WOULD HAVE YOU VISUALIZE
THIS IMAGE IN ITS WHOLENESS." THE SCREEN CHANGED AND HELD THE
WRITTEN CHART BELOW:

COLOR
NATIVE AREA
OE UNIVERSE V~~~~LE PLEIADES
STAR
RED LOWER MATTER PHYSICAL BODY #1
ORANGE MATTER'S ETHERIC FORM #2
ETHERIC AREA

YELLOW SENTIENT SOUL ETHERIC MIND & #3


ASTRAL EGO FORMS

GREEN ASTRAL-SOUL ASTRAL BODY #4


DEEP BLUE LOWER SPIRIT FIRST SPIRIT FORM #5
ELECTRIC BLUE HIGH SPIRIT PURE SPIRIT FORM #6
ULTRA VIOLET JEWEL FORM GOD CHILD FORM #7

THESE FOUR LISTED CATAGORIES FORM A FOUNDATION SQUARE AND ARE


IN UNISON FORMING A WORKING UNIT IN HUMANITY. MANKINDS' PHYSICAL
BODY VIBRATES ITS LIFE-FORCE AS IT IS TAKEN IN FROM EARTH'S AIR
ELEMENTS AND CIRCULATED THROUGH THE BODY VIA THE RED BLOOD FLOW.

"EACH PERSON DEVELOPES A PERSONAL EGO FOR SELF WHILE DOWN EXPER-
IENCING IN MATTER. AT THE MOMENT OF ACQUIRING EGO J EACH ENTITY
ALSO BECOMES AN INDIVIDUAL IN THEIR MIND' POINT AND OUR #1 STAR J
ALCYONE J BECOMES THAT INDIVIDUAL'S NEW TEACHER.

"WE USE THE NAMES YOUR PAST RACES GAVE OUR PLEIADES STARS RATHER
THAN THEIR SACRED NAMES. THEY ARE: #1 ALCYONE; #2 CALAENO;
#3 TAYGETA; #4 MAlA; #5 ELECTRA; #6 STEROPE. THE DARK STAR WAS
NAMED #7J MEROPE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 227 of 326
LESSON ONE PAGE 3
LESSm~ EIGHTEEi~

"WHENEVER A GOD CHILD ACQUIRES A CERTAIN PLATEAU IN EVOLUTION)


A GRADUATION OCCURS AND A NEW PLEIADES STAR KEY BECOMES THEIR
NEW TEACHER. ALL SOULS ON EARTH WILL BE WORKING UNDER A PRE-
SENT NUMBER AND STAR SEAL OF THE PLEIADES. THE LOWER NUMBERS
ONE TO THREE WILL HAVE) FOR MOST SEEKERS) BEEN COVERED. PRE-
SENT SEEKERS ARE USUALLY ON #4 OR #5. NUMBER SIX STAR CAN BE
ACHIEVED IN THIS LIFETIME BY ADVANCED SEEKERS. NUMBER SEVEN
IS THAT OF MASTERSHIP.

"THESE NUMBERS FOR AWHILE WILL APPEAR SOMEWHAT OF AN ENIGMA.


THEY REVEAL IN LESSONS WITH THEIR LAWS AS THESE ADVANCE IN
.WISDOMS.

"THE SEVEN COLORS AND SEVEN STARS OF PLEIADES CONNECT INTO OUR
BODY CHAKRAS. THE SEVEN CHAKRAS OF PHYSICAL AND ETHERIC FORMS
CONNECT INTO THE ASTRAL AND SPIRIT FORMS. THE FIRST CHAKRA IN
ALL FORMS VIBRATES TO #1 RED COLOR. IT WILL DO SO EVER AND
ALWAYS IN ALL OF OUR SEVEN DUAL FORMS. RED IS AT ITS BEST AS
AN ENERGY IN MATTER.

"THE SUBJECT OF CHAKRAS) THEIR PURPOSE AND ACTIVITIES WILL NEED


ITS OWN PLACE IN THESE LESSONS. IT WILL SUFFICE TO NOW SAY)
EACH INDIVIDUAL MEMBER OF OUR LIFE STREAM EITHER HAS THE POTEN-
TIAL FOR CONNECTION INTO OUR SEVEN PLEIADES STARS OR IS ALREADY
IN SOME CONNECTION WITH CERTAIN OF OUR STAR SEALS.

"THE CONNECTIONS ARE EARNED BY THE INDIVIDUAL. No SUN BEING


CAN BESTOW A CONNECTION BEYOND THAT IN WHICH THE ENTITY NOW
RESTS WITHIN. WE CAN LEAD YOUR MINDS UP FOR NEW WISDOMS) BUT
THEN IT BECOMES YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. THE INDIVIDUAL MIND-SCRIPTS
EVER UNROLL AT DI FFERENT RATES ON ,GOD'S PATHWAY.

"UNIVERSAL NUMBERS AND SYMBOLS AND COMBINATIONS OF COLORS BECOME


. CLUES WHENEVER ENCOUNTERED. THEY POINT TO MANY IMPORTANT AND
STILL UNKNOWN TRUTHS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 228 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON EIGHTEEN
"THE MOST ANCIENT OF OUR MANSTREAM'S SACRED PRIESTHOODS WAS
THAT OF THE MAGI. IT DATES WAY BACK TO PRIMITIVE MAN AND THE
FIRST WHITE GIANTS OF SPACE. WITHIN ITS MEMBERSHIP WERE BOTH
WOMEN AND MEN FOR ALL LIFE-SPARKS ARE EQUAL. ANCIENT LEMURIA
AND "ATLANTIS KNEW ITS INFLUENCES. SINCE EARLY MANJ THE MAGIAN
RITUALS HAVE BEEN ACTIVE SOMEWHERE ON PLANET EARTH. THE MAGIAN
MEMBERS SERVE HUMANITY AND DESIRE ONLY GOOD AND WISDOM FOR ALL
PEOPLES. IGNORANCE AND SELFISHNESS CANNOT UNDERSTAND ITS SCOPE J
THUS FEAR ENTERS. MAGNANIMITY AND SHARING OFTEN THREATEN THOSE
OF SELFISH INCLINATIONS.

"TODAY COSMIC EVENTS ARE IN PROGRESS AS PLANET EARTH AND HER


PEOPLES SAIL ONWARD THROUGH UNIVERSE. AND THESE EVENTS WILL
AFFECT ALL DWELLING ON HER SURFACE. EARTH'S PEOPLE WILL NEED
TO ACCOMMODATE THEMSELVES TO NEW AREAS OF SPACE AND HIGHER VIB-
RATORY RATES THAN THEY HAVE KNOWN UP TO NOW.

"THE GREAT WHEEL OF UNIVERSE TRAVELS COUNTER-CLOCKWISE. THE


STAR SYSTEMS AND THEIR GALAXIES TRAVEL CLOCKWISE. THE PORTIONS
OF UNIVERSE SPACE YOUR SOLAR SYSTEM AND EARTH ARE NOW ENTERING
HAVE NEVER BEFORE BEEN PENETRATED. GLOBE EARTH NOW AT ITS LOW-
EST DIP INTO MATTER HAS KNOWN FOUR REBIRTHS.

"IN THIS J HER FOURTH INCARNATION J SHE WILL BE MOVING TO ENCOUNTER


NEW AND UNFAMILIAR WATERS OF SPACE. ITS SPACE ENERGY ATMOSPHERES
AND HIGHER RHYTHMIC CURRENTS AND ELECTRICAL IMPULSES WILL CAUSE
MANY CHANGES. SO AS THE WHOLE SOLAR GALAXY NOW ENTERS THESE NEW
AREAS OF UNIVERSEJ A MORE RAISED CONSCIOUSNESS EXPANSION WILL
BECOME NECESSARY.

"EVEN NOW J WHILE STILL ONLY WITHIN ITS :~TRANCECUSPJ NEW CHANGES
ARE BEING EVIDENCED ALL OVER PLANET EARTH. MANY FORCE FIELDS
ARE SLOWLY STARTING TO SHIFT. WEATHER PATTERNS ARE BECOMING
DIFFERENT. THE LAND PLATES UPON EARTH'S SURFACE HAVE BEEN
DISTURBED J AND ARE MINUTELY SHIFTING AND CAUSING THREATS OF

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 229 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON EIGHTEEN

EARTHQUAKES AND VOLCANIC ERUPTIONS AND OCEAN TIDAL EVENTS.


EARTH IS VERY SLOWLY ADJUSTING HERSELF INTO NEW HARMONIES WITH
UNIVERSE. MAN ALSO NEEDS TO EXCEL HIS BODY AND MIND RHYTHMS.
You HAVE HEARD IT IS MIND AND THOUGHT WHICH GOVERN THE VIBRA-
TIONS AND THEIR WAVE-LENGTHS.

"OUR LIFE STREAM OPERATES VIA ELECTRICAL IMPULSES IN ALL OUR


SEVEN VEHICLE FORMS AND IN MIND. SO WE REALIZE SOME STATE OF
ELECTRICAL CURRENT IS EVER VIBRATING IN EVERY FORM HOLDING A
LIVE MIND SEED.

"DEATH IS NOTHING MORE THAN OUR ELECTRIFIED SEED ATOM MOVING


OUT OF A PHYSICAL FORM AND ON UP INTO A HIGHER VEHICLE. ONCE
A PHYSICAL FORM LOSES ITS SEED ATOM J IT AUTOMATICALLY COMMENCES
A RETURN TO ITS VARIOUS ORIGINAL MATTER PARTICLES. NOTHING IS
LOST BY THIS ACTION. You ARE STILL YOU AND AWARE IN ANOTHER
ENVELOPE FORM AND IN ANOTHER DIMENSION OF UNIVERSE. You HAVE
NOT CHANGED J ONLY THAT WHICH IS EXTERNAL TO YOU HAS CHANGED.
BECAUSE ALL LIFE SPARK ENTITIES ARE HOOKED UP TOGETHER IN
UNIVERSE J EACH IS VIA THEIR MINDJ HOOKED INTO GOD. THEREFORE J
EACH WILL BE IN ITS RIGHT PLACE.

"To REMAIN WITH PLANET EARTH AND HER INHABITANTS IN A MUTUAL


MIND DEGREE J MEANS EACH MUST KEEP UP A BALANCED GROWTH. THE
SEEKERS ON EARTH TODAY CAN BECOME TEACHERS J HEALERS AND LEADERS
OF THE NEAR FUTURE.

"AT THIS TIME IN GOD'S SCHEME IN UNIVERSE J EACH GOD CHILD IS A


SEPARATE INDIVIDUAL AND RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR OWN ADVANCEMENT.
THOUGH PERSONALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR SELF J WE ACCOMPLISH AS A
GROUP OR A LIFE-STREAM J FOR WE ARE A MENTAL SEGMENT OF THE
GREAT GOD MIND. WE GAIN STRENGTH BY BEING A PART OF THIS
SEGMENT.

lilT'S BEEN MENTIONED THAT A CHANGE IN ANY CURRENT WAVE-LENGTH


WILL MOVE ITS OBJECT OR VEHICLE INTO ANOTHER ATMOSPHERE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 230 of 326
~tKlt~ UNt PAGE 6
LESSON EIGHTEEN

THROUGH THIS ACTION OF THE LAW) NO LIFE EVER STANDS STILL. IF


NOT GROWING AND PROGRESSING) IT WILL BE RETROGRESSING BACKWARD.
WHICHEVER ITS ACTION) A CHANGE OF ATMOSPHERE WILL OCCUR.

"FOR THE INCARNATING EARTH SOUL) THIS CAN BE TRICKY. FOR


EARTH'S OUTER PHYSICAL EXTERNAL SURROUNDINGS WILL APPEAR THE
SAME. THE EARTH'S EXTERNALS WILL NOT RISE OR LOWER IN THEIR
ELECTRICAL CHARGE FREQUENCIES OR ATMOSPHERES FOR GOD IS MAINTAIN-
ING THESE SECTIONS. ONLY THE INVISIBLE ATMOSPHERE OF THE PERSON
CHANGES AND WILL BE EELI AS A BETTER OR MORE NEGATIVE ~ CON-
DITION. THUS) THE REASON BEHIND 'MOODS' IS FREQUENTLY OVERLOOKED.
OUR PERSONAL ATMOSPHERE IS SHOWN ONLY IN OUR AURIC COLORS.

"EVERY COLOR IN THE MATTER SPECTRUM OF SEVEN IS A SEPARATE BAND.


IT CONTAINS MANY LAYERS OF WAVE-LENGTH CURRENTS. SO IN COMBIN-
ING COLORS IN MEDITATION) PRAYER OR MEETING SESSIONS) YOU ARE
CHANGING AND RAISING AN ATMOSPHERE OF YOURSELF.

"REALIZE TWO THINGS WILL ALWAYS OCCUR WHENEVER A NEW EXTERNAL


UNIT MOVES INTO YOUR AURIC ATMOSPHERE OR YOU MOVE INTO THEIRS.
FIRST) A HARMONIOUS UNITING OF ELECTRICAL IMPULSES' CAN TAKE
PLACE AND YOUR COMBINED FORCES NOW RISE HIGHER TOGETHER. THIS
DRAWS BENEFITS TO BOTH PARTIES. SECOND) SHOULD THE ENCOUNTERED
AURIC ATMOSPHERE BE NEGATIVE TO YOURS) A REPULSE ACTION OCCURS.
SHOULD THE NEGATIVE AURA BE STRONG) IT COULD SPOIL YOUR CALM.
IT COULD DRAW FORTH FROM YOU A NEGATIVE MOOD RESTING WITHIN
YOUR OWN PERSONAL PATTERN. THUS) YOUR AURA ATMOSPHERE DROPS
DOWN TO THEIR LEVEL. FIRST CAUSE IS FAITHFULLY WORKING ACCORD-
ING TO ITS LAW) IN BOTH THESE CASES. THE PROCESS OF LEARNING
HOW TO CONTROL MIND AND COPE WITH HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS STRENGTHENS
THE CONSTRUCTIVE AURIC FORCES. You ARE THE 'THINKER.' ALWAYS
'THINK' CONSTRUCTIVELY.

"DISSIMILAR TO THE COUNTER-CLOCKWISE SPIN OF ALL HEAVENLY BODIES


AROUND UNIVERSE) TIME MOVES IN A CLOCKWISE FASHION. EVEN AT THE
FAR REACHES OF THE COSMOS) TIME KNOWS CERTAIN EXPERIENCES OF

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 231 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON EIGHTEEN

LIMITATION. IT IS TRUE THAT WEJ GODIS CHILDREN J ARE ETERNALJ


TIMELESS BEINGS. GODIS PLAN OF NECESSITY MUST USE TIME IN ITS
PURPOSE FOR IT HAS A GOAL. SOJ IT IS NOT TIMELESS OR OF INFIN-
ITE DURATION. HIS PRESENT PLAN AND GOAL HAS AN ENDING POINT.
WE ARE PART OF HIS PRESENT PLAN AND ARE TRAVELING TOWARD A
SPECIFIC GOAL.

"As A IKEEPER OF TIME / J I CAN SEE FURTHER AHEAD THAN MOST OF


YOU AND ALL INDICATIONS POINT TO NEW PURPOSES AND GOALS AFTER
THIS ONE IS CONCLUDED.

"GETTING BACK TO OUR PRESENT GOAL J ITS PROCEEDINGS TAKE ALL OF


US THROUGH ALL THE SEVEN DOORS OF PLEIADES. ITS HIDDEN SEVENTH
DOOR BEING OUR LAST ONE WHICH LEADS EACH PASSING THROUGH ITS
PORTALS DIRECTLY BACK INTO GODIS INNER SELF. EVEN THENJ THAT
IS NOT OUR ENDING J MY DEARS. IT INDICATES A NEW BEGINNING AND
A NEW GOAL. WE ARE ETERNAL.

"MAY THE GREAT CHRISTIS BLESSINGS BE WITH YOU ALL FOREVER AND
EVER."

THE SOFT VOICES OF CHERUBIM COULD BE HEARD AND STRAINS OF VIOLINS


AS HER IMAGE FADED AWAY.

THE WHITEBEARDJ IBZAN J AROSE AND INVITED EVERYONE INTO THE GREAT
HALL FOR A SHORT HEALING PERIOD.

As WE WERE STROLLING FROM PORCH TO HALLJ MANY SPOKE TO US AND


EXCHANGED NAMES. WE OVERHEARD A VOICE SAY THAT AN ARCHANGEL
WAS TO SPEAK NEXT J THEN LATER TO ESCORT NEHRA INTO THE SUN REALMS.

SO MUCH WAS HAPPENING THAT WE REMAINED SUSPENDED IN A HAPPY DAZE.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 232 of 326
. ,

(
"
.

"1
.. 7; :-

.~

TODAY I HAVE FAITH IN MY OWN AFFIRMATIONS. I ",


, ~

KNOW THERE IS A POWER FLOWING THROUGH MEJ TAKING , .' .- ~ .~:' ;. ". 7-
.
, ..
..."- .... ,. :'~

THE FORM OF MY BELIEFJ ACTING UPON MY ACCEPTANCE J ~ , ..:J


ANSWERING MY PRAYER. THEREFORE J I CALL UPON MY- .: "';\::::l;i~~~':"f
...... ":\'
SELF FOR DEEPER FAITH AND A HIGHER ACCEPTANCE ',.: 1
AND A MORE COMPLETE REALIZATION. .. ; :'~i'(:' .. j

I AFFIRM THAT EVERYTHING I DO SHALL PROSPER.


I BLESS EVERYONE I MEETJ AND EVERY SITUATION
I AM INVOLVED WITH SHALL BE HELPED. LOVE J
HARMONY AND PEACE GO WITH ME AND I SPREAD THE ,~~:~
.. ' ....
ETERNAL LIGHT OF HEAVEN EVERYWHERE.
',1.

,'!::.'
)
·1

AND So IT Is!

'"i

(
'. ,
j

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 233 of 326
NINETEEN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 234 of 326
!
f
1

(
NEHRA.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 235 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON NINETEEN

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON NINETEEN

"LAW AND THE SEVEN KINGDOMS"

AN AURORA BOREALIS OF LIGHT SURROUNDED US AS WE SAT WHERE


GURU PLACED US IN THE BARONIAL HALL. THE COLORS WERE EMANATING
FROM A POINT OVER OUR HEADS. GAZING INTO THE WALL MIRROR) WE
WITNESSED OUR CHAKRAS SPINNING RAPIDLY IN ALL COLORS.

A MASTER APPROACHED AND HOLDING HIS ARMS OVER US) QUOTED;


"RECEIVE THOU POWERS AND KNOWLEDGE IN GUIDING OF COSMIC ENER-
GIES. THY LIGHT SHALL GLEAM ETERNALLY."· As HE MOVED ON) GURU
RETURNED AND BID US WALK ALONG THE CLIFF) THEN RETURN TO THE
GREAT PIAZZA FOR THE CLOSING PORTION OF THIS FABULOUS ASTRAL
MEETING. CYRUS) THE MAGI'S SERVANT) JOINED US ON OUR WALK.

SEATED AND WAITING) ALL JOINED IN SILENT PRAYER. THE SCREEN


ENERGIZED WITH HARMONIOUS COLORS. TRUMPETS SOUNDED LOUD AND
CLEAR AND ON THE SCREEN APPEARED THE ARCHANGEL URIEL. INSTANT
RECOGNITION AWOKE WITHIN US.

THE MASTERS AROSE AT HIS APPEARANCE AND FORMING A CIRCLE BELOW


THE SCREEN) JOINED HANDS. FROM THE CENTER OF THEIR. CIRCLE
AROSE A GOLDEN SHAFT OF LIGHT. UPON REACHING THE SCREEN) URIEL
STEPPED OUT AND INTO THE CENTER) FLOATING DOWNWARD INTO THE
ENCIRCLING MASTERS. MORE TRUMPETS CRASHED OUT IN A CRESCENDO
AS URIEL CAME FORTH TO FACE OUR AUDIENCE. THE ARCHANGEL RAISED
HIS HEAD AND ARMS HEAVENWARD AND IN A RINGING VOICE ENTONED;
"GLORY TO THE UNCHANGEABLE HOLY GOD OF ONE NATURE. MIGHTY
OVER ALL UNIVERSE AND PEOPLES. THE SACRED ROOT OF ALL THINGS)
THE EXPOUNDER OF ALL WISDOMS. GLORY TO GOD THE ABSOLUTE) FATHER
OF OUR SEVEN STATES OF BEING) HEART AND MATRIX OF ALL UNIVERSAL
LIFE-FORCE. GLORY TO HIM) THE ONE LIGHT DWELLING WITHIN ALL.
WE) YOUR CHILDREN) BOW BEFORE THEE."

<D 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 236 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON NINETEEN

IMMENSE LOVE WASHED OVER EVERYONE. ANGELS WERE TRULY VERY


SIMILAR IN VEHICLE IMAGE TO OUR MANSTREAM. MORE PERFECT OF
SYMMETRY; URIEL'S EYES HELD A PURITY OF SERENE DIVINITY.
HIS CLEAR BOYISH VOICE UNROLLED ITS MESSAGE:

"TIME IS ACTUALLY A MIRAGE BECAUSE IT IS EVER RELATIVE TO SOME-


THING OUTSIDE OF ITS FIELD. YET 'TIME' HAS ITS OWN REALITY
AND PROGRESSION WITHIN WHICH IT UNFOLDS. THUS} 'TIME' CAN EX-
PAND OR CONTRACT. ALL INCARNATING SOULS OF MATTER USE 'TIME'
FOR SPIRITUALIZATION AND SELF GROWTH. SO} 'TIME' CAN BRIGHTEN
AND LEND ITS GOLDEN BEAMS FOR PERSONAL BENEFIT ENERGIES. ALL
LIFE-FORCE} PARTAKES OF TIME'S CONSTRUCTIVE BENEFITS.

"OUR ANGELOI SHARE WITH THE MANSTREAM} AS WE BOTH TRAVEL GOD'S


PATH. YOUR HIGH MOMENTS OF MIND OPEN THE DOOR BETWEEN OUR
NATIVE REALMS FOR CONTACT. THE PRACTICE OF FREQUENT PRAYER AND
CONSTRUCTIVE MEDITATION WILL ALSO STRENGTHEN YOUR PSYCHIC SIGHT
CENTERS. ITS PRACTICE HELPS CLARIFY THE MIND'S INNER CHAMBERS.

"As CLARITY OCCURS} THE MEDITATOR WILL VIEW WHIRLING AND CIRCL-
ING NEON-LIKE SPARKLES. THIS WILL LAST VERY BRIEFLY AND RECUR.
YOUR DUTY THEN IS TO ENDEAVOR THROUGH 'WILL' TO CATCH AND HOLD
THEM AND DRAW THEM EVER CLOSER INTO YOUR CENTER.

"WHEN~VER THE INNER SIGHT IS FORTUNATE TO SEE THESE PINWHEELS


OF NEON LIGHT} REALIZE YOU ARE WITNESSING OUR MODE OF TRAVEL
BETWEEN ALL ENERGY DIMENSIONS. UNIVERSE HAS SPECIAL LANES
FOR THIS TRAVEL. THESE ARE KNOWN AS THE ROADS ALL SPIRITS USE
AND ARE THOSE WHICH ALL ENTITIES TRAVEL. ALL LIFE FORMS CAN
TRAVEL THEM AS MANIFESTATIONS OF LIGHT PARTICLES. MAN OFTEN
TRAVELS THEM IN STATES OF SLEEP} BUT KNOWS IT NOT AT AWAKENING.

"IN A DEEPLY RELAXED STATE OF INNER MIND} ALL BEINGS IN TRAVEL


SHOW' UP AS INCANDESCENT LIGHT. WHEN YOUR INNER SIGHT AWAKES
TO SEE US} LET OUR FORCES HEAL AND HELP YOU. FEAR US NOT."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 237 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON NINETEEN

"FEAR ONLY IF HABITUAL LOWER MOODS ATTRACT WRONG ASTRAL


SOULS AROUND YOU. IF YOUR STATE IS ALLOWED TO REMAIN IN LOW
AND NEGATIVE ENERGIES~ THEY CAN MAGNETIZE INTO YOUR ATMOSPHERE.
FEAR THIS ADDED INFLUENCE FOR IT CAN BE A BURDEN.

"HIGHLY EVOLVED BEINGS BRING ADDED BLESSINGS TO YOUR PATTERN~


NEVER BURDENS. IT WILL BE WITHIN YOUR HIGHER INNER MIND AREAS
THAT THE SACRED SEVEN DOORS OF PLEIADES WILL BE FOUND FOR THESE
CONNECT INTO GOD'S DIVINE WISDOMS. PRACTICE TO SEEK ONLY HIGHER
SOULS FROM OUT OF OUR REALMS. INVITE US INTO A PERSONAL CON-
TACT AND LET US LIGHT THE FLAME IN YOUR SOUL CANDLE."

WAVING HIS ARMS OVER THE AUDIENCE~ WE SAW TINY ENERGY STARS
EMERGE FROM HIS FINGERS. -THEY WHIRLED EVERYWHERE. As A SNOW-
FLAKE POINT OF LIGHT WOULD TOUCH OUR ASTRAL FORMS~ AN AWAKEN-
ING TINGLE WOULD ENSUE~ GIVING US HAPPY JOY.

"I AM URIEL~ THE AWAKENER~ HE TOLD US. "WE ARE NOW PARTNERS IN
GOD'S MIGHTY WORK." TURNING HE ENTERED THE SHAFT OF ENERGY AND
ASCENDED INTO THE SCREEN. THE SNOWFLAKES OF LIGHT REMAINED
AMONG US AS HE DISAPPEARED.

DEEP SILENCE STILL HELD EVERYONE AS MASTER NEHRA WAS WHEELED


BEFORE US. THIS TIME HE WAS AWAKE AND SEATED WITHIN A ROUND
BACKED CHAIR; BEHIND HIM SHONE A LARGE HALO OF GOLDEN LIGHT.
YOUNG HAOLE KNELT UPON HIS RIGHT HAND. MASTER OMAR ON HIS
LEFT. IT WAS OMAR WHO SOLEMNLY SPOKE.

"MAY I ADDRESS OUR EARTH VISITORS FIRST. TONIGHT~ YOU HAVE


RECEIVED SEVERAL BLESSINGS YOU YET ARE UNABLE TO FULLY COMPRE-
HEND. THEY WILL REVEAL. WHEN THE ARCHANGEL URIEL MINISTERED
LAST TO ALL PEOPLES PRESENT~ AN ACTION WAS NEWLY BORN INTO
UNIVERSE. You WHO RECEIVED ITS ENERGIES ARE TO ADMINISTER
THEIR BLESSINGS UPON YOUR FOLLOWERS. You WILL BE LED IN THIS
BY US AND THE MAGI. You ARE IN OUR CARE AND WE WILL SHOW YOU
THE WAY OF ALL NEEDED.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 238 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON NINETEEN

"To ALL NOW WITHIN THE SOUND OF MY VOICE J I CALL ATTENTION TO


THE DEPARTURE OF OUR BELOVED ONE J NEHRA. TONIGHT J HE ASCENDS
TO THE GREAT SUN REALMS. OUR CHRIST AND HIS SEVEN LORDS HAVE
CALLED HIS NAME. NEHRA IS TO JOIN THEM AND PARTICIPATE IN
GOD'S COMING EVENTS. NEHRA'S PRESENCE BEFORE YOU IS HIS ADIEU;
HE LEAVES EACH A CAREFULLY CHOSEN GIFTJ UNIQUELY AND LOVINGLY
CREATED FOR ITS RECEIVER. EVERY SOUL POSSESSES ENERGY FIRES .•
THEY STEM FROM OUR CREATORS' INTERNAL FIRES. NEHRA'S GIFTS
AWAKENS IN EACH J THEIR GOD FIRES THAT THESE SHALL NOW HEAL AND
AWAKEN IN OTHERS J THE INTUITIVE WISDOMS.

"As EACH RECIPIENT OF A NEHRA GIFT SUCCEEDS IN REACHING A DEFIN-


ITE MIND POINT EXPANSION J THEIR GIFT JEWEL SHALL HEAL AND OPEN
MANY MINDS. THIS SHALL BE DONE THROUGH YOUR PLACING YOUR TWO
HANDS UPON THE PERSONS CROWN CHAKRA AND IN SILENT PRAYER GIVING
THEM YOUR JEWEL'S DIVINE BENEFITS." A WAVE OF SOFT MURMER PASSED
OVER OUR GROUP. OMAR WAITED AGAIN FOR SILENCE.

"PLEASE COME FORTH AS YOUR SACRED NAME IS CALLED." EAGERLY


WE WATCHED AS MANY FROM EARTH FILED UP TO NEHRAJ INCLUDING OUR
CYRUS. NEHRA BESTOWED HIM WITH A GOLDEN AGATE WITHIN A PRISM
OF LIGHT. CYRUS SHONE WITH DIVINE LIGHT.

"WHEN MY TURN CAME J I STOOD CLOSE BEFORE NEHRA IN TIMOROUS


DIFFIDENCE. HIS DARK ORIENTAL EYES WERE SOFT AND BEAUTIFUL
WITH DIVINE LOVE. REACHING INTO HIS ROBE J HE DREW FORTH A
SMALL SHIMMERING BALL OF LIGHT CONTAINING A TIFFANY-CUT DIAMOND.
WITH HIS RIGHT HANDJ HE PLACED IT WITHIN MY LOWEST SPINE CHAKRA
WHERE IT SPARKLED BRIGHTLY. THENJ RAISING HIS RIGHT HANDJ HE
GENTLY DREW THE DIAMOND UPWARD AND INTO EVERYONE OF MY SEVEN
CHAKRA POINTS. UPON REACHING MY CROWN CHAKRA J A BURST OF LIGHT
OCCURED AND I WAS CAUGHT UP IN A DIVINE ECSTASY. Now I KNEW
WHY CYRUS HAD BECOME SO BEAUTIFUL AND DIVINE WHEN NEHRA RETURNED
HIS JEWEL FROM HIS CROWN TO HIS THIRD EYE CHAKRA STATION.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 239 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON NINETEEN

"LILY FOLLOWED ME. NEHRA PRESENTED HER WITH A CLEAR LOVELY


DEEP LAVENDER-BLUE AMEYTHEST. IT~ TOO~ TRAVELED TO ALL SEVEN
CHAKRAS~ THEN RETURNED TO THE HEART STATION. LILY'S WHOLE
FORM NOW GLOWED IN BEAUTY. OUR VIOLET WAS NEXT AND THE LIGHT
BUBBLE NEHRA PLACED IN HER SPINE CHAKRA FIRST HELD A LARGE
LUSTROUS WHITE PEARL. NEHRA LED ITS JEWEL INTO ALL HER CHAKRAS
AND THEN TO ITS FINAL STATION~ THE THROAT CHAKRA. As HER IMAGE
GLOWED IN ECSTASY AND BEAUTY~ WE RELIVED OUR OWN EXPERIENCE.

"THE THREE MAGI WERE CALLED NEXT; BALTHAZAR~ KASPAR AND


MELCHOIR. SPECIAL JEWELS PERTAINING TO OUR EARTH WORK WERE
BESTOWED UPON ALL THREE. THE CEREMONIES WERE LONG~ YET FILLED
WITH INTEREST BEFORE NEHRA AROSE FROM HIS CHAIR. STILL IN A
DEEP SILENCE~ HE GAVE ALL HIS LAST COMMUNITY BLESSING.

MUFFLED SOBS WERE BEING STIFLED ALL AROUND US. HAOLE AND OMAR
ESCORTED HIM INTO THE CENTER OF ASSEMBLED MASTERS. As HAOLE
AND OMAR KISSED NEHRA FAREWELL AND LEFT HIM WITHIN THE SHAFT
OF WHITE LIGHT~ THE MASTERS ALL JOINED HANDS. INTO THE SCREEN
ABOVE HIM~ THE ARCHANGEL URIEL REAPPEARED AND WAITED. NEHRA
ASCENDED AND WAS CLASPED INTO URIEL'S ARMS. THEIR HEAVENLY
FORMS NOW AROSE AND SWIFTLY TRAVELED FROM OUR SIGHT.

WIPING OUR TEARS AWAY~ WE REALIZED IT WOULD BE MANY AGES BEFORE


WE COULD AGAIN BE CLOSE TO NEHRA. YET~ INTUITION ALSO TOLD US~
HE WOULD EVER REMAIN CLOSE TO US IN MIND.

HASTILY~ THE MASTERS ADMINISTERED A SOOTHING BLUE CLOUD OVER


THE TEARS AND SADNESS AND TURNED THEM INTO JOY.

GURU ESCORTED OUR TRIANGLE TO MEET THE THREE MAGI AND CYRUS.
THE MAGI REVEALED TO US THAT GOD AGAIN DESIRED ARE-ESTABLISHMENT
OF THE MAGIAN WISDOMS AND SOME OF ITS ANCIENT RITUALS UPON EARTH.
MUCH MORE WAS SAID TO US WHICH SHALL REVEAL IN ITS RIGHT TIME
AND PLACE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 240 of 326
\)Li\l L\) UI~L PAGE 6
LESSON NINETEEN
AT LONG LAST J WE FOUR JOURNEYED HOMEWARD. WE KNEW OUR PURPOSE
AND TASK AND WERE CONTENT. WE HELD GURU'S PROMISE OF MEETING
THE WHITEBEARD ABBIKANANDA NEXT SESSION AND THE RESUMPTION OF
THE MIND TRAINING LESSONS.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 241 of 326
J

j
. I

~,
.~
,

- - - - - - - - - -_ _ _ ~ _ _ ___1l..IU__ _...oilZ:.:.__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ •

TODAY I WILL MEET EACH EXPERIENCE AS I FEEL IT


REALLY IS. I WILL ENDEAVOR TO SEE THE DIVINE
PRESENCE IN EVERYONE AND EVERYTHING. I WILL
DEMAND MYSELF TO SEE AND SENSE THE ONE LIFE
THAT FLOWS THROUGH ALL THINGS.

I AFFIRM THIS PRESENCE AND I ACCEPT ITS PERFECT'


ACTION. I HAVE COMPLEiE FAITH THAT THERE IS A
POWER OF GOOD GOVERNING EVERYTHING. I ABANDON
MYSELF TO THIS FAITH AND I LIVE IN ITS ATMOSPHERE.

THIS I ACCEPT) AND EVEN AS I AFFIRM IT I KNOW


THAT THE OMNIPRESENCE IS ALIVE) AWAKE AND AWARE
WITHIN ME.
AND So ITIs! -

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 242 of 326
(

TWENTY.

~·£esson.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 243 of 326
ABBI KANANDA .
-.: ..
,;
,
: -..

--.---

1
r--l:7:"'"'~"'_~' . I~-~~;c, :::.,"

f
_-l ~_--~-

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 244 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON TWENTY

"THE MANSTREAM IS STILL GROWING"

WE REALLY HAD A GROUP DEDICATED IN THE DESIRE FOR RICHER


ATTRIBUTIONS. THERE WAS A UNANIMOUS REALIZATION OF MIND
BEING THE GATEWAY INTO COMPLETE PERSONAL FULFILLMENT. THE
CHANGES BEING REPORTED HELD PROMISE OF GREATER SATISFACTIONS
TO FOLLOW. ALL WERE EAGER FOR THE SESSION TO START.

PRAYER AND THE RITUAL FOR PROSPERITY OPENED. PALE LAVENDER


AND SPRING GREEN COLORS MANIFESTED. HAPPINESS WAS EVERYWHERE
LIKE A SPECIAL AURA. FLOWER SCENTS WERE FRESH AND DEWY. A
SILVER TONE MINGLED J THEN TOOK ON THE CERISE ROSE. WE THREE
BECAME LIGHT AND WEIGHTLESS. THOSE ABLE TO USE AND READ COLORS
SAID WE WERE THEN ENCIRCLED IN A BRILLIANT SKY BLUE. ALL WAS
PEACEFUL AS WE ENTERED A PASTEL MOTHER-OF-PEARL CLOUD. As IT
CARRIED US ALONG J WE FELT EXHILARATED IN THE REFRESHING COLORS.

THE CLOUD CHARIOT DEPOSITED US UPON THE CLIFF SIDE NEAR THE
CASTLE. AWAITING US THERE WAS MAC NEILJ THE ST. BERNARD. HE
BECAME VOCIFEROUS WITH LOUD BARKING AND MUCH TAIL WAGGING UNTIL
WE GAVE HIM OUR TOTAL ATTENTION. THERE WAS NO DOUBT ABOUT OUR
BEING WELCOME.

PULLING GENTLY ON MY SKIRT J HE LED US TO A NARROW DOWNWARD PATH


ON THE CLIFF SIDE. IT HAD A SAFE STONE WALL ON THE OUTER EDGE.
TWISTING AND TURNING J LOVELY VIEWS REVEALED. ABOUT HALF WAY
DOWN J MACNEIL WALKED INTO A WIDE SHELTERED OVERHANG. THE TWO
WHITEBEARDS SAT ON WOODEN BENCHES. THIS SHELTER OVERLOOKED THE
BEACH AND PART OF THE LOWER VILLAGE WITH ITS BOAT PIERS. JASON
AROSE AND INTRODUCED US TO ABBIKANANDA WHO STOOD AT HIS SIDE.

co 197,9 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 245 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY

ABBIKANANDA'S FEATURES WERE ITALIANATE AND HE LOOKED VERY


SQUARE AND VIRILE BESIDE JASON'S TALL SLIMNESS. ABBIKANANDA
ALSO HAD THE SILVER WHITE HAIRJ IT CONTRASTED ATTRACTIVELY
WITH HIS HEALTHY OLIVE SKIN. My PERSONAL WHITEBEARD WAS A
VERY HANDSOME AND STRIKING LOOKING MAN.

MACNEIL BEGAN PRANCING AND WHINING EAGERLY AND LOOKING BACK


UP THE TRAIL. IBZAN APPEARED AROUND THE CORNER AND DOG AND
MAN MET IN MUTUAL HAPPINESS. IT WAS EVIDENT THE STATUESQUE
IBZAN WAS MACNEIL'S MASTER.

IN THE COURSE OF THE NEXT FEW MINUTES OF CONVERSATION J WE


LEARNED IBZAN WAS ALSO VIOLET'S PERSONAL WHITEBEARD.

STANDING IN FRONT OF US J OUR TEACHERS PUT TWO HANDS ON EACH


OF OUR HEADS J AND JASON SPOKE A SPECIAL PRAYER.

"WE ANNOINT AND BLESS YOUR MINDS WITH POWER FOR GREATER UNDER-
STANDING. WE BLESS YOUR HEARTS TO MATURITY AND YOUR ATTITUDES
TO A HUMBLENESS FOR THE OVERCOMING OF TEMPORARY BLOcks. MAY
YOUR EARTH EXPERIENCES NOW KNOW FEWER BARRIERS AS NEW GROWTH
OCCURS. LET GO AND LET GOD'S GOLDEN LIGHT SURROUND YOU AND
GIVE YOU WISDOM. SO LET IT BE. AMEN"

ABBIKANANDA AND IBZAN SAT DOWN ON THE BENCHES WITH US. JASON
COMMENCED THE LECTURE:

"WHENEVER AN ASTRAL BEING LOOKS INTO AN EARTH PERSON'S MINDJ


WHICH HOLDS LITTLE CONTROL OR TRAINING J THEIR MIND CENTERS
RESEMBLE FLASHES OF RAW AND JAGGED LIGHTENING. WHERE SUCH
RAGGED ELECTRICAL FORCES DWELL J WE CANNOT ENTER FOR CONTACT.
THESE DISORGANIZED ELECTRICAL CHARGES BAR COMMUNICATIONS. As
EACH INCARNATING PERSON LEARNS HOW TO CONTROL AND HARNESS THEIR
FORCES; THIS ASSUMES A PARTICULAR DESIGN; A DESIGN INTO WHICH
WE CAN CONNECT OUR THOUGHTS AND IDEAS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 246 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY

THIS WAS NEW INFORMATION AND WE LOOKED AT ONE ANOTHER IN


WONDER.

"EACH MEMBER OF OUR LIFE-STREAM HAS BEEN ENDEAVORING TO PERFECT


MINDJ FOR MANY AGES. SO TODAY THERE WILL BE MANY READY AND
DESIROUS FOR CLEARING PERSONAL BLOCKS AND ORGANIZING COLLECTIVE
IDEAS INTO A DEGREE OF HARMONY."

OUR PRESENT GROUP CERTAINLY PROVED THIS TO BE TRUE.

"A MIND STILL IN AN UNCONTROLLED AND UNORGANIZED STATE WILL BE


ERRATICALLY STRIKING OUT. IT WILL BE BUSILY CONTACTING MANY
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OF KNOWLEDGE J YET GAINING LITTLE FOR ITSELF
OR REAL DISCERNMENT. BRIEF DIPS INTO SUBJECTS HAVE SHORT LIFE-
SPAN DURATIONS. SO LEARNING MUST BE AN ACTION OF A DEFINITE
CHARACTER J IF IT IS TO LAST IN MEMORY.

"HOWEVER J UNCONTROLLED AND IMPULSIVE MINDS DO HOLD NEGATIVE


POWERS WHICH CAN BE USED BY OTHER UNSCRUPULOUS "NEGATIVE MINDS.
THESE MINDS ARE LED VIA EMOTIONAL REACTION BY DESIGNATING A
. CERTAIN IDEA FIELD ANDJ THUS J CAUSING MASS ACTIONS TO MANIFEST.
THEY FURNISH THE CONTROL BEHIND RIOTS AND LYNCH MOBS. THEY
DELIBER'TELY MANIPULATE THE DESTRUCTIVE EMOTIONS IN UNCONTROLLED
MINDS BY FANNING THE FLAMES OF HATRED AND OFTEN INHUMANE ACTS
MANIFEST. II

THE DAILY NEWS REPORTS OF EARTH PROVED HIS WORDS AS TRUTH.

liTHE TRAINED AND CONTROLLED MIND ISN/T EASILY LED. THESE


INDIVIDUALS ARE IN CONTROL OF THEMSELVES. GEORGE WASHINGTON
CARVER J ONE OF EARTH/S PRESENT DAY SAINTS J KNEW THE TRUTH BEHIND
THIS LAW FOR HE SAID J "No MAN CAN MAKE ME SINK SO LOW AS TO HATE
. HIM." YET CARVER HAD MUCH REAL REASON GIVEN· BY HIS PERPETRATORS.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 247 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY

"WITH MEN AND NATIONS PERSISTING IN WARRING AGAINST ONE ANOTHER


AND TRAINING YOUTH FOR KILLING AND DESTRUCTION OF LIFE--WHAT DO
YOU THINK WILL BE ITS EVENTUAL OUTCOME?"

IBZAN AND ABBIKANANDA SHOOK THEIR ,HEADS. WE FELT SHIVERY.

"IT HAS TAKEN OUR LIFE-STREAM MILLIONS OF YEARS TO ARRIVE WHERE


MOST ARE IN MIND AND IN EVOLUTION. FORTUNATELY~ SOME OF YOU
CAN DO SOMETHING TO BALANCE THE PRESENT THINKING NEGATIVES."

THIS WAS HEARTENING NEWS AND WE LISTENED EAGERLY.

"THE 'SEEKERS' CAN LEARN AND MASTER THEIR IDEAS. THEN AS MEMBERS
OF THE MAGI'S WORK~ THEY WILL FORM A MIND FORCE ASSEMBLAGE OF
POWERFUL CONSTRUCTIVE IDEAS; CONSOLIDATED IDEAS WHICH WILL LEND
WEIGHT ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE SCALE. As WE GO ON AND EXPLAIN
THE POWERS OF CONCERTED 'THOUGHT' ~ YOU WILL SEE ITS IMPORTANCE
TO THE WORLD AND YOURSELVES.

"IT WAS You WHO ENDOWED THE STRENGTHS TO YOUR CONSCIOUSNESS.


IT WAS You WHO COLLECTED ALL OF YOUR PRESENT POWERS AND PERFECTED
THEM INTO YOUR ORGANIZER QUALITIES. THEREFORE~ You CAN TAKE THE
CREDIT OR THE BLAME."

JASON GAZED OUT OVER THE WATER~ HIS EXPRESSION SOFTENING.

"THE MANSTREAM HAS FOR COUNTLESS CYCLES BEEN TEMPERING THEIR


MIND-POINTS. EVERYONE HAS SOME DEGREE OF MIND CONTROL.

"ALL ORIGINAL BASIC IDEAS REST IN GOD MIND. YET GOD GAVE US
THE POWER FOR CONTROLLING HIS IDEAS. BECAUSE OUR MIND-POINTS
ARE OPERATING WITHIN HIS MIND~ WE HAVE ABI'LITY TO PICK UP AND
USE ANY IDEAS OF GOD'S~ JUST AS EARTH MAN PICKS UP IDEAS OUT

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 248 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY

OF THE LOWER RACE MIND DEPOSIT. WITH INTELLIGENCE~ MAN 'EMBROI-


DERS THESE IDEAS ACCORDING TO THE ABILITIES OF HIS OWN MIND-
POINT. SUCCESS OR FAILURE WILL DEPEND ON HOW YOU MANAGED YOUR
MENTAL FACULTIES.

"IDEA AND THOUGHT IS THAT WHICH LINKS MATTER TO SPIRIT. CON-


SCIOUSNESS MUST EXPAND AS MIND ASPECTS MASTER REACTIONS.

"THIS LEARNING FOR ABILITY TO MAINTAIN HARMONIOUS RELATIONSHIPS


IS WHY MAN INCARNATES INTO MATTER. ATTENTION TO THIS WHILE IN
MATTER IS USING INTELLIGENCE. THE PLANET EARTH AND HER PEOPLE
CANNOT AFFORD TO CONTINUE AS IT IS HEADED AT PRESENT."

WE CERTAINLY AGREED ON THAT POINT AND SAID AS MUCH.

"THE MAJORITY OF YOUR PERSONAL AND COLLECTIVE GRIEFS COULD SOON


DISAPPEAR IF ALL COULD REALIZE OUR TRUTHS. UNFORTUNATELY~ THEY
CANNOT~ BUT YOU CAN.

"A PERSONAL REFUSAL TO CHANGE BY ANOTHER WILL NOT SERIOUSLY HURT


YOU PEOPLE WHO ARE LEARNING. BUT~ REST ASSURED~ IT WILL INJURE
THE REFUSER. BECAUSE THE CONSTANT HABIT OF HURTFUL CRITICISMS
AND DENIGRATIONS AND/OR DENOUNCING OF OTHERS ALWAYS TURNS BACK
UPON THE SENDER AND SMOGS UP THEIR PERSONAL ATMOSPHERE. ANY
HURT TO THE VICTIM WILL BE BUT TEMPORARY~ NOT PERMANENT."

WE NODDED OUR UNDERSTANDING. JASON LOOKED PLEASED.

"PERSONAL NEGATIVE HABITS BECOME SO FAMILIAR TO THEIR OWNERS


THAT THEY ARE SELDOM SEEN. WE SUGGEST A HELP FOR THIS. WHEN-
EVER YOU TALK TO ANOTHER~ LISTEN TO THE WORDS YOU'RE SAYING.
CATCH YOUR HABITUAL DAILY NEGATIONS RED HANDED.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 249 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TWENTY

"WHEN WE OF THE ASTRAL USE THE TERM 'SELF CONTROL') IT MEANS


CORRECT HANDLING OF NEGATIVE IDEAS SUCH AS ENVY) HATRED) REV-
ENGE) JEALOUSY) AND MANY MORE. ALL THESE IMPULSES ALSO HOLD
AN ELEMENT OF THE NEGATIVE 'FEAR'. REALIZE THEY STEM FROM A
FEELING OF INSECURITY AND FEAR IN THE SELF.

"THE INTELLECTUAL SOUL REALMS OF ASTRAL CANNOT HARBOR THESE


DESTRUCTIVE FORCES FOR LONG PERIODS OF TIME. THEREFORE) PERSONS
TRANSIGHTING INTO THE ASTRAL REALMS AND STILL HARBORING CONTINU-
ANCES OF PETTY INDULGENCES AND UNGOVERNABLE APPETITES OR ENTHUS-
IASMS OF SELFISH ECSTACIES CANNOT ABIDE IN OUR REALM. THEY
BELONG IN LOWER ASTRAL LEVELS AND REMAIN THERE UNTIL THEIR
TENDENCIES ARE CONQUERED."

LILY SPOKE UP. "WE WANT TO LEARN AND IMPROVE ENOUGH TO FACE UP
TO OUR PRESENT PATTERN."

"GOOD)" SAID JASON. "To MANY) IT IS FRIGHTENING TO DISCOVER A


WEAKNESS AND FACE IT SQUARELY. THESE PEOPLE DO NOT YET REALIZE
THEY ARE IN GOOD COMPANY FOR ALL GOD'S CHILDREN STILL OWN MANY
NEGATIVES. WE ARE ALL STILL GROWING) AND HAD WE GAINED PERFEC-
TION WE WOULD NOT BE AMONG OUR STREAM BUT AWAY IN THE SUN REALMS."

VIOLET QUESTIONED. "WHY DO SOME SEEMINGLY INTELLIGENT PEOPLE


REMAIN UNAWAKENED TO THEMSELVES?"

THE THREE WHITEBEARDS SMILED. "THE INFLATED EGOIST) THE SELF


SACRIFICING MARTYR) THE SOPHISTICATED CYNIC AND SUCH CAN BE
EASILY FORGIVEN FOR THESE ARE USUALLY YOUNG SOULS AS YET UN-
AWAKENED. ALLOW THEM TO BE THEMSELVES. To ENDEAVOR TO SHOW
THEM WHERE THEY ARE WRONG IS USELESS) AND ALSO AGAINST COSMIC
LAW. FORCE GAINS NOTHING AT ANY TIME. REALIZE IT ISN'T LOVE
THAT MAKES YOU CRITICIZE THEM) IT'S YOUR EGO STATE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 250 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY

"REAL EVOLVED LOVE MUST FUNCTION WITH OPEN HANDS FOR LOVE IS
FREEJ NOT CRITICAL. LEARN TO LOVE FREELY FOR SELFISH CONCERN
EATS UP AND IMPRISONS ANOTHER AND ENDS A BURDEN TO ITS VICTIMS.
BE AWARE THERE IS A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PLACING YOUR HAPPINESS
AND LOVE IN THE KEEPING OF ANOTHER PERSON AND GENUINELY LOVING
ANOTHER FREELY AND RIGHTLY. THE FORMER IS CONDITIONAL. CRITI-
CAL LOVE IS ALSO CONDITIONAL."

THIS WAS A SUBJECT WE WOULD NEED TO THINK MORE UPON.

HE CONTINUED: "WE BELONG TO GOD OUR FATHERJ NOT TO EACH OTHER.


HE ALLOWS US ALL THE ROOM WE NEED TO GROW J SO WE MUST ALSO GRANT
THIS BOON TO OUR FELLOWS AND LOVED ONES.

"Do NOT WASTE YOUR PRECIOUS ENERGY OR TIME IN WORRYING OVER


THINGS BEYOND YOUR POWER TO CHANGE. IT IS A FUTILE EFFORT
AND GAINS YOU NOTHING. llQ CHANGE WHAT YOU CAN.

"ELIMINATE HATE AND ANGER WITH THOSE NOT AGREEING WITH YOUR
IDEAS FOR THIS J TOO) IS A FUTILE WASTE AND DOES NO GOOD.
ENDEAVOR TO LEARN THE REAL CAUSES BEHIND DISAGREEMENTS AND
THUS EASE INNER EMOTIONAL STRAINS AND OPINIONS.

"THE COSMIC LAWS POINT CLEARLY THAT NO SOUL HAS A RIGHT TO


FORM ANY OPINION WHICH IS NOT BASED UPON A SOLID LAW. EARTH
WILL BE HEAVEN WHEN ALL MEN COME TO REALIZE THIS.

"ABBIKANANDA HAS A LECTURE ON DEVELOPING A 'MONEY CONSCIOUSNESS'


IN OUR NEXT SESSION. ON EARTH) MONEY IS A NECESSITY FOR NORMAL
EXISTENCE. THEREFORE) IT IS IMPORTANT FOR ALL SEEKERS TO COVER
THIS ASPECT. OUR BLESSINGS FOLLOW YOUR EVERY FOOTSTEP."

JASON

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 251 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON TWENTY

WE VISITED A MOMENT ASKING QUESTIONS. THEN THE WHITEBEARDS


HUGGED US. WITH MACNEIL IN FRONT) WE RELUCTANTLY FOLLOWED
UP THE WINDING CLIFF PATH. STOPPING AT THE SPOT OF ARRIVAL)
WE PETTED HIM GOODBYE) AS WE TOOK ONE MORE LOOK AT THE ASTRAL
BEAUTY AROUND US.

SOFT WHITE CLOUDS GATHERED AND SWIRLED) AND WE WERE CARRIED


BACK TO OUR FRIENDS.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 252 of 326
(

I DECLARE THAT ANY PERSONAL BLOCKS I MAY HAVE ARE


CLEARING AND DISSOLVING J AND NEW IDEAS ARE BRINGING
PEACE AND HARMONY INTO MY LIFE.

I FURTHER DECLARE THAT ANY NEGATIVE HABITS WHICH I


MAY HAVE ARE RECOGNIZED AS SUCH J AND I AM MAKING
EVERY EFFORT TO CHANGE FOR THE BETTER. GOD/S LOVE
UPLIFTS ME IN MY EFFORTS TO IMPROVE MYSELF.

I CONSTANTLY STRIVE TO BALANCE MY THINKING IN CON-


STRUCTIVE CHANNELS J AND MAINTAIN HARMONIOUS RELA-
TIONSHIPS IN ALL I THINK AND SAY AND DO.

AND So IT Is!

~.,' :. ,

,.
. '~~

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 253 of 326
TWENTY-ONE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 254 of 326
, I .t ~ ~
:. .~
"

'. '-:;': ." .

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 255 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON TWENTY-ONE

"THE CATHEDRAL"

SINCE CYRUS JOINED US~ THESE WERE EXCITING DAYS. THE MAGI
. AND OUR NEW ASTRAL FRIENDS HAD GIVEN AN EXHILARATION TO OUR
LIVES.

DEEP YELLOW~ THE COLOR OF HAPPINESS SHONE OVER OUR MEETING.


THE DEEP ORANGE OF INNER-DESIRE FOLLOWED. THESE PSYCHOLOGICAL
. TONE BRIDGES WERE CONNECTED TO THE ASTRAL VIA THE LOVELY HUES
OF SOFT PINK~ AN INDICATION OF OUR COLLECTIVE HUMAN LOVE ENER-
GIES. THEIR BLENDING MADE A BEAUTIFUL FAN AS OUR TRIANGLE
MOVED UPWARD INTO A FINAL AURORA OF SUNSET APRICOT. THESE
MUTUAL LOVE FORCES VIBRATING BETWEEN OUR DIMENSIONS~ SET THE
THEME FOR THIS SESSION.

WE WERE JOINED HALF-WAY IN OUR JOURNEY BY DEAR LITTLE GURU.


OUR EARTH AUDIENCE MAINTAINED MANY FELT PHYSICAL TINGLINGS AT
THIS POINT.

UPON ENTERING THE ASTRAL~ WE FOUR STOOD BEFORE A LARGE STONE


ARCHWAY WHICH TUNNELLED THROUGH THE CASTLE'S OUTER QUADRANGLE
INTO ITS INNER PROTECTED QUADRISECTION. WE WERE DAZED AT THE
ENORMITY OF THE CASTLE'S OUTER FOUR SQUARE SIZE. WITHIN ITS
INNER ACREAGE LAY A TOWNSHIP OF SMALLER BUILDINGS AND GARDEN
PARKS WITH SHADE TREES. ALL ARCHITECTURE WAS ANCIENT AND BEAUTI-
FUL. SCULPTURED SMALL TREES AND OLD FASHIONED FLOWER GARDENS
GAVE ORDER AND SYMMETRY TO ITS OVERALL PICTURE. WE WALKED ALONG
A PATHWAY OF SPARKLING CRUSHED STONE TOWARD A TALL CATHEDRAL.

GURU LED US INTO ITS HUGE SQUARE ENTRANCE ROOM WHICH WAS LINED
. WITH TALL CARVED-BACK OAK CHAIRS WITH RED VELVET CUSHIONED SEATS.

<0 1979. DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 256 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

EACH WAS EXQUISITE IN ITS INDIVIDUALITY OF DESIGN. OPPOSITE


US) MANY WORN STONE STEPS ASCENDED IN COLORED SUNLIGHT FROM
THE STAINED GLASS WINDOWS. AT THE VERY TOP AND IN A GOTHIC
DOORWAY) ABBIKANANDA WAITED. LITTLE GURU PROCEEDED US UP THE
STAIRS. PASTORAL ORGAN MUSIC PERVADED THE WHOLE QUIET PEACE-
FULNESS. YET) NO HEAVY SOLEMNITY ABODE HERE) ONLY GENTLE JOY
WITH FAINT WISPS OF INCENSE.

ABBIKANANDA'S SMILE WELCOMED US) THEN HE TOOK US ON A TOUR OF


INSPECTION. THE BEAUTIES OF THIS CHAPEL WERE DIFFERENT FROM
ANY WE HAD EVER SEEN. ITS ANTIQUITY WAS UNQUESTIONABLE. MANY
WALL HANGINGS DEPICTED ANCIENT FIRE RITES AND SYMBOLS OF STARS
AND PLANETS. WE RECOGNIZED PAINTINGS OFBIBLICAL SCENES) AMONG
THE MANY STRANGE UNKNOWN ITEMS AS ABBIKANANDA EXPLAINED IN
HUSHED TONES THAT ALL EARTH RELIGIONS WERE REPRESENTED HERE.

A MASSIVE OIL PAINTING) LARGER THAN LIFE SIZE) OF CHRIST AND


HIS SEVEN HEAVENLY LORDS HUNG BEHIND THE MAIN FRONT ALTAR.
QUIETLY) I SAT DOWN NEAR SEVERAL PERSONS IN PRAYER AND ABSORBED
ITS EXCEPTIONAL ARTISTRY. IT POSSESSED A STRANGE POWER AND
MAGNETISM) AND REALIZATION WAS BORN OF HOW NARROW AND LIMITED
WAS OUR PORTRAYAL AND UNDERSTANDING OF OUR LORD CHRIST AND HIS
SEVEN LORDS. THE MANY SECULARISMS APPEARED LIKE BROKEN PIECES
OF GLASS) EACH A HETERODOX TO ALL OTHERS. THESE BROKEN SHARDS
OF TRUTH DEMONSTRATED MANKIND'S STRUGGLE FOR MATURITY.

QUICKLY) REASSURANCE FOLLOWED AND A NEW INNER FAITH SHONE FORTH.


INTUITIVELY) I KNEW WE WOULD SUCCEED AND GROW TO GREATER TOLER-
ANCE FOR EACH OTHERS NEEDS AND REJOICED IN THIS REVELATION. As
THIS NEWLY AWAKENED KNOWLEDGE GREW) I REALIZED ALL THESE MANY
SECTARION GROUPS WERE NEEDED AND THAT EACH ONE IN ITS TIME WAS
FOR THE PURPOSE OF GRANTING THEIR ATTRACTED SOULS JUST THE RIGHT
AND EXACT QUANTITY OF IDEAS FOR THEIR PLACE IN TIME. HUMANITY)
AS A WHOLE) IS NOT YET READY FOR THE ONE UNIVERSAL WHOLE TRUTH
CODE. WE ARE) EACH IN OUR OWN WAY) STILL GROWING TOWARD ITS
ULTIMATE GOAL.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 257 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

THIS WAS A CHAPEL BUILT TO HOLD EVERY PERSON'S NEEDS J FOR IT


WAS DEDICATED TO HONORING AND RECOGNIZING THE REAL TRUTHS
WITHIN ALL. MANY ARE THE PATHWAYS WHICH LEAD US TO GOD; YET
IN THE ENDJ THERE LIES ONLY ONE GOAL AND THAT IS GOD.

PONDERING THIS J I VOWED IN THE FUTURE TO BE MORE TOLERANT.

OUR TWO GUIDES LED US THROUGH A SMALL WOODEN CARVED DOOR AND
INTO A COSY STUDY SITUATED TO THE LEFT OF THE FRONT ALTAR.
MANY MULLIONED WINDOW PANES REFLECTED THE ASTRAL SUNLIGHT AND
SHONE LIKE PRISMS IN RAINBOW SPARKLES. THIS WAS A FRIENDLY
ROOM AND SEATED US COMFORTABLY AS GURU CLAIMED OUR ATTENTION:

"THE MAGI'S PRIVATE DOORWAY TO GOD"

"BELOVED ONES: THERE ARE A FEW FACTS I DESIRE TO ADD FOR YOUR
ATTENTION. THE NINTH PATHWAY IS THE MAGI PATH AND ITS ORIGINS
DATE BACK TO PLANET EARTH'S VERY BEGINNING. ITS FIRST FOLLOW-
ERS WERE KNOWN AS MAGAS. THESE MALES AND FEMALES WERE THE
FOREFATHERS OF THE LATER PARSES J WHOM HISTORY NAMES AS THE
FIRE WORSHIPERS. ALL VERY ANCIENT MEMBERS OF OUR LIFE-STREAM
FIRMLY BELIEVED IN THE DIVINE GIFTS OF FIRE. As LIGHTENING
KINDLED EARTH'S NATURAL INFLAMABLE PRODUCTS J MAN CONCLUDED
FIRE CAME FROM THE STARS. THEY ALSO ASSOCIATED ITS HEAT ENER-
GIES WITH THE SUN. IN LEARNING HOW TO HARNESS THIS GREAT FORCE J
FIREJ AND CONTROL ITS DESTRUCTIVE POLARITY J THEY FOUND FIRE
WOULD ALSO SERVE THEM.

"UPON THE YEARLY APPROACH OF TWO STARS IN THE NORTH J WHEN THE
SUN WAS IN THE CONSTELLATION OF TAURUS J THE MAGIANS FAITHFULLY
EXTINGUISHED THEIR OLD YEARLY FIRE PILES AND RE-LIT A NEW FIRE
UPON THEIR ALTARS BUILT TO THE SUN. IN THE LATER DAYS AFTER
THE ARRIVAL ON EARTH OF THE WHITE GIANTS FROM TAURUSJ HUGE STONE
.. ALTARS WERE ERECTED ALL OVER EARTH. THESE SACRED PLACES WERE
ARRANGED SO CERTAIN STARS COULD REFLECT THEIR BEAMS THROUGH
PARTICULAR STONES AT CERTAIN TIMES IN THE YEAR. THESE WERE
MANKIND'S FIRST CHAPELS AND CALENDARS. THE STAR'S MESSAGES

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 258 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

REMINDED OF SEASON CHANGES WHICH GOVERNED EARTH DWELLERS'LIVES


AND AFFAIRS.

"THE MAGIAN MEMBERS' KNOWLEDGES WERE AUGMENTED BY TAURIAN


WISDOMS) ONE OF WHICH WAS THE ART OF MATHEMATICS AND NUMBERS.
EARTH MEN LEARNED TO PUT FAITH IN THE EXACTNESS OF STAR MOVE-
MENTS AND INDICATIONS. THEREFORE) IT WAS NOT STRANGE THAT IN
AGES TO COME) BALTHAZAR) KASPAR AND MELCHOIR UNDERSTOOD THE
HEAVENLY MESSAGE SHOWN WHEN ALL THE SOLAR PLANETS MOVED INTO
CONJUNCTION IN THE SIGN OF PISCES. ITS MESSAGE ANNOUNCED
CHRIST'S BIRTH UPON EARTH. JESUS UNDERSTOOD THESE WISDOMS AND
PROVED IT BY ADOPTING THE FISHES OF PISCES AS HIS SYMBOL.

"WE STATE CHRIST RULES OVER THE NINTH PATHWAY. AGAIN) THIS
MESSAGE REACHED EARTH FROM UNIVERSE SPACE. MANSTREAM'S HIGHEST
LORD WAS BORN INTO MATTER IN THE LUNAR YEAR OF 4320) WHICH
ADDS TO A NUMBER NINE. A LUNAR YEAR WAS A PSYCHIC PERIOD OF
TIME USED BY THE ANCIENT ONES.

"FROM EARTH'S VERY BEGINNING) THERE WERE THOSE WHO KNEW THE
HIDDEN WISDOMS AND KEPT FIRE BURNING IN HONOR OF GOD AND FORCES
OF LIFE. ON EVERY NOVEMBER FIRST) BY THE PRESENT CALENDARS)
FIRE IS REDEDICATED IN A SACRED SERVICE OF HONOR) SOMEWHERE ON
EARTH. THE MAGI HAS REMAINED UPON EARTH IN AN UNBROKEN CHAIN
OF LIFE) SOMETIMES AS ONLY A FEW) AT OTHER TIMES AS NEW GATHER-
INGS OF MANY FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES OF REINFORCING HUMANITY'S
NEEDS. SUCH A TIME IS RIPE AGAIN ON EARTH. ITS PURPOSE TODAY
IS TO LIGHT THE FIRES OF MIND) FOR MIND IS OUR DOOR OF COMMUNI-
CATION WITH GOD AND WITH EACH OTHER.

"THE MAGI HAVE ALWAYS KNOWN THAT GOD PROVIDES WISDOMS TO COVER
ALL CONTINGENCIES WE MIGHT ENCOUNTER IN UNIVERSE. THUS) NO
SUBJECT CAN BE MORE OR LESS IN IMPORTANCE TO OUR NEEDS THAN
ANOTHER.

"WE) AS HUMANITY) ARE IMPORTANT AND MUST LEARN HOW TO COPE AS


MANKIND AND SOUL AND SPIRIT. WE ADMONISH AN EQUAL ATTENDANCE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 259 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

TO ALL LESSONS PRESENTED WITH EQUAL IMPORTANCE. BLESSINGS


UNTO YOU. MAy GOD OVERSHADOW ALL YOUR NEEDS.
GURU
"MAGNIFYING MONEY"

A SHORT TALK BY ABBIKANANDA WHICH CONTAINS HIDDEN VALUES:

"DEAR ONES. WE FELT WE COULD INTRODUCE AN EASY PROGRAM FOR


ATTRACTING MONEY INTO YOUR CONSCIOUSNESS. IT IS SADLY NEEDED
BY MANY TODAY.

"MONEY J AND ITS COUNTERPART OF THE HABIT OF UNCONTROLLED SPEND-


ING J NEEDS TO BE SEEN. MONEY FOLLOWS DEFINITE LAWS AND IF YOU
WOULD MAGNIFY ITS VALUES IQ YOURSELE J ITS LAWS MUST BE OBEYED.

"THE HABIT OF SpENDING NOW PREDOMINATES EVERYWHERE OVER EARTH.


ONLY 20% OF HUMANITY KNOW AND UNDERSTAND THE MANY LAWS CONCERN-
ING MONEY. EIGHTY PERCENT J THENJ COULD PROFIT THROUGH LEARNING
MORE ON ITS' SUBJECT.

"NEITHER LABOR NOR TALENT WILL GUARANTEE YOU MONEY J NOR THE
ABILITY TO KEEP IT. THEY DO HELP BUT BEHIND POSSESSION OF MONEY
LIES A DEEP AND INNER MENTAL 'CAUSE'. AND THAT CAUSE LIES IN
THE SOUL PORTION OF MINDJ NOT IN THE SUBJECTIVE ETHERIC TEMPOR-
ARY HOLDING FILES OF MIND. SEE THIS CLEARLY BEFORE GOING ON
IN THIS LESSON.

"To ACQUIRE A DEEP AND LASTING MONEY CONSCIOUSNESS J A DEVELOP-


MENT OF MOTIVATION MUST BE BUILT. IT MUST BE A STRONG ENOUGH
INNER MOTIVATION TO ACCOMPLISH THE GOAL. IT IS REPEATED ACTIONS
OF SPECIFIC PRACTICE WHICH CATCH THE SOUL MIND'S ATTENTION.
MOTIVATIONS LIE IN SOUL MINDJ NOT IN THE CONSCIOUS SUBJECTIVE
AREA. THEREFORE J THE FIRST INGREDIENT FOR A MONEY MOTIVATION
IS THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A HABIT OF SAVING. THE LAW IS: MONEY
ATTRACTS MONEY. DAILY ATTENTION DIRECTED TO METAL COINS WILL

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 260 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

BE OUR TOOLS. COINS HAVE A LIKE METAL VALUE AND CAN BE HANDLED
AND WEIGHED IN THE HAND. PAPER MONEY OR CHECKS ARE DIFFICULT
FOR SOUL TO RELATE AS MONEY AT FIRST.

"To BUILD A CONSCIOUSNESS) WE MUST DO SOMETHING. WE START AN


ACTION GOING AND WE KEEP IT OPERATING UNTIL OUR SOUL ACQUIRES
ITS HABIT AUTOMATICALLY. ONLY THEN IS IT OUR OWN.

"ALL OUR MOTIVATIONS) BOTH CONSTRUCTIVE AND NEGATIVE) WERE FORMED


IN JUST THIS MANNER. THE REPEATING OF A HABITUAL ACTION REIN-
FORCES THE MOTIVATIONS' ENERGIES DEEPER AND DEEPER TO EVENTUALLY
BECOME A COMPULSION. THINK ABOUT THIS!

"ANY HABIT) GOOD OR BAD) IS ONLY A CONSTANTLY REPEATED ACTION.


THE REPEATING BUILDS UP A FORCE OF ENERGY THAT MIND USES TO
MAGNIFY THE COUNTERPART 1NIQ YOUR LIFE. IN OTHER WORDS)
REPEATED ACTIONS MOTIVATE SOUL.

"LET'S SAY YOU START A PROGRAM OF SAVING ONE PENNY A DAY. PLACE
YOUR BANK BEFORE A MIRROR. Do THIS AT THE SAME IlMf EACH DAY.
HAVE YOUR PENNY READY. LOOK IT ALL OVER) FEEL IT) WATCH YOUR-
SELF DOING THIS. Now) HOLDING THE PENNY REPEAT THE AFFIRMATION
AT THE END OF THIS LESSON. THEN SLOWLY DROP YOUR PENNY INTO
THE BANK. NEYER SKIP A DAY. ALWAYS HAVE A PENNY HANDY. NEVER
BORROW FROM THIS BANK UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCEj THESE LATTER
ADMONISHIONS ARE ITS IMPORTANT SECOND RULES. YOU'RE WORKING
FOR A SUCCESS.

THE AMOUNT YOU'RE SAVING IS NOT IMPORTANT. THE IMPORTANCE LIES


IN THE STEADY CONSECUTIVE DAILY ACTION. REGARD IT AS A SACRED
TRUST. BORROWING OR MISSING A DAY WILL SET UP A COUNTER MOTI-
VATION OR A HABIT OF SAVING ONLY TO BORROW OR SPEND. YOU'RE
ALREADY WELL BRAIN WASHED IN THIS HABIT AND IN BUYING ON CREDIT
AND IN SELDOM HANDLING YOUR OWN CASH MONEY FOR TRANSACTIONS.
. . .
"IN FACT) 80% OF THE WORLD HAS BEEN VERY CLEVERLY SOLD A NEGATIVE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 261 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

IDEA BY THE KNOWLEDGEABLE 20% MONEY-WISE SECTION. IT'S POPULAR


TO LIVE TODAY ON EASY CREDIT. IT'S HANDY TO TURN OVER YOUR
EARNINGS TO THE BANKS AND CARRY A PASTBOARD CARD. THOSE MANAG-
ING EARTH'S MONEY MARKET ARE WELL AWARE OF WHAT THIS HABIT IS
DOING. DIRECT DEPOSIT OF PAYCHECK FROM EMPLOYER TO BANK~
THRIVES AS A SUPPOSED CONVENIENCE TO YOU. THUS~ ALL YOU DO AS
AN ACTION IS SPEND. You SHOW A CHARGE CARD HERE OR WRITE A
CHECK THERE. ALWAYS~ ITS ACTION IS AN OUTWARD ONE~ A MOTIVATION
TOWARD SPENDING.

"HARD MONEY IN THE HAND IS BECOMING A THING OF THE PAST. EVEN


WITH CRIME AND DANGER WHAT IT IS ON EARTH AT PRESENT~ YOU NEED
TO REDISCOVER THE VALUE OF MONEY. PENNIES CAN PLANT THIS AS A
SOUL VALUE IN RELATIVE SAFETY.

"MOST OF YOU SEEKERS ARE TOMORROW'S LEADERS AND YOU WILL NEED
THE WISDOMS AND QUALITIES FOR EFFICIENT MONEY HANDLING. You
CANNOT CHANGE THE BANKING OR FINANCIAL PRACTICES NOR KEEP HUGE
CASH QUANTITIES AROUND YOU~ BUT YOU CAN ALERT AND MOTIVATE YOUR
SOUL IN THE IMPORTANCE OF DRAWING AND ACCUMULATING MONEY VALUES
TO YOU.

"MAY YOUR AWARENESS CATCH THE INSIGHT AND THE PURPOSE BEHIND
THIS TALK."

AFFIRMATION FOR SAYING PROGRAM:

"I AM THANKFUL FOR THE NEED TO LEARN THE LAW OF MONEY. I


PLACE THIS SUM IN MY BANK (DO SO SLOWLY) KNOWING ITS ACT
IS CREATING A NEW IDEA OF PROSPERITY AND MONEY IN MY SUBJECTIVE~
SOUL~ AND MIND AREA. THIS HABIT OF SAVING EVERY DAY IS ATTRACT-
ING MORE MONEY TO ME. I AM NOW MAGNETIZING MONEY FROM EVERY-
WHERE. I AM GRATEFUL THIS IS SO."

ABBIKANANDA

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 262 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON TWENTY-ONE

FLOATING HOMEWARD IN THE APRICOT CLOUDS) WE PLANNED OUR


PERSONAL SAVING PROGRAM. WE THREE CAN TESTIFY TO RECEIVING
VERY TANGIBLE RESULTS FROM ITS PRACTICE.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 263 of 326
(

,.
~ :

I AM AN IRRESISTIBLE MAGNET WITH THE POWER TO ATTRACT


ALL GOOD) HEALTH AND PROSPERITY UNTO MYSELF. I CHOOSE
NOW TO GIVE OF MY SUBSTANCE AND I BLESS MY GIFT TO THE
HIGHEST AND BEST IN LIFE) EVEN AS I ACCEPT IN RETURN
LAVISH ABUNDANCE) HEALTH AND HAPPINESS. I DARE TO
ACCEPT ALL THESE RICHES KNOWING GOD HAS ORDAINED THEM
AS MINE. - ;:
., Jr
~\i':;;~~~.i:~\,'. . J
.i<

I KNOW DIVINE SUBSTANCE IS THE ONLY REALITY IN MY ..:I ;]


r'k!., . 'Cf~'."".">

LIFE NOW. THE DIVINE LAw OF BALANCE AND GOOD IS NOW


~

DOING ITS PERFECT WORK) AND I AM PROSPEROUS IN EVERY


ASPECT OF MY LIFE.
AND So IT Is!

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 264 of 326
(

TWENTY -1\\10.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 265 of 326
---------' --

--

/---'-- ---~
1-'

\ \

) \
1l0.se...78.
--
\
---
" -
": ';/"
..',
" ...

: ..."'!".....1.,:: ~~+;... -.!~~' ."...'... - ._. ,. _.... : '


_.' -;

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 266 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-TWO
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON TWENTY-TWO

"you ARE Tor'10RROW'S LEADERS"

THE COLORS WERE GAY WITH A SPRING FRAGRANCE. A FRESH GREEN -


LEMON YELLOW PRECEEDED A BLUE-GREEN MIST. THESE WERE FOR OUR
MEMBERS' ADJUSTMENT TO CAUSE A SINGLE UNISON MOOD OF TOGETHER-
NESS. As IT CAME FORTH) THE COLORS DEEPENED TO BECOME PEACOCK
BLUE) WHICH POURED ITS PHILANTHROPIC ENERGIES OVER US. IT WAS
FOR AWAKENING OUR HUMANITARIAN IMPULSES TO NEW BASIC UNDERSTAND-
INGS. THE SHADES CHANGED AND MOSS GREEN AND BRIGHT KELLY GREEN)
STRIPPED THEIR LIGHTS EVERYWHERE.

THE MOSS GREEN FADED TO A GREY-GREEN AND MINGLED WITH PALE


LAVENDER. PERSONAL EMOTIONS OF GENEROSITY AWOKE WITHIN OUR
HEARTS. AGAIN) A LEMON GREEN HOLDING AREA APPEARED) IN ITS
CENTER A DEEP CORAL RED STRENGTHENED OUR QUALITIES FOR ACCOUNT-
ABILITY. COMING TO A CLOSE) THESE COLORS BLESSED ALL PRESENT.
AT ITS CLIMAX) OUR TRIANGLE REACHED THE ASTRAL.

WE WERE INSIDE THE CASTLE QUADRANGLE BESIDE A CURVED STONE


COVERED MEDITATION WALK. SMALL STONE ROOMS OPENED OFF ITS
SHADED WALK. A SPECIAL QUIET LAY OVER ITS SECTION. EVEN THE
BIRD SONG SEEMED SUBDUED. As WE WALKED ITS POLISHED PAVEMENTS)
WE PASSED GURU) DEEP IN MEDITATION) THEN SAFFRON WASHING HIS
FRONT PAW. IN A DOOR) ABBIKANANDA WAITED. THE ROOM WE ENTERED
HAD COOL WHITE PAINTED WALLS. THE FLOOR WAS GLEAMING OAK.
HAND CARVED CHAIRS WITH LOW READING STANDS LIKE LITTLE DESKS
FILLED ITS CENTER. A SMALL FIRE BURNED IN A CORNER FIREPLACE.
ITS STYLE HARKED BACK TO BYGONE AGES.

"THIS IS WHERE THE MASTERS) WHITEBEARDS AND MONKS LIVE" OFFERED


ABBIKANANDA.

ITS SIMPLE CLEAN ATMOSPHERE WAS WELCOME AND RELAXING, ITS OLD
WORLD PERSONALITY INTRIGUING. THIS SECTION IN ITS AUSTERE BEAUTY
WAS A CONTRAST TO THE BARONIAL HALLS' ELEGANCE.

© 1979 DOROTHEA f1. RAMSEY ,


Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 267 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-TWO

"I THOUGHT YOU WOULD LIKE TO SEE OUR QUARTERS") WAS ABBIKANANDA'S
COMMENT. FLOWERS NODDED TO US THROUGH THE CASEMENT WINDOWS.
TINY BEES AND HUMMING BIRDS MADE LAZY SUMMER SOUNDS. EVERYTHING
WAS PERFECT. THE TINY FIRE POPPED MERRILY AS ABBIKANANDA BEGAN
OUR LESSON.

"THE PURPOSE BEHIND OUR CREATOR'S BORNING OF US INTO UNIVERSE


REMAINS HIS SECRET. YET) WE WHO SEEK AFTER THE DEEP WISDOMS
FOR EVOLUTIONAL GROWTH HAVE ARRIVED AT SOME OF ITS INTIMATIONS.
WE KNOW ALL OF US ARE IN A PREPARATION TIMEj THAT GOD) OUR
FATHER) PREPARED IT AND ALL IN IT FOR US TO USE TO BECOME FUTURE
LEADERS IN HIS PLAN.

"THE BUSINESS OF LEADERSHIP IS A LONELY ONE. IT REQUIRES STRENGTH


OF CHARACTER AND FIRM CONTROL WHEN PERFORMING ITS COSMIC LAWS.
LEADERS ARE SELDOM NOTICED WHEN SUCCESSFUL. WHEN FAILURE OCCURS)
NOTICE POURS DOWN IN REVILINGS AND COMPLAINTS.

"THERE ARE TWO POLARITIES TO LEADERSHIP. THE DESTRUCTIVE FORM)


WHICH USES FORCE AND MANEUVERS FOR ITS END RESULTS) IS COMMON.
IT FAILS IN THE LONG RUN BUT SELDOM BEFORE IT HAS CAUSED MUCH
HARM. ITS LEADERS SELDOM PAY FOR THEIR MANIPULATIVE MANEUVER-
INGS. THE MASSES) WHO TRUST SUCH LEADERS) PAY THEIR PRICE.

"As HIGHER KNOWLEDGE REVEALS ON EARTH) THESE DESTRUCTIVE LEADING


PRACTICES WILL HOPEFULLY CEASEj FOR BLUFF AND DOUBLE TALK TO GAIN
SELFISH DESIRES WILL BE SEEN FOR EXACTLY WHAT THEY ARE) NEGATIVE
EVIL.

"THUS) SHOULD YOU DISCOVER YOURSELF USING FORCE TO PERPETRATE


AN ACTION) STOP AND REALIZE DEFEAT MUST BE ITS EVENTUAL OUTCOME.
EXAMINE INTO THE SITUATION AND CURB ANY DESIRE OF IMPETUOSITY.
TRY TO ACT FROM FOUND FACTS) NOT FROM HOPEFUL DESIRE.

"THIS ACTION BUILDS A STRONG CONSTRUCTIVE SOUL FACULTY AND ALSO

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 268 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY-TWO

HELPS EXPAND YOUR SELF-DETERMINATION ASPECTS. GREATER SELF-


CONFIDENCE WILL COME FROM ITS ACTION.

"GENUINE LEADERSHIP QUALITIES WILL REQUIRE A STRONG INNER


FAITH IN YOUR JUDGEMENT ABILITIES. YOUR PERFORMANCES WILL
NEED TO BE SUCH AS TO CALL FORTH RESPECT IN OTHERSj THUS} YOUR
ACTIONS MUST BRING FORTH RESULTS AND THESE MUST BE VISIBLE.
AT FIRST} PERSONS SEE ONLY THE EXTERNAL CONSTRUCTIONS AND JUDGE
LEADERS BY THEIR CIRCUMSTANCES. IT IS AFTERWARD} THE FOLLOWERS
LEND YOU THEIR FORCE. THE FORCE COMES FROM THEIR CONVICTIONS
AND DESIRES BECAUSE THEY CHOOSE TO ACCEPT YOUR PRINCIPLES AS
HARMONIOUS WITH THEIR OWN IDEALS.

"REAL LEADERSHIP CONTRIBUTES TO AND FOR THOSE WHO FOLLOW BY A


POSITIVE FIRM COOPERATION OF INTELLECTUAL RAPPORT. NAIVE
IGNORANCE OR BLIND FAITH SHOULD BE AVOIDED FOR SUCH ONLY CONFUSES.
THE LEADER IS STRIVING FOR A WELL BALANCED AND CONTROLLED MANNER
IN THE COMMUNITY 'RELATIONS' AND 'THINKINGS'. SELF MASTERY AND
PERSONAL FREEDOM OF OPENMINDEDNESS IS THE GOAL.

"AN INDIVIDUAL WHO HABITUALLY JUMPS TO CONCLUSIONS ON EVERYTHING


PRESENTED DOES NOT GENERATE RESPECT OR TRUST. OPINION} AS A
RULE} DOES NOT CARRY INDEPENDENT THOUGHT. ITS PRECONCEIVED
IDEAS WERE SOLD TO US. NEW THOUGHT SHOULD BE GIVEN TO MANY
OF THESE PRESUMPTIONS. OUR JOB} AS GOD'S FUTURE LEADERS} IS
TO GIVE A NEW BREATH OF LIFE AND KNOWLEDGE TO WHOMEVER OPENS
A DESIRE FOR THESE WISDOMS.

"STRONG ORGANIZATIONAL POWERS AND TALENTS WILL HOLD ORDER TO


THE PRINCIPLES PRESENTED. LEADERSHIP MUST NEVER SCATTER ITSELF
HERE AND THERE} BUT ADHERE TO A FIRM CONTINUITY AND STEADY
RELIABILITY. THE INNER ANALYSIS OF QUALITIES NEVER HESITATES
TO ADMIT WHEN THEY DO NOT KNOW} BUT OFFERS TO FIND OUT. THEY
DO NOT FALL UNDER THE ASSUMPTION THEY ARE ALWAYS RIGHT. THEY
REALIZE THEY CANNOT BE FOR THEY} TOO} ARE STILL GROWING TO
PERFECTION.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 269 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-TWO

"THE SEEKERS WHO WILL BE SELF-TRAINERS~ FOR DEFINITE PURPOSES


AND GOALS~ WILL SEE THERE ARE NO SHORT CUTS TO A REAL ACHIEVING.

"ON THE OTHER HAND~ DESTRUCTIVE LEADERS PROMISE ANY AND EVERY-
THING AND PANDER TO THE EGO'S SELF GLORY.

"As OUR NEXT INCARNATION DEPENDS ON VALUES GAINED FROM THE PRE-
SENT ONE NOW BEING EXPERIENCED~ AWAKENED SOULS WILL BE READY
AND EAGER TO EXPERIMENT.

"THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI OFFER AIDS IN EXPANDING GIFTS AND
TALENTS. WE HELP YOU POLISH AND EXCEL WHAT GOD LAID DOWN AS
YOUR PATTERN. IT IS ALREADY THERE~ WITHIN YOU. THIS IS WHY
WE TEACH 'NO MAN CAN ROB YOU OF YOUR RIGHTFUL GOOD.' IT'S
THERE WITHIN YOU~ JUST WAITING FOR YOU TO UNCOVER IT. HOWEVER~
YOU CAN ROB YOURSELF OF ITS FORCES BY IGNORING ITS PRESENCE.

"IN THE LAST LESSON~ WE LISTED A MONEY SITUATION FOR YOUR


AWARENESS. PEOPLE ARE KNOWING EXTERNAL HARDSHIPS BECAUSE THEIR
DEEP CAUSES ARE UNKNOWN TO THEM. KNOWING AND UNDERSTANDING~
FREE US FROM KARMIC BONDAGE. LET'S USE 'EASY CREDIT' AS AN
EXAMPLE OF HOW IGNORANCE OF A CAUSE CAN HARM~ WHILE STILL
BELIEVED TO BE AN ADVANTAGE FOR ALL.

"IT IS TRUE~ MANY SOULS COULD NEVER OWN MANY ITEMS IF 'EASY
CREDIT' WERE REMOVED. THUS~ 'CREDIT' PLUS COMMON SENSE CAN
AND OFTEN ~ GIVE A VALUE. SO WHERE LIES THE DANGER?

"IN THE LAST LESSON~ WE MENTIONED HOW PEOPLE ARE ENCOURAGED TO


SPEND. WHEN YOU BUY ON CREDIT~ THE ITEMS ARE HOI "YOUR RIGHTFUL
GOOD" UNTIL PAID IN FULL. You CAN LIVE HIGH ON CREDIT~ EVEN
DIE LEAVING HUGE DEBTS~ BUT KARMA IS A UNIVERSAL AND COSMIC LAW
AND WILL CATCH UP AT SOME POINT IN YOUR EXISTENCE AND EXACT A
PAYMENT.

"FEW OF EARTH'S PEOPLE SAVE ANYMORE. FEW EVEN SEE THEIR INCOME

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 270 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY-TWO

CHECKS AT ALL. BUTJ ALMOST EVERYONE DOES WRITE CHECKS AND


PRODUCE CREDIT CARDS AND SPEND. THEY ARE ENCOURAGED TO DO SO."

WE KNEW THIS WAS SO AND MARVELED WE HADN'T SEEN WHAT WAS HAPPENING.

"You JUST LEARNED THAT IT IS SOUL WHICH HOLDS MOTIVATIONS. THE


MOTIVATIONS ARE WHAT SOUL GOES BY WHEN MAGNIFYING 'THINGS'
TOWARD YQll. SOUL DOES NOT REASON J ONLY THE CONSCIOUS-MIND-POINT
REASONS FOR LOGIC. BUT J IT ISN'T CONSCIOUS-POINT WHICH DOES THE
MAGNETIZING. IT'S THE SOUL MIND YOU. THE SOUL SEES YOU SPENDING
AND GIVING OUT YOUR MONEY VALUES AND IT IS MOTIVATED TO KEEP MONEY
GOING AWAY FROM yOU. IT WON'T BE BALANCED UNLESS YOU ALSO SET UP
SOME PROGRAM TO SAVE. THAT'S WHY THE PENNY BANK ROUTINE WAS GIVEN.
IT CONDITIONS FOR KEEPING AND RECEIVING MONEY. IT BALANCES AND
HOLDS A CENTER LEVEL.

"PROSPERITY J LIKE HAPPINESS J IS NOT EXTERNALLY MANIPULATED. IT'S


AN INNER SOUL MOTIVATION DELIBERATELY BUILT BY PRACTICE UNTIL ITS
FORCES BECOME STRONG ENOUGH TO BECOME A SOUL MOTIVATION. NOW J
CAN YOU SEE WHERE THE DANGER LIES?"

WE INDICATED WE COULD SEE J AND ABBIKANANDA AND GURU SEEMED PROUD


OF OUR SINCERITY.
/

"NEXT SESSION WE WILL MEET IN THE BARONIAL HALL AND EXPLORE THE
SUBJECT OF "THIRD MINDS CREATEDJ" AND I WANT SOME QUESTIONS FROM
YOU."

"WE AREN'T SURE YET WHAT TO ASKJ" I SAID.

"WE'VE STARTED OUR BANKS J " STATED LILY.

"AND SOME PRACTICES FOR NEW MOTIVATIONS J " ADDED VIOLET.

"WELLJ BLESS YOUR WILLINGNESS. I KNOW GOD REJOICES IN YOU AND


YOUR FOLLOWERS AND THE UNITED DESIRE TO SERVE HIM."

ABBIKANANDA

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 271 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-TWO PAGE 6

THE CHAPEL WAS FULL AS WE RETURNED TO IT BEFORE LEAVING FOR


EARTH. ALL WERE SINGING PRAISES TO OUR GREAT CHRIST J AND THE
ATMOSPHERE WAS JOYFUL WITH SACRED ENERGIES. WE LINGERED FOR
A CLOSING PRAYER AND EXCHANGED GREETINGS WITH MANY THERE.

THEN WE WALKED BACK TO THE ENTRANCE ARCHWAY WHERE MANY MORE


ASTRAL PERSONS SPOKE TO US AND WISHED US WELL IN THE WORK.
WE REALLY LOVED IT OVER HERE IN THIS PLANE; YET IT WAS ALSO
GOOD TO KNOW THERE WAS YET MUCH FOR US TO DO ON EARTH. PRE-
SENTLY THE COLORS MET US AND LIFTED US INTO THEIR LOVING ATMOS-
PHERES. THE SINGING OF OUR WAITING FRIENDS MADE A JOYOUS PATH-
WAY HOME.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 272 of 326
.!ir;c:;\l~l'~!~f']ii
. -,.. .r
~,
.
i

(
\ A'

As THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI AIDS ME IN EXPANDING


MY GIFTS AND TALENTS~ I REALIZE NO MAN CAN ROB ME
OF MY RIGHTFUL GOOD. I AM DEVELOPING A STRONG INNER
FAITH IN MY JUDGMENT ABILITIES AND ORGANIZATIONAL
POWERS.

My SOUL MIND NOW MAGNIFYS THE RIGHT THINGS TO ME~


ALL OF WHICH I ACCEPT WITH GRATEFUL THANKS. I KNOW
THAT EVERYTHING NECESSARY TO THE FULL AND COMPLETE
EXPRESSION OF PERFECT ADJUSTMENT IN ALL MY AFFAIRS
; ': ~ :: 1
IS HERE AND NOW MANIFESTING FOR ME. I AM SUCCESS I ••
, .
I AM PHYSICALLY AND FINANCIALLY FREE.
~

AND So IT Is!

" .",: ';', !:.;

.'< '. 'p

( ,-.,oj, . -. ~.

," • .c'

./ :'

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 273 of 326
(

TWENTY-THREE.

~ £-eSSOlU.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 274 of 326
.. ~;

j
\;'

'ti..~ :~
/"\.\~"j
1C:5oIII" .. ,.- \
-,

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 275 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON TWENTY-THREE

"INVISIBLE INFLUENCES"

IT WAS GRATIFYING TO NOTE THAT CASH COINS WERE BEING HELD IN


MANY HANDS TONIGHT DURING THE PROSPERITY SESSION. MANY WERE
"HEEDING ABBIKANANDA'S WORDS J AND TESTING THEM.

THE GREEN SHADES SEEMED TO PREDOMINATE AGAIN AS THE ASTRAL COLOR


FORCES MANIFESTED THEIR RATIOS. YELLOW-GREEN PERMUTATED FOR AID
IN OPENING OUR MINDS INTO THE HIGHER CONSCIOUSNESS LEVELS.
SWIRLS OF LOVELY OLD ROSE AND LAVENDER DEEPENED GRADUALLY INTO
IMPRESSIONS FOR OUR ACCEPTING OF LIFE'S CHALLENGES AND REALITIES.
A SOFT DELFT-BLUE ADDED FOR FOUNDATIONAL BALANCES. THE GREEN
TURNED TO A DARKER RICHER STAGE. STABILITY AND INNER POISE
FLOWED INTO EVERY SOUL.

WE THREE WERE NOW FLOATING OVER GREAT ASTRAL PARKLANDS. THEIR


AREAS SURROUNDED OUR CASTLE'S PERIMETER WALLS. BELOW J BROOKS
AND GRASSY PLAINS J PONDS AND ENCIRCLING TREES SHOWED WITH AN
OCCASIONAL MARBLE TEMPLE AND ALABASTER STATUES AMID FLOWER GARDENS.
THESE COMPETED WITH SUNNY GLADES AND SHADY VALES. NEAR THE CASTLE
SOME MEADOWS HELD SLEEK HORSES AS PLACID COWS GRAZED. THERE WAS
SO" MUCH TO SEE AND EXPLORE J AND THIS WAS ONLY ONE TINY PART OF
THE ASTRAL.

THE BARONIAL HALL WAS EMPTY. WE CHOSE A DIFFERENT CORNER TODAY.


LILY AND VIOLET SAT DOWN ON A MINT GREEN VELVET COUCH WITH MAHO-
GANY TRIM. RESTLESS J I STOOD BEFORE THEM ABSORBING THE FLOWER
INCENSE.

A TINY ORIENTAL MASTER AND A CHIPPER WHITE POODLE CAME HURRYING


IN FROM OUTDOORS. IN SPITE OF EVIDENT HASTE J THEY VEERED OUR
WAY.

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 276 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

"GREETINGS J LOVELY CHILDREN"J HIS VOICE SANG. "I AM SINGH TAO"


HE BOWED LOW. THE TINY DOG SAT UP AND BARKED. "AHJ YES! MANY
PARDONS. THIS IS MIss PRIM." SHE LET US SHAKE HER PAW AND
ADMIRE HER DIAMOND COLLAR. LITTLE PINK BOWS ADORNED HER TOP
KNOT CURLS. "EXCUSE UNSEEMLY HASTE J BUT VERY TARDY." ANOTHER
LOW BOW AND THIS DELIGHTFUL TWO-SOME VANISHED INTO UNKNOWN ROOMS.

WE HEARD ABBIKANANDA'S VOICE GREETING THEM. THERE WAS A DISTINCT


FLURRIED FEELING OF RUSH AND UNSEEN ACTIVITY EVERYWHERE. THE
ASTRAL WAS A BUSY PLACE.

ABBIKANANDA SWUNG INTO THE ROOM AND THREW HIMSELF DOWN IN A


CHAIR WITH APOLOGIES FOR LATENESS. I SQUEEZED IN BETWEEN LILY
AND VIOLET AND WE WAITED AS HE COLLECTED HIMSELF.

HE OPENED WITH A SHORT PRAYER: "BELOVED CHRIST J MAY THY PRESENCE


BE HERE WITH US NOW. CALM OUR MINDS FOR SWEET ATTENTION J THAT
ALL WORDS AND IDEAS EXCHANGED MAY CARRY DEEP MEANING TO SOUL J
SPIRIT AND MIND. OPEN OUR CONSCIOUSNESS AREAS TO SEE PRECIOUS
VALUES FOR OUR GROWTH. SO LET IT BE. AMEN."

THE MASTER SMILED PENSIVELY. "As YOU SEE J THE ASTRAL CAN KNOW
MOMENTS OF UNSETTLED ATMOSPHERE. THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI NAME
THESE ATMOSPHERES 'THIRD MINDS CREATED' • THEY OCCUR IN MATTER
ALSO. THEY COME INTO EFFECT WHEN SEVERAL MINDS MINGLE. IF THE
MINDS HAVE A PURPOSE AND ACCORD J THE 'THIRD MIND CREATED' WILL
HARMONIZE AND MANIFEST TO ITSELF A SOLID WELL OF ENERGY FORCES.
THE UNIFICATION IN THE MINGLING MINDS CAN BE POWERFUL FOR CON-
STRUCTIVE RESULTS. SHOULD THEY BE MIXED AND UNUNITED J THEIR
FORCES SCATTER AND HAVE LITTLE OR NO ENERGY VALUE. IF THE MAJOR-
ITY ARE NEGATIVE J THESE EMOTIONAL REACTIONS CAN CAUSE STRIFE AND
BLANKET ENERGIES OF ANGER TO ARISE.

HE POINTED. "WHAT DO YOU FEEL HERE NOW J ROSE?" I WAS STARTLED J


SO MADE MYSELF PAUSE AND RELAX. "I FEEL HASTE • • • A SENSE OF
BEING RUSHED. AN UNEASINESS OF LATENESS. SOMETHING PUSHES."

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 277 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

"VERY GOOD"J HE EYED ME CLOSELY. "WHAT IS YOUR EMOTIONAL REACT-


ION TO THIS?"

"I'M UNCOMFORTABLE" EXAMINING MORE DEEPLY J I CONTINUED. "IT


ISN'T AN ACTUAL DISLIKE OR REPULSION--MORE LIKE I'M BEING
CHALLENGED. THERE IS AN INNER URGE PUSHING TO BECOME FREE."

"You HAVE A GOOD SENSITIVITY TO AURIC ATMOSPHERES. REMEMBER HOW


YOU JUST APPLIED YOURSELF TO THESE FOR IT IS EXACTLY HOW YOU
APPLY FOR SELF-EXAMINATION." WE COULDN'T HELP LOOKING AT ONE
ANOTHER.

"EVERY PERSON HAS SOME ABILITY FOR INSIGHT OF AURIC ATMOSPHERES.


SEEKERS WILL HAVE ALREADY DEVELOPED A DEEPER SENSITIVITY HERE
THAN THOSE AS YET UNAWAKENED. THESE ARE PSYCHIC SENSES SO
CULTIVATE THEM."

"I THOUGHT WE SHOULD CULTIVATE CALM J NOT BECOME INVOLVED WITH


EMOTIONAL FEELINGS." SAID LILY.

"THERE IS MUCH MISUNDERSTANDING OF THE WORDS SENSITIVITY AND


CALM. UNAWAKENED PERSONS AND UNKNOWING PERSONS CAN BE CALM
REGARDING IDEAS THEY KNOW NOTHING ABOUT. THEIR CALM IS INSEN-
SITIVE AND PHLEGMATIC. OR A PERSON CAN BE SENSITIVE THROUGH
AWARENESS PLUS LEARNED KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE AND THUS CALM
BECAUSE OF A PERFECT UNDERSTANDING OF THE WHOLE SITUATION OR
HAPPENING.

"ONE CALMNESS IS NEGATIVE FROM IGNORANCE OF UNDERSTANDING; THE


OTHER CONSTRUCTIVE FROM KNOWLEDGE. SENSITIVITY ALSO HAS TWO
POLES. REACTIVE UNCONTROLLED TEMPER AND RAGE SHOWS AN IMMATUR-
ITY IN A SOUL. THESE SOULS ARE YOUNG AND HAVE NOT YET HAD THE
ADVANTAGE OF MANY INCARNATIONS FOR LEARNING. SENSITIVITY TO
INVISIBLE AURIC FORCES J WHEN HANDLED CONSTRUCTIVELY J CAN ALERT
A SOUL TO ANOTHER'S REAL PATTERN AND CAN DISCOVER WHEN DANGER
COULD APPROACH AND REVEAL WHAT IS HAPPENING IN A GROUP. MOST

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 278 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

IMPORTANT J IT CAN UNCOVER WHAT IS BLOCKING THE SELF FROM MANI-


FESTING ONE'S RIGHTFUL GOOD.

"SOJ NEVER UNDERESTIMATE THE VALUE OF EMOTIONS. JUST LEARN HOW


TO HARNESS THEM AND USE THEM AS FRIENDS. As THIS IS A LARGE
PART IN LEARNING TO KNOW THE SELF J LET US INVESTIGATE."

"THE ACTUAL PROCEDURES FOR UNCOVERING THE TRUE PICTURE OF WHAT


YOU ARE AT THIS POINT ON THE PATHWAY IS FAIRLY EASY AND SIMPLE
IN ITSELF. THE SNAG WILL BE IN YOUR ACCEPTED BELIEFS J ALSO IN
YOUR ASSORTED 'LIKES' AND 'DISLIKES.' As YOU HARBOR ALL THESE
IN YOUR CONSCIOUS AND SUBJECTIVE MIND FILES J REASONING CAN ASSIST
YOU IN YOUR TASK IF YOU CAN ALLOW THIS.

"HOPEFULLY J YOU ARE NOT A PERFECTIONIST. DEMANDING ABSOLUTE


PERFECTION FROM EVERY ACT AND IN ALL OTHERS AND THINGS IS A
VERY UNREALISTIC ATTITUDE. IT IS AN IMPOSSIBLE ACCOMPLISHMENT
AT THIS STAGE IN OUR EVOLUTIONAL PROGRESS. THE ATTITUDE SHOULD
BE ONE FOR ACCOMPLISHING TO THE VERY BEST OF THE PRESENT ABILITY
WITH A REALIZATION IF IT DOES NOT ATTAIN UTTER PERFECTION J IT
CAN DO SO IN SOME FUTURE TIME. THAT IS FLEXIBILITY." HE THOUGHT
A MOMENT.

"ALSO J YOUR HELD 'LIKES' AND 'DISLIKES' DID NOT COME WITH YOU
INTO MATTER FROM SPIRIT OR EVEN FROM YOUR SOUL. SOME WERE
TAUGHT YOU WHEN VERY YOUNG. OTHERS YOU ADOPTED AND IMPLANTED
AS PREMISES FOR HANGING YOUR JUDGMENTS. THESE ARE NOT INTUITIVE
IDEAS J THEY COME FROM OTHER MAN MINDS." THIS WAS SURPRISING TO
US.

"OUR MATTER ADOPTED LIKES AND DISLIKES OFTEN CAUSE US DISCONTENT J


DISSATISFACTION AND DISCOURAGEMENT. INTUITIVE IDEAS NEVER CAUSE
THESE J NOR DO THEY BLIND US TO OPPORTUNITY WHEN IT CONFRONTS US.
IT IS ALWAYS OPINION OR ADOPTED IDEAS WHICH CAUSES AN EMOTIONAL
RECOIL} WHICH THEN CAUSES US TO EXPERIENCE AN IMMATURE REFRACTION.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 279 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5 .
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

IF PINNED DOWN AS TO WHY THE 'LIKE' OR 'DISLIKE' J WE OFTEN


REACT EMOTIONALLY. SELDOM CALLING UP A REAL RATIONAL FACT J
BUT READILY QUOTING THE OPINIONS WE ACCEPTED AS OUR PERSONAL
PREMISES.

HBECAUSE THESE FIXED LIKES AND DISLIKES ARE THE CAUSES BEHIND
ALL PERSONS MAIN DISCONTENTS IN MATTER EXPERIENCE; ERASING AND
RATIONALIZING THEM WILL GIVE AN INNER FREEDOM OF MIND. IT CAN
ALSO OPEN OUR SIGHT TO MANY OPPORTUNITIES NOW BEING OVERLOOKED
AND IGNORED. H

HLET ME BE SURE HEREHJ I INTERRUPTED. HARE YOU SAYING EACH


PERSON MUST FREE THEIR OWN MIND-POINTS OF THESE OPINIONATED
DRAWBACKS BEFORE GOING ON TO NEW RESPONSIBILITIES AND SPIRITUAL
DUTIES?H

HTo BE OF ANY USE TO YOURSELF AND YOUR FUTURE J YOU WILL NEED
TO NOW FACE YOURSELF SINCERELY AND MAKE SOME ADJUSTMENTS IN
WHAT YOU DISCOVER THERE. THIS IS A PRIVATE AND PERSONAL TASK
EACH WILL PERFORM ALONE. To HELP OTHERS J AND TO BECOME OUR
FUTURE LEADERS J YOU MUST FIRST HELP YOURSELF. HOLDING ON TO
UNEXPLORED OPINIONS AND LIKES AND DISLIKES MEANS YOU WILL ALSO
STAY A PRISONER TO DIFFICULT EARTH PERIODS OF EXPERIENCE J
ESPECIALLY IN HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS~

HMOODY DISCONTENTMENTS AND NEGATIVE PESSIMISMS BLOCK HAPPINESS."


HE RAISED HIS EYEBROWS. HTHEREFORE J YOU AND YOUR FOLLOWERS J
BEING OUR EARTH WORKERS AND VANGUARD ARE BEING PREPARED. YOUR
MIND ATTITUDES J AS EACH TEMPERS AND CULTIVATES GREATER FLEXI-
BILITY J WILL COMBINE INTO A STRONG) CONSTRUCTIVE 'THIRD MIND
UNIT' AND AS YOUR BAND GROWS J WILL BECOME A REAL FORCE FOR THE
CONSTRUCTIVE SIDE OF EARTH'S SCALES. H

LILY LOOKED THOUGHTFUL. HWE CAN DISCRIMINATE IN CHOOSING OUR


INTIMATE FRIENDS) BUT IN WORK SITUATIONS AND SUCH WE HAVE LITTLE
CHOICE. WHAT DEFENSE CAN WE USE AGAINST VEXATIONS AND VIBRATIONS
RE THIRD MIND CREATED?H HIS FACE LIT UP.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 280 of 326
~tKlt~ UI~t PAGE b
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

"GOOD GIRLJ I HOPED TO HEAR JUST THAT QUESTION." HE HITCHED


HIS CHAIR CLOSER. "THE EXAMINATION OF OPINIONS J LIKES AND
DISLIKES AND THE HONEST FACING OF FINDINGS J FOR AN INNER RE-
ORGANIZING OF PRINCIPLES AND PREMISES J BY ITS VERY PRACTICE
BUILDS A WALL OF DEFENSE AGAINST EXTERNAL FORCES OF NEGATION.
YOUR ACTION OF KNOWING AND EXPLORING YOURSELF BUILDS CONSTRUC-
TIVE FORCES IN YOUR PATTERN AND RAISES YOUR VIBRATIONS TO WHERE
YOU WILL BE OPERATING ON AN ENTIRELY DIFFERENT DIMENSION. THE
GLOOM J PESSIMISM OR WHATEVER CANNOT REALLY TOUCH YOU."

"OH!" I GASPED, "WAS IT BECAUSE OUR GROUP WAS ACHIEVING A


MINGLED CONSTRUCTIVE 'THIRD MIND' AURA THAT THE CRITICAL PERSONS
DROPPED AWAY?"

HIS EYES TWINKLED, "IT WAS, You SEE J CRITICAL MINDS FEEL COM-
PELLED TO CONTROL FROM THEIR PERSONAL OPINIONS, FAILING TO
MANEUVER THEIR DESIRES J THEY BECAME ANGRY. MANEUVERING CANNOT
CONQUER OR MIX WITH A SOLID ATTITUDE OF COOPERATION SO THEY
LOOKED FOR EASIER FIELDS TO CONQUER,"

"I'D LIKE TO KNOW ABOUT MOODS, WHEN WE AWAKEN TO DISCOVER WE ARE


IN A NEGATIVE MOOD J I ALWAYS THOUGHT IT WAS CAUSED FROM THE DREAM
SECTION OF MIND?" VIOLET HAD BEEN QUIETLY ABSORBING J UNTIL NOW,

"MINDS CAN MINGLE EVEN WHEN IN DIFFERENT LIFE LEVELS IN UNIVERSE.


ITS ACTION IS NOT EXCLUSIVE OF ANY ONE UNIVERSAL DIMENSION. SUCH
MOODS J UPON AWAKENING J CAN HAVE BEEN CAUSED FROM SEVERAL DIREC-
TIONS -- FROM A DREAM WHICH WAS FOR THE PURPOSE OF TEACHING OR
RESOLVING A PROBLEM J OR FROM A SLEEP MEETING WITH AN ASTRAL
PERSON OR ETHERIC ANGEL ASSOCIATE OR TEACHER, OR IT COULD COME
FROM A NEGATIVE HELD SOUL INFORMATION OR PAST MEMORY J NOT YET
CORRECTED.

"ANOTHER FACTOR COULD ENTER HERE FOR CONSIDERATION, THE 'MOOD'


COULD RESULT FROM AN ORGANIC PHYSICAL IMBALANCE J EITHER HORMONAL
OR CHEMICAL. THESE MATTER DISFUNCTIONS CAN CAUSE DISCOURAGEMENT,

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 281 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

"THE PHYSICAL VEHICLE IMBALANCES WILL BE KARMIC IN NATURE.


ADOPTED CONCEPTS AND OPINIONS CAN RESULT BECAUSE OF KARMIC
ASSOCIATIONS. WHATEVER CAUSES 'MOODS') THEY DO NOT COME FROM
YOUR GOD PATTERN. THUS) ALL MOODS CAN BE DISINHERITED. THIS
IS SPECIALLY SO OF MENTAL MOOD AReAS AND DREAM SOUL AREAS.
IN THE KARMIC PHYSICAL GLANDULAR AND HORMONAL CAUSED MOODS)
IMPROVEMENT FOR MENTAL HANDLING AND CONTROL WILL IMPROVE THE
OVERALL HEALTH. IT WON'T GIVE YOU A NEW PHYSICAL VEHICLE) BUT
IT WILL GUARANTEE YOU A BETTER ONE NEXT TIME AROUND.

"THE NEGATIVE FORCES ARE PARTICULARLY STRONG ALL OVER EARTH


RIGHT NOW. DISCRIMINATION IS NOT ONLY ESSENTIAL IN CHOOSING
FRIENDS) BUT IN ACCEPTING EXTERNAL CONCEPTS. You CAN GUARD
YOUR SINGULARITY WHEN YOU ARE AWARE THIS DANGER EXISTS.

"IF WE CAN BE HARMFULLY INFLUENCED TO AN EXTENT FOR LOSING OUR


MENTAL PERSPECTIVES)" SAID VIOLET. "I'D LIKE TO KNOW MORE ON
THE REASON WHICH LIES BEHIND THE GROUP ACTION OF AURIC AND MIND
MINGLING."

HE LOOKED PLEASED. "AN EXCELLENT QUESTION. "CONSTRUCTIVE MENTAL


GROUP MINGLINGS HOLD A GREATER SWAY FOR UNDERSTANDING THAN SINGLE
ACTION. THE MINDS NOW CONNECTING IN THE MAGI's WORK AND THESE
LEARNINGS HAVE AN ADVANTAGE OF BEING A PART OF A BLANKET FORCEj
A FORCE CONTROLLED BY ASTRAL AND SUN MASTERS.

"NEGATIVE 'THIRD MINDS CREATED') WILL HOLD MANY CONSTANT JANG-


LINGS OF VARIOUS DEGREES AND THESE DIFFERENTIATIONS DO WEAR DOWN
THE PERSONAL EFFICIENCIES. YOUR MEMBERS OF THE SOUL GROUP OF
THE MAGI WILL BE ENTERTAINING IDEAS FOR HOLDING TO A TEMPORATE
BALANCE. THUS) INSIGHT CAN FOLLOW.

"OUR TIME IS UP) MY DEARS." HIS GAZE WAS LOVING. "MAY GOD AND
OUR MASTERS BLESS EVERYONE IN YOUR GROUP."

ABBIKANANDA

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 282 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON TWENTY-THREE

WE PARTED RELUCTANTLY FROM HIM. OUR MIND-POINTS HAVING BEEN


THOROUGHLY STIRRED UP BY HIS DISCLOSURES.

WALKING) ARM IN ARM THROUGH THE ROSE GARDEN) I RECALLED TIMES


MY PERSONAL DISLIKES HAD CAUSED ME PETTISH DISCOURAGEMENT.
SOME OF MY LIKES) SUCH AS SUGAR AND CANDY) WHICH I HAD USED TO
COMPENSATE FOR THE UNHAPPINESS OF MY CHILDHOOD SITUATION) WAS
EVEN NOW CAUSING ME HEALTH PROBLEMS. I REALIZED THESE LIKES AND
DISLIKES COULD REACH INTO MANY AREAS BEYOND JUST RELATIONSHIPS.

WE WERE STRANGELY SILENT) WRAPPED IN THOUGHTS) AS COLORED CLOUDS


SOFTLY ENCLOSED US.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 283 of 326
(

THE LIFE IN ME IS GOD MANIFESTI~G THROUGH MY INDIVI-


DUALITY SO I MAKE THE CHOICE TO USE THIS ABUNDANT
ENERGY FOR GOOD AND FOR SPIRITUAL UNFOLDMENT. I USE
IT TO FULFILL MY POTENTIAL AND I AM NOW IN THE PROCESS
OF GROWING IN ALL DEPARTMENTS OF MY BEING. IN THIS
NEW CONSCIOUSNESS IN GODJ I AM HAPPY. My SUPPLY IS
FILLED AND I AM GUIDED TO ACT RIGHTLY FOR MY GREATEST
GOOD.

THE MIND IN ME AND THE MIND WITHIN THE SUBJECT OF OUR


LESSONS ARE ONE; THEREFORE) I DO KNOW. AND THIS KNOW-
ING PRESSES NOW INTO MY CONSCIOUSNESS J AND I AM AWARE
OF THE MEANING OF THE SUBJECTS WHICH I AM STUDYING.

AND So IT Is!

,,, .......,,..£.:~.,.,, . .l,." •• •, " ' ' ' '

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 284 of 326
TWENTY- FOUR.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 285 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 286 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

"ANGEL ON A HORSE"

THERE WAS A SPECIAL FEELING OF UNITEDNESS ON THIS NIGHT) A


WARM CLOSENESS AND RAPPORT. EVEN BEFORE THE SESSION PRAYER
WAS FINISHED) A RED-LILAC SPREAD EVERYWHERE.

ITS COLOR TOLD A BAND OF TEACHERS OR ANGELS WERE SENDING FORCES


TO US. THEN BLUE-ORCHID SHONE DOWN UPON OUR TRIANGLE. THIS
OPENED OUR PSYCHIC SENSES FOR PRECOGNITION. THE RAYS LIGHTENED
INTO A CLEAR LIGHT BLUE) SHOT WITH PALE PINKISH ORCHID. THIS
WAS A MESSAGE FROM THE BROTHERHOOD. WE CROSSED OVER INTO ETHERIC
ON A YELLOW BRIDGE OF ENLIGHTENMENT. AGAIN) 'THE RED-LILAC HOLD-
ING FORCE CAME FORTH AND WHITE CLOUDS FORMED ITS FLOOR. AHORSE
AND RIDER RODE TOWARD US OVER ITS TERRAIN.

THE HORSE WAS A MIGHTY WHITE CHARGER) PROUD AND BEAUTIFUL IN


ANIMAL GRACE. THE RIDER SAT STRAIGHT IN SILVER SLIMNESS) HIS
HAIR BURNISHED GOLD. GOLD TOPAZ EYES LOOKED US OVER AS HE
WHEELED AND REINED HIS STEED.

"WELCOME TO OUR ETHERIC WORLD! I AM THE ANGEL RAOUL." PATTING


THE HORSE'S MANE) HE SAID) "AND THIS IS MY FRIEND AND HELPER)
ZUBIO." THE BEAUTIFUL ANIMAL BOWED HIS HEAD) THEN SHOOK HIS
SILVER MANE. HIS WHITE COAT WAS LIKE NEW VELVET AS IT RIPPLED
OVER POWERFUL MUSCLES. "WE HAVE COME TO LEAD YOU TO A HAVEN
THAT WE MAY TALK."

HORSE AND ANGEL TOWERED LARGE OVER OUR SMALLER ETHERIC FORMS.
"FOLLOW US) YOU WILL FIND IT EASY TO KEEP UP. IT IS ETHERIC
TRAVEL ON A MOVING ENERGY STREAM."

RAOUL CLASPED THE REINS WITH BOTH HANDS) ZUBIO THREW BACK HIS
MIGHTY HEAD AND WE WERE OFF SOARING THROUGH GIGANTIC CLOUDS. WE
SKIMMED ALONG IN CHANGING RAINBOW COLORS.

«J 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 287 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

STRANGELY EXHILARATED J RAOUL AND ZUBIO STOPPED BEFORE MARBLE


STAIRS. A GRACEFUL WHITE BUILDING WITH FLUTED COLUMNS STOOD AT
THE TOP.

RAOUL LEFT ZUBIO AND WE ALL MOUNTED UP THE STAIRS. THE ETHERIC
SEEMED TO BE A LAND OF CLOUDS AND COLORS J THE BUILDING THE ONLY
SOLID OBJECT.

WE ENTERED A CIRCULAR ROTUNDA-LIKE ROOM WITH SOME COUCHES AND


CHAIRS. HE INDICATED THE CHAIRS J THEN SAT HIMSELF. IT WAS A
LOVELY PLACE J COOL AND SPACIOUS.

"YOU'RE NOW IN A WAY STATION IN ETHERIC. IN PLACES SUCH AS THIS J


EARTH'S DEPARTING SOULS STOP AND WITH OUR HELP J RELEASE MUCH
USELESS SUBJECTIVE MIND DEBRIS BEFORE THEY JOURNEY ON TO ASTRAL."
THERE WERE MANY CLOSED DOORS AROUND THE ROOM'S CIRCUMFERENCE.
LAUGHTER AND THE SOUND OF VOICES SEEPED FROM SOME OF THEM.

WE NOW HAD TIME TO REALLY LOOK AT OUR ANGEL GUIDE. THERE WERE
CLOSE SIMILARITIES BETWEEN OUR TWO LIFE-STREAMS. I GATHERED MY
COURAGE AND ASKED J "ARE YOU A GUARDIAN ANGEL?"

"No J ROSEJ I AM A TEACHING ANGEL. I WAS AGES AGO ONE OF YOUR


'HOST NURSES' BEFORE YOU BECAME AN EGO BEING. THAT IS WHY YOU
LOVE HORSES. My EARTH CHARGES ARE HORSE ANIMALS STILL J YET I
AM ALSO A DREAM TEACHER TO CERTAIN OF THE MANSTREAM WHEN SUCH
IS NEEDED. SOJ I'VE BEEN ASKED TO UNCOVER SOME ITEMS REGARDING
EARTH'S LIFE-STREAM'S DIMENSIONS." WE SETTLED DOWN TO LISTEN.

"EVERYTHING THAT EXISTS NOW IN THE UNIVERSE AND UPON ITS SEVEN
DIMENSIONAL PLANES ONCE EXISTED WITHIN GOD THE ABSOLUTE IN ITS
UNCREATED FORM. OUR MIND-POINTS CANNOT CREATE A MENTAL PICTURE
OF GODJ OUR FATHERJ BUT WE DO KNOW HE CREATED US AND THIS UNIVERSE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 288 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

"WHILE HIS CREATION OF THE UNIVERSE REMAINS A MYSTERY J WE CAN


CONCEIVE ITS POSSIBILITY BECAUSE WE ARE EXPERIENCING IN IT RIGHT
NOW.

"THE SPARK OF OUR MINDJ BEING FROM HIS MINDJ WE HAVE THE ABILITY
TO PENETRATE BEYOND OUR OWN DIMENSIONS AND INTO OTHERS WITHIN
THE UNIVERSE. THEREFORE J AS INDIVIDUALS J WE ALL LINK TOGETHER.
WE OF THE ANGELIC STREAM OF LIFE WHO HAVE GONE BEFORE YOU J CAN
NOW REACH BACK TO HELP YOU J AND YOU IN TURN CAN HELP OTHERS BY
MAKING THESE WISDOMS AVAILABLE.

"GOD'S CHILDREN ARE ALL LINKED TOGETHER IN HIS GREAT MINDJ SO


ALL LIFE INHABITING THE ENVIRONMENTAL PLANES AND FORMS NOW CON-
TAIN SOME DEGREE OF ACTIVE INTELLIGENCE.

"IT IS GOD INTELLIGENCE WHICH BINDS ALL LIFE-SPARKS INCARNATING


WITHIN UNIVERSE. THESE LIFE-SPARKS HAVE VARIED INTELLECTUAL
RATIOS. THE RATIO WILL BE THAT WHICH MARKS THE SPECIES PLACE
POSITION IN UNIVERSE. THE MORE FLEXIBLE THE MENTALITY J THE MORE
CHANCE FOR ITS CONSCIOUSNESS EXPANSION.

"THE LOWEST LIFE-SPARK ON THE PLANET EARTH IS MINERAL." HE


MUST HAVE SEEN OUR SURPRISE. "YES J MINERAL HAS A VERY SMALL
DEGREE OF MENTAL FORCE WHICH IS IN WAVELENGTH PRACTICALLY IMMOVABLE.
IT IS THEREJ HOWEVER J AND MINERAL CAN BE USED AS A CONDUCTOR FOR
SPECIAL FORCES BECAUSE ITS PATTERN HAS A GENETIC CHAIN OF CRYSTAL-
LIZED DEOXYRIBONUCLEIC ACID -- AS ALSO DOES PLANT J ANIMAL AND MAN
IN THEIR PHYSICAL VEHICLE PATTERNS. TINY VIRUS HAS A LITTLE
STRONGER D.N.A. CHAIN THAN MINERAL BECAUSE A HIGHER INTELLIGENCE
FORCE LIES BEHIND THEIR PATTERNS; YET IT'S STILL LOW ENOUGH SO
VIRUS DOES NOT POSSESS A VEHICLE NERVOUS SYSTEM AS DOES ANIMAL AND
MAN.

"PLANT J ANIMALS AND MAMMALS ARE HIGHER IN INTELLIGENCE AND SO NOW


HAVE SUITABLE NERVOUS SYSTEMS WHICH HOOK INTO ETHERIC

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 289 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

DUPLICATES. PLANTS AND ANIMALS CAN EXPERIENCE PAIN AND PLEASURE.


A NERVOUS SYSTEM IN ANY LIFE-SPARK) MATTER BODY) INDICATES AN
ABILITY FOR MENTAL SENSITIVITY. THE VEHICLE FORMS OF MATTER ARE
COMPOSED OF CLUSTERS) CHAINS AND COMBINATIONS OF CELLS. THE
PLANT'S NERVOUS SYSTEM IS SIMPLE AND READILY SUSCEPTIBLE TO A
MORE POWERFUL MIND FORCE.

"THE JEWEL SEED LIFE-FORCE PORTION IN PLANTS AND ANIMALS OPERATE


FROM ANGEL MINDS. THEIR SPECIES ARE NOW BEING DOMINATED BY SOME
SEPARATE ANGEL MIND-POINT TODAY. WE LEARN BY THIS AS THEY EXPER-
IENCE. HUMANITY IS SOMETHING ELSE TODAY. No LONGER IN NEED OF
OVERSHADOWING ANGEL NURSES AND NOW BEING AN EGO BEING) THE MAN-
STREAM IS INDEPENDENT AND RESPONSIBLE FOR EACH SELF. WE DO STILL
AID) WHEN REQUESTED TO DO SO) AS DO THE SUN AND ASTRAL BEINGS."·

A DOOR OPENED AND TWO FEMALE ANGELS CAME OUT WITH A BEWILDERED
LOOKING BUT HAPPY EARTH SOUL BETWEEN THEM. THEY CROSSED NEAR
US AND ENTERED ANOTHER DOOR. WE KNEW WITHOUT ASKING THAT THIS
WAS A SOUL JOURNEYING INTO ASTRAL FOR THE PURPOSE OF STAYING.

RAOUL CONTINUED. "THERE SEEMS TO BE A GREAT DEAL OF CONFUSION


IN THE MINDS OF ANTHROPOLOGISTS AS TO EXACTLY WHAT THE SUB-VEHICLE
FORMS ARE ON EARTH. THE MANSTREAM HAS DONE A VERY CREDITABLE
JOB IN ORGANIZING AND TABULATING ALL THE VARIOUS BODY FORMS
EXISTING NOW IN EARTH MATTER) AND ISOLATING EACH SPECIES CELLULAR
COUNTS AND THEIR BEGINNINGS AND MUTATIONS AND BRANCHES. MAN REAL-
IZES AND HAS DOCUMENTED RECORDS OF THE UNIQUE CHANGES DOWN THE
AGES. THE OUTER STRUCTURAL BODY FORMS HAVE BEEN COVERED WELL.
THE LIFE-SPARK SECTION WHICH GIVES ANIMATION AND REASON FOR THEIR
BEING HAS BEEN IGNORED.

"ON ALL THE SEVEN PLANES OF LIFE WHICH IS EXPERIENCING IN UNIVERSE)


THESE EXTERNAL VEHICLES WILL BE FOUND AND WILL BE CONSTRUCTED TO
SUIT THEIR PARTICULAR ENVIRONMENTS.

"WE NEED NOT TAKE TIME TO GO INTO DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS OF EARTH'S


FIRST PRIMITIVE VEHICLE FORMS. THE INTERESTED CAN PURSUE THEM

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 290 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

THROUGH AVAILABLE TEXTS. OUR INTEREST IS TO SHOW THAT THESE


MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS OF 'LIFE-SPARKS' J INCLUDING THE
MANSTREAM'S MIND-POINTS ARE IN THE PROCESS OF BUILDING UP THEIR
PERSONAL CONSCIOUSNESS AREAS AND AS THEY SUCCEED J ALSO ADDING
TO THE POSSIBILITY OF BETTER AND BETTER EXTERNAL BODY FORMS FOR
USING WHILE TRAVELING AND EXPERIENCING IN UNIVERSE.

"IT IS IMPORTANT THAT EACH EVOLVING MIND REALIZE IT IS A SEPARATE


AND ETERNAL SELF UNIT J NOT DEPENDABLE UPON ITS BODY VEHICLE FOR
EXISTENCE.

"ONLY WHEN WE SEPARATE SELF FROM THE TEMPORARY VEHICLE CAN WE


UNDERSTAND OUR IMMORTALITY. IT IS THIS IMMORTALITY WHICH HOLDS
THE POWER FOR MASTERY OVER THE VEHICLE'S ORGANISM.

"THE BASIC SKELETAL PATTERN BEHIND ALL EARTH BODY FORMS WAS ORI-
GINATED AND CREATED BY GOD. WEJ HIS LIFE-SPARK OFF-SPRING J HAVE
THE PRIVILEGE OF ADDING TO ITS PATTERN AND BRINGING IT TO A FINAL
PERFECTION. THE MANSTREAM IS THE HIGHEST LIFE-INTELLIGENCE IN
THE PLANES OF MATTERJ EVERYWHERE IN UNIVERSE.

"THE SUBSTRATA OF PLANET EARTH'S 'LIFE-SPARKS' ARE NOT FAR


ENOUGH ALONG IN EVOLUTION OR CONSCIOUSNESS TO ASSUME LEADERSHIP
QUALITIES. NEXT UNIVERSE INCARNATION J CERTAIN OF THE ANIMAL
KINGDOM WILL HAVE MOVED OUT INTO A NEW LIFE-REALM AND POSSIBLY
BE ITS HIGHEST MINDS.

"THE MANSTREAM IS THE DWELLER AND FUTURE NATIVE FOR MATTER REALM.
HUMANITY IS A HOMOGENEITY WITHIN ITSELF. THE MYSTIC AND PRESENT
MATTER SCIENTISTS ARE BOTH CORRECT ABOUT MANY POINTS BUT ARE VIEW-
ING FROM DIFFERENT POLES OF UNDERSTANDING.

"EARTH SCIENTISTS INCLINE TOWARD CREDITING INTELLIGENCE TO THE


BAsIC GENETIC PATTERN INHERITED. THE ORGANISM WILL INHERIT
ANCESTRY TRAITS AND COPY INCLINATIONS OF FORM J SIZE J COLORING
AND OVERALL CONDITION. MIND BEING YOUR GOD CREATED SELF WILL

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 291 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSOi~ TWEiHY -FOUR

EVER BE PERFECT. THUS J REALIZE A GENETIC INHERITANCE WILL BE


KARMIC.

"HUMANITY J AS A WHOLE) NOW VIBRATES TO #5. MANS' PHYSICAL FORM


SPRINGS FROM 23 CHROMOSOMES. THIS STREAM ON EARTH IS EXPERIENC-
ING IN A FIFTH ROOT MANIFESTATION. EARTHJ HOWEVER J IS STILL IN
HER FOURTH MANIFESTATION IN THIS LOWEST MATTER DIMENSION.

"IT WAS AT THE END OF THE THIRD ROOT MANIFESTATION THAT MANKIND
ATTAINED TO THE EGO STATE. MAN IS NOT AN ANIMALJ NEVER WAS AND
NEVER WILL BE ANYTHING LIKE THE LIFE-STREAM ON EARTH YOU GROUP
AS ANIMALS. TRUE) ALL THE BODY VEHICLES HOLDING SUB-FORMS OF
LIFE AND MAN HAVE A SIMILARITY OF STRUCTURE AND ALL ARE BUILT
UP OF CELLS IN GENETIC PATTERNS) BUT THE SIMILARITY IS BECAUSE
OF THE EARTH ENVIRONMENT) NOT BECAUSE OF THE LIFE-SPARK PATTERN
INHABITING THESE VARIOUS FORMS.

"KARMA CAN MEAN YOU INHERIT A SUPER) NORMAL OR DEFECTIVE BRAIN


RECEIVING AND SENDING APPARATUS IN BODY J OR ORGANIC DEFECTS OR
PERFECTIONS. BUT) THESE WHILE AIDING OR DEPRIVING IN THEIR RECIP-
ROCAL CHANNELS) NEVER CAN OR DO INJURE THE MIND. As You ARE NQI
IRREVOCABLY BOUND IN YOUR KARMIC SITUATIONS J BUT CAN WHEN KNOW-
LEDGEABLE WORK OUT OF THEMJ THIS SHOULD NOT DEPRESS.

"IT IS GOD'S PLAN AND THE ACTION OF CYCLES FOR. . REINCARNATING


.

THROUGH THE UNIVERSE PLANES WHICH GUARANTEE ALL


.
OF US SECOND)
. .

THIRD AND FUTURE OPPORTUNITIES TO IMPROVE SELF AND PERSONAL


MISTAKES. EVERY GOD CHILD FROM HIGH LOGO DOWN TO MAN EARNS HIS
RIGHT AND PROGRESS TOWARD FUTURE GODHOOD. THUS). USING THE KARMIC
.
VALUES AND MINUSES WISELY AND FOR VALUE IS ONLY COMMON SENSE.

"USING YOUR KNOWLEDGE AS A WEAPON ON OTHERS OR AS AN EXCUSE TO


COAST AND EVADE JUST MAKES KARMA THAT MUCH MORE MOUNTAINOUS
.. . .
NEXT
ROUNDi DON'T BLAME YOUR ANCESTRY OR PARENTS FOR YOUR TROUBLES.
THEY AND YOUR ENVIRONMENT ARE WHAT YQll EARNED FOR YOURSELF.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 292 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY-FOUR

"WE CHILDREN OF GOD ARE 'BUILDERS'. BUILDERS OF TOMORROW'S


FUTURE AND OF SELF.

LILY VENTURED. "THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI TOLD US THE SECOND
SERIES LESSONS WOULD ACQUAINT US WITH EVENTS OUT OF THE PAST.
WILL THIS BE CLARIFYING WHY EACH HAS CERTAIN KARMIC EVENTS HAPPEN
TO THEM TODAY?" HE RESTED HIS CHIN IN HIS HANDJ SOLEMN AND GRAVE.

"THERE WILLJ OF COURSE J BE INDICATIONS OF HOW KARMA UNROLLS J BUT


I BELIEVE YOU WILL FIND IT WILL BE IN THE THIRD SERIES THAT YOU
WILL UNCOVER THE FACETS WHICH WILL BE DEALING SOLELY IN THE SUB-
JECT OF KARMA AND ITS MANY AND COMPLICATED RAMIFICATIONS.

"THE SECOND SERIES WILL LEAD YOU UP TO KARMA AND SHOW YOU THE
FULL PATTERN AND ROUTE FROM BEGINNING TO PRESENT AND LAY A SECURE
MIND FOUNDATION AND IMAGE ON HOW THE HIGHER REALMS AND THEIR LIFE-
STREAMS LIVE AND CONDUCT THEIR DIFFERENT PURPOSES WITHIN THE GREAT
GOD PLAN. THE LESSONS' INTENT IS TO PAINT A PICTURE AS YOU LOOK
ON. EACH SERIES FILLS IN A NEEDED SECTION AND REVEALS NEW SCENERY
AND OBJECTS. THAT WHICH IS COMING FORTH REVEALS NO ENTITY WAS
BORN YESTERDAY J NOR IS TO DIE TOMORROW. A NEW PROGNOSIS REVEALS
AND OPENS WIDE THE SHUTTERS OF YOUR MINDS."

HE AROSE AND VIOLET THANKED HIM FOR US ALL. "COME"J HE CALLED.


"ZUBIO AND I WILL LEAD YOU CLOSE TO HOME."

THIS TIME WE HAD FUN FOLLOWING HORSE AND RIDER THROUGH SPACE.
"WE WILL MEET YOU NEXT WEEK AND SHOW YOU THE WAY TO IBZAN IN THE
ASTRAL~J HE SAID UPON PARTING.

WE STOOD AGAIN IN THE RED-LILAC ENERGIES AND WATCHED THEM RIDE


SWIFTLY AWAY. THEN A SWEET SCENTED LAVENDER-BLUE CARRIED US DOWN
INTO MATTER.

VIOLET COMMENTED J "How TRUE THE SAYING 'AS ABOVE J SO BELOW'. THE
GENETIC CHAINS REFLECT THE HIGHER CREATION LINKS." I MADE A MEN-
TAL NOTE TO INVESTIGATE ITS POSSIBILITY.
ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 293 of 326
. j
,
j
!
)

~
.~

j
.. :1,
.•,.
i
.,

GOD HAS GIVEN HIS ANGELS CHARGE OVER ME~ TO KEEP ME


IN ALL MY WAYS. "I WILL FEAR NO EVIL FOR THOU ART
WITH MEn - PSALMS 23

GOD'S ALMIGHTY POWER GOES BEFORE ME~ MAKING MY WAY


EASY~ SUCCESSFUL AND DELIGHTFUL. I HAVE CONFIDENCE
IN GOD; THEREFORE~ I HAVE CONFIDENCE IN MYSELF.

I KNOW THAT MY CONSCIOUSNESS AND IMAGINATION ARE CON-


TINUALLY STIMULATED WITH NEW IDEAS~ AND I OPERATE UPON
THESE IDEAS CONSTRUCTIVELY AND INTELLIGENTLY. A COM-
PLETE SENSE OF PEACE AND HAPPINESS FLOODS THROUGH MY
BEING AS LIGHT!
AND So IT Is!

.~ .

~ .. :

__._--_.----
it.

.......
l~~

. - ...

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 294 of 326
(

TYENTY·FIVE.
- .;

-- -

£esson;.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 295 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 296 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-FIVE
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI
ROSE LESSON TWENTY-FIVE

"THE MAGI CENTER REVEALED"

THE AIR WAS CRYSTAL CLEAR WITH TANGY PINE SCENT. ITS HIGHNESS
AGLOW AND BRIGHT WITH GOLDEN SUN~ AS MAGI AND SOUL GROUP LED
CYRUS AND LILY TO A WAITING SPECIAL PLACE. IT-RESTED Ql:JIETLY
BEFORE A BACKGROUND OF LOFTY PINE TREES~ AND WAS COVERED OVER
BY THE BRIGHT HOLDING FORCES OF AZURE BLUE ENERGIES. THE AURIC
RAYS OF GREEN FROM ITS OUTER MATERIAL WALLS DENOTED THIS AS A
PLACE OF SPIRITUAL REBIRTH. THE ASTRAL AND EARTH COLORS BLENDED
IN A PERFECT UNITY. INSIDE~ THE GLEAMING WHITE AND GOLD~ FORMED
TO COMPOSE A DOOR FOR TRAVEL. BETWEEN OUR TWO WORLDS.

WHEN THEIR EYES SAW THIS PLACE~ IT WAS A CASE OF LOVE AT FIRST
SIGHT. THEY KNEW THIS WAS TO BE OUR MAGI CENTER; AN EARTHLY
AURIC BEACON~ SHINING ITS JEWEL LIGHTS TO SOULS AND HEARTS NOW
WAITING ON EARTH'S SURFACE.

WORD OF ITS FINDING SPREAD EXCITEMENT. BUSY DAYS FOLLOWED AS


PREPARATIONS WENT FORTH FOR A MOVE INTO NEW LIFE ADVENTURES.

CROSSING THE CERISE COLOR BRIDGE~WE AWAITED THE ANGEL RAOUL


AND ZUBIO WITH DOUBLE ANTICIPATION. WE STOOD AGAIN IN RAINBOW
CLOUDS. OUR HEARTS WERE SINGING JOYFULLY AS THEY APPRAOCHED.
QUICKLY~ WE ASSUMED OUR PLACES TO FOLLOW OUR ANGEL INTO THE ASTRAL.
OUR PATH~ THIS TIME~ WAS FROM THE SOUTHWEST. ZUBIO PROUDLY
PRANCED THE ASTRAL AIR AND ANGLED IN OVER THE TOY VILLAGE TO
SETTLE AT THE FOOT OF CLIFFSIDE STAIRS. HERE LAY A LARGE PLATEAU
OF LEVEL SPACE BEFORE THE CLIFF AGAIN DESCENDED TO THE VILLAGE.

OUR THREE WHITEBEARDS WERE WAITING. WE RUSHED INTO THEIR WEL-


COMING ARMS. ZUBIO WANDERED TO CROP THE FRESH THICK GRASSES.

© 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 297 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-FIVE

WE WERE FULL OF OUR NEWS AND CONVERSATION WAS BRISK FOR AWHILE.

SETTLED AT LAST J IBZAN CLAIMED OUR FULL ATTENTION.

'MAN, KNOW THYSELF'

"IN ALL FIELDS OF INQUIRY ARE MANY ASPECTS FOR CONSIDERING J IF


TRUTH IS TO BE SEEN CLEARLY. THE GENERAL PROCESS OF THE 'LIFE'
FORCE AND ITS VARIED AND SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS J WHICH DWELL
UPON THE MANY LEVELS IN UNIVERSEJ IS NO EXCEPTION. To ATTEMPT
ONLY A LIMITED SURVEY ON ONLY ONE LEVEL; FOR EXAMPLE J MATTERJ
IS TO SEPARATE ITS SEGMENT FROM THE HISTORY OF THE WHOLE; THE
WHOLE BEING UNIVERSE. FOR THE GENERAL PROCESS OF UNIVERSE AND
OF ITS MANY MANIFESTING 'LIFE-SPARKS' IS A UNITY OF ONE. ANDJ
AS THERE IS A COMMON MECHANISM IN ALL UNIVERSAL APPARATUS WHICH
DOES FOLLOW LAWS OF HEREDITY J THERE WILL BE WITHIN EVERY STREAM
OF LIFEJ UNITED FEATURES AS WELL AS UNIQUENESS.

"IN MATTERJ THE VEHICLE CONSISTS OF GENETIC COMBINATIONS WITH


THEIR HUNDREDS OF POSSIBILITIES. THESE KNOW COMPLEX ARRANGE-
MENTS FOR DISTRIBUTING SELECTIONS. PERIODICALLY J THIS 'Ll£E'
CHANGES TO DWELL IN OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL UNIVERSE LEVELS. SO ALL
BODY VEHICLES MUST BE HIGHLY ADAPTABLE TO THEIR REGIONS AND AT
THE SAME TIME HARMONIOUS WITH THE ORIGINAL JEWEL AND ITS UNIQUE
SPECIALIZATIONS. THIS CONSTANT CHANGING AND RENEWING OF VEHICLES
REQUIRES LONG COSMIC PERIODS OF TIME.

"THE TIME PERIODS INDICATE A BROAD TENDENCY PATTERN IS WORKING


WITHIN GOD'S PLAN AND ITS PURPOSE LEANS TOWARD A GENERAL GOAL
FOR MORE EFFICIENCY GROWTH IN THE CONSTRUCTIVE SECTION OF THE
SEVERAL VEHICULAR BODY FORMS. THE ACTION ALWAYS IS ONE FOR GEN-
ERATING NEW AND BETTER WORKING FORMS J WHILE ALSO CREATING TRUER
MENTAL PATTERNS FOR MINDS' USE.

"THE DIFFERENT UNIVERSE PLANES AND THEIR PARTICULAR FORMS J LEND


A HAND HERE IN OUR GROWTH J FOR EACH CONTRIBUTES FROM ITS OWN

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 298 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY-FIVE

REGION. THE SENSORY DEVELOPMENTS OF A LEVEL OPENS FOR NEW CAP-


ACITIES AND RESULTS FOR NEW FORM APPEARANCES. THESE~ IN TURN~
WILL CONTRIBUTE FOR GREATER CEREBRAL QUALITIES IN EACH LEVEL
FORM AND~ IN TURN~ EXPAND THE MIND FORM AND ITS GOD-POINT.

"THIS SHOWS A PICTURE OF UNIVERSAL CHAIN LINKING AND ITS MAIN


PATTERN TIES IN WITH THE LOWER PHYSICAL GENETIC LINKINGS. FOR
INSTANCE: IN TRAINING FOR MATTER SIGHT AND HEARING~ THIS WILL
CHAIN TO STRENGTHEN YOUR PSYCHIC OBSERVING ASPECTS. THE PSYCHIC
NOW LENDS THE NEW ENERGIES TO BENEFIT YOUR SPIRITUAL SENSES AND
INTUITIVE MIND AREAS. THIS CHAIN REACTION ENSURES THE NEXT PHY-
SICAL BODY YOU WILL INHERIT FOR MATTER WILL STEM FROM AN ANCESTRY
AND LINEAGE LINE WHICH ·WILL PRODUCE A SUPERIOR EYE AND EAR FORMA-
TION.

"THE BIOLOGICAL PROCESSES OF THE PHYSICAL FORM WILL HAVE A SIMI-


LARITY WITH ALL THE OTHER EXTERNAL FORMS AND THEIR ENVIRONMENTS.
YET~ BECAUSE OF 'You' ~ THE HOST WITHIN IT~ THE BODY WILL ALSO
HAVE INHERITED SPECIAL UNIQUENESS·. THIS COMBINATION HOLDS GOOD
ON EVERY LEVEL You TRAVEL THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE UNIVERSE.

"HOWEVER~ THE PHYSICAL VEHICLES ARE ONLY ONE SMALL ARC OF YOUR
WHOLE CIRCLE SELF. THEREFORE~ TO GET A REAL GLIMPSE OF 'WHOLE
SELF' AND OF HOW WE RELATE TO ONE ANOTHER AND TO OUR 'LIFE-STREAM~
WE MUST MOVE BEYOND THE BIOLOGICAL AND GENETIC MYSTERIES. REALIZE
THE LEARNING PHASES OF MIND WILL ALWAYS DEPEND ON ALL THE STATIONS
OF SELF TAKEN TOGETHER~ NOT JUST ONE.

"OF NECESSITY~ WE WILL START BY CONSIDERING FIRST WHAT LIES IN


MATTER~ BUT HOLD IN MEMORY WE ARE ONLY SPEAKING OF ONE FACET ARC
OF 'SELF'.

"THE COMBINED EARTH WISDOMS AND MISCELLANEOUS GATHERED FACTS ARE


BUT ONLY A FOUR MILLIONTH PART OF WHAT STILL LIES BURIED AND UN-
KNOWN OR UNRECOGNIZED ON EARTH~ OF A BIOLOGICAL NATURE ALONE.
As MUCH MORE STILL IS HIDDEN OF OTHER BRANCHES OF KNOWLEDGE.
MANKIND HAS JUST BARELY SCRATCHED BELOW THE SURFACE.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 299 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-FIVE'

"THE PLANES ABOVE MATTER HAVE UNCOVERED AN INFINITELY 6REATER


LEVEL OF ORGANIZED WISDOMS. LET'S COMPARE THIS LAST STATEMENT
WITH MANKIND'S ORGANIC AND MIND PROGRESS.

"EVEN AT A FOUR MILLIONTH PART) MANKIND'S PHYSICAL VEHICLE HAS


ORGANIZED TO AN INCONCEIVABLE COMPLEXITY TODAY AND STILL ALL THE
FUTURE LIES BEFORE YOUR STREAM.

"ON PLANET EARTH ALONE) THE ANIMAL KINGDOM HAS OVER A MILLION
LIFE-FORM SPECIES. THERE ARE A THIRD OF A MILLION PLANT SPECIES.
I'VE NOT EVEN MENTIONED INSECT STREAMS NOR SEA PLANTS) FISH AND
OCEAN MAMMALS. ANOTHER BRANCH OF LOW SUB 'LIFE' IS VIRUS.

"ALL MATTER FORMS HAVE A BASIC SIMILARITY OF CELL GENETIC FORMA-


TIVE ACTION FOR BUILDING ITS STRUCTURE. WITHIN EACH DWELLS A
'LIFE-SPARK' GIVEN FROM GOD.

"BEHIND THE MANSTREAM LIES AS LARGE AN ADVANCING ARMY OF 'LIFE'


AS HAS GONE FORTH BEFORE OUR STREAM. EVERY ONE OF THESE 'STREAMS'
ARE IN A SELF-TRANSFORMING PROCESS.

"You ARE WELL AWARE THAT PHYSICAL BODY VEHICLES ARE STRUCTURED
FROM PARTICLES OF HARMONIZING MATTER. TINY CELLS FORM TO BECOME
GENES.. GENES COMBINE TO BECOME CHROMOSOMES. I'M SURE YOU'RE
AWARE A GENE IS CAPABLE OF SELF DIVIDING AND) THUS) IS SELF-
PRODUCING AND SELF-COPYING AS A UNIT WITHIN A LINEAR ORDER. I
RECALL THIS TO YOUR MINDS FOR A PURPOSE.

"A GENE APART AND ALONE IS A VERY COMPLICATED THING) CONTAINING


THOUSANDS OF ATOMS. THESE ALSO ARE ORGANIZED IN DEFINITE PATTERNS
AND ARRANGEMENTS. THE GENETIC COMBININGS OF THESE HAS THE CAP-
ABILITY FOR DIFFERING FROM ITS ORIGINAL FIXED PATTERN AND THAT
ACTION IS CALLED MUTATION. THEREFORE) A MUTATED CELL CAN ALSO
REPRODUCE. ITSELF IN ITSNf}1 EQRM. MUTATIONS LINK INTO NEW VAR-
IATIONS AND) THUS) THE VEHICLE IMPROVES.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 300 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY~FIVE

"WE DESIRE YOU TO SEE HOW THE GENES MODE 'OF ACTION TIES IN TO
THE ACTIONS OF THE CHAINS OF THE HIGHER REALMS. As THE EARTH
PERSON LEARNS AND COPES IN MATTER AND PROGRESSES IN EVOLUTION J
SO WILL HIS GENES MUTATE AS A NORMAL COURSE OF THINGS. THE
, INDIVIDUAL'S ATTAINMENTS CANALIZES THE ACTIONS OF HIS PHYSICAL
GENES FOR NEW AND FUTURE IMPROVEMENTS. THIS IS THE COSMIC LAW
OF THE UNIVERSE J AND THUS ARE THE HIGHER GRADIENTS ACHIEVED
EVERYWHERE IN UNIVERSE.

"THE LIFE-SPARK OR FORCE IS THE "HOST" WITHIN THE VEHICLE. A


HOST CAN AND DOES HOLD INFLUENCE OVER THEIR VEHICLE'S GENETIC
MODE OF ACTION J FOR THIS HOST IS MlMnJ AND YOUR MIND LIES IN
GOD.

"THE COSMIC LAW OF EVOLUTION IS IRREVERSIBLE WHEN TAKEN IN GOD'S


PLAN. BUT! AND THIS IS IMPORTANT TO REMEMBER! WHEN TAKEN IN
REGARD TO AN INDIVIDUAL'S DEVELOPMENT AND PERSONAL ASPECTS J IT
CAN OPERATE AND BE A REVERSIBLE LAW.

"THIS IS BECAUSE OUR INCARNATION CIRCLES ARE CONSIDERED AS EACH


BEING ONE UNIT CYCLE. IT IS HERE THAT GOD HAS INSURED US ALL
ANOTHER CHANCE. THERE WAS A VERY VALID REASON BEHIND ALL THIS.
CAN YOU TELL ME WHY?"

"WOULD IT .BE BECAUSE OF KARMA?" INQUIRED VIOLET.

"RIGHT INDEED"J SAID IBZAN LOOKING AT HER FONDLY. "ALWAYS OUR


INHERITED GENETIC DESIGNS WILL BE ATTRACTED FROM A CAUSE IN OUR
KARMIC BALANCE SHEET. KARMA ALSO DICTATES A TEMPORARY DESTINY
OUTLINE IN A PARTICULAR MATTER INCARNATION. THE ORIGINAL You IS
MADE UP OF GOD'S CREATED DESIGN ANDJ THEREFORE J REMAINS THE MOLD
WHICH YOU ARE GROWING TO FIT WITHIN. ON THE PATHWAY J WE GATHER
THE CLAY THROUGH STIMULATING OUR MIND-POINTS AND ACQUIRING NEW
CHARACTERISTIC AND PERSONAL PRINCIPLES.

"WE LEARN FIRST TO ADAPT IN MATTER AND MAKE OUR MODIFICATIONS J


WE TRIM THESE INTO DESIRED SHAPES IN ASTRAL. WE ADD THEIR

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 301 of 326
~t.Kl t.~ UI~t PAGE 6
LESSON TWENTY-FIVE

FINISHED PRODUCT TO THE INTUITIVE MIND FILES IN SPIRIT J THEN


MAKE A RETURN TRIP FOR MORE VALUES.

"GOD GAVE OUR STREAM OF HUMANITY THE POWERS FOR SELECTING FAVOR-
ABLE VARIATIONS FOR OURSELVES. GOD EVEN PROVIDED THE OPPORTUNI-
TIES J BUT WE MUST PERFORM THE TASK.

"ALL OF LIFE-FORCE IS OLD FOR IT SPRINGS FROM OUT OF GOD HIMSELF.


YET ALL INCARNATING 'LIFE-SPARKS' MAY NOT BE OLD IN EXPERIENCING
WITHIN THE UNIVERSE TIME.

"WHEN WE GIVE FUTURE LESSONS COVERING THE CHAKRA CENTERS AND THE
HUMAN PHYSICAL NERVOUS SYSTEM J YOU WILL SEE WHY PERSONAL SENSI-
TIVITY CAN COME TO ONLY SOULS OF CERTAIN DEGREES OF INNER MATURITY.

"MOST OF OUR 'LIFE-STREAM' HAVE ATTAINED TO AN EGO STATE J A FEW


DID NOT. SEEKERS AFTER TRUTH WILL HAVE INCREASED SIX HUNDRED
TIMES OVER THEIR EGO BEGINNING RATE.

"r'1AN PERCEIVES J FEELS J KNOWS AND WILLS. IT IS IN THIS WAY THAT


HE ACTIVATES MIND. YET J FEW REALIZE THEY ARE DEPENDENT ON THEIR
PHYSICAL NERVE SYSTEM AND THE ETHERIC CHAKRA CONNECTIONS FOR HALF
THE LIFE-FORCE NOURISHMENTS WHILE INCARNATING. FOOD J OXYGEN AND
WATER IS THE OTHER HALF AND IT COMES FROM THE EXTERNAL. THE
CHAKRAS SIPHON FROM INTERNAL VIBRATIONS IN ORDER TO SUSTAIN.
MAN NEGLECTS CARING FOR THESE BECAUSE THEIR ACTIONS LIE BEHIND
THEIR EXTERNAL NOTICE. THE NERVOUS SYSTEM NEEDS CARE AND ATTEN-
TION. IT IS IMPORTANT TO OUR LEARNING CAPABILITIES.

"THE PHYSICAL COMPLICATED NERVOUS CHANNELS OFTEN ARE ABUSED AND


IMPOSED UPON IN EARTH'S PRESSURED ACTIVITIES. ONE'S PHYSICAL
NERVOUS SYSTEM IS VERY IMPORTANT FOR ITS FUNCTIONS HOOK INTO
THE 'ETHERIC FORMS' INVISIBLE SYMPATHETIC NERVOUS SYSTEM. THESE
TWO MUST POSSESS A CLEAR ROUTE FOR OPERATION. THE CHAKRAS ARE
THE DOORS OR TERMINALS CONNECTING POINTS BETWEEN YOUR TWO LOWER
VEHICLE FORMS. STRAIN OR TIGHTNESS FROM OVER-TIREDNESS OR

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 302 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY-FIVE

OVERINDULGENCE CAN INJURE THE PHYSICAL NERVE LINES JUST AS MUCH


AS A BONE PINCH OCCURING IN SPINE OR NECK. THE RESULT WILL BE
A CLOGGED COMMUNICATION LINE.

"THE INNER ETHERIC NOURISHMENTS ARE JUST AS IMPORTANT FOR SUSTAIN-


ING LIFE AS THE EXTERNALS.

"THE HOST) YOU) NEEDS THE VEHICLE BODY TO ACCOMPLISH WHILE IN


MATTER SO ENDEAVOR FOR KEEPING A CLEAR FLOW AND RECIPROCAL
EXCHANGE MOVING.

"Do NOT ABUSE YOUR NERVES) NOR OVERDO IN WORK OR PLAY. LEARN
YOUR PERSONAL NEEDS CONCERNING THE CARE AND HEALTH OF THESE COM-
MUNICATION SYSTEMS. BE A CONSIDERATE HOST AND RESPECT YOUR
BORROWED DWELLINGS. SHOULD KARMIC DESTINY HAVE GIVEN YOU A FRA-
GILE FORM) LEARN HOW TO HANDLE ITS LIMITATIONS. You WILL FIND
THIS TO BE SOMETHING YOU CAME TO LEARN. THE LIMITATIONS CAN BE
OPPORTUNITIES FOR SOUL AND SPIRIT.

"WE REALIZE OUR INSTRUCTIONS WILL OFTEN TAKE SOME DIGESTING BEFORE
YOU CAN ACTIVELY PARTICIPATE WITH US. THIS WAS SUCH A ONE.

"OUR NEXT MEETING WILL BE OUR LAST FOR THIS SERIES ON THE BASIC
PRESENTATIONS WE TAKE UP IN THE FIRST ASTRAL SCHOOLS. WE MUST
MOVE ALONG TO EXPLORE AN EVEN WIDER PICTURE AND EVER AND ALWAYS
YOU WILL BE LEARNING. BLESS YOU."
IBZAN

WE ALL AROSE AND POINTING OUT TO SEA) JASON CALLED ATTENTION TO


A GRACEFUL WHITE SHIP. ABBIKANANDA CRIED; "WHY IT'S OUR SILVER
SWAN) SHE MUST BE BRINGING SOULS FROM LOWER ASTRAL PORTS."

"AHOY!"SHOUTED IBZAN. "THERE'S BUSY TIMES AHEAD." HASTILY THEY


HUGGED US CLOSE AND EVEN BEFORE ZUBIO HAD ESCORTED US FAR) WE SAW
THEM HURRYING TO THE VILLAGE PIERSIDE. THE SILVER SHIP HELD
CROWDED DECKS. As ZUBIO GALLOPED OVER HER SAILS) THEY NOTICED
US NOT FOR ALL EYES WERE TURNED TOWARD THE CASTLE.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 303 of 326
(

I GIVE THANKS THAT MY BODY IS A TEMPLE OF THE LIVING


GOD, I NOW PRAISE J BLESS AND GLORIFY HEALTH IN MY BODY,
..
I KNOW THAT THE SPIRIT OF LIFE WITHIN ME IS MY STRENGTH ~
J
AND VITALITY, I KNOW THAT THE POWER BACK OF MY WORD IS
PERFECT LAW AND IT IS FULFILLED AND RETURNED TO ME AS
MY PERFECT STRENGTH, ENERGY FLOWS INJ AROUND AND
THROUGH ME NOW,

DIVINE INTELLIGENCE NOW WORKS IN MY LIFE AND AFFAIRS


AND MY HIGHEST GOOD COMES FORTH,

AND So IT Is!
,
oj

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 304 of 326
(

TY NTY-SIX.

..

·~~Sso~.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 305 of 326
~.---
- . -- '--

_ S )L

)- .....
., :~~:-:=--

._____ .'_~ ______ "";.~:'7"

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 306 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-SIX
THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON TWENTY-SIX

"PETHOR"
THIS BEING NEXT TO THE LAST MEETING IN THE FIRST SERIES J IT WAS
DECIDED TO COMPARE OUR PROGRESS. THE MASTERS HAD SUGGESTED I
KEEP A JOURNAL AND A FEW OTHERS HAD DONE LIKEWISE. THE NOTED
RESULTS WERE PLEASING. BECAUSE SOME CHANGES WERE OF A GRADUAL
NATURE J WE COULD HAVE OVERLOOKED THEM HAD WE NOT HAD OUR RECORDS
FOR COMPARISON.

THE NEW MAGI CENTER WAS ONE ALL COULD BE PROUD OF MANIFESTING.
ITS DEMONSTRATION WOULD OPEN MANY DOORS TO MANY PEOPLE.

THE SESSION'S COLORS FLOWED GENTLY OVER ALL. THEIR DELICATE HAZE
WAS OF BLUSH ORCHID. ITS CARESS WAS THE FORCE OF DIVINE LOVE.
THIS NIGHT'S THEME WAS SPIRITUAL BALANCE J TOLD IN A DEEP PINK
LAVENDER. TOTAL HARMONY FOLLOWED AS LILAC ENTEREDJ ALL RIBBONED
WITH SILVER GREY. ALL WAS PEACE. THEN A RAINBOW FORMED J MAKING
A BRIDGE INTO THE INVISIBLE. ITS STRIPES WERE FIRST A SILVERISH
LAVENDER J MELDING INTO A DEEPER LILAC. PINK POURED IN LOVELY
TONES TO BE TOPPED IN A"RICH BLUE LAVENDER. THE RAINBOW'S STORY
SPOKE OF YEARNING HEARTS AND LONGING MINDS EVER SEEKING AFTER TRUTH I
DESIRING NEW EMOTIONAL ACTIVATIONS FOR SELF-REALIZATION. IN TRI-
ANGLE J WE AROSE AND CROSSED ITS ARCH.

THE BEAT OF EMERALD SEA AND WHITE SURF GREETED US J MAKING MUSIC
IN OUR EARS. A CURVING ARC OF GOLDEN BEACH LAY ABOUT OUR FEET.
THE VAGRANT ASTRAL BREEZE MOVED TINY WHITE CAPS POINTING OUT ITS
COURSE. THE DEEP WATERS MOVED J WHISPERING OUR NAMES.

WE STOOD AMIDST TRANQUILLITY J AND ABOVE DOVES AND SEA GULLS RODE
THE OPALESCENT SKY. WE WERE A PART OF RAPTURE IN A SETTING BEYOND
THOUGHT.

~ 1979 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 307 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-SIX

A FAINT MOVEMENT CAUGHT OUR EYES AND TURNING WE SAW A WHITEBEARD


SEATED UPON A FLAT ROCK. HE SEEMED DEEP IN CONTEMPLATION AS
THREE DOVES CIRCLED HIS HEAD IN SILENT FLIGHT. AT HIS FEET~ TWO
OTHERS SAT ADORING HIM. STEEP CLIFFS AROSE BEHIND AND AT THE TOP
OUR CASTLE RESTED LIKE A CROWN. WE SAT ON THE SAND PEACEFULLY
WAITING.

AROUND THE FAR BOULDER STREWN POINT~ OUR WHITEBEARDS WALKED. WE


HASTENED TO MEET THEM IN LOVING REUNION. THEY PRESENTED US TO
THE SITTING PETHOR. IT IS HE WHO HEADS OUR SOUL GROUP WHITEBEARDS
AND WHO IS ALSO SERVANT TO GREAT JOAH EBER.

IN STATURE HE IS ROBUST AND STRONG LIKE HIS COMPANIONS. WITH


HAIR AND BEARD OF SILVER WHITE AND EYES OF LIQUID BROWN~ HIS FEA-
TURES HOLD AN ASIAN CAST. HE LOOKED LIKE A NICE COMFORTABLE
PERSON.

WE WERE RATHER DISAPPOINTED FOR OUR THREE WHITEBEARDS COULD ONLY


TARRY MINUTES~ BEING OCCUPIED WITH NEWCOMERS OFF THE SHIP~ SILVER
SWAN. SHE WAS RIDING ANCHOR IN THE HARBOR~ EMPTY NOW AND GRACE-
FULLY SWAYING ON THE GENTLE WAVES.

ALONE AGAIN WITH PETHOR~ WE STRETCHED OUT UPON THE SAND'S WARMTH~
EAGER FOR HIS WORDS.

"EVOLUTION IS AN ACTION"

"HUM-M-M-M"~ HE MURMERED. "BEFORE WE REACH WAY BACK IN UNIVERSE


TIME OR DELVE IN SECRET SCROLLS~ A FEW MORE LINKS ARE NEEDED SO
YOUR MINDS CAN GAIN A BETTER FOUNDATION AND MORE DEFINITE SUPPORT-
ING IDEAS FOR A PERSONAL APPRECIATION AND COGITATION UPON WHICH
TO BASE NEW WISDOMS YET TO COME.

"THE FIRST TO BE SEEN IS: THAT GOD'S PLAN AND PURPOSE HOLDS A
BASIC RULE ••• 'EVERYTHING DEPENDS UPON EVERYTHING ELSE IN UNIVERSE
FOR CONTINUED MANIFESTATION AND EXISTENCE.'

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 308 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSOi~ TWENTY-SIX

"SECOND: Two DISTINCT SECTIONS EXIST IN UNIVERSE. ONE EXTERNAL


AND THE OTHER J INTERNALJ AREAS OF MANIFESTATION.

liTHE DEPENDENCE 'RULE' APPLIES TO BOTH UNIVERSE AREA AND ALSO


OPERATES IN A LAW OF RECIPROCITY BETWEEN BOTH ATMOSPHERES.

liTHE EXTERNAL AREAS OF UNIVERSE COULD ONLY HAVE COME ABOUT AND
. INTO BEING AFTER THE INTERNAL WAS CREATEDj FOR THE INTERNAL AREA
IS MADE UP OF AND FROM MIND FORCES.

"THE EXTERNAL AREAS ARE: 1. MATTER 2. SENTIENT SOUL ASTRAL


3. LOWER SPIRIT.

liTHE INTERNAL AREAS ARE: I. ETHERIC 2. INTELLECTUAL SOUL


ASTRAL 3. SPIRIT JEWEL ABODE. THE EXTERNAL COMBINES WITH THE
INTERNAL AND FORMS ONE DOUBLE COMBINATION UNIT. THE LIFE-SPARK
MIND-POINT 'HOSTS' THESE FORMS TO ADVANTAGE SELF AND EXPERIENCE
IN THE DIFFERENT STRATA OF UNIVERSE. THEIR PURPOSE IS TO BECOME
'LIKE THE FATHER.'

liTo DENY THE REALITY OF THE GOD MIND BEHIND ALLJ OR TO.,. REDUCE
.

HIS MIND DOWN TO OUR PRESENT LEVEL WHICH IS A MERE DOT J WOULD BE
LUDICROUS.

"OUR MIND-POINT IS IMPORTANT TO US. ANY INTROSPECTION


. . .ON OUR
PART) OR INTERPRETING OR DEDUCTING FOR A SUBJECTIVE UNDERSTANDING
CAN HELP US FOR ALSO UNCOVERING DEEPER INNER MIND
. REALITIES.
. . ..
THE ~

WISE MIND WILL RECOGNIZE THERE IS MUCH OF WORTH TO BE OBTAINED


FROM MATTER. YET MUCH MORE TO BE OBTAINED FROM THE. . LESS .RESTRICTED
AREAS OF INNER MIND. To RECEIVE THESE INNER MIND. VALUES) . WE FIRST
MUST FREE THE SELF FROM MANY IMPOSED AND ACCEPTED MATTER CONCEP-
TIONS. ONE IN PARTICULAR."

LILY ASKED: "WOULD YOU INDICATE WHAT IT IS?"

"GLADLY!" HE CROSSED HIS KNEES RESTING HIS CHIN IN HIS HANDS J


AND GAZED INTO OUR EYES.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 309 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-SIX

"HUMANITY AND ITS SCIENTISTS INCLINE TO ASSOCIATE THE PHYSICAL


FORM AND ITS BRAIN TOGETHER AS BEING THE MIND HOST. THE MIND-
HOST AND PHYSICAL BODY ARE NOT SYNONYMOUS) THEY ARE AUTONOMOUS;
EACH HAVING ITS OWN ATMOSPHERE AREA WITHIN WHICH IT EXISTS AND
OPERATES. THESE TWO DO WORK TOGETHER AND EACH DOES CONTRIBUTE
TO THE 'OTHERS' ADVANCEMENT AND GROWTH. THE MIND-POINT ONLY)
WILL HAVE THE QUALITY FOR BEING THE HOST) FOR IT ~ SELF.

"WE NEED TO SEE AND RECOGNIZE THE 'PARTS' WHICH MAKE UP OUR
WHOLE AND UNDERSTAND JUST WHERE OUR ETERNAL MIND SELF LIES IN
GOD'S PLAN."

"YOUR WORDS UNCOVER A WHOLE NEW HORIZON OF IDEA") SAID VIOLET


SITTING UP STRAIGHT. "CAN'T WE JUST KEEP ON EXPLORING MIND
INSTEAD OF CHANGING TO THE AREA OF OUR PAST EVENTS?" SHE SOUNDED
AS WISTFUL AS I FELT.

"DEAR ONES) ITS EVENTS AND ACTION WILL TIE-IN AND CONTINUE TO
COVER MIND AND ITS RECIPROCITIES WITH THE DIFFERENT MATTER FORMS.
NOTHING SHALL BE LOST."

WE WERE RELIEVED AT HEARING THIS. PUSHING HIS HAIR BACK) HE


CONTINUED:

"I NEED TO DRAW YOU A WORD PICTURE SO YOU MAY SEE HOW THE LAW OF
RECIPROCITY LINKS BETWEEN MATTER BODY AND INNER MIND AREAS. IT
WILL WORK THE SAME IN ASTRAL FORM AND MIND AND SPIRIT FORM TO
INNER MIND.

"REALIZING BODY IS EVER AND ALWAYS A TEMPORARY VEHICLE HAVING


SENSE CENTERS CONNECTING INTO THE EXTERNAL) THESE 'SENSES' WILL
BE MOST IMPORTANT FOR THEY ARE 'ASSISTANTS' OF SELF.

"LET'S TAKE THE 'EYE'. THE PHYSICAL MACHINE 'EYE' ASSISTS THE
ETHERIC SENSE 'SIGHT') TOGETHER THESE COMBINE AND FEED THEIR

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 310 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY~SIX

RECIPROCAL INFORMATIONS INTO 'MIND'. A VEHICLE BODY WITHOUT A


'HOST' CANNOT SENSE. THE EYE STRUCTURE IS A MACHINE J THE MACHINE
ACTIVATES THROUGH DIRECTION FROM THE 'HOST'. IT THEN IMPRESSES
ON ANOTHER MACHINE J BRAIN. BRAINJ BEING A STRUCTURE FOR RECEIVING
AND SENDING J RELAYS THE EYE PRINT VIA ELECTRICAL IMPULSES FROM
BRAINJ THROUGH THE PHYSICAL NERVOUS SYSTEM ROUTE J INTO A CHAKRA
CENTER. THE PARTICULAR Q;AKRABEING ALSO A TWO WAY RELAY STATION J
NOW CHANNELS ITS ELECTRICAL PATTERN INTO THE ETHERIC SYMPATHETIC
NERVOUS SYSTEM WHICH CONNECTS INTO MIND. THIS ENTIRE ACTION
HAPPENS MUCH FASTER THAN THE SPEED OF LIGHT.

"CAN YOU IMAGE THIS?"J HE ASKED. WE NODDED.

"THENJ LET'S GO ON. THE SUB-SPECIES OF EARTH ARE DIFFERENT IN


THEIR VEHICLE SENSE MACHINE PATTERNS AND BIOLOGICAL BRAIN STRUCTURE.
THEIR 'HOSTS' ARE WEAK AND NOT YET 'EGOS} SO THE ANGELOI STREAM
OF GOD CHILDREN OVERSHADOW THEM AS NURSE GUIDES AND DIRECTS VIA
INSTINCTUAL MIND REACTIONS. THESE INSTINCTS URGE THE 'HOST' TO
DO SUCH AND SO. THUS J DO HIGHER MINDS CONTROL THEIR PUPPETS.

"HUMANITY HAS ONLY ATTAINED AND GROWN TO BE AN OPERATING 'EGO'


IN RECENT COSMIC TIME. THE CAPABILITIES OF EACH INDIVIDUAL'S
ORGANIZER QUALITIES ARE WHAT 'HOST' USES TO START AN ACTION ENERGY
FROM BRAIN AND THROUGH THE CHANNELS FOR 'SENSE' TO TRAVEL BACK TO
MIND.

"IT IS THE ORGANIZER FORCES WHICH CREATES A 'CAUSE'. THE 'CAUSE'


IS AN EXCITATION~D GENERATES FOR NEW AWARENESS. THfS SAME
'CAUSE' STRENGTHENS OUR INNER INSIGHTS. ORGANIZER IS A VERY
IMPORTANT QUALITY TO EXPAND. LET'S SEE HOW THE CHAINS LINK AND
CAUSE GROWTH.

"ANY CHANGE IN MIND WILL ALSO CHANGE THE MENTAL VIBRATIONS. THIS
WILL TRIGGER A PHYSICAL BODY CELL TO CHANGE AND MUTATE AND REARR-
ANGE ITS INNER ATOMS. THE NEW MENTAL RHYTHM AND NEW GENETIC
ATOMIC POSITIONS MUST ACCOMMODATE TO EACH OTHER. THEREFORE J AS A

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 311 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TWENTY-SIX

MIND-POINT EXPANDS THROUGH GAINING NEW IDEAS WHICH FORM NEW


CAUSES~ BIOLOGICAL CELLS WILL MUTATE AND COME FORTH AS IMPROVED

STRUCTURES AND ORGANIC PATTERNS. Is THIS CLEAR?"

"OH~ YES!" WE SAID.

"To CONTINUE WITH THE MACHINE 'EYE'. ITS STRUCTURE RECORDS


LIGHT~ CODES COLOR AND EVOLVES RANGES FOR PHOTIC RADIATIONS IN

OUR STREAM. IF GENES MUTATE BECAUSE OF A MATTER MENTAL EXPANSION


OF IDEAS AND UNDERSTANDINGS~ ITS GOOD KARMA MAGNETIZES You FOR A
LINEAGE LINE HOLDING SUPERIOR EYE FORMATIONS IN ITS PATTERNS IN
YOUR NEXT INCARNATION. THAT'S HOW KARMA WORKS.

"LEARNING AND UNDERSTANDING EXPANDS AND STRENGTHENS THE CAUSATIONS


OF MIND. THE CAUSATIONS~ IN TURN~ MUTATE CELLS OF PHYSICAL BRAIN
AND INCREASE THE SIZE OF THE CEREBRAL CORTEX.

"THE RECIPROCAL RULES AND ACTIONS OPERATE EVERYWHERE AND IN EVERY-


THING IN UNIVERSE. THEREFORE~ IT WILL PAY TO KNOW HOW YOU ARE
THINKING~ WHAT HABIT REACTIONS YOU ARE EXERCISING~ AND TO KNOW

EXACTLY FROM WHERE YOUR PERSONAL MOTIVATIONS ARE ARISING." WE


AGREED HEARTILY.

"To BEGIN WITH; FREE YOURSELF FROM ANY HABITS OF MANEUVERING


OR RETALIATION. LET YOUR DOMINATION BE OVER YOURSELF ALONE~
NOT OVER OTHERS. LET OTHER PEOPLE BE THEMSELVES. ALLOW FOR
MISTAKES AND FORGIVE THEM IN YOURSELF.

"USE THE CONSTRUCTIVE IDEAS IN RACE MIND~ BUT ALSO WORK TO TAP
ALL THE IDEAS YOU CAN FROM THE HIGHER AKASHIC RECORDS."

"JUST WHAT ARE THE AKASHIC RECORDS?" ASKED VIOLET. "WE HAVE
HEARD SOME ABOUT THEM"~ SAID LILY. "BUT WE ARE VAGUE AS TO
THEIR REALITY." "YES~ PLEASE DO TELL US ABOUT THEM." I CHIMED
IN.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 312 of 326
Sl:.IU ES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY-SIX

"I'M VERY GLAD YOU ASKED"J HE SAID SERIOUSLY. "THESE AKASHIC


MIND LEVELS ARE LIKE CLOUD STRATA. RACE MIND LAYERS THE
SAME J BUT IS FILLED ONLY WITH INCARNATING LIFE-STREAM BEINGS'
THOUGHTS AND IDEAS. IN THE RACE MIND'S DEEPEST LAYERS LIE PRIMI-
TIVE AND IGNORANT IDEAS J ERROR AND VIOLENT REACTIVE EVIL EMOTIONAL
HABITS AND IDEAS. THE LAYERS STRIP FROM DEEP NEGATIVE J UP THROUGH
INEFFECTUAL NEUTRAL AND USUALLY USELESS IDEAS J TO GRADUATE UP TO
NEAR TRUTHS AND CONSTRUCTIVE VALUES. 'IDEAS' CAN NEVER BE LOST
NO MATTER HOW SILLY OR IRRELEVANT OR WISE AND PROFOUND. ONCE A
MIND-POINT INFUSES ITJ IT BECOMES IMBUED WITH A DEFINITE FORCE.
THE RACE MIND STILL BALANCES TOWARD THE NEGATIVE POLE J BUT WE ARE
STILL RATHER YOUNG IN COSMIC TIME.

"NoW J THE AKASHIC RECORDS HOLD ALL OF GOD'S CHILDRENS IDEAS AND
RESOLVED THOUGHTS FROM LOGOIJ SUN BEINGS J ANGELOI AND OUR TINY
MANSTREAM'S WORKED OUT IDEAS OF ASTRAL AND SPIRIT. THESE RECORDS
ALSO KEEP INDIVIDUAL ACCOUNTS OF ALL. THESE ARE CONSTANTLY IN
CHANGE STATES J JUST AS ARE WE AS WE GROW.

"THESE AKASHIC RECORDS CAN BE TAPPED AND TUNED INTO THROUGH THE
DEVELOPING PSYCHIC QUALITIES AND OFTEN ARE BY INVENTORS AND IDEA
PERSONS WHOSE IMAGINATIONS ARE FLEXIBLE ENOUGH TO GRASP UNUSUAL
THOUGHTS AND IDEAS.

"GOD HIDES NOTHING FROM OUR MIND-POINT AREAS. ALL IS THERE WAIT-
ING TO BE PICKED UP AND SEEN AND UNDERSTOOD. REMEMBERJ A 'HOST'
WILL SEE ONLY WHAT THE 'EYE STRUCTURE' AND THE MIND 'INSIGHT' CAN
ASSIMILATE.

"LET US SUMMARIZE. EVERYTHING DEPENDS ON EVERYTHING ELSE. NEVER


FORGET THIS RULE. THINK! LEARN! UNDERSTAND! AND GOD WILL OPEN
THE WINDOWS IN YOUR MIND."

WHAT A WONDERFUL LESSON THIS HAD BEEN. WHAT A WONDERFUL ASTRAL


DAY.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 313 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 8
LESSON TWENTY-SIX

"NEXT LESSON~" HE SAID RISING. "You WILL GO THROUGH ANOTHER


DOOR AND TRAVEL ACROSS BOUNDARY LINES NEARER TO THE ONE SOURCE.
You HAVE MADE NEW ASTRAL FRIENDS AND WILL MEET STILL OLDER ONES
AS YOU TRAVEL BACK IN UNIVERSE." BLESSINGS!

PETHOR

THE DOVES NOW CIRCLED ALL OF US AS PETHOR LED US TO THE WATER'S


EDGE SO WE COULD FEEL ITS FORCES WITH OUR FINGERS. LAUGHING AND
HAPPY~ WE DLPPED UP ITS JEWEL DROPS AND COLOR MISTS AROSE. THEIR
ENERGIES WAFTED US UPWARD OVER THE WATERS. LOOKING BACK~ PETHOR'S
WAVING FIGURE FADED AND THE SILVER SWAN DIPPED HER BOW IN A PART-
ING SALUTE.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 314 of 326
(

I RECOGNIZE THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN IS WITHIN ME.


I THINKJ LEARN AND UNDERSTAND SO THAT GOD WILL
OPEN THE WINDOWS OF MY MIND.

I NOW UNIFY MYSELF WITH THE DIVINE PRESENCE AND


ACCEPT THE FEELING OF PURE JOY FLOWING THROUGH
ME. I LET THIS JOYOUS FEELING RADIATE TO ALL THOSE
I MEET THIS DAY. PEACE STRENGTHENS ME AS I ACCEPT
THAT ALL GOOD IS MINE AND I GRATEFULLY GIVE THANKS
,,..
TO GOD.

AND So IT Is!

f .

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 315 of 326
( .

TWENTY - SEVEN .

.. ,'-

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 316 of 326
( ~aster- Oma:r cfrThe

" Sacred Scrotes.

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 317 of 326
SERIES ONE
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

THE SOUL GROUP OF THE MAGI

ROSE LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

"THE SACRED SCROLLS"

THE LAVENDER AND RED-VIOLET WAS SURROUNDING US LIKE A CURTAIN


OF SATIN. IN ITS CENTER} A SYMBOL GLOWED BRIGHT AS A WHITE
DIAMOND. THE THREE POINTS OF OUR TRIANGLE AROSE AND ENTERED
INTO THE GLEAMING FOLDS.

LANEENA AWAITED US AND AFTER GREETINGS LED US ONWARD THROUGH


CLEAR SPARKLING BLUE. WE ARRIVED DEEP IN A SILENT WOODS. FROM.
A POCKET} SHE TOOK THREE TINY STOPPERED VIALS. GIVING US EACH
ONE} SHE BID US DRINK. IT HAD A ZESTY} NICE TANG AND ELECTRIFIED
OUR WHOLE ASTRAL FORMS. WE LOOKED AROUND AT THE MYSTERIOUS DEPTHS
OF THIS FOREST. TASSELS OF DANCING SUNBEAMS HUNG GRACEFULLY FROM
OVERHEAD BRANCHES. ONLY A FAINT SIGH OF BREEZE ACCOMPANIED THE
SOUNDS OF OUR FEET AS WE HASTENED AFTER LANEENA. IT WAS LOVELY}
AND EVERYWHERE LOVE AND THE GLORY OF GOD REIGNED.

A GREAT ARC OF ASTRAL SKY OPENED AND A HUGE AMPHITHEATER LAY BE-
FORE US. MUSIC AND HAPPY PEOPLE WERE EVERYWHERE. "COME!" SAID
LANEENA AND LED US DOWN INTO ITS CROWDED BOWL. "QUICKLY!" SHE
CALLED. "WE MUST NOT BE LATE." AT LAST WE SAT NEAR THE CENTER
PLATFORM. IT WAS LIKE AN OPEN THEATER IN THE ROUND. THE CENTER
STAGE WAS OVERPOWERINGLY MAGNIFICIENT; ALL OF MARBLE AND ONYX}
WITH DESIGNS LAID IN WITH LAPIS LAZULI} JASPER AND MALACHITE.
MASSES OF FLOWERS WERE EVERYWHERE.

SEVEN LARGE GLEAMING SANCTUARY LAMPS OF SILVER ENCOMPASSED THE


SEATED MASTERS AND MAGI. THE MUSIC SOFTENED AND FROM A TALL
TIER OF MIXED ROSES MOVED A LONE SILENT FIGURE. RAISING HIS
ARMS AND GAZING UPWARD} HE SPOKE INTO THE SUDDEN HUSH.

<E) 1978 DOROTHEA M. RAMSEY

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 318 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 2
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

"OH FATHER! LOOK DOWN UPON US AND DELIVER US INTO THY CAREl
FOR WE ARE YOUR CHILDREN AND NEED YOUR STRENGTH. HELP US BECOME
LIKE UNTO THEE. WE KNOW ALL CREATURES OF GOD ARE GOOD AND SANCTI-
FIED IN THY SIGHT; THAT ALL ARE WORTHY AND POSSESSORS OF GIFTS
FROM THEE. AID US ALWAYS TO STORE UP TRUTH AND LAY HOLD UNTO
THY LAws. TEACH US MERCY OF HEARTJ LOVE OF SOUL AND INSPIRATION
OF MIND. LET THE LORD JESUS CHRIST BE EVER IN OUR SPIRITS. AMEN"

HIS BLUE EYES ROAMED OVER ALL THE WAITING SOULS.

"I AM TIMOTHEOUS J SERVANT OF PAUL. I COME FROM THE SUN REALMS


TO ACQUAINT YOU WITH OUR SYSTEMS OF TEACHING. WE TEACH AND CON-
DUCT ALL COMMUNICATIONS EVERYWHERE IN UNIVERSE IN A LIKE MANNER.
THEREFORE J ALL CONTACTS IN YOUR SOLAR SYSTEM WILL BE AS ALL OTHERS.
THE SOLAR GALAXY HAS MANY SMALL SUN SYSTEMS SEEDED WITHIN ITS BOUND-
ARIES. EACH SUN HAS HER OWN SATELLITES.

"OF OUR MANSTREAM J IT IS CHRIST JESUS WHO PRESIDES O'ER OUR GROUP
WHEREVER ITS LIFE-SPARKS BE FOUND THROUGHOUT ALL UNIVERSE. ALL
OF OUR LIFE-SEEDS LOOK TO HIM FOR GUIDANCE AND MANY MASTERS AND
TEACHERS WORK UNDER HIM AND HIS SEVEN LORDS. I AM THE SERVANT
OF ONE SUCH MASTER TEACHER J THE GREAT PAULi HE WHO WAS KNOWN ON
PLANET EARTH AS SAUL OF TARSUS. ONLY UPON HIS ILLUMINATION WAS
HE GIVEN .HIS SACRED NAMEJ PAUL.

"IT WAS THE GREAT PAUL WHO REVEALED TO ME THAT MY MOTHER J A


JEWESS J HAD RECEIVED A VISITATION AND MY SACRED NAME BEFORE MY
BIRTH INTO MATTER. THUS J SHE NAMED ME TIMOTHEOUS OR TIMOTHY J SO
I HAVE KNOWN ONLY ONE NAME. My FATHER WAS A GREEK AND I INHERITED
THE BEST FROM BOTH OF THESE RACES. I WAS ONE OF GOD'S FORTUNATE
ONES."

WE KNEW HE HAD ALSO EARNED THIS FORTUNE.

"My MASTER PAUL WISHES ME TO REVEAL HIM AS HE WAS AND LATER BECAME
WHILE INCARNATING ON EARTH. HE DESIRES YOU TO SEE THE POSSIBILITIES

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 319 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 3
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

THE WORKING COSMIC LAWS CAN BRING FORTH FOR SOULS. HIS STORY
ALSO GIVES GOD THE ABSOLUTE'S COMPASSIONATE RULES AND POSSIBILI-
TIES FOR ATTAINMENT.

"IN YOUTH~ PAUL WAS A RICH~ SPOILED~ ARROGANT AND INTOLERANT PER-
SON. HE HELD RIGID OPINIONS FULL OF PRIDE IN SELF AND STATION.
HE BELIEVED ALL OUTSIDE HIS SOCIAL CAST AND COLOR TO BE CONTEMPT-
IBLE AND EVEN LESS THAN HUMAN. HE HAD~ WITHOUT QUESTION~ ACCEPTED
THE RIGID~ NARROW RELIGIOUS BELIEFS OF HIS NATION. As A PHARISEE~
HE PERSECUTED GOOD INNOCENT PEOPLE~ AND HIS IGNORANCE UPHELD HIS
ACTIONS. HE WAS A YOUNGSTER MUCH LIKE HIS CONTEMPORARIES~ CRITI-
CAL OF ALL NOT LIKE HIMSELF. LATER~ HE HELPED PERSECUTE ALL WHO
FOLLOWED JESUS.

"YET~ SOMEWHERE AT SOME INCARNATION~ PAUL HAD EARNED AN INNER


QUALITY WHICH WAS READY. CHRIST TOUCHED IT~ AS HE DIED UPON THE
CROSS. THAT IS WHY THIS STORY IS IMPORTANT. SAUL OF TARSUS WAS
UNAWARE OF CHRIST'S TOUCH~ YET HE FOUND HIMSELF WONDERING ABOUT
LIFE AND KNOWING FEELINGS OF DISSATISFACTION IN HIS OWN BELIEFS~
WHERE BEFORE HE HAD FELT ENJOYMENT AND CONTENT.

"HE WAS STILL FAITHFULLY FOLLOWING OUT ORDERS WHEN AN ANGEL OF


THE LORD MET AND CAUSED HIS ILLUMINATION ON THE ROAD TO DAMASCUS~
AND KARMA TEMPORARILY BLINDED HIM. THIS DRASTIC ACTION OF KARMA)
COUPLED WITH HIS INNER VISION~ PIERCED THROUGH THE BLOCKS AND
BARRIERS OF OPINION AND GAINED FOR HIM AN INNER AWAKENING.

"BECAUSE OF THE INNER EARNED SOUL QUALITIES~ PAUL NOW USED HIS
DETERMINATION QUALITIES AND INNER BELIEF IN HIS OWN ABILITY TO
CREATE A CHANGE) AND SUCCEEDED IN DUE TIME TO FREE HIMSELF OF
OLD HABITS AND THOUGHT SHACKLES. THE SELF-ARROGANCE WAS TURNED
TO SERVICE FOR CHRIST~ AND STRENGTH IN TEACHING HIS WORDS. THE
OLD CONQUERING AMBITIONS UPHELD PAUL WHEN SET UPON AND IMPRISONED.
I~ TIMOTHEOUS~ WROTE HIS WORDS AND WENT WITH HIM AS HE SERVED OUR
LORD AND HID UP HIS WRITINGS WHICH CAME FORTH FROM THE DUNGEONS~
AND BROUGHT THEM FORTH IN SPITE OF THE EVIL FORCES WHICH WOULD

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 320 of 326
SERIES Q[~E PAGE 4
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

HAVE DESTROYED THEM AS THEY DID PAUL'S VEHICLE FORM. I FELT


PAUL'S STRENGTH AND BASKED IN HIS FIRE AND LEARNED FROM HIM. I
GRIEVED AT HIS DAYS IN PRISON UNTIL HE TAUGHT MEJ ON MY VISITS J
THAT THEY WERE FROM GOD AND A BLESSING TO HIS WORK. LIKE CHRIST J
PAUL IS ONE OF THE GREAT CHILDREN J KNOWN AS THE LIONS OF GOD.

"THE SECRET SCROLLS ARE NOW ABOUT TO UNROLL AND REVEAL YOUR PA$T
PATHWAY J AND BRIEFLY INTRODUCE YOU TO THE HIDDEN MYSTERIES OF
YOUR BEING." OMAR AROSE AND WENT TO TIMOTHEOUS WHO HANDED HIM
THE SCROLL. I HAVE ENDEAVORED TO SKETCH OMAR AS HE ACCEPTED IT.

THE MYSTERY OF BEING

TIMOTHEOUS CONTINUED: "I SHALL GIVE YOU AN INTRODUCTION INTO


YOUR NEW SERIES.

"SINCE THE VERY FIRST JEWEL OF THE MANSTREAM J WHICH WAS THAT OF
JESUS AND HIS SOULMATE CHRISTJ WAS BREATHED OUT FROM GOD THE
ABSOLUTE AND INTO GOD'S ALREADY CREATED UNIVERSE J THE THREAD
BETWEEN GOD AND EACH OF US HAS BECOME EVER STRONGER AND MORE
RADIENT WITH EVERY INCARNATION CHANGE WE MAKE ON THE PATHWAY.

"As TINY JEWEL SEEDS J WE FIRST KNEW ONLY "MORNING SUNLIGHT." WE


WERE LIKE SHADOWS COMPARED TO OUR PRESENT "NOONDAY GLORY." THE
FLAME OF OUR SPARKS ARE BRIGHT J YET STILL ONLY HALF WHAT THEY
SHALL BECOME J FOR WE ARE STILL RIDING OUTWARD UPON THE EXHALATION
OF GOD'S DIVINE BREATH. WE HAVE YET TO TRAVEL INWARD INTO WHERE
GOD'S EXHALATIONS OCCUR. THIS RE-ABSORPTION PERIOD WILL ALSO BE
AN ABSOLUTE EXISTENCE STATE FOR US AND MOVE IN HIGHER PLANES ABOVE
MATTER.

"THE PATTERN IS ALWAYS THE SAMEj THAT OF GODJ WATCHING OVER ALlj
THE LOGO I CHILDREN AIDING THE YOUNGER FLAME BEINGS AND OUR SUN
MAN BEINGS. THEY J IN TURN J OVERSHADOW ASTRAL'S MEN AND ANGELS.
THE ANGELS GUIDING MANJ ANIMALJ PLANTS AND MINERALJ AND MAN WHEN
ON EARTH RESPONSIBLE FOR ANIMALJ PLANT AND MINERAL AND MOST OF

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 321 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 5
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

ALLJ RESPONSIBLE FOR EGO-SELF. WE WOULD HAVE YOU PLANT THIS


PATTERN FIRMLY IN MIND. PLEASE SEE THAT HUMAN INDIVIDUAL MANJ
AND THE LOWER SUB-SPECIES EVER AND ALWAYS DEPEND UPON HIGHER
MACROCOSMS FOR PART OF EACH ENTITY'S COLLECTIVE PROGRESS DURING
THEIR COUNTLESS LIVES INTO MATTER.

"You ARE ABOUT TO EXPLORE FROM YOUR FORMLESS BEGINNINGS AND IN-
.TANGIBLE GOD PATTERN AND TO DISCOVER HOW YOU RECEIVED YOUR VEH-
ICLE FORMS AND 'MIXED NATURES' UNDER THE SUPERVISON OF THE HIGHER
BEINGS. IT WILL BE SHOWN YOU EXPERIENCED SEMI-TERRESTRIAL STATES.
You WILL REALIZE HOW PRECIOUS YOU ARE TO GODJ AND HOW CAREFULLY
HE PLANNED FOR YOUR CARE AND ETERNAL PROTECTION.

"ALL JEWEL SEEDS START THE JOURNEY AS IMMACULATE DOUBLE SEEDS


AND ALL DESCEND DEEPER AND DEEPER INTO THE DEPTHS· OF HIS BREATH.
YETJ ALL ARE INVISIBLY CONNECTED TO HIM THROUGH EVERY ATOM AFLOAT
IN SPACE.

"OUR MANSTREAM ARE GOD'S YOUNGEST LIFE-FORCES OF THE SEVEN ADVAN-


CED SPECIES. THE SUB-SPECIES BELOW US ARE ONLY EMBRYO GOD· CHILDREN
OF TOMORROW.

"THE MANY COSMOGONIES J YOU WILL LEARN ABOUT AND THEIR ATTENDING
LAWS J ARE KNOWN TODAY ON EARTH AS ARE THESE SECRET WISDOMS BUT
ARE KEPT HIDDEN EXCEPT TO A SPECIAL FEW.

"WE WOULD HAVE THOSE READY J KNOW AND COMPREHEND J SO REALIZE THAT
EVERYTHING IN UNIVERSE AND THROUGHOUT ITS SEVEN LIFE-FORCE KING-
DOMS IS CONSCIOUS AND IS A MIND.

"SIMPLY BECAUSE A STONE CONSCIOUSNESS IS BELOW OUR LEVEL OF RECOG-


NITION J DOES NOT MAKE IT DEAD. You ALREADY KNOW EVERY EXTERNAL
MOTION J ACT OR EVENT J CAN BE TRACED AS HAVING BEEN PRECEEDED BY
SOME INTERNAL FEELING OR .\tlll.J OR THOUGHT OF MIND. THE WHOLE
COSMOS IS BEING GUIDED J CONTROLLED AND ANIMATED FROM GOD'S MIND.
WE ARE HIS WORKERS J WHO UP TILL RECENTLY HAVE BEEN BEING READIED
FOR OUR WORK. THE ALMOST ENDLESS NUMBER OF WORKERS AND SPECIES

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 322 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 6
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

OF THE DIFFERENT HIERARCHIES AND VEHICLE BEINGS~ HAVE HELPED US


PREPARE.

"THEY~ TOO~ WENT THROUGH OUR PRESENT PREPARATION PERIODS IN FOR-


MER UNIVERSE TIMES. THEY~ TOO~ WERE LED BY OLDER SIBLINGS TO A
SENSE OF INDIVIDUAL EGO PERSONALITY.

"EVERY LIFE-STREAM IS DIFFERENT~ EACH HAS BEEN GIVEN A NATIVE


PLANE AS THEIR OWN. EACH HAS KNOWN FINITE INCARNATING CYCLES IN
THEIR PAST AND EVEN YET EACH ABOVE US DWELLS IN UNIVERSE WITHIN
A VEHICLE FORM APPROPRIATE TO THEIR HOME LEVELS.

"THEY HAVE THE ADVANTAGE OVER OUR LIFE-STREAM AS THEY CANNOT


BECOME 'LOST~' FOR THE HIGHER ONES HAVE PASSED THROUGH THE FIRES
OF IGNORANCE AND NOW HAVE ABSOLUTE-LIFE. THESE OVER US ARE THEY
WHO CAME THROUGH SUCCESSFULLY. THEY~ TOO~ MUST KNOW AND OBEY
LAW AND THEY DO EXPERIENCE KARMA'S LAW. IN FACT~ IT'S KARMA'S
LAWS WHICH CREATE AND BRING FORTH FOR MANIFESTATION. THEY OPERATE
ON HIGH CONTROL KARMIC LAWS FROM INNER KNOWLEDGE.

"THE LAWS CONTAINED WITHIN GOD'S PLAN SHOW EVIDENCE OF A PROGRES-


SIVE MARCH TOWARD A HIGHER STATE. THEREFORE~ WE MUST ENDLESSLY
ADAPT OR LOSE OUR PLACE ON THE PATH. EVERY AID IS FURNISHED
TOWARD SUCCESS~ YET EACH MUST DEVELOP ONCE THEY BECOME AN EGO~
FROM THEIR ~ INTUITIONS. GOD FURNISHED THE PLAN. WE MUST
FURNISH THE LABOR.

"THE HIGHER ONES ARE ALSO DUAL IN CHARACTER."

"WHY ARE ALL GOD'S CHILDREN DUAL.?" I LOUDLY ASKED IN SPITE OF MY


AWE OF HIM.

"BECAUSE~ LITTLE ROSE~ EACH IS FIRST OF ALL A 'JEWEL' CONTAINING


A DOUBLE MIND-POINT SEED AND ALL THESE MIND SEEDS ARE OF PRIMOR-
DIAL GOD FORCE. THE GOD MIND SEED OR POINT HAS WITHIN IT A CEN-
TRIPETAL AND A CONTRIFUGAL FORCE. ONE IS MALE~ ONE FEMALE. ONE
OF POSITIVE ENERGY CURRENT~ ONE NEGATIVE. THIS PRIMORDIAL GOD

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 323 of 326
SERIES ONE PAGE 7
LESSON TWENTY-SEVEN

FORCE IS IDEA, A MYSTERIUM OUT OF WHICH EVERYTHING HAS DEVELOPED.


MICROCOSM OUT OF THE MACROCOSM. IN OUR CASE, MAN FROM OUT OF GOD."

VI OLET AS KED, "I S GOD ALSO DUAL ?"

"YES, HE IS HIMSELF, YET ALSO IS THE UNIVERSE HE CREATED. As WE


ARE PARTS OF HIM, HE IS ALSO US. THE WHOLE IS ONE AND EVERYTHING
PROCEEDS FROM UNITY."

LILY SPOKE UP. "ALL THINGS ARE GOD; THEREFORE, ALL THINGS ARE
POSSIBLE THROUGH GOD."

"RIGHT," TIMOTHEOUS SEEMED PLEASED WE HAD SPOKEN UP IN THIS LARGE


MEETING. HE HELD HIS HANDS OUT TO OUR TRIANGLE AND WE FELT HIS
BLESS I NGS.

"THE LORD MAITREYA WILL OVERSHADOW ALL PRESENT AND AID EACH TO
SEE THE MEANINGS BEHIND ALL WORDS OF THE NEW LESSON SERIES.

"MAY THE IDEAL LIGHT EVER SHINE INTO YOUR MINDS AND BLESS ALL
PRESENT IN KNOWLEDGE AND UNDERSTANDING."
TIMOTHEOUS

SOFT MUSIC PLAYED AND THE MASTERS AND OUR FRIENDS GATHERED AROUND
US. OMAR LET US EXAMINE THE ANCIENT SCROLL, BUT IT WAS IN HIERO-
GLYPHICS AND SEEMED VERY WORN. IT HAD A CLOTH TEXTURE AND WAS
SOFT. HE ASSURED US IT WAS INDESTRUCTIBLE AND WE NOTED DRAWN
SCENES WITHIN IT RESEMBLING EGYPTIAN WRITINGS, BUT WE KNEW IT WAS
MUCH OLDER THAN THOSE DAYS.

As THE CROWDS THINNED OUT, LANEENA LED US BACK THROUGH THE DARK-
ENED WOODS, A BALL OF LIGHT BRIGHTENED OUR WAY.

MISTS AROSE AND AGAIN WE FOUND OURSELVES IN ASTRAL FLIGHT AND


RETURNED TO MATTER.

ROSE

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 324 of 326
(
, ~

........
i
r
..
"
\
I
;:

I
I

1
, ~

ALL THINGS ARE GOD; THEREFORE I ALL THINGS ARE


POSSIBLE THROUGH GOD. As I STILL MY MIND AND
TURN WITHIN I I REALIZE THAT GOD IS ALL THERE
IS. ALL THAT GOD lSI IS WHAT I AM! WITH PERFECT
TRUST AND CONFIDENCE I I RELEASE ALL THOUGHTS OF
ANXIETY AND WORRY FOR I KNOW MY LIFE IS NOW TRANS-
FORMED INTO PERFECT HARMONY AND WHOLENESS OF BODY I
MIND AND SPIRIT.

I EXPRESS LIFE IN THE NOW. I DARE TO SEARCH FOR


NEW AND BETTER WAYS TO EMBODY MY LIFE. I RETURN
GOD'S GIFT OF LIFE BY ACTS OF LOVING KINDNESS.
TODAY I BLESS THE SPIRITUAL GIFTS OF GOOD HEALTHI
HAPPINESS I PEACE AND HARMONY. THANK YOU FATHER!

(
I

Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 325 of 326
Soul Group of the Magi Series One, 27 lessons, Copyright © 1979 Rev Dr. D M Ramsey Page 326 of 326

You might also like